|
Behavior Analyst Certification Board, Approved Continuing Education |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1A/B |
Chair: Emily White (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
Presenting Authors: |
This business meeting will review important developments related to the provision of continuing education (ACE providers). Current ACE providers or certificants interested in becoming ACE providers are encouraged to attend. |
Keyword(s): ACE, Continuing Education |
|
|
|
|
Education and Treatment of Children Editorial Review Board Meeting |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Convention Center 301 |
Chair: Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University) |
Presenting Authors: |
This is an open meeting for members of the Education and Treatment of Children Editorial Review Board members or for individuals who have an interest in the journal (e.g., publishing in it, becoming involved with it). The annual report will be shared, and there will be discussion of upcoming issues for the journal. |
Keyword(s): business meeting, education treatment, ETC, review board |
|
|
|
|
Business Meeting for Those Interested In the Teaching From the Text: Principles of Behavior |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1C/D |
Chair: Gerald C. Mertens (St. Cloud State University) |
Presenting Authors: |
Users and friends of Malott and Shanes Principles of Behavior, 7th Edition (PofB), join Dick Malott, Kelly Kohler, and many other users and friends of PofB for a discussion of issues related to the text, sharing of some teaching gems, activities used in teaching text material, test questions to share, and other materials you are willing to share, problems encountered in teaching the text PofB, and suggestions or just come to enjoy the friendship of people who share an interest in teaching principles of behavior. The forthcoming 8th edition of PofB will be a major topic. Be there to help plan. |
|
|
|
|
Military and Veterans Special Interest Group |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Convention Center 406/407 |
Chair: Abigail B. Calkin (Calkin Consulting Center) |
Presenting Authors: |
The Military and Veterans SIG is devoted to the application of behavior analysis to US and UK military service members' and veterans’ issues. This is a group whose emphasis concerns US/UK/Canadian veterans of all wars. Governments have been concerned about the number of veterans suffering from brain or spinal injuries, post traumatic stress, suicidal issues, lack of access to social services, and addiction problems related to their active duty service. In each of these areas behavior analysis has developed effective treatments. This SIG promotes awareness of these issues and facilitates the research and practice of ABA with this population. |
Keyword(s): inner behavior, military/veterans, suicide, verbal behavior |
|
|
|
|
Association for Science in Autism Treatment: A Collaboration With Behavior Analysts in the Promotion of Science-Based Autism Treatment |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Convention Center 304 |
Chair: David A. Celiberti (Association for Science in Autism Treatment) |
Presenting Authors: |
A business meeting will be held to provide a forum for networking, to outline the Association for Science and Autism Treatment (ASAT)s current goals and objectives, and to discuss collaboration opportunities between ASAT and ABAI members. All interested individuals are encouraged to attend this meeting. As there is not a shared commitment to empirical validation, research, and data-based decision making amongst provider, ASAT strives to be an important resource for individuals with autism, family members, professionals, and paraprofessionals interested in reliable, science-based and accurate information about autism and its treatments. Founded in 1998, the mission of the ASAT is to promote safe, effective, science-based treatments for individuals with autism by disseminating accurate, timely, and scientifically-sound information; advocating for the use of scientific methods to guide treatment; and, combating unsubstantiated, inaccurate and false information about autism and its treatment. For more information please visit ASAT's website at www.asatonline.org. To receive Science in Autism Treatment, ASAT's free quarterly newsletter, subscribe at www.asatonline.org/signup |
|
|
|
|
History of Behavior Analysis |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Convention Center 401/402 |
Chair: Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas) |
Presenting Authors: |
The purpose of the HoBA SIG Business Meeting is to review the SIGs vision (i.e., to advance and expand behavior analysis through its history and historiography) and mission (i.e. to cultivate and nurture, enrich and improve, and communicate and disseminate the fields history), but primarily to develop strategic initiatives. At this years meeting, we will discuss our initiatives in the areas of (a) teaching HoBA (e.g., developing a repository of course syllabi for HoBA instructors); (b) archiving the HoBA (e.g., the status of HoBA archives at the Cummings Center for the History of Psychology in Akron, OH; creating a list of HoBA archives); (c) appointing historians (e.g., in ABAI SIG and affiliate chapters); (d) preparing bibliographies of published materials (e.g., articles) and electronic resources (e.g., videos); (e) expanding the SIG's website (historyofbehavioranalysis.org) (e.g., as a repository for materials and links to other websites); and (f) enhancing the SIG's ABA Expo Poster (e.g., posting pictures of unidentified behavior analysts). ABAI members interested in the SIG's vision and mission and working on the foregoing initiatives and planning new ones are invited to attend. |
|
|
|
|
Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis (SPABA) Special Interest Group |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Convention Center 403/404 |
Chair: Nikia Dower (Dower and Associates, Inc.) |
Presenting Authors: |
The Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis (SPABA) Special Interest Group business meeting is open to anyone interested in promoting a behavioral approach to the analysis and treatment of speech and language disorders. Admission is free and membership in the SIG is not required in order to attend. The meeting will consist of member reports on SIG mission-related activities and invited presentations of professional interest to attendees.
An abstract of the SPABA award winners submissions for the Student Research Grant award and the Dissemination Award will be provided at this meeting as well as awards to the winners. The SPABA business meeting will also include information on SPABA's social/networking component to encourage interaction and discussion among SIG members, new members, and interested attendees. Please feel free to join us and bring your friends. To further support the Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group, please consider formally joining and donating to the SIG by registering online at www.behavioralspeech.com. |
Keyword(s): nter-professional collaboration, speech therapy, speech--language pathology, verbal behavior |
|
|
|
|
Teaching Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group Business Meeting |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Convention Center 405 |
Chair: Kira Austin (Whitworth University) |
Presenting Authors: |
Teaching Behavior Analysis (TBA) purpose is to improve the teaching and learning of the principles and applications of behavior analysis in any setting in which those activities occur. The purpose of this meeting is to update members and potential members on the activities of the TBA SIG. We will set goals for the upcoming year and allow time for individuals to network. All are invited to attend. You do not have to be a member of the TBA SIG. Anyone interested in the teaching of behavior analysis in all environments is welcome. |
Keyword(s): Business Meeting, SIG, TBA, Teaching |
|
|
|
|
Direct Instruction SIG |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4C/D |
Chair: Ann Fairchild Filer (Beacon ABA Services) |
Presenting Authors: |
This is a business meeting for the Direct Instruction SIG. |
|
|
|
|
Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior: Meeting for Authors, Prospective Authors, and Board Members |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4E/F |
Chair: Amy Odum (Utah State University) |
Presenting Authors: |
The JEAB annual report will be presented, followed by a discussion of editorial policies and issues. Authors and prospective authors are encouraged to attend. Questions and suggestions are encouraged. |
|
|
|
|
Opening Event and Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis Awards |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom (Plenary) |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Chair: Martha Hübner (University of São Paulo) |
CE Instructor: Martha H�bner, Ph.D. |
|
SABA Award for Distinguished Service to Behavior Analysis: An Operational Analysis of the Psychological Term “Service” |
Abstract: Skinner’s 1945 treatise, “An Operational Analysis of Psychological Terms,” established a defining and fundamental characteristic of radical behaviorism by emphasizing the necessity of understanding scientific verbal behavior in terms of the same principles applied to the understanding of any behavior – that is, in terms of its antecedents and consequences. Further, his call for a functional analysis of any psychological concept was predicated on the position that only such an analysis would lead to more effective action with respect to the subject matter at issue. To the extent that “service” contributes to the survival of our discipline and world view, it follows that an examination of the conditions under which we speak of “service” may prove useful in our efforts to target and increase such activities. Thus, this talk will review some of the varied forms of professional activity that occasion service descriptions, with an eye toward creating and identifying opportunities, facilitating the professional actions needed, and consequating service efforts effectively. |
|
CAROL PILGRIM (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
|
Dr. Carol Pilgrim is professor of psychology and associate dean of the College of Arts and Sciences at the University of North Carolina Wilmington. Dr. Pilgrim has contributed substantially to behavior analysis through her leadership, teaching, and research. She has served as president of its major organizations, including ABAI (as well as its Southeastern ABA chapter), the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis, and Division 25 (Behavior Analysis) of the American Psychological Association. She also served as secretary of the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, and as a board member of that organization for 8 years. She has advanced the dissemination of behavior analysis and the vitality of its journals in her roles as chair of the Publication Board of ABAI, editor of The Behavior Analyst, co-editor of the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Bulletin, and associate editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. She has served on the board of directors of the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies and other organizations, and chaired numerous committees. Dr. Pilgrim is known, in addition, as a stellar teacher and mentor. She has been recognized with numerous awards, including the North Carolina Board of Governors Award for Excellence in Teaching and the ABAI Student Committee Outstanding Mentor of the Year Award. Dr. Pilgrim's research expertise and contributions traverse both basic experimental and applied behavior analysis. Her health related research has brought behavior analysis to the attention of scientists and practitioners in cancer prevention, and she is noted for her innovative work on the development and modification of relational stimulus control in children and adults. |
|
SABA Award for International Dissemination of Behavior Analysis: The New England Center for Children: Twenty Years of International Service Delivery |
Abstract: Vincent Strully, Jr., CEO and Founder of The New England Center for Children (NECC®), is proud to accept the 2017 SABA Award for International Dissemination of Behavior Analysis on behalf of NECC. Despite the growing acceptance and demand for behavior analytic services, there are considerable challenges to developing sustainable models of service delivery internationally, including language barriers, differences in cultural practices, and funding considerations. Over the past 40 years, we have identified several components that are essential for the development of sustainable models of service delivery worldwide. Government funding and support are critical for success, as are training programs that provide local staff access to graduate-level instruction in behavior analysis. Also, NECC’s development of the Autism Curriculum Encyclopedia (ACE®), an application providing an interactive interface containing assessment tools, lesson plans, teaching materials, and student performance reports for over 1,900 skills, has provided an effective and efficient curriculum necessary for delivering sustainable services. |
|
VINCENT STRULLY (New England Center for Children) |
|
|
SABA Award for Scientific Translation of Behavior Analysis: The Future of Behavior Analysis |
Abstract: Behavior analysis has been foundational for a broad range of treatment and prevention interventions. However, there are reasons to believe that behavior analysts are not contributing to the improvement of societal wellbeing to the extent that B. F. Skinner envisioned in his seminal writings. In the past 2 years, I have spoken with hundreds of behavior analysts, many of whom expressed this kind of concern. I will summarize these concerns and suggest principles that might help behavior analysis as a field fulfill its promise to bring about unprecedented advances in human wellbeing. Specifically, I will suggest changing the criteria regarding what a behavior analysts should know from one that restricts our focus to practices and methods that are explicitly labeled as “behavior analytic” to one that encourages behavior analysts to embrace any empirical evidence or methods that contribute to human wellbeing, initiating much more empirical research on strategies for influencing climate change, and forging alliances with other areas of behavioral science. |
|
ANTHONY BIGLAN (Oregon Research Institute) |
|
Anthony Biglan, Ph.D., is a Senior Scientist at Oregon Research Institute. He is the author of The Nurture Effect: How the Science of Human Behavior Can Improve our Lives and Our World. Dr. Biglan has been conducting research on the development and prevention of child and adolescent problem behavior for the past 30 years. His work has included studies of the risk and protective factors associated with tobacco, alcohol, and other drug use; high-risk sexual behavior; and antisocial behavior. He has conducted numerous experimental evaluations of interventions to prevent tobacco use both through school-based programs and community-wide interventions. And, he has evaluated interventions to prevent high-risk sexual behavior, antisocial behavior, and reading failure. In recent years, his work has shifted to more comprehensive interventions that have the potential to prevent the entire range of child and adolescent problems. He and colleagues at the Center for Advanced Study in the Behavioral Sciences published a book summarizing the epidemiology, cost, etiology, prevention, and treatment of youth with multiple problems (Biglan et al., 2004). He is a former president of the Society for Prevention Research. He was a member of the Institute of Medicine Committee on Prevention, which released its report in 2009 documenting numerous evidence-based preventive interventions that can prevent multiple problems. As a member of Oregon’s Alcohol and Drug Policy Commission, he is helping to develop a strategic plan for implementing comprehensive evidence-based interventions throughout Oregon. Information about Dr. Biglan’s publications can be found at http://www.ori.org/scientists/anthony_biglan. |
|
SABA Award for Enduring Programmatic Contributions in Behavior Analysis: The Psychology Department at the University of North Carolina Wilmington: A Port for Behavior Analysis for Four Decades |
Abstract: Behavior Analysis has been a significant focus of the Psychology Department at the University of North Carolina Wilmington since 1976. The department’s contributions to the field can be measured in research, teaching, and service. The faculty have published hundreds of peer-reviewed journal articles, books and book chapters spanning the experimental analysis of behavior, applied behavior analysis, and translational research. Faculty and students closely collaborate on research, including: basic learning principles, choice, teaching, behavioral pharmacology, behavioral economics, stimulus control, memory span, contingency management, functional analysis, preference assessment, health behavior, animal behavior, and pediatric feeding. In addition to training countless undergraduate students in behavior analysis, the program has graduated 96 master’s students who have completed a thesis with a behavior analytic focus, and will begin training Ph.D. students in behavior analysis in 2017. Faculty have served in leadership roles within ABAI and Div. 25 of APA, and various other national, state and regional organizations. They have served as editors or editorial board members for key journals such as The Behavior Analyst, JEAB and JABA. The presentation will include a brief history of the department’s contributions, as well as a description of its vision for the training of behavior analysts. |
|
JULIAN KEITH (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
|
|
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts, licensed psychologists, graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss variables related to starting and sustaining international ABA services; (2) describe the essential components for the development of sustainable service delivery. |
|
|
|
|
|
Parents, Professionals, and Students: Welcome to the ABAI Convention |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Convention Center 301 |
Chair: Kerry A. Conde (Maryhaven Center of Hope) |
Parents and other caregivers of individuals with special needs as well as professionals and students are attending the ABAI convention in increasing numbers but may have questions about how to make the most of the experience. Furthermore, an event as large as ABAI may seem overwhelming to newcomers. Parents, professionals, and students who may be attending ABAI for the first time are encouraged to participate in this convention orientation. We will provide an overview of ABAI and its convention and highlight the types of events that parents, professionals, and students will encounter. |
Keyword(s): Convention orientation |
|
|
|
|
Treatment of Food Selectivity Among Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3B |
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Madison Cloud (Vanderbilt University; Baylor University) |
Discussant: John Borgen (Oregon Institute of Technology) |
CE Instructor: Abby Hodges, M.Ed. |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) are at a greater risk for feeding problems relative to their typically developing peers. A substantial percentage (46-89%) of children with ASD display feeding problems, including food selectivity, food refusal, and other mealtime behavior problems such as elopement from the table or crying. Parents of children with autism report that they struggle to manage their childrens feeding problems and worry about the potential negative effects on health and development. Researchers have identified a need for additional replications of promising focused behavioral interventions with positive effects on feeding and mealtime challenging behavior in children with autism and food selectivity. The current studies assess the generality of such feeding interventions (i.e., differential reinforcement, shaping, and a high-probability instructional sequence), by evaluating the effects of these treatments in children with ASD who display food selectivity. Whereas the use of shaping and differential reinforcement resulted in a decrease in food selectivity, the use of the high probability instructional sequence did not show the same effects. All participants were provided with individualized treatment evaluations until they demonstrated improvements in feeding. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): autism, food selectivity |
|
Using Shaping to Increase Foods Consumed by Children with Autism |
ABBY HODGES (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Madison Cloud (Vanderbilt University, Baylor University), Laura Phipps (Baylor University), Regan Weston (Baylor University) |
Abstract: Food refusal is a common problem among children with developmental disabilities and may be exhibited in a variety of ways. For example, a child may engage in behaviors such as head turning, batting at the spoon, crying, or tantruming to avoid eating. Generally, these behaviors can be described as noncompliance with instructions to eat. Although existing research indicates the effectiveness of behavioral interventions to treat food refusal, much of this research targets increased food volume and relatively little research targets increased food variability. The current study used differential reinforcement and shaping to increase the variety of foods accepted by two children with autism who demonstrated significant feeding inflexibility. Participants were introduced to four new food items via a hierarchical exposure, which involved systematically increasing the desired response with the food item. Level of food consumption was evaluated using a combined multiple baseline plus changing criterion design. Following intervention, all participants accepted all foods targeted, expanding upon the number of foods consumed. |
|
Failure to Replicate Feeding Improvements With the High-Probability Instructional Sequence in Children With Autism |
BRYANT C. SILBAUGH (The University of Texas at Austin, Special Education Department), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin), Samantha Brooke Swinnea (University of Texas at Austin) |
Abstract: Researchers have identified a need for additional replications of promising focused behavioral interventions with positive effects on feeding and mealtime challenging behavior in children with autism and food selectivity (FS). Therefore, the current study assessed the generality of one such promising intervention, the high-probability instructional sequence (HPS), by attempting a replication in children with autism and FS. High inter-observer agreement and treatment fidelity justify strong confidence in the results. We failed to replicate previously reported effects of the HPS on low-probability feeding responses for three consecutive children enrolled in the study. Subsequently, all three children were provided with individualized treatment evaluations until they demonstrated improvements in feeding and mealtime challenging behavior. Pending further research, the current results suggest practitioners should consider ruling out more empirically supported focused behavioral interventions such as escape extinction and differential reinforcement by relying on treatment individualization through rigorous progress monitoring, before applying the HPS to treat FS in children with autism. Implications of the current study for future research and practice are discussed in the context of publishing failures to replicate in applied behavior analysis and other disciplines. |
|
|
|
|
Novel Interventions to Address Behaviors Maintained by Automatic Reinforcement |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4E/F |
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Leslie Singer (University of South Florida) |
Discussant: Andrew L. Samaha (University of South Florida) |
CE Instructor: Leslie Singer, M.A. |
Abstract: This symposium will present two research studies evaluating novel interventions to treat unique behaviors maintained by automatic reinforcement for individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. The first study will describe using Teaching with Acoustical Guidance (TAG) to increase appropriate steps and decrease severe toe-walking for a young child with autism. A pre-treatment screening analysis suggested that toe-walking was maintained by automatic reinforcement. TAG was effective in increasing appropriate steps taken and generalized to the home environment. The second study will describe an assessment and intervention for decreasing bruxism for two children with ASD. The functional analysis determined that bruxism was maintained by automatic reinforcement therefore a matched stimulation intervention was implemented (either auditory or tactile stimulation) and found to decrease bruxism. A post matched stimulation evaluation was also conducted and showed the occurrence of bruxism remained at low levels following a short time period with the stimulus then removal of the matched stimulus, suggesting the application of the matched stimulus may have served as an abolishing operation. Implications from the results for both studies will be discussed in detail. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): ASD, automatic reinforcement, bruxism, toe-walking |
|
Using Acoustical Guidance to Decrease Toe-Walking |
Ansley Catherine Hodges (Nemours Children's Hospital), Alison M. Betz (Florida Institute of Technology), Kristen Antia (Nemours Children's Hospital), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), JAMIE VILLACORTA (Nemours Children's Hospital) |
Abstract: The present study evaluated the effects of Teaching with Acoustical Guidance (TAG) to increase the number of appropriate steps and decrease toe-walking exhibited by a five-year-old boy with autism spectrum disorder in a hospital setting. This participant was selected due to severity of toe-walking, which left untreated would have required surgery on each ankle within the calendar year. After a pre-treatment screening analysis suggested that toe walking was maintained by automatic reinforcement, we evaluated acoustical guidance to decrease toe walking. TAG was effective in increasing the rate of appropriate steps taken and decreasing the rate of inappropriate steps taken. We also faded the use of the procedure and the decrease in toe walking maintained. Finally, we assessed the generalization of treatment effects at home; the effects maintained there as well. Results are discussed in terms of the severity of the behavior and the effort involved in implementing the acoustical guidance procedure. |
|
Functional Analysis and Treatment of Bruxism Using a Matched Stimulation Intervention |
Morgan N. Scarff (University of South Florida; AchieveAbility Therapy), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), ROCKY HAYNES (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Bruxism, the gnashing or grinding of ones teeth, is a significant dental concern that can lead to severe damage of the tooth and gum structures and occurs in higher rates with individuals with intellectual disabilities. Little research has been conducted in this area and studies have not utilized function based treatments nor conducted functional analyses. The purpose of this investigation was to examine the effects of a matched stimulation intervention on bruxism with two adolescent boys diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. Functional analyses were conducted for both participants and revealed that bruxism was exhibited across all conditions and occurred highest in the alone condition, suggesting that the behavior was maintained by automatic reinforcement. Based on these findings, a function based matched stimulation treatment was developed to examine the effects of auditory and tactile stimuli on bruxism relative to conditions in which no stimuli were available. Results indicated that the matched stimulation intervention produced substantial decreases in bruxism for both participants. A post matched stimulation evaluation further supported these findings, showing the occurrence of bruxism remained at low levels following the removal of the stimulus, suggesting the application of the matched stimulus acted as an abolishing operation. |
|
|
|
|
Collaboration With and Contributions From the Medical Arena |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 4 |
Area: CBM |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Chair: Daniele Ortu (University of North Texas) |
|
Using an Inter-Professional Education Model to Disseminate Information About ABA to Medical School Residents: Changing Perspectives About Working With Behavior Analysts |
Domain: Service Delivery |
KRISTA M. CLANCY (University Pediatricians Autism Center), Michelle Fuhr (University Pediatricians Autism Center) |
|
Abstract: One of the many barriers to treatment in ABA is the perception that lay people and other professionals have regarding our treatment. Not all professionals who are in a position to refer clients for services understand the benefits of ABA, commitment needed by the families, range of clinical populations that can benefit from ABA services, and how to navigate the system to get clients into treatment in a reasonable time frame. Clients and their families report difficulties with access to treatment, a misunderstanding of other professionals of ABA and how it can help them, and poor coordination of care among the professionals they are working with. As Behavior Analysts, we must develop relationships with others in the field who are most likely to refer clients to our services in order to help them better understand the rationale and science behind our treatment. Focusing on the education of those training in these fields may be a way to dispel some of the myths of ABA and ultimately get people into services faster. This presentation will describe the process of the development of a unique training program offered at a center-based ABA treatment facility in combination with the School of Medicine at Wayne State University to be used in training programs for medical residents and students from a variety of other training programs within the university. The Inter-Professional Education (IPE) training model targeting early screening, diagnosis, and ABA referrals for autism will also be discussed. There will be a focus on how behavior analysis has a role in collaborating with other disciplines when training students and professionals in this concept. Further discussion will focus on sustainability of the program and outcome data on the perceptions of interdisciplinary practices of the residents and students following a 5 hour training. This presentation will also include proposed changes to the training model to focus on ways to evaluate changes in practice behavior and the use of Behavior Skills Training within future training models. By using our outcome data and building on what we have learned we may further improve the likelihood that residents and students will make the changes in practice behavior that will get clients identified and into the right services faster. |
|
Shifting the Threshold of Observability: Can Measuring Brain Responses Improve Our Understanding of Complex Human Behavior and Help Patients With Paralysis and Disorders of Consciousness? |
Domain: Applied Research |
DANIELE ORTU (University of North Texas), April Linden (University of North Texas), Owen James Adams (University of North Texas), Brennan Patrick Armshaw (University of North Texas), Sarah Sumner (University of North Texas), Williams Adolfo Espericueta (University of North Texas), Erendira Morales (University of North Texas) |
|
Abstract: Neuroscientific tools allow researchers to measure brain responses, and some brain responses have been shown to be sensitive to antecedents and consequences. Uncovering behavior that had been below the threshold of observability has both basic and applied implications. Some of the basic implications may involve a better moment-to-moment understanding of what has been described as memory, together with other learning phenomena described in the Equivalence and Relational Frame Theory literature. Some of the applied implications involve developing training tools to help patients who are paralyzed and patients in comatose, vegetative, minimally conscious and locked in states to interact with the environment by gaining operant control of their brain responses. These patients are in some cases unable to interact with the environment because most of their muscular topographies may be unavailable, but some brain topographies may be preserved, potentially allowing researchers the implementation of shaping procedures to facilitate re-learning. Overall, a radical behaviorist perspective based on the assumption of uniformity across covert and overt behavior allows behaviorists to tie together basic and applied research questions within a relatively parsimonious conceptual framework. |
|
|
|
|
|
You're Voting for WHO?! Examining Implicit Biases, Explicit Attitudes, and Voting Intentions |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall A-C |
Area: CSS; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Melissa Morgan Miller (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) was created to measure derived relational responding (i.e., response bias) especially toward socially-charged stimuli. The IRAP measures latency between a) various stimulus pairing onsets and b) responses to those pairings via rules given to participants. IRAP response allocations are particularly interesting when they do not match self-report verbal descriptions of preference; such differences may indicate inconsistencies between implicit and explicit biases. Drake et al. (2015) examined response-time biases for the 2012 presidential election and found IRAP scores correlated with self-reports. However, unbalanced representation of political affiliation was a limitation regarding the results. The studies presented herein pursued a more balanced representation of political affiliation, while examining three different stimulus pairings that were potentially relevant to the 2016 election: presidential candidate names (Donald Trump and Hillary Clinton), socioeconomic status (rich people and poor people), and gender (man and woman). These stimuli were paired with a good or bad evaluative word during each trial. Correlations between IRAP and self-report data were examined. Implications for basic research with the IRAP, as well as the social significance of the findings, will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): IRAP, political attitudes, RFT |
|
Considering the Lesser of Two Perceived Evils: Comparing Implicit and Explicit Political Candidate Evaluations |
(Basic Research) |
RYAN KIMBALL (Southern Illinois University), Lisa Logterman (Southern Illinois University), Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Chad Drake (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) is a latency-based behavioral measure of “natural verbal relations” (Barnes-Holmes, Hayden, & Barnes-Holmes, 2008). These natural verbal relations include what some call implicit biases – quick responses which are influenced by one’s conditioning history and yet may differ from one’s own explicit report. The IRAP bears an advantage over other implicit measures in that it may assess more specific relations among stimulus combinations than other measures. For example, the IRAP has been used to demonstrate that negative evaluations of candidates and not just positive evaluations factor into voting intentions (Drake et al., 2015). The 2016 presidential election is noteworthy due to substantially negative views of each candidate, even among voters from their respective political parties. Furthermore, past studies of political attitudes with implicit measures have shown a high degree of convergence with self-report. The current study utilized data provided by college undergraduates from two universities in the mid-western and southern United States. Although self-reports revealed negative and/or neutral sentiment toward both candidates, the IRAP generally revealed positive and/or neutral effects and little evidence of convergence with self-report. These data will be discussed in light of methodological considerations as well as future directions in IRAP research. |
|
Examining the Potential Role of Socioeconomic Status Biases on Perception of Political Candidates |
(Applied Research) |
HUNTER KYLE SUDDUTH (University of Mississippi), Emmie Hebert (University of Mississippi), Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Ryan Kimball (Southern Illinois University), Chad Drake (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Voting may be influenced by the economic climate as well as the voter’s individual socioeconomic status (SES). Furthermore, the organization of political parties in the United States seems to be driven in part by ideological differences in respect to policies that impact individual, local, and national economies. The presidential campaigns of 2016 were marked by substantive differences between the mainstream candidates in regard to economic and financial issues. The current study sought to utilize a behavioral task known as the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) in the assessment of SES perceptions and their possible influence over voting intentions. Undergraduate college students were recruited from universities in the Southern and Midwestern United States. An IRAP assessed evaluative perceptions of wealthy and impoverished people, while a collection of self-reports assessed attitudes regarding poverty, political ideology, and evaluations of the presidential candidates. The results are suggestive of marginal differences between political affiliations for implicit perceptions of wealth and poverty, with larger differences observed among self-report measures. Furthermore, evaluative biases with the IRAP were substantial but not entirely consistent with many other studies of social cognition. Implicit perceptions of SES may be a fruitful focus of future IRAP research. |
|
She Would Not Be My First Choice: Implicit Gender Biases and Political Perceptions |
(Applied Research) |
KAIL H. SEYMOUR (Southern Illinois University), Danette Abernathy (Southern Illinois University), Ryan Kimball (Southern Illinois University), Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Chad Drake (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Where political and sexual attitudes intersect, controversy often arises. The current study examined the relationship among a) implicit gender biases in respect to leadership b) explicit political biases and c) explicit gender biases. Participants completed Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) trials to examine implicit bias toward word pairings. In each trial, the word Woman or Man was paired with a synonym for Leader or Follower. Participants were given a rule instructing how to respond (i.e., True or False) to the four trial types (Woman:Leader, Man:Leader, Woman:Follower, and Man:Follower) in the first block of trials. Following the first block of trials, the first rule given (e.g., Respond as if Women are Leaders and Men are Followers) was reversed to complete the IRAP block pair. Self-report measures were also administered to gather data on explicit political and gender biases, as well as basic demographics. Participants were recruited from an introductory psychology class. They were quasi-randomly assigned to receive either the implicit procedure or the self-report measures first to counterbalance for potential order effects. IRAP data suggest comparable implicit gender biases across political affiliations yet noteworthy differences across IRAP trial-types. Correlations between explicit and implicit bias measures will also be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
SQAB Tutorial: Domain Effects, Obesity, and Delay Discounting |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom D |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
PSY/BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Erin B. Rasmussen, Ph.D. |
Chair: Steven R. Lawyer (Idaho State University) |
Presenting Authors: : ERIN B. RASMUSSEN (Idaho State University) |
Abstract: Delay discounting refers to a preference for smaller, sooner over larger, delayed outcome. Domain effects refer to a tendency for some outcomes to be more strongly discounted than others. We will review research that reports domain effects across a variety of special populations, but focus on an outcome that is one of the most steeply discounted food. Our laboratory, which examines delay discounting with obese rats and humans has uncovered a consistent pattern of domain-specific discounting effects with food as the outcome. In other words, the largest differences in obese and healthy-weight subjects tend to be with food or food-related outcomes. This domain-specific finding also has been shown in response to the treatment of mindful eating. Implications for using multiple relevant outcomes in discounting studies will be discussed. This presentation will also serve as an introduction to a panel discussion on the application of behavioral economics to obesity. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Certified behavior analysts, licensed psychologists, graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the event, the participant will be able to: (1) describe delay discounting and how it is measured; (2) state what a domain effect is and give an example of food as a domain-specific outcome; (3) describe how domain effects have been found in obesity and with mindful eating as a treatment. |
|
ERIN B. RASMUSSEN (Idaho State University) |
Erin Rasmussen received her Ph.D. from Auburn University in the Experimental Analysis of Behavior with an emphasis in behavioral toxicology and pharmacology, under the direction of Dr. Chris Newland. She is currently a Professor of Psychology at Idaho State University. In her twelve years at ISU, she helped build a new Ph.D. program in Experimental Psychology. She conducts translational research on the behavioral economics of obesity using humans and animal models. Her recent work has been published in such journals as Physiology and Behavior, Experimental and Clinical Psychopharmacology, Behavioral Brain Research, Behavioral Pharmacology, Behavioural Processes, Behaviour Research & Therapy, Psychopharmacology, Appetite, and Health Psychology. She was recently awarded a three-year research grant from the National Institutes of Health to investigate delay discounting and obesity in food-insecure women. She currently serves as Associate Editor of The Behavior Analyst and just finished a term on the ABAI Science Board. She also served as past-president of Four Corners Association for Behavior Analysis and as the program chair for the Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis. |
Keyword(s): delay discounting, domain effect, food, obesity |
|
|
|
|
The Autism Explosion: Using Technology to Teach and Implement Applied Behavior Analysis and Best Practices to Multiple Team Members in Educational Settings |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Convention Center 406/407 |
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Laurie Sperry (Yale School of Medicine; Regis University) |
CE Instructor: Roz Prescott, M.A. |
Abstract: With increases in numbers of children identified with learning and behavioral challenges, schools and educational programs face more pressure to provide quality, positive and effective supports for students with special needs. According to the US Department of Education, in 2013 there were over 5.5 million students ages 6-21 in the United States served under the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act Part B, 21.3% were identified with autism, intellectual disability and/or emotional disturbance. The field of Applied Behavior Analysis continues to expand its reach in educational settings across the globe, but intervention can often be costly, time consuming, too far away and/or at levels outside of an educator or paraprofessionals level of expertise.
This session will provide participants with an insight into three strategies for successfully implementing Applied Behavior Analytic practices into educational settings using technology that is accessible, cost effective, on-demand, and geared towards an educator's and/or paraprofessionals' skill level. Each of these methods will provide quantitative outcome data and qualitative narratives regarding their impact and success with clients across the United States and Internationally, and will address challenges of implementing Applied Behavior Analysis into rural and developing settings. Success stories achieved will be shared as well as challenges that continue to exist. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): professional development, schools, students, tehnology |
|
Put Me in Coach: Using a Train the Trainer Model Approach to Promote Capacity Building and Effective Implementation of Best Practices in Educational Settings |
MARIA WILCOX (Rethink) |
Abstract: The decision to implement new technology platforms in schools requires a financial investment, commitment to change, and time to learn and implement a new program. Stakeholders have priorities of student growth outcomes but also must be concerned with teacher engagement and fidelity of program use in which they have invested. Finding the time, financial and staff resources, and ongoing support continues to be a challenge in educational settings across the country and beyond. Research shows that using a train the trainer approach is an efficient and effective model in developing the professional repertoire of large groups of staff working in schools. The session will look at strategies to develop a train the trainer protocol, discuss the implementation process within school support frameworks, and address outcomes from current models used with a specific platform within the United States. The session will use both quantitative and qualitative data to share successes and continued needs in developing this training method to engage staff and increase the use of applied behavior analytic practices effectively and with success in school settings. |
|
Using Technology to Enhance Clinical Supervision and Training in Educational Settings |
JAMIE HUGHES-LIKA (ATAP) |
Abstract: A growing body of published literature is forming a research basis to inform supervisors on how, when, and why to use technology-based supervision and training. In order to meet the ever-increasing need for clinical supervision in educational settings, supervisors are turning towards technology as a mechanism for supervision. The use of technology provides opportunities to implement evidence-based supervision, evaluate staff competencies, and provide feedback to shape effective interactions between supervisees and clients. A review of an empirically based approach to clinical supervision in educational settings will be presented. In addition, implications and suggestions for future research in this area will be discussed. |
|
The Assistant Impact: Utilizing Technology and Applied Behavior Analysis Practices for Effective Development of Paraprofessionals Supporting Students with Autism in Educational Settings |
ROZ PRESCOTT (Rethink) |
Abstract: Paraprofessionals are pivotal to the success of special education students. There are more 1.2 million paraprofessionals engaged in the education of students (US Department of Labor, 2014). The vast majority of special education paraprofessionals, 97%, report providing 1:1 instruction to students with disabilities (Carter, O’Rourke, Sisco, & Pelsue, 2009). To deal with the shortage of special education teachers and number of students receiving special education services, paraprofessionals are often forced to serve in instructional roles for which they are not qualified (Ghere, 2003). Many paraprofessionals do not receive adequate training to meet the high demands of this profession (However, Ghere and York-Barr (2007). This presentation will provide participants a strategy for effective paraprofessional training using Applied Behavior Analysis, technology, and online learning. Learn how the large school districts in Florida and New York have used technology including video-based training and on-site coaching to increase the knowledge, skills, and behavior of paraprofessionals supporting children with autism and other disabilities. Quantitative outcome data and qualitative narratives regarding the impact and success of this model will be shared. This session will illustrate the importance of the paraprofessional role for student success, and an effective professional development model to enhance this important role. |
|
|
|
|
On Disseminating Behavior Analysis in an Anti-Behavioristic Environment: Behavior Based Safety in Germany. Why Radical Behaviorism is Essential for Organizational Behavior Management |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 4 |
Area: OBM; Domain: Theory |
Instruction Level: Basic |
CE Instructor: Christoph F. Boerdlein, Ph.D. |
Chair: Douglas A. Johnson (Western Michigan University) |
CHRISTOPH F. BÖRDLEIN (University of Applied Sciences Wuerzburg) |
Christoph Bördlein is a professor of behavioral social work, general and clinical psychology at the University of Applied Sciences Wuerzburg-Schweinfurt in Germany. He earned his doctorate in psychology from the University of Bamberg in 2001. He worked in an institution for the occupational rehabilitation of visually impaired and blind adults and served as head of the Department of Occupational Health Management and Psychosocial Care at the Federal Court of Auditors in Germany. He is a consultant for Behavior Based Safety and authored the first textbook on Behavior Based Safety in German (Verhaltensorientierte Arbeitssicherheit, 2015). Dr. Bördlein is also known for his engagement in critical thinking in the German Skeptic's Society. He co-founded the German chapter of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) and serves on the board of the European Association for Behavior Analysis (EABA). |
Abstract: Although it's one of the biggest economies worldwide, in Germany Organizational Behavior Management (OBM), the application of behavior analysis to behavior in the workplace, is virtually nonexistent. The reasons for this situation are manifold; the nearly complete lack of research and teaching in behavior analysis being the most significant. The background for this situation is a total ignorance of radical behaviorism, the philosophy of the science of behavior. On the other hand, effective OBM applications like Behavior Based Safety (BBS) are attractive to German companies. Consultants without any background in behavior analysis try to bridge this market gap with half-baked or "cognitive" versions of these applications, ignoring their foundations in radical behaviorism. But one cannot have the success of OBM applications without consideration of radical behaviorism and basic behavioral principles. Christoph Bordlein describes his efforts to promote the scientific basis for Behavior Based Safety in an environment that lacks institutions and structures for behavior analysis. |
Target Audience: OBM scholars and practitioners, ABA practitioners |
Learning Objectives: oUnderstand the importance of the philosophy of a science of behavior, radical behaviorism, for practicing in Organizational Behavior ManagementoUnderstand the obstacles of practicing Organizational Behavior Management in an environment without any academic background in behavior analysis |
|
|
|
|
An Update on the Behavior Analyst Certification Board |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2C |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: James E. Carr, Ph.D. |
Chair: Melissa R. Nosik (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
JAMES E. CARR (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
ISER GUILLERMO DELEON (University of Florida) |
NEIL T. MARTIN (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
Abstract: The panelists will discuss recent developments at the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB). The most current data on the BACBs credentialing programs will be provided: Board Certified Behavior Analyst, Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analyst, and Registered Behavior Technician. In addition, a number of recent and impending developments at the BACB will be described, including changes to standards, new initiatives, and various international development activities. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): BACB, Certification |
|
|
|
|
The Science of Startups: Tips for Starting and Running an Ethical Business in ABA |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2A |
Area: PRA/OBM; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Adam E. Ventura, M.S. |
Chair: Manuel Rodriguez (ABA Technologies, Inc.) |
ADAM E. VENTURA (World Evolve, Inc.) |
BRETT J. DINOVI (Brett DiNovi & Associates, LLC) |
ANDREA MACKEN (Comprehensive Autism Services) |
Abstract: Starting a business in any field can be a scary proposition and often times evokes overwhelming questions like: Am I ready for this? Can I afford this? What if I fail? These questions can be amplified in emerging industries like Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) where the field itself is already on shaky and unstable ground. Moreover, starting a business in a booming field like ABA can be very tempting, especially since demand for services exceeds supply. It is easy to see why so many people want to start an ABA business. However, being prepared for successfully building an enduring and ethical enterprise is a critical set of skills for those brave ABA souls who endeavor to realize their most passionate ambitions. This panel will answer some of the most important questions about starting a business in ABA from ethics to finance to marketing and even OBM as it relates to starting and running a business in ABA. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): ABA Practice, Ethical Practice, Startup Ethics |
|
|
|
|
A Panel Discussion on Applied Behavior Analysis and Positive Behavior Support |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2B |
Area: PRA; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Ashley Eden Greenwald, Ph.D. |
Chair: Ashley Eden Greenwald (University of Nevada, Reno) |
ROSE IOVANNONE (University of South Florida/Florida Mental Health) |
JODIE SORACCO (University of Nevada, Reno) |
CHRISTIAN SABEY (Brigham Young University) |
Abstract: In light of the great benefits to conducting interdisciplinary work, it is not uncommon for practitioners to harbor misconceptions without a rich understanding of each contributing discipline. A panel discussion of the impact and perceptions of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) and Positive Behavior Support (PBS) will be conducted by 4 Board Certified Behavior Analysts that work in the domain of PBS. Foundations of ABA and PBS will be discussed from the early history of ABA influencing the application of PBS. Arguments over the past few decades will be presented from both sides of the debate. ABA and PBS in practice will be reviewed including common PBS practices and terminology, highlighting how the practices are rooted to behavior analytic principles. Finally, common misconceptions of PBS will be presented and addressed (i.e., PBS is fluffy, PBS only does antecedent intervention, PBS is not ABA). By debunking these fallacies, the goal is to disseminate proper understanding of PBS and facilitate a more thorough appreciation for the principles of behavior analysis as instrumental in the application of PBS. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): PBIS, PBS |
|
|
|
|
Unleashing Applied Animal Behavior: Dissemination of Behavioral Science Through Practice |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom H |
Area: AAB/TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Janie Funk (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Christy A. Alligood (Disney's Animal Kingdom and Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: It has been widely accepted that demonstrating the effectiveness of behavior analysis with respect to real-world problems is one key to dissemination of our science. Additionally, the effectiveness must be presented in a way that is obviously relevant and communicated in a way that is easily understood by the general population. One emerging movement that has been successful to this end is within the domain of applied animal behavior. Leaders of this movement will not only discuss the barriers they have faced along the way to successfully disseminating behavior analysis while highlighting their efforts within zoos and towards pet owners, but provide recommendations for addressing potential challenges likely to present during dissemination efforts. Suggestions for extending our reach to new populations, and discussion of techniques for doing so, will be provided. While presented in the context of applied animal behavior, invaluable information will be provided for anyone interested in sharing the science of behavior. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): animal training, community outreach, dissemination, translational |
|
Training the Guide Dog: A “Nice!” Outlet for Dissemination |
JANIE FUNK (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Guide Dogs are used by individuals with visual impairment to aid in safe travel. Training Guide Dogs consists of two components, the first and most extensive component being the 'Puppy Raising Period,' which lasts upwards of 14 months. During this component, training is provided by volunteer puppy raisers. Puppy raisers receive only minimal training in behavior change procedures and no formal training in applied behavior analysis. The second component of training is completed by licensed or apprenticing Guide Dog Mobility Instructors. Most recent reports provided by Guide Dogs for the Blind (2016) indicate 43% of the dogs are dismissed from Guide Dog training, for reasons largely attributed to problem behaviors learned or not addressed during the Puppy Raising Period. The current presentation offers an account of common strategies of educating volunteer puppy raisers, as well as suggestions for enhancing the school’s approach via inclusion of basic behavior analytic techniques. Implications of this intervention on both puppy passing rates and as a means to disseminate ABA to a wider community will be discussed. |
|
Behavior Management in Exotic Animal Care - The Welfare Connection |
KENNETH T. RAMIREZ (John G. Shedd Aquarium) |
Abstract: The application of behavior analysis and basic training for animals in the zoo has largely been misunderstood and under-utilized. However, in the last 20 years the focus on applied behavior analysis in the modern zoo has grown quickly. Much of the early resistance to this trend was based on a misunderstanding and lack of recognition of the benefits that a behavior program can bring to the animals living in the zoological environment. The modern zoo has come to recognize that behavior management is a key component to good animal care and in fact is a primary method of increasing welfare for animals in human care. This presentation will demonstrate how behavior management programs aid in providing exercise, mental stimulation, and increasing animal participation in their own care. Examples of both husbandry programs in the zoo and conservation programs in the wild will illustrate various examples of these benefits in action. |
|
Talk the Talk and Walk the Dog: Communicating With Pet Owners |
KENNON ANDY LATTAL (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: The long-standing issue of communication between behavior analysts and those not necessarily familiar with our technical language will be discussed in relation to a new population: pet owners. Communication has many facets, verbal and otherwise, and these are manifest at all stages of the treatment program. The initial communication comes through the intake interview, which offers not only the opportunity to collect verbal reports of the issues, but also the opportunity to observe how the owner and pet interact with one another. The latter is an especially rich source of communication about different facets of the problem. Developing and implementing treatment programs also offer new opportunities to communicate with owners, both about their techniques in implementing programs, but also about more general behavioral principles and how they might be used with both presenting problem and other behavior also in need of adjustment. Follow-up visits after treatment is terminated can be especially useful to owners with respect to communicating about methods for maintaining treatment gains and developing new programs for other behavior. Two themes that are common to each phase of the treatment process are those of communicating at the appropriate level of precision by being neither condescending by oversimplification or obfuscation by being overly technical and staying true to a behavior-analytic world view. The talk will conclude with a discussion of these themes. |
|
Expanding Our Reach: ABA Goes Bananas |
SUSAN G. FRIEDMAN (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Staddon (2001) wrote, “Behaviorism is frequently declared dead. But, although services are held regularly, the corpse keeps creeping out of the coffin.” As is often discussed, keeping behavior analysis out of the coffin is about better dissemination to wider audiences. Today, with easy, affordable distance education solutions we are in position to meet that goal from a logistics point of view. But what does “better dissemination” look like? What are the obstacles to wider acceptance of the natural science and technology of behavior change? The focus of this presentation is the dissemination of behavior analysis principles and procedures to zoo keepers, animal behavior consultants and trainers, to improve the quality of life of animals in their care. Common obstacles to the wide spread adoption of applied behavior analysis will be discussed, ways to describe behavior x environment relations for increased relevance will be described, and examples of social marketing will be shared. |
|
|
|
|
An Evaluation of the Variables Related to the Arrangement and Outcomes of Conditioned Reinforcement Procedures |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3C |
Area: AUT/DEV; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Jason Cohen (University of North Texas) |
Discussant: Svein Eikeseth (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
CE Instructor: Jason Cohen, M.S. |
Abstract: Recent research has investigated methods to establish novel stimuli as conditioned reinforcers; however, many aspects remain unclear. This symposium advances research on conditioned reinforcement by discussing variables related to both the arrangement and outcomes of conditioned reinforcement procedures in four data-based presentations from both basic and applied settings. First, a paper by Vandbakk and Holth compares two pairing procedures, a stimulus-stimulus procedure (SSP) and a response-stimulus-stimulus procedure (RSSP), on establishing a light and sound as reinforcers. Pelaez, Holth, and Monlux explore the role of conditioned reinforcement across several stimuli that function as reinforcers for responding in infants. In addition, they examine methods to condition novel stimuli as reinforcers. Cortez and Toussaint evaluate the outcomes of an operant discrimination training procedure on the social interactions between therapists and involves children with autism. The fourth presentation by Moore and Greer examines the correlation between reading as a conditioned reinforcer and academic outcomes. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Conditioned reinforcement, Discrimination Training, Sequential Analysis, Stimulus-stimulus Pairing |
|
A Comparison of Two Pairing Procedures Aiming to Establish Neutral Stimuli as Conditioned Reinforcers for Rats’ Behavior |
(Basic Research) |
MONICA VANDBAKK (Norwegian Association for Behavior Analysis/Oslo and Akershus University College), Per Holth (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
Abstract: Conditioned reinforcers play an important part in theories of behavior and can be established in various ways. Often described are procedures that emanates from Pavlovian conditioning and are referred to as pairing. The purpose of the present experiment with rats was to compare and evaluate the effect of two pairing procedures to see which one was more effective in establishing neutral stimuli as conditioned reinforcers in rats. We evaluated a stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure (SSP) and response-stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure (RSSP), both of which involved pairing previously neutral stimuli with unconditioned reinforcers. Schedules were altered to see if the results were affected when conditioned reinforcers in the form of brief presentation of a light were delivered intermittently, and a sound according to a CRF schedule. A multiple single case design across four rats was used. Results indicated that response-stimulus-stimulus pairing was most effective in establishing conditioned reinforcements and that the use of a CRF schedule in the acquisition produced highest responding in the absence of the unconditioned reinforcer (water). Data from this study support previous findings from study by Dozier et al. (2012) and indicate that there are factors other than simple stimulus pairing involved in procedures for establishing conditioned reinforcers. |
|
Social Reinforcers for Infant Behavior: Primary or Conditioned? |
(Applied Research) |
MARTHA PELAEZ (Florida International University), Per Holth (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Katerina Monlux (Stanford University) |
Abstract: Some stimuli, such as certain kinds of food and liquid, seem to work as unconditioned reinforcers for the behavior of most children. However, we do not have sufficient knowledge of the range of stimuli that reinforce the behavior of typically developing children. The list of common unconditioned reinforcers may be much longer and may include familiar voices and other sounds, touch, certain visual patterns, such as human faces, smiles, and so on. Yet, such stimuli do not seem to work effectively as reinforcers for the behavior some children, who do not develop socially as typically developing children do. Hence, research is needed to (1) assess the range of stimuli that reinforce the behavior of typically developing children and (2) identify the most effective procedures for establishing these stimuli as reinforcers when this effect is lacking, such as for the behavior of children with autism. |
|
A Sequential Analysis of Therapist and Child Social Behavior Following a Conditioned Reinforcement Procedure |
(Applied Research) |
KRISTI CORTEZ (The University of North Texas), Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas), Richelle Elizabeth Hurtado (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: A core deficit in autism is that individuals often have limited reinforcers and treatment often involves establishing novel reinforcers. To address these deficits, we first established therapists’ social interactions as a reinforcer for children with autism using an operant discrimination training procedure. Next, we examined the sequential relation between social initiations and positive social responses for both therapists and children with autism. Participants included three child-therapist dyads, which were previously identified as having low rapport. We observed unstructured social play between the therapist and child prior to and following intervention. We conducted a contingency analysis, Yule's Q analysis, to evaluate the correlation between social initiations and positive responses between the dyad. Results from a Yule's Q analysis showed that both the child and adult positive responding to the others' social initiations increased following the intervention. Findings highlight the reciprocal effects of therapist-child interactions, as well as the effectiveness of establishing social attention as a reinforcer via an operant discrimination training procedure. |
|
The Effects of Conditioned Reinforcement for Reading on the Acquisition of Reading Repertoires |
(Service Delivery) |
COLLEEN CUMISKEY MOORE (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
Abstract: In two experiments, we tested the effects of the establishment of conditioned reinforcement for reading (R+Reading) on the acquisition of reading repertoires. In Experiment I, we conducted a series of statistical analyses with data from 18 participants for one year. We administered 4 pre/post measurements for reading repertoires which included: 1) state-wide assessments, 2) district-wide assessments, 3) 20min observational probes, and 4) preference probes. We utilized the standardized testing measurements to establish grade-level reading repertoires, while the additional two probes measured the reinforcement value of reading. Observational data were recorded in 10s whole-intervals; participants who were observed to read for 96 of the 120 intervals (80%) were considered to have R+Reading. The results demonstrated that R+Reading is significantly correlated with reading assessment outcomes. In Experiment II, we implemented a two-year cross-sectional design with 33 participants, where we expanded the previous research to include probe trials for conditioned seeing (CS) and derivational responding (DR). Results of Experiment II indicated that increases in standardized testing scores were significantly correlated with R+Reading, and that CS and DR were pre-requisite repertoires for the acquisition of R+Reading. Further research will be conducted to ascertain if R+Reading can be established through a peer-pairing procedure. |
|
|
|
|
Enhancing the Efficiency of Instructional Procedures for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4C/D |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Regina A. Carroll (West Virginia University) |
Discussant: Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group) |
CE Instructor: Regina A. Carroll, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Practitioners and researchers have effectively used a range of instructional techniques from applied behavior analysis to teach critical social, language, and academic skills to children with autism spectrum disorders. The collection of studies in this symposium will explore how different variations in instructional procedures can influence the acquisition and generalization of skills for children with autism. First, Sophie Knutson will present a study comparing varying task interspersal ratios on the efficacy and efficiency of discrete-trial teaching. Second, Natalie Jones will present a study comparing the effectiveness and efficiency of teaching procedures with secondary targets embedded into a demand and play context. Third, Shaji Haq will present a study assessing the acquisition, maintenance, and generalization of skills taught using prompting and reinforcement or instructive feedback procedures. Fourth, Bethany Hansen will present a study evaluating the effects of single-exemplar and multiple-exemplar training on the acquisition and generalization of third person pronouns. Finally, Bridget Taylor will discuss interesting components of each study, and describe future areas of research on skill acquisition. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Instructive Feedback, Multiple Exemplars, Skill Acquisition, Task Interspersal |
|
Comparing the Efficacy and Efficiency of Varying Task Interspersal Ratios |
SOPHIE KNUTSON (University of Wisconsin- Milwaukee), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee), Dayna Costello (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee), Gabriella Van Den Elzen (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee), Terra Cliett (University of North Texas), Ella M Gorgan (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee), Mary Halbur (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee), Samantha Klasek (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee) |
Abstract: Task interspersal is a procedural variation of discrete-trial teaching that has been implemented to facilitate the acquisition of novel skills, and may reduce problem behavior during instructional time. The literature shows equivocal results regarding the efficiency of task interspersal, but there is limited literature indicating the effects on level of problem behavior. The current study extends the literature on task interspersal by comparing the efficacy and efficiency of varying task interspersal ratios implemented in early intervention practices with children with autism spectrum disorder and related disorders on acquisition and levels of problem behavior. The four ratios of mastered to acquisition stimuli included: 3:1, 1:1, 1:3, and 0:1. An adapted alternating treatments design was implemented to compare the number of stimuli mastered and the level of problem behavior across conditions. All ratios were effective in facilitating the acquisition of stimuli, but the 0:1 condition was the most efficient intervention procedure. Results were inconsistent on the efficacy of the procedures regarding levels of problem behavior. |
|
Embedding Secondary Targets Into Demand and Play Contexts When Teaching Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
NATALIE RUTH JONES (West Virginia University), Regina A. Carroll (West Virginia University), Jessica Cheatham (West Virginia University), Hanah Conlan (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Instructive feedback has been shown to vastly improve the efficiency of structured teaching procedures. Instructive feedback involves presenting secondary targets (i.e., extra non-target skills) in an instructional trial. Learners are not required to respond to these additional skills; however, previous studies show that learners may acquire secondary targets in the absence of direct teaching. In the current study we evaluated the conditions under which three children with autism acquired secondary targets in the absence of direct teaching. We used an adapted-alternating-treatments design to compare the effectiveness and efficiency of four teaching procedures with and without secondary targets embedded into demand and play contexts. The results showed that two participants acquired secondary targets presented across all conditions; however, learning was more efficient when secondary targets were presented within a demand context. Findings from this study suggest that instructive feedback may increase the number of skills that children with autism can learn without increasing instructional time, and that the demand context may mediate some of these effects. |
|
Examination of Acquisition, Generalization, and Maintenance of Skills Using Instructive Feedback for Children With Autism |
SHAJI HAQ (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee), Rachel Yosick (Marcus Autism Center), Brittany Lee Bartlett (Marcus Autism Center), Taylor Thompson (Marcus Autism Center), Patricia Zemantic (University of Oregon), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Although instructive feedback is an effective and efficient approach for skill acquisition, there is limited research on generalization and maintenance of skills that are trained using this procedure (Nottingham, Vladescu, & Kodak, 2015). In this study, we taught intraverbal fill-ins using prompting and reinforcement (i.e., primary targets) or instructive feedback (i.e., secondary targets), and we assessed generalization of skills to novel therapists or to corresponding wh- questions. In addition, we assessed maintenance of a) primary targets, b) secondary targets, and c) generalization targets during two and four-week probes. Results indicated that all three participants acquired, generalized, and maintained skills in all conditions. Implications for research and clinical practice will be discussed. |
|
Training Sufficient Exemplars When Teaching Expressive Labeling of Third Person Pronouns to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
BETHANY HANSEN (Marcus Autism Center), Jamie Lee Cohen (Marcus Autism Center), Cassondra M Gayman (Marcus Autism Center), Whitney Trapp (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Studies have found pronoun difficulties as a noted deficit for children with Autism Spectrum Disorders (Wilkinson, 1998). Stokes and Baer (1977) discuss the importance of programming sufficient exemplars to promote generalization when teaching a potentially generalizable skill, such as pronoun use. The purpose of this study is to assess the need for multiple exemplar training in facilitating generalization of correct pronoun use. A multiple baseline design across participants was used to evaluate the effects of single exemplar training on the acquisition of third person pronouns, followed by multiple exemplar training if generalization did not occur. Baseline data were collected for three sets, each consisting of nine targets that included three third person pronouns (i.e., he, she, and they) engaging in three different verbs (e.g., sleeping). Three targets in set one were initially targeted for intervention (e.g., each pronoun engaging in a different verb). Probes were conducted once mastery criteria were met. Untrained targets within and/or across sets were trained until generalization was observed. Results showed that one participant demonstrated generalization within and across sets following single exemplar training of one set, one participant demonstrated generalization within and across sets following multiple exemplar training of one set, and one participant demonstrated generalization following multiple exemplar training of multiple sets. These findings support the need for assessing the number of exemplars that require training to promote untrained, novel responses for learners with Autism Spectrum Disorders. |
|
|
|
|
Quantitative Models: What Use are They for Applied Behavior Analysts? |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 5-7 |
Area: CBM; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota) |
Discussant: David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa) |
Abstract: Quantitative models have been used primarily by basic researchers to understand basic behavioral processes. However, with the increasing interest in translational research, quantitative analyses seem to have an increased relevance for applied behavior analysts. The question is under what conditions do quantitative analyses have utility for the work of applied behavior analysts? The symposium will feature presentations by four researchers followed by comments by a discussant. First, Brian Martens will present on the dynamics of choice in preschoolers' behavior in a natural setting. Next, Brian Greer's presentation will focus on the use of behavioral momentum theory to mitigate treatment relapse following functional communication treatment of challenging behavior of individuals with autism spectrum disorder. The third presenter, Christopher Podlesnik, will discuss how quantitative models can aid in predicting how environmental events will interact with behavioral processes to produce behavioral outputs. The final presenter, Derek Reed, will present on behavioral economics, with particular focus on analysis of reinforcer demand in natural settings and its implications for work in educational settings. David Wacker will serve as discussant. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): quantitative models, translational research |
|
Choice in Transition: Replication and Extension to Preschool Children
in a Naturalistic Setting |
(Applied Research) |
BRIAN K. MARTENS (Syracuse University), Tonya LeAnn Lambert (Virginia Institute of Autism), William Sullivan (Syracuse University), Jennifer Magnuson (Syracuse University), Rebecca Womack (Independent Consultant), Samantha Sallade (Syracuse University), Emily L. Baxter (Syracuse University) |
Abstract: The generalized matching equation describes behavior allocations following extended exposure to concurrent schedules, but says nothing about the dynamics of choice for behavior in transition. This study extended previous basic research into the dynamics of choice to children’s behavior in a naturalistic setting. Two preschoolers with disabilities were exposed to four pairs of concurrent variable-interval schedules of adult attention with relative reinforcer rates for on- and off-task behavior of 10:1, 1:1, 1:10, and a reversal back to 10:1. We used the generalized matching equation to model steady-state behavior at the end of the transition phases and to evaluate changes in sensitivity at various points throughout the phases. Choice in transition was evaluated by plotting log behavior ratios by session, cumulated time on- and off-task and cumulated attention for on- and off-task behavior by session, and interreinforcer behavior ratios following different sequences of the first four reinforcer deliveries. Sensitivity values increased steadily throughout the phases, transition patterns were similar to those reported in basic research, and interreinforcer preference generally shifted toward the just-reinforced alternative. These findings support generality of the dynamics of choice to children’s on- and off-task behavior reinforced by adult attention. |
|
Strategies to Mitigate the Recurrence of Problem Behavior Following Functional Communication Training |
(Basic Research) |
BRIAN D. GREER (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Ashley Marie Fuhrman (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Katie Lichtblau (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) has strong empirical support for its use when treating socially reinforced problem behavior. However, treatment effects often deteriorate when FCT procedures are challenged, leading to the recurrence of problem behavior, decreased use of the functional communication response (FCR), or both (Mace et al., 2010; Volkert, Lerman, Call, & Trosclair-Lasserre, 2009; Wacker et al., 2011). Researchers have accordingly described a number of strategies to improve the efficacy of differential-reinforcement procedures (e.g., FCT) when challenged. For example, Wacker et al. (2011) assessed the maintenance of FCT-treatment effects by periodically exposing the FCR to periods of extinction and found that additional exposure to FCT helped guard against the disruptive impact of later periods of extinction. Basic researchers have described this and similar modifications to FCT procedures based on behavioral momentum theory (BMT) that should also help mitigate treatment relapse. Our research team has recently begun investigating these BMT-inspired modifications to FCT. In this presentation, I will share the results of three preliminary studies and describe our ongoing work in this area. |
|
Quantifying Persistence and Relapse With Behavioral Momentum Theory |
(Theory) |
CHRISTOPHER A. PODLESNIK (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Quantitative frameworks provide precise predictions about factors influencing phenomena. Behavioral models specify how environmental events interact with behavioral and biological processes to produce behavioral outputs. Behavioral momentum theory specifies that persistence and likelihood of relapse of operant behavior is positively related to reinforcement rates in a stimulus context and negatively related to the force of disruption conditions. Studies from several laboratories examining these assumptions provide important insights into variables influencing persistence and relapse but also reveal some of these assumptions to be incorrect. This talk will examine efforts and challenges to explaining the behavioral processes underlying persistence and relapse with behavioral momentum theory. |
|
The Translational Utility of Operant Behavioral Economic Demand |
(Applied Research) |
DEREK D. REED (The University of Kansas) |
Abstract: • Operant behavioral economics integrates behavioral psychology with microeconomic principles and has successfully been applied to a number of basic and applied issues; understanding the benefits of behavioral economic demand may spur interesting new lines of applied research. Reinforcer demand analyses quantify the degree to which an organism defends its baseline consumption of a reinforcer amidst various levels of constraint. Over the past several decades, quantitative models and analyses have emerged as an efficient means to assess demand for reinforcers, particularly in the area of drug dependence and health behavior. This presentation translates findings from basic studies on reinforcer demand to various issues of societal importance. The presentation begins with a primer on demand assessment and analysis. Discussion of demand metrics with immediate translation to applied behavior analysis is provided. Particular examples from behavioral health domains are provided in the areas of alcohol, cigarette, marijuana, and indoor tanning demand. The presentation concludes with a discussion of other areas of translation in mainstream applied behavior analysis, such as validating preference assessments, determining token delivery and exchange schedules, and classroom based reinforcement contingencies for work completion. |
|
|
|
|
Functional Communication Training and Schedule Thinning: Current Advances and Methodological Refinements |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1A/B |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Mahshid Ghaemmaghami (University of the Pacific) |
Discussant: Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee) |
CE Instructor: Mahshid Ghaemmaghami, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In this symposium, we will review efficacious strategies for teaching communication responses during functional communication training (FCT) while maintaining low levels of problem behavior and maximizing the complexity and specificity of the communication response and thinning the schedule of reinforcement. Our first presentation will focus on a comparison of prompting strategies prior to and following problem behavior during the initial stages of treatment. Our second presenter will demonstrate how to effectively differentiate the initial omnibus mand (“My way, please”) into specific mands without a resurgence of problem behavior. Our third presenter will review effective alternative reinforcement procedures to use within a multiple schedule when thinning reinforcement to more practical levels. And finally, our last presenter will focus on an integration of FCT, tolerance training, and chained schedules to treat automatically-maintained, non-injurious stereotypy. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): chained schedule, FCT, multiple schedule, Prompting |
|
An Evaluation of Prompting Procedures During Functional Communication Training |
ROBIN K. LANDA (Western New England University), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Mahshid Ghaemmaghami (University of the Pacific) |
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is an efficacious treatment that often results in an immediate reduction of problem behavior (Tiger, Hanley, & Bruzek, 2008). However, the specific prompting strategies used during initial phases of FCT are either not described or are inconsistent across studies (e.g., Gibson, Pennington, Stenhoff, & Hopper, 2010; Lalli, Casey, & Kates, 1995). In particular, the specific methods by which functional communication responses (FCRs) should be prompted prior to and following problem behavior are unclear. In this study, we evaluated the efficacy of immediate and delayed prompts to emit the FCR following problem behavior when combined with prompts to emit the FCR prior to problem behavior that were presented using either a fixed 3-s delay or a progressive 0- to 3-s delay. For our participant, a young child with autism, we found that significant reductions in problem behavior and optimal rates of FCRs were only achieved when immediate prompts following problem behavior were combined with a progressive 0- to 3-s prompt delay. Results suggest that the manner in which prompts are delivered prior to problem behavior may be more important than the manner in which they are delivered following problem behavior. Interobserver agreement was assessed for more than 20% of sessions with a minimum agreement of 80%. |
|
Differentiating Functional Communication Responses |
SHANNON WARD (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Christine Warner (New England Center for Children; Western New Engla), Ellen Gage (New England Center for Children; Western New Engla) |
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) typically begins by teaching a simple, low effort response to replace problem behavior (Horner & Day, 1991). A low effort response is often taught at the onset of FCT, but a complex and socially appropriate response is desired at the terminal goal of treatment (Tiger, Hanley, & Bruzek, 2008). When problem behavior is demonstrated to be sensitive to a combination of reinforcers (Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, & Hanratty, 2014), a simple omnibus mand that allows the participant to access all relative reinforcers simultaneously may be necessary at the beginning of FCT (Hanley et al., 2014; Santiago et al., 2016). However, teaching an omnibus mand does need to preclude the acquisition of specific functional communication responses (FCR). In this study, we demonstrated how to effectively differentiate the initial omnibus mand (“My way, please”) into specific mands (“all done”, “May I have my toys, please?” and “play with me”) with two young learners diagnosed with autism while maintaining low rates of problem behavior. A concurrent operant and changing criterion design was used to teach both participants an omnibus mand and then specific mands for all putative reinforcers identified in a functional analysis. |
|
Comparing Alternative-Reinforcement Procedures to Enhance Functional Communication Training During Reinforcement Schedule Thinning |
AMANDA ZANGRILLO (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meye), Ashley Marie Fuhrman (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Brian D. Greer (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: We propose a method of identifying effective alternative-reinforcement procedures appropriate for use when treating destructive behavior using a multiple schedule to thin reinforcement during functional communication training (FCT). Following a functional analysis (Study 1) and an initial demonstration of the efficacy of FCT as treatment for the destructive behavior of two boys (Study 2), reinforcement schedule thinning via a multiple schedule resulted in increased rates of destructive behavior for both boys. In Study 3, we compared alternative-reinforcement procedures embedded within the multiple schedule using an alternating-treatments design. Results for both boys suggested at least one effective alternative reinforcement procedure that maintained favorable treatment outcomes as we continued thinning the reinforcement schedule (Jacob) or targeted additional functions of destructive behavior (Alan). We discuss these findings in light of future research that may build on this approach to empirically identifying effective variations of FCT procedures while thinning reinforcement schedules to more practical levels. |
|
Treating Stereotypy With FCT, Tolerance Training, and Response Chaining |
JESSICA SLATON (Western New England University; Nashoba Learning G), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Kate Raftery (Nashoba Learning Group) |
Abstract: The current study integrates the treatment package for socially mediated problem behavior reported by Hanley et al. (2014) with the chained schedule treatment for automatically maintained non-injurious stereotypy reported by Slaton and Hanley (2016). A 10-year-old boy with autism who engaged in high frequency stereotypy was taught to mand for access to stereotypy, wait for the mand to be granted before engaging in stereotypy, give an appropriate response when the mand was occasionally denied, and complete a short series of academic demands before earning access to stereotypy. Stimuli were correlated with periods during which stereotypy was allowed (S+) and periods during which it was blocked (S-). During the S- component, stereotypy was reduced from an average of 71% of component duration to near-zero levels, accuracy with simple academic tasks increased from an average of 29% to an average of 80%, an independent mand for stereotypy was established and then shaped to include a mand frame, and an independent tolerance response for the denial of this mand was also established. A shift in response allocation for (untargeted) vocal stereotypy was observed as well. The importance of contingent access when treating stereotypy will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Quantifying Effects, Identifying Relations, and Extending the Generality of Behavior Analytic Research on Problem Behavior |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 1 |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: SungWoo Kahng (University of Missouri) |
Discussant: Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University) |
CE Instructor: SungWoo Kahng, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Studies employing single-case experimental designs are perfectly suited to examine behavior-environment interactions at the level of the individual participant; however, a body of literature that is comprised mostly of such studies has its limitations. Because data are analyzed using visual analysis and studies report on small numbers of participants, the objectivity of our data analysis methods and the generality of findings of individual studies may be limited. Although some have called for the use of randomized clinical trials and parametric statistics, those methods are conceptually inconsistent with applied behavior analysis, and are practically incompatible with the individualized response-guided approach to assessment and treatment that is a hallmark of our field. The current presentations will describe methods aimed at improving the objectivity of data analysis, and enhancing the generality of behavior analytic findings. A critical feature of these methods is that they preserve the analysis of individual behavior by either quantifying behavior change within the individual participant, or by analyzing accumulated datasets from multiple participants within or across studies. These methods have the potential to identify relations not otherwise evident when examining individual datasets in isolation, and extend the generality of findings within and across studies. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): generality, problem behavior, Single-case designs |
|
Empirically Supported Treatments in Applied Behavior Analysis |
MICHELLE A. FRANK-CRAWFORD (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: A number of procedures describing criteria for systematically reviewing a body of literature have been developed. For example, the American Psychological Association (Task Force Promoting Dissemination of Psychological Procedures, 1995) described a process of evaluating whether treatments have been sufficiently researched to characterize them as “empirically supported treatments” (EST). Those interventions with the highest level of support are characterized as “well-established” (Chambless et al., 1996). This and similar efforts have been undertaken for the purposes of guiding clinical practice, influencing regulations and standards, providing priorities for funding (for both research and treatment), and guiding professional training. The presentation will review these methods and discuss modifications to make them more suitable for evaluating behavior analytic research. EST studies on behavior analytic research will be summarized, followed by a discussion of the value of quantitatively synthesizing research finding across studies with regard to documenting the reliability of effects of interventions, as well as establishing the generality of those effects across individuals, settings, and researchers. |
|
The Use and Utility of Consecutive Controlled Case Series in Applied Behavior Analysis |
GRIFFIN ROOKER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Clare Liddon (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Christopher M Dillon (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: In a Consecutive Case Series, all patients with a particular condition are identified and outcomes of a procedure (s) with these patients are reported. The use of single subject design in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) allows this methodology to be extended and produces Consecutive Controlled Case Series (CCCS). The use of CCCS in ABA increases the generality of findings, while retaining appropriate focus on the individual and his or her behavior. The purpose of this study was to review ABA research where CCCS has been used in relation to problem behavior to highlight the applicability of this methodology, as well as to demonstrate the utility of conducting such studies. Review of the research indicates that in the past 25 years more than 20 studies met our criteria as a CCCS. These CCCS detailed over 1000 behavioral assessments and/or treatments for individuals with a wide range of behavioral disorders. Specific examples of how CCCS research has produced novel findings and increased the generality of behavioral assessments and treatments will be discussed. Finally, the overall quality of this literature, as well as specific future directions for CCCS research will be discussed. |
|
Examining Correspondence Between Statistical Modeling and Visual Analysis of Behavioral Assessment and Treatment Data |
NICOLE LYNN HAUSMAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Gayane Yenokyan (Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health), Julia Iannaccone (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: The current presentation will discuss potential limitations and benefits of using statistical modeling to quantify effects observed during assessment and treatment. We employed a model for statistical analysis that mirrors visual analysis for magnitude of effects, stability, and trend. Generalized Linear Models (GLM) with a distribution for the outcome and a link function that describes how average response depends on treatment was used. The simplest distribution for the outcome is normal; however, others can be selected, by checking the correspondence of observed versus predicted values. To estimate “percent change” in response, a logarithmic link function is used. Robust, or “model- agnostic” variance can be specified to calculate 95% confidence interval for the treatment effect. We examined the correspondence between the GLM model to visual analysis of published functional analysis and treatment datasets and a high degree of correspondence was observed. Statistical methods need not obscure the individual analysis of behavior, replace visual analysis, or eliminate the pursuit of producing socially meaningful change. Rather, quantitative methods build on visual analysis to adequately model the data, provide a highly objective and reliable means to evaluate outcomes, and would make findings of behavior analytic studies more interpretable by the broader scientific community. |
|
Identifying Predictive Behavioral Markers: Implications for Advancing Practice and Research |
LOUIS P. HAGOPIAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Gayane Yenokyan (Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health) |
Abstract: Recent research on automatically reinforced self-injurious behavior (SIB) has identified subtypes based on distinct patterns of responding in the functional analysis (FA). Subtypes were shown to differ greatly in terms of their resistance to first line treatment (reinforcement). Those findings were largely replicated in a subsequent analysis of published datasets. The current study combined data from these two studies (n = 78) and examined with the quantitative methods used to evaluate predictive biomarkers – biological measures that predict response to treatment. This probabilistic analysis preserves the individual dataset by first classifying cases based on whether treatment targets were achieved (80% reduction in SIB), and then determining how accurately the predictor distinguishes those groups. Findings revealed that both the level of SIB differentiation in the FA and subtype classification to be “good to excellent” predictive behavioral markers (PBM). These PBMs identified sensitivity of SIB to disruption by alternative reinforcement as a critical dimension for automatically reinforced SIB. The potential utility of this approach for applied behavior analysis research and practice is discussed. Identifying other PBMs could help inform individualized treatment selection, identify classes of problem behavior that are responsive and non-responsive to treatment, and advance knowledge about how treatments exert their effects. |
|
|
|
|
Establishing and Evaluating Conditioned Reinforcers With Individuals With Developmental Disabilities |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1C/D |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Talia Crabb (Caldwell University) |
Discussant: Anthony DeFulio (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: This symposium comprises four papers about the establishment and evaluation of conditioned reinforcers with individuals with developmental disabilities. The first paper provides a history of the research on establishing conditioned reinforcers in humans, reviews terms used in this literature, and provides a quantitative review of studies that evaluated procedures for establishing conditioned reinforcers with individuals with developmental disabilities. The second paper assessed the behavioral effects of praise in children diagnosed with ASD and found that it maintained responses but did not result in acquisition of new responses. In the third paper, the reinforcing value of tokens was tested in a multielement design with three individuals with autism. Results indicated that delay to the exchange period decreased response rate. The last paper used progressive-ratio schedules to directly compare the reinforcing efficacy of tokens to high- and low-preference edibles that were also used as backup reinforcers. For both participants, they found primary reinforcers to maintain a higher response frequency than did tokens. Recommendations for future research and applications to practice will be provided. Following these papers, Anthony Defulio will provide a discussion. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): conditioned reinforcement, pairing, praise, tokens |
|
Establishing Conditioned Reinforcers With Individuals With Developmental Disabilities: A Review of the Literature |
BEN RHODES (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Catherine Taylor-Santa (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: The establishment of stimuli as conditioned reinforcers is important in behavioral interventions for people with developmental disabilities. Empirically-derived procedures for establishing conditioned reinforcers could guide clinicians in developing a wider range of reinforcers and bringing behavior under control of natural contingencies of reinforcement, specifically social consequences. The current paper provides a history of the research on establishing conditioned reinforcers in humans, a review of the terms used in this literature, and a quantitative review of studies that evaluated procedures for establishing conditioned reinforcers with individuals with developmental disabilities. Finally, suggestions for future research in this area are provided. |
|
Does Praise Function as a Conditioned Reinforcer in Children With ASD? |
CORINA JIMENEZ-GOMEZ (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Alex Forton (Florida Institute of Technology), Karli Silverman (Florida Institute of Technology), Ashley Abel (Florida Institute of Technology), Michael E. Kelley (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Stimuli predicting the availability of established reinforcers can acquire the capacity to control behavior. Although traditionally discussed as strengthening of behavior by conditioned reinforcement, it is possible such stimuli might influence behavior only by signaling the availability of other reinforcers. Individuals diagnosed with ASD often have difficulty discriminating and being sensitive to social cues and consequences, such as praise. The purpose of the current study is to assess the behavioral effects of praise, often considered a generalized conditioned reinforcer, in children diagnosed with ASD. In the present study, we tested for traditional conditioned-reinforcement effects. During baseline, mastered responses were reinforced with food or food + praise. Praise maintained behavior when food was removed for both responses and subsequent contingency reversals reversed performance accordingly. These findings reveal praise can maintain and re-establish previously learned responses. Next, praise was used to train the acquisition of new responses, as a test for the reinforcing function of praise. Participants were unable to acquire new responses under this arrangement. Thus far, praise does not appear to function as a conditioned reinforcer; instead, it likely serves a discriminative function. |
|
Effects of Delay on Token Reinforcement |
MARY KATHERINE CAREY (Western New England University), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Token economies are ubiquitous across educational settings. These reinforcement systems operate by making tokens delivered contingent on a target behavior exchangeable for primary reinforcement. Tokens, initially neutral stimuli, gain reinforcing efficacy through repeated pairings with back-up stimuli. However, there is often temporal discontinuity between the delivery of the tokens and their exchange for back-up reinforcers. For instance, a student may earn tokens throughout the day for academic tasks but not exchange them for primary reinforcement until the end of the day. Thus, it is unclear 1) whether tokens function as conditioned reinforcers and 2) if so, whether the delay to exchange affects their reinforcing efficacy. In the current study, the reinforcing value of tokens was tested in a multielement design with three individuals with autism. Tokens were established as reinforcers if necessary. A progressive-ratio schedule was used to determine the effects of delay to token exchanges. Results indicate that tokens either functioned as reinforcers or could be established as such. Additionally, delay to the exchange period decreased response rate. Mean proportional agreement data were collected for a minimum of 33% of all sessions across conditions and averaged 96% in the conditioned reinforcer assessment and 96% in the delay assessment. |
|
Comparing the Relative Efficacy of Tokens and Backup Reinforcers |
STEPHANIE BONFONTE (New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Token economies are one of the most commonly used behavior analytic interventions. Despite literature supporting the use of tokens as tools for behavior change, little is known about the reinforcing value of tokens compared to that of the items for which they are exchanged. Results of previous research comparing the reinforcing efficacy of tokens and primary reinforcers have shown that both produce similar effects on responding. However, this research is limited because token reinforcement conditions also included the delivery of primary reinforcers. The purpose of the current study was to compare the reinforcing efficacy of tokens to high- and low-preference items for which they were exchangeable. Two adolescent males, diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder, who attended a school for children with developmental disabilities participated in the study. Initially, we established novel tokens as reinforcers. We then conducted a conditioned reinforcer assessment using a tandem control to ensure that the tokens functioned as reinforcers. Following this, progressive-ratio schedules were used to directly compare the reinforcing efficacy of the tokens to high- and low-preference edibles that were also used as backup reinforcers. For both participants, we found primary reinforcers to maintain a higher response frequency than did tokens. These data suggest the use of primary reinforcement in situations where greater reinforcement effects are necessary. |
|
|
|
|
Bi-Directional Naming: Perspectives From Four Laboratories |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 1-3 |
Area: DEV/VBC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate ) |
Discussant: Julian C. Leslie (University of Ulster) |
CE Instructor: R. Douglas Greer, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavioral analyses of the stimulus control for the phenomena characterized as bi-directional address critical issues in verbal behavioral development, verbal behavior, and relational responding. Laboratories have investigated naming as (a) derived relations, (b) its effects on other derived relations, (c) as well as the identification of experiences that contribute to the onset of naming as a behavioral developmental cusp. We present the perspectives of four laboratories on bi-directional naming. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Bi-directional responding, Multiple exemplars, Naming |
Target Audience: The target audience consists of all behavior analysts with a theoretical and/or practical interest in the emergence, "generativity," or "explosion" of verbal skills in young children, and in how the basic behavioral principles can be utilized in teaching children with language delays more effectively. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe components of bidirectional naming; (2) explain how the emergence of naming can be considered as a behavioral developmental cusp that involves the incidental learning of "names for things;" (3) describe naming in terms of different theoretical perspectives or research foci. |
|
Experiences That Establish Naming Types and What Happens Afterwards |
(Theory) |
R. DOUGLAS GREER (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
Abstract: Naming types have been identified as verbal behavior developmental cusps that result from a history of experiences. Different types of naming have been identified according to the stimuli controlling stimuli including: (a) naming involving actions, (b) additional auditory stimuli, (c) exclusion conditions, (d) familiar and unfamiliar stimuli, and (e) additional auditory stimuli. Some children who do not demonstrate naming can do so after several interventions and their educational prognosis improves as a result. |
Greer is Professor of Psycholgy and Education at the Graduate School of Arts and Sciences and Teachers College of Columbia University where he heads the MA and Ph.D. programs in behavior analysis and the education of students with and without disabilities. He has served on the editorial boards of 10 journals, published over 200 research and theoretical articles in more than 20 journals and is the author of 13 books in behavior analysis. Two of his most recent books are translated into Korean, Spanish, and Italian. Greer has sponsored 216 doctoral dissertations taught over 2,000 teachers and professors, originated the CABAS model of schooling used in the USA, Ireland, Italy, and England, and founded the Fred S. Keller School (www.cabasschools.org). He has done basic and applied experimental research in schools with students, teachers, parents, and supervisors as well as pediatric patients in medical settings. He and his colleagues have identified verbal behavior and social developmenal cusps and protocols to extablish them when they are missing in children. He is a recipient of the Fred S. Keller Award for Distinguished Contributions to Education from the American Psychology Association, a Fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis International, recipient of May 5 as the R. Douglas Day by Westchester County Legislators. He has served as guest professor at universities in China, Spain, Wales, England, Japan, Korea, India, Ireland, Italy, USA, and Nigeria. |
|
Bidirectional Naming as a Problem Solving Strategy |
(Theory) |
CAIO F. MIGUEL (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: Humans often solve problems by engaging in a variety of strategies, some of which involve talking to themselves. This requires that they speak with understanding. Bidirectional Naming (BiN) is the term used (in behavior analysis) to refer to the ability to react as a listener to one's own speaker behavior. In this talk, I will describe basic, translational, and applied studies supporting the role of BiN in the development of complex skills such as categorization and analogical reasoning. Evidence for the role of BiN as a problem solving strategy comes from positive performances on complex matching-to-sample tasks after the use of verbal behavior training alone, and also from spontaneous vocalizations on the specific verbal strategies utilized by participants during or after task completion. |
Dr. Caio Miguel is an associate professor of Psychology and director of the Verbal Behavior Research Laboratory at California State University, Sacramento. He is also an adjunct faculty at Endicott College, MA, and at the University of São Paulo, Brazil. Dr. Miguel has published over 50 articles and book chapters on basic and applied research related to verbal behavior and derived stimulus relations. He is the past-editor of The Analysis of Verbal Behavior (TAVB) and currently serves as an Associate Editor for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA). He is the recipient of the 2014 award for Outstanding Scholarly Activities by the College of Social Sciences and Interdisciplinary Studies at Sacramento State, and the 2014 Outstanding Mentor Award by the Association for Behavior Analysis International. Dr. Miguel is a regular speaker at conferences all over the world. |
|
Classes of Equivalent Stimuli as Antecedents in Verbal Operants |
(Theory) |
DEISY DAS GRAÇAS DE SOUZA (Universidade Federal de São Carlos) |
Abstract: In the paper that gave rise to the study of stimulus equivalence, Sidman (1971) used the terms name/naming to generically designate responses under the discriminative control of pictures and printed words. In Skinnerian terms, he was referring to tact and textual relations. In Sidman's study, these discriminated operants emerged as a by-product of learning stimulus-stimulus relations. Although the response in a tact (or textual behavior) occurs under the control of a specific stimulus, if that stimulus is a member of an equivalence class, this implies that the response comes under the control of the class as a whole. The class, in turn, involves at least the primary item or environmental aspect, the spoken word/s, which was/were conventionally related to this item by the learner's verbal community [in the tact], and the corresponding printed word/s [in textual behavior]. Consequently, the learning history established listening and speaking behaviors in the same individual. This presentation will illustrate the formation of equivalence classes and the development of listening comprehension, tact, and textual behaviors in a sample of deaf children with cochlear implants. |
Deisy de Souza is Full Professor at the Psychology Department, Universidade Federal de São Carlos (UFSCar), Brazil, where she teaches behavior analysis in graduate and undergraduate courses in Psychology, and in Special Education. She obtained her Ph.D. in experimental psychology at Universidade de São Paulo (USP), under the direction of Carolina Bori, and held a post-doctoral position at the University of Maryland Baltimore County, working with Charlie Catania. She has published articles and book chapters on non-human and human relational learning, including studies applying the stimulus equivalence paradigm to investigate the acquisition of symbolic relations involved in reading and writing, and in developing curricula to teach those skills. She is past-Associate Editor of Acta Comportamentalia, and currently serves as Editor of the Brazilian Journal of Behavior Analysis (BJBA). She is the recipient of the 2015 Award for Distinguished Contributions to the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior by the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group, of the Association for Behavior Analysis International. |
|
|
|
|
Stimulus Control: Testing the Boundaries |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom B/C |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Vikki J. Bland (The University of Auckland) |
Discussant: Jennifer Sutton (Brescia University College) |
Abstract: When behavior is reinforced in the presence of a stimulus, that stimulus may come to control the rate or probability of that behavior (stimulus control). In experimental and applied settings, the extent to which stimulus control is established or maintained depends on a number of factors, such as the similarity between training and applied environments, the presence of other stimuli, the strength of the learned association between the stimulus and consequences, and which element of the stimulus controls behavior. This symposium will present new research examining how manipulating these factors impacts stimulus control in pigeons, humans, and rats. Presentations will discuss whether a negative discriminative stimulus can function as a punishing consequence; explanations for why some elements of a multi-element stimulus may selectively control behavior; whether stimuli that provide conflicting information can jointly control behavior; and how differences in stimulus control between rat species may be applicable to rodent models of Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder. The findings presented in this symposium are likely to be relevant to both experimental and applied researchers interested in extending the boundaries of stimulus control. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): compound stimuli, punishment, stimulus control, timing |
|
Punishment Revisited: Stimulus Control and Behavior Reduction |
VIKKI J. BLAND (The University of Auckland), Sarah Cowie (The University of Auckland), Douglas Elliffe (The University of Auckland), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Punishment describes a reduction in the future probability of behaviour, due to a stimulus or event produced by that behavior. Although punishment is a real world process requiring ongoing research and improved understanding, the use of punishing stimuli is generally avoided due to ethical concerns. However, excluding punishment from behavioral treatments is problematic when alternative methods fail to reduce harmful behaviour to safe levels. The present study investigates whether a negative stimulus (S-) will function as a punishing consequence for behavior maintained by positive reinforcement. Five pigeons are used. Following training, one stimulus (S+) predicts response-contingent food deliveries on a variable interval schedule. Simultaneously, an S- stimulus previously associated with the absence of food is presented on a variable rate schedule. Food deliveries are not withheld when the S- stimulus is presented. Results show that the overall rate of key pecking for food is reduced when key-pecking also produces the S- stimulus. Therefore, an S- stimulus has the potential to be a punishing consequence. This research provides a foundation for the continued investigation of new ethically-viable approaches to punishment. Ongoing research investigates the extent to which an S- stimulus may be used to punish sub-optimal choice strategies. |
|
Stimulus Overselectivity and Effective Reward History |
LUCA BLUMHARDT (University of Otago), Brent L. Alsop (University of Otago) |
Abstract: Stimulus overselectivity occurs when a response is controlled by specifically selected elements of a compound stimulus. Research suggests that overselected elements may overshadow underselected elements, rather than have more attention allocated towards them, because underselected elements may control responses when overselected elements are later associated with extinction. Presently, there is no mechanism explaining why overselected elements are more salient. We postulate that overselected elements appear more salient because they function more frequently as antecedent stimuli in contingencies in an organism’s learning history. In the present study, 25 undergraduate students were trained to respond to one of two compound stimuli. The colour of each element of the reinforced stimulus was previously associated with differential rewards. We then presented each element of compound stimuli alone, to test whether the overselected element contained the colour previously associated with the highest reward. All elements from the reinforced stimulus were selected equally, irrespective of the reward history associated with each element colour. When arbitrary elements of low or high selectivity were put in extinction, control by these elements usually increased or remained unchanged. Thus, the emergence of previously underselected elements in previous studies may be an artefact of procedural designs, rather than evidence for overshadowing. |
|
Effects of Conflicting Information on Temporal Discrimination |
STEPHANIE GOMES-NG (The University of Auckland), Douglas Elliffe (The University of Auckland), Sarah Cowie (The University of Auckland) |
Abstract: The environments in which organisms interact are complex, and hence multiple stimuli may come to control behavior (divided stimulus control). What happens when information provided by these stimuli conflicts? The present research investigated the effects of conflicting information on discrimination of elapsed time. Pigeons were trained to associate four stimuli with either a 10-s or a 20-s delay to reinforcement. Following training, non-reinforced single-stimulus and compound-stimulus probe trials were introduced. On single-stimulus and non-conflicting compound-stimulus probe trials, maximum responding occurred close to the usual reinforcement time associated with the stimuli. On conflicting compound-stimulus probe trials, maximum response rates tended to occur at a time in between peak responding on single-stimulus probe trials ('temporal averaging'), replicating previous research using rats. However, statistical analyses indicated that differences in peak response times were not significant, possibly because the delays to reinforcement used in training were similar. Additionally, not all subjects showed evidence of temporal averaging. Nevertheless, these results provide some evidence suggesting that when organisms are presented with two stimuli that provide conflicting information about the time to reinforcement, both stimuli exert joint control over responding. |
|
Stimulus Control in Two Rodent Models of Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder |
ADAM E. FOX (St. Lawrence University), Sierra Caramia (St. Lawrence University), Molly Haskell (St. Lawrence University), Aerial Ramey (St. Lawrence University), Depika Singha (St. Lawrence University) |
Abstract: The spontaneously hypertensive (SHR/NCrl) rat is one of the most widely used models of the combined subtype of Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD-C). Although often used as its control strain, the Wistar Kyoto (WKY/NCrl) has been proposed as a model of the predominately inattentive subtype of ADHD (ADHD-PI). In Experiment 1 SHR/NCrl, WKY/NCrl, and Wistar (WI; the progenitor strain for the two models) rats were trained on a leftright lever-press sequence in the presence of light discriminative stimuli that signaled the active lever in the sequence. SHR/NCrl and WI accuracy was more disrupted than WKY/NCrl accuracy when light cues were removed or reversed—an indication that behavior of the WKY/NCrl rats may not have come under control of the discriminative light cues. In Experiment 2, all three strains were exposed to a response-initiated fixed-interval (RIFI) 8-s schedule of reinforcement. In RIFI schedules behavior must be timed from a past instance of the target response. Replicating previous work, timing during the FI was equivalent across the three strains, however, latencies to initiate the FI were significantly longer for SHR/NCrl than WKY/NCrl and WI rats. These findings may help determine the efficacy of SHR/NCrl and WKY/NCrl as models of ADHD subtypes in humans. |
|
|
|
|
Practicing What We Teach: Employing ABA Principles to Improve Upon Undergraduate Instruction |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center 403/404 |
Area: EDC |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Chair: Nelly Dixon (Kaplan University) |
|
Evaluating the Effects of Evidence-Based Instructional Practice in an Online Course: A Follow-Up Study |
Domain: Applied Research |
AMANDA L. YURICK (Cleveland State University) |
|
Abstract: Evidence-based practice in special education has a broad literature base that includes a variety of active student response techniques such as response cards and guided notes. There is substantial data to support the use of these techniques across content areas in K-12 education. Additionally, there is some support for these practices at the university level. The present study was a follow up to previous experiment that investigated the effects of response cards and guided notes in a university class for pre-service special educators. The current investigation expands upon those findings by applying both guided notes and video lecture in a web-based course for training behavior analysts. An alternating treatments design was used to evaluate the effects of guided notes and video lecture on the quiz scores of masters level students taking a basic principles in behavior analysis course. Data suggests that guided notes and video lecture can be an effective tool for increasing quiz scores. Implications for practice will be discussed. |
|
Outside Skinner's Box: Promoting Student Motivation and Engagement in the Online Classroom |
Domain: Service Delivery |
NELLY DIXON (Kaplan University) |
|
Abstract: Over the past 15 years, the number of higher education students who participate in online learning continues to increase; students who choose to participate in online education programs often have competing responsibilities associated with both personal and professional obligations that affect their levels of participation and success. As a result, understanding and influencing aspects of motivation and engagement in the virtual environment can improve the educational experiences and outcomes for online learners. This work examines how the framework of Self-Determination Theory informs the incorporation of operant conditioning methods that manipulate antecedent and consequence variables for various online tasks. An examination of literature discussing the challenges posed by the online education environment is considered, followed by a discussion on how methods of applied behavior analysis can be implemented to balance such challenges by increasing levels of student motivation and engagement. The theoretical foundation that promotes the concepts of applied behavior analysis in a virtual environment will provide useful information for instructors and online facilitators as a means to elicit higher levels of student motivation, engagement, and success. |
|
Use of Elaborate Feedback in a Modified Personalized System of Instruction Course to Enhance Student Performance: Extended Analysis |
Domain: Applied Research |
RITA OLLA (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
|
Abstract: For educators and education institutions, it is always an important concern to insure adequate level of students’ learning. This concern is even more important in large enrollment courses as the return on investment in terms of student learning become more apparent for the university administration. This importance should be examined at the social and consumer levels to highlight the value adding nature of behavior analytic approach to learning in college settings. Chase and Houmanfar (2009) recalls the advancement of the information era to insure this goal, together with the necessary behavioral manipulation. They explored the effect of basic feedback (simply correct or incorrect answer) and the elaborate feedback (basic feedback + information on the topic addressed in the question) on the students’ performance when taking the weekly assessment quizzes, demonstrating a significant effect, above all, in the case of “hard questions”. By drawing upon the recent literature on feedback, we will discuss the implications of Chase and Houmanfar’s findings and offer additional overview of recent implementations of this approach in a large enrollment introductory course in psychology. |
|
Flashcards With Fill-in-the-Blank or See Term/Say Definition on Undergraduate Test Performances |
Domain: Service Delivery |
Scott A. Miller (Truckee Meadows Community College; Fit Learning; Bx Plus), ABIGAIL LEWIS (Fit Learning; University of Nevada, Reno; Bx Plus), Cameron Green (Bx Plus; HSI-WARC), Ryan Lee O'Donnell (Institute of Meaningful Instruction; Bx Pus; HSI-WARC) |
|
Abstract: Flashcards are commonly used at various levels of instruction for learning terms and concepts. One strategy for increasing the efficiency of flashcards is to create ‘fill-in-the-blank’ cards. Fill-in-the-blank cards require a reduced number of words during a timed opportunity, which hypothetically facilitates exposure to more cards. Another strategy is writing the term or concept on one side of the card and the definition on the other. Both methods were evaluated in a reversal and compared across two undergraduate introductory psychology courses. To evaluate potential generalization, course 1 test questions were see term/write definition and course 2 test questions were see definition/write term. Results indicated that see term/say definition flashcards produced the highest scores on tests relative to the fill-in-the-blank. There was no significant difference between test question type. Results also indicated student preference for each a study method was mixed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavior Through an Evolutionary Lens |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom F/G |
Area: PCH/VBC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Carsta Simon (Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway) |
Discussant: William M. Baum (University of California, Davis) |
Abstract: The symposium examines the usefulness of Darwinian selection in understanding selection of behavior during ontogeny. To discuss what constitutes ontological and epistemologically sound units of analysis, verbal behavior in conversations is suggested to be investigated through a selectionist lens. Moreover, the historic resistance to natural selection inspires a line of argument by which psychologists may be induced to scientifically investigate behavior. However, are evolutionary ideas actually central to understanding behavior or has their influence been exaggerated and they constitute more of a distraction? We can observe that operant behavior is the result of a feedback function between activities and environment but what makes us confident that selection by consequences explains that fact? The analogy between natural selection and operant conditioning faces a challenge if one cannot point to a response, which constitutes the descendent of another response. Is an assumption of hypothetical events as the unit of selection the solution; and if not, does it nevertheless make sense to talk about responses’ fitness? Does E. Sober’s distinction between selection of and selection for have an analogy in operant selection? By introducing those questions, the symposium illuminates benefits and challenges characterizing the relation of ontogenetic and phylogenetic causes of behavior. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Darwinism, Evolution, History, Selection |
|
A Selectionist View of Verbal Behavior |
CARSTA SIMON (Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway) |
Abstract: Speech is a natural event that comes down to sounds that affect the behavior of conspecifics. Skinner (1957) proposed to analyze verbal commerce by the same means as other behavior. A supposition of momentary stimuli, discrete behavior and contiguous consequences forms the base for his categorization of “mands”, “tacts”, “echoics” and other verbal operants. How can an analysis of verbal behavior go beyond this ontologically and epistemologically questionable abstraction of continuous speech into momentary events? A molar, selectionist approach to verbal behavior treats larger verbal episodes as wholes, induced by a context and correlating with consequences. First, the talk debates theoretical reasons to place verbal behavior in an evolutionary framework by viewing it as shaped by its consequences, through a person’s lifetime and through interactions with the environment across many generations of natural selection. Second, the talk exemplifies two experimental procedures treating verbal behavior as allocation of time. Specifically, the experiments investigate effects of the “listener’s” responses on more extended verbal episodes and matching in conversations. |
|
Feedback is a Fact, but Selection is a Theory |
TERRY SMITH (Edinboro University of Pennsylvania) |
Abstract: The evolutionary perspective on the ontogeny of behavior emphasizes the fact that operant behavior is the result of a feedback function between behavior and environment. When reinforcement is contingent upon a certain type of response, this has a powerful effect upon the ontogeny of behavior. This is an easily observed fact. What is not however easily observed is the claim that selection by consequences explains this fact. Borrowing terms introduced by philosopher of biology, Elliott Sober, one could say that contingencies of reinforcement clearly select for certain types of responses, but this does not imply there is selection of anything. But there must be selection of something if selection is to explain the course of behavior. For various reasons, behavior itself does not offer a good candidate for the object of selection. Theories that posit hypothetical entities to serve as the objects of selection, however, are able to address this challenge and to propose a coherent interpretation of the ontogeny of behavior. |
|
There Are No Behavioral Rabbits in the Ontogenic Precambrian |
WILLIAM DAVID STAHLMAN (University of Mary Washington) |
Abstract: A primary goal of any science is to accurately and, as simply as is possible, describe the phenomena within its purview. In physics, only a small handful of variables is necessary to accurately describe the Universe. In biology, evolution by natural selection is the most elegant explanation for the origins of species and the complexity of the biosphere. Though there remains vigorous discussion amongst researchers in both disciplines, there is little central controversy regarding each of these positions. Researchers of organismal behavior have not enjoyed such unanimity. In psychology, competing models, theories, and hypothetical constructs continue to hold the floor, and there remains staunch opposition to the position that behavior is worth investigating as a subject unto itself. Behavior analysis, on the other hand, is a science that resembles other successful sciences in both parsimony and its defining organizing principle. I dispute that the mutual existence of psychology and behavior analysis is stable in the long-term. Inspired by historic opposition to Darwinian theory, I suggest a line of argument by which psychologists may again be brought to consider positively the scientific investigation of behavior. |
|
|
|
|
Making Applied Behavior Analysis Available to Other Disciplines through Behavior Skills Training |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center 304 |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Brenda J. Bassingthwaite (The University of Iowa Children's Hospital) |
Discussant: Patrick C. Friman (Boys Town) |
CE Instructor: John E. Staubitz, M.Ed. |
Abstract: One method of growing the practice of applied behavior analysis is to train practitioners who are responsible for assessing and treating individuals engaging in challenging behavior. Practitioners from a variety of backgrounds (e.g., psychology, social work, education) are expected to assess and treat individuals engaging in challenging behavior, but they may not have the skills to conduct an experimental analysis, the gold standard in behavior assessment. Training these practitioners to use experimental analyses is necessary if there isnt someone else (e.g., BCBA) with the expertise readily available. Presenters in this symposium have chosen to expand ABA practice by training school-based and community-based practitioners to conduct behavior assessments. Three talks (Staubitz et al., Rios et al., Graber et al.) will discuss training models they employed to successfully teach practitioners preference assessments and/or experimental analyses. All three groups utilized telehealth technology in various ways to support their training. Carrion et al. studied the impact of training school-based behavior teams to conduct assessments that were traditionally reserved for a clinical setting has on clinical practices. Together, the four talks, serve as an example for the understanding the main benefit of sharing ABA with other disciplines: Creating ABA availability for those in need. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Skills Training, Telehealth |
|
Training School-Based Consultants to Conduct Data-Based Functional Assessments |
JOHN E. STAUBITZ (TRIAD, Vanderbilt Kennedy Center), Lauren A. Weaver (Treatment and Research Institute for Autism Spectr), Verity Rodrigues (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), A. Pablo Juárez (Vanderbilt University Medical Center) |
Abstract: Even when practitioners understand the importance of function-based interventions for challenging behaviors, their skill and confidence deficits may prevent them from incorporating valid data within the Functional Behavioral Assessments (FBA) they are required to develop and implement. The Tennessee Department of Education contracted with board certified behavior analysts (BCBAs) from Vanderbilts Treatment and Research Institute for Autism Spectrum Disorders (TRIAD) to pilot a program training 8 school-based consultants (e.g. school psychology, special education) to improve the quality of their FBAs for students. TRIAD BCBAs conducted behavioral skills training using a combination of live and telepresence support to teach trainees how to plan, conduct, and analyze preference assessments and descriptive assessments, and to synthesize assessment results into a valid and complete FBA. This presentation will include data reflecting consistent, marked improvements in trainee knowledge and self-assessment of their skills over the course of the project, along with rising procedural fidelity, inter-observer agreement, and accuracy for assessments and reports generated. These findings suggest that these training procedures are likely to result in improved FBAs conducted by school-based consultants, and include several practical implications. |
|
Effects of a Remote Behavioral Skills Training Package on Staff Performance in Conducting Functional Analyses |
DENICE RIOS (Western Michigan University), Rebecca Renee Wiskirchen (Western Michigan University), Yannick Andrew Schenk (Kennedy Krieger Institue), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The present study sought to extend the current literature on utilizing behavioral skills training (BST) to teach practitioners how to implement functional analyses (FA). Using a multiple baseline design across participants, this study measured the effects of using a remote BST package on accurate implementation of FA procedures. Specifically, we used the latest HIPAA-secure teleconsultation technology and BST to train 10 practitioners who had limited formal training in FA methodologies. Each participant experienced four phases, which included baseline (only instructions with simulated clients), BST (instructions, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback with simulated clients), post training probes (probes with simulated clients), and in-situ probes (probes with actual clients). All participants increased their performance in conducting FAs during the remote BST phase. Seven out ten participants maintained their performance at or above mastery criterion during post-training probes with simulated clients and during in-situ probes with actual clients. These results suggest that the use of remote technology for training purposes could be a cost-effective and feasible solution to increase the quality of services and number of trained professionals in underserved rural areas. |
|
Teleconsultation in a State-Wide Training Project for School Teams |
JESSICA GRABER (University of Iowa Children's Hospital), Brenda J. Bassingthwaite (The University of Iowa Children's Hospital), Adam Weaver (University of Nebraska at Omaha), Denise White-Staecker (Heartland Area Education Agency), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa) |
Abstract: The Iowa Department of Education contracted behavior analysts from the Center for Disabilities and Development to provide hands-on training to behavior specialists working with students who display challenging behavior in schools. Training focused on preference assessments, concurrent operants assessments, antecedent analyses, and functional analyses. To date, this Challenging Behavior Service (CBS) has trained 33 individuals to an independent level in these skills. During training sessions, CBS trainers and trainees worked directly with students referred for challenging behavior. Based on operationalized levels of independence, trainees progressed through two phases of training: skill-building and maintenance. In skill-building, trainers modeled skills and gradually faded support as trainees showed increasing independence. In maintenance, trainees demonstrated their continued independence with the target skills. Over the course of the project, several challenges emerged, including student reactivity and high costs of travel for training. This presentation will describe how we utilized telehealth to overcome these challenges, including a case example from each phase of training. In skill-building, telehealth was used during a school-based assessment to reduce student reactivity, by allowing observers to take data from another classroom. In maintenance, telehealth was used to reduce costs associated with travel and to increase the validity of assessing trainee independence. |
|
Increasing the Presence of School-Based Behavior Analysts in Iowa: How it Affects our Clinics |
DEVA CARRION (University of Iowa), Brenda J. Bassingthwaite (The University of Iowa Children's Hospital), Julianne St. John (University of Iowa Children's Hospital), Denise Allison (Child Health Specialty Clinics) |
Abstract: The Behavioral Analysis Services at the Center for Disabilities and Development (CDD) include clinical and outreach services for the assessment and intervention of challenging behavior. Clinical services include single appointment evaluations or evaluations that span up to 10 days. Outreach services include training school-based challenging behavior teams (CBT) to independently conduct experimental analyses. This training has been supported through a contract between the Iowa Department of Education and CDD and is known as the Challenging Behavior Service since fall 2009. Trainees began reaching graduation criteria in winter 2011. Students referred to the CBT vary in complexity (e.g., intensity of challenging behavior, communication abilities), and sometimes the most challenging students may be referred to clinical services at CDD. We are investigating whether the increase of CBTs has had an effect on clinical practice and the collaboration between school teams and clinic staff by reviewing patient records from 2009, 2012, and 2015. Preliminary analyses indicate an increase of school involvement during clinic assessments, including school members attending appointments, conducting sessions, and participating in consultation. Data also indicate an increase in the average number of general behavioral strategies recommended to patients, which may indicate an increase in the complexity of clinic cases. |
|
|
|
|
Supervisory Skills: Ethical Behavior, Technology, and Integrity |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center 401/402 |
Area: TBA |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Chair: Katie Garza (Western Michigan University) |
|
Survey of Needs for BCBA Supervisors |
Domain: Service Delivery |
KATIE GARZA (Western Michigan University), Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University) |
|
Abstract: Five hundred fifty-five Board Certified Behavior Analysts® (BCBAs®) with supervision experience began, and 375 BCBAs® finished a 36-question survey designed to gather information about their supervision practices. Participants were asked about their level of experience in the field and with supervision, their assessment processes, barriers to assessment, and use of behavioral skills training (BST). For each item on the BACB® Fourth Edition Task List, participants were asked whether BST is an appropriate training methodology, whether it would be helpful to have materials to facilitate teaching the skill, and how often they need to provide extra coaching on the skill. The majority of participants reported using assessment methodologies, the most common of which was direct observation. Most participants also reported using BST as part of supervision and indicated that it is appropriate for teaching most items on the Task List. Responses also indicated that additional training materials would be helpful for all items on the Task List. |
|
Twenty-First Century Technology and Applied Behavior Analysis Training: Moving Forward With Integrity |
Domain: Service Delivery |
SETH KING (Tennessee Technological University), Alicia Mrachko (Bowling Green State University) |
|
Abstract: Due to the critical role of supervision and training of service intermediaries in applied behavior analysis (ABA), effective and efficient models of training and supervision are critical. There is a clear role for technology in enhancing training practices. This presentation provides an overview of the characteristics and limitations of common training arrangements for personnel frequently enlisted in ABA training programs (e.g., teachers, parents, residential staff, paraprofessionals). Issues with current practice include: an emphasis on factual knowledge rather than evidence-based adult learning models with opportunities to practice skill development, expert resource availability, and creating the potential for harm to clients in training contexts. The potential for current and forthcoming technological developments to improve existing practices are described, specifically simulated clients, online activities and immersive virtual reality. Ethical and practical issues of application will also be discussed. Effective practices in training and supervision and technological application will be provided. Examples of virtual training will be given. Content provided has the potential to improve training and inspire greater integration of technology into practice. |
|
The Utilization of Professional Learning Communities to Build Stronger Supervision |
Domain: Theory |
MARY ANNETTE LITTLE (Lipscomb University) |
|
Abstract: The idea of Professional Learning Communities (PLCs) evolved out of a national reform movement to improve professional development in the field of education (Vescio, Ross, & Adams, 2008). PLCs are characterized by the assumption that critical reflection with those with shared experiences will translate into increased knowledge and improved outcomes. The Behavior Analyst Certification Board has put efforts into improving the supervision of students working toward board certification by mandating supervision training via an on-line module, an 8-hour training, and continued education units in supervision. There is very little research on specific approaches to supervision that yield increased student knowledge and fluency in practicing behavior analysis in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). This presentation will present a proposal for implementing PLCs in the area of supervision of students in the field of ABA. |
|
Supervising Ethically: A Clinician's Model for Supervision and Training of Practicum Students |
Domain: Service Delivery |
MICHELLE FUHR (University Pediatricians Autism Center), Krista M. Clancy (University Pediatricians Autism Center) |
|
Abstract: As the number of clients with Autism Spectrum Disorders increase, and more states accept legislature for Behavior Analysis service coverage, the need for BCBA's, RBT's and BCaBA's also increases. Presently, passing an exam and completion of field experience hours are the only standardized measures for competency at each of these levels. As a supervisor for BCBA and BCaBA practicum students as well as RBT candidates, it is imperative to identify and define the skills that need to be taught at each of these levels and the spectrum of knowledge that is expected for each of these roles. In addition, as a practicum supervisor, competency-based skills assessments should be developed and implemented to determine mastery of such skills. Behavior Analysis Certification Board ethical guidelines define obligations to appropriate, competency-based supervision. Putting guidelines into practice through education and interactive activities will be the primary focus of this presentation. Behavior Analysis Certification Board ethical guidelines do not include criteria for determining when a Board Certified Behavior Analyst has met criteria for providing adequate supervision. Therefore, discussion will entail supervisors "readiness" to be a practicum supervisor including competency-based assessment criteria for potential supervisors and ongoing evaluation of student performance as criteria for supervisor assessment. |
|
|
|
|
|
Maximizing Learning Through Generative Instruction |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3A |
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Megan R. Heinicke (California State University, Sacramento) |
Discussant: Judah B. Axe (Simmons College) |
CE Instructor: Megan R. Heinicke, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium includes four studies that attempted to assess the effectiveness of different instructional methods to generate novel behavior and/or novel stimulus control. The first study assessed the effectiveness of matrix training to teach college students to play notes and rhythms on a piano. The second study also utilized matrix training to overcome faulty stimulus control when teaching children with autism to answer questions containing compound stimuli (multiple control). The third study compared instructive and general feedback when teaching visual-visual matching on the emergence of novel speaker and listener skills in children with autism. Finally, the fourth study compared different types of multiple exemplar instruction and instructive feedback on the acquisition of tacts in children with autism. All procedures were shown to be effective and efficient in teaching the targeted skills. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Instructive Feedback, Matrix Training, Multiple Control, Mutiple Exemplar |
|
An Evaluation of Matrix Training to Teach Piano Notes and Rhythms to College Students |
EMILY DARCEY (California State University Sacramento), Jocelyn Diaz (California State University, Sacramento), Careen Suzanne Meyer (California State University, Sacramento), Clara Cordeiro (California State University, Sacramento), Svea Love (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to assess matrix training to teach eight college students to play music notes and rhythms on the piano. We conducted three experiments using a multiple baseline design across participants to assess the effects of the intervention over recombinative generalization. During training, we taught participants to tact compound stimuli consisting of a note and a rhythm, and then tested to see whether they could tact and play novel note-rhythm combinations. We also assessed whether participants could tact and play in the presence of auditory stimuli, as well as play a musical piece comprised of previously learned compounds. We observed recombinative generalization, and novel piano play across all participants. However, during posttests no one played or tacted auditory stimuli to proficiency, a skill often considered to be very difficult to master, even by musicians. Results suggest that matrix training is an effective procedure to teach basic music skills in college students. |
|
Evaluating the Effects of Similar and Distinct Discriminative Stimuli During Conditional Auditory Discrimination Training With Children With Autism |
ANGELICA A. AGUIRRE (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Linda A. LeBlanc (LeBlanc Behavioral Consulting LLC), Catherine Anne Miltenberger (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Kaneen Smyer (Ivymount School) |
Abstract: As part of early intensive behavioral intervention, children with autism are taught to answer personal information questions that might prove useful in conversation (e.g., What is your favorite food? and What is your favorite color?). In these questions, multiple auditory stimuli are presented as part of the compound discriminative stimulus (i.e., what favorite color/food) and each of those stimuli must control responding for the child to give a viable answer. Often children with autism who master one of these targets (e.g., favorite food) consistently fail to acquire subsequent targets (e.g., favorite color) because the previously learned common component of the auditory stimulus (i.e. favorite) controls responding to the exclusion of the unique component (i.e., what is your favorite color?). Although this clinical concern is common, to date no studies have directly examined strategies for overcoming this faulty auditory stimulus control. This study used an adapted alternating treatments design to compare the use of training sets with programmed overlap of component auditory stimuli (i.e., matrix training) to training sets with no overlap of question components (i.e., non-matrix training). The effects of these two arrangements were evaluated on trials to criterion and percentage accuracy. Preliminary results suggest all participants reached mastery faster with at least one target set in non-matrix training compared to the set in matrix training. The effects of training will be evaluated on a third set of stimuli for generalization. |
|
An Evaluation of Instructive Feedback on the Emergence of Novel Language for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
CATHERINE COPSEY (California State University, Sacramento), Kimberly Magat (California State University, Sacramento), Megan R. Heinicke (California State University, Sacramento), Adrienne Jennings (California State University Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento), Amy S. Polick (Florida State University Panama City) |
Abstract: Researchers have recently evaluated instructive feedback as a method to increase the efficiency of language acquisition procedures for children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. Practitioners implement instructive feedback by including additional stimuli, or secondary targets, within a teaching trial with the goal that clients will acquire the secondary targets with little to no direct teaching required. The current study aimed to evaluate whether the use of instructive feedback over general praise during training of a matching task resulted in faster skill acquisition for three children with autism. Additionally, we tested if listener responding, tacts, and intraverbals emerged as a function of differences in praise statements. The results indicated that instructive feedback was no more efficient than general praise in teaching matching skills. However, participants were more likely to engage in novel verbal operants following instructive feedback suggesting some benefit of the procedure. Clinical implications and future research directions will be discussed. |
|
Comparing Procedures on the Acquisition and Generalization of Tacts for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
LAUREN K. SCHNELL (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee), Casey Nottingham (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often emit new skills in a limited range of contexts, and these responses do not readily generalize without proper planning. The purpose of the current study was to directly compare serial to concurrent multiple exemplar training using total training time per exemplar, mean total training time, and exposures to mastery measures of efficiency across three children diagnosed with ASD. Additionally, we assessed the efficiency of presenting secondary targets in the antecedent and consequence portions of learning trials and evaluated generalization to tacts not associated with direct teaching. Results suggested that all training conditions produced acquisition and generalization for trained and untrained exemplars, respectively. However, the serial multiple exemplar training condition was most efficient for two participants, whereas the instructive feedback condition was the most efficient for the third. Findings are discussed in light of previous studies and areas for future research. |
|
|
|
|
Fidelity Measures in School-Wide Positive Behavioral Interventions and Supports |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
11:00 AM–11:20 AM |
Convention Center 405 |
Area: EDC |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Ashley Stride (George Mason University) |
|
Fidelity Measures in School-Wide Positive Behavioral Interventions and Supports |
Domain: Service Delivery |
ASHLEY STRIDE (George Mason University), Sarah E. Pinkelman (Utah State University) |
|
Abstract: School-Wide Positive Behavioral Interventions and Supports (SWPBIS) is being implemented in over 23,363 schools. SWPBIS is a multi-tiered framework for the implementation of evidence-based practice and uses a systems-based approach to alter school environments by targeting staff behavior in order to create positive changes in student behavior. Similar to all behavioral interventions, it is essential that SWPBIS be implemented with high treatment fidelity in order to produce desired student outcomes. This session will describe the results of a systematic literature review examining how SWPBIS fidelity measures have been developed, how reliability and validity of the fidelity measures are presented in SWPBIS research, and how data from fidelity measures relate to student outcomes. The following measures will be examined: SWPBIS Tiered Fidelity Inventory, Benchmarks of Quality, Self-Assessment Survey, Team Implementation Checklist, Benchmarks for Advanced Tiers, School-Wide Evaluation Tool, and Implementation Phases Inventory. Areas for future research regarding the validity and reliability of these measures will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Reducing Problem Behavior With Functional Communication Training: Two Case Studies |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3B |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
Discussant: Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge) |
CE Instructor: Sigmund Eldevik, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The two studies used functional communication training on separate individuals with autism spectrum disorder. One of the studies described a synthesized analysis and treatment, where the analysis was based on an open-ended interview and the treatment was functional communication- and delay-tolerance training, on a child with severe problem behavior (Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, & Hanratty, 2014). The second study described a traditional functional analysis(Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, & Richman, 1994) including a precursor analysis as basis for FCT, on an adult with severe problem behavior . The first study was conducted in an early intensive behavior intervention program EIBI in the USA, and the second study was conducted in a residential facility for adults in Norway. Both studies resulted in a considerable reduction in problem behaviors and an increase in appropriate requests. The findings suggest that functional communication training can be used over age range and settings, and lead to meaningful improvements in problem behavior. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Autism, Communication Training, Differential reinforcement, Functional analysis |
|
Improvements in Problem Behavior with Synthesized Analysis and Treatment: A Systematic Replication in an EIBI Home Program |
REBEKKA STRAND (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sc), Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
Abstract: A recent study described a synthesized treatment where a functional analysis was based on an open-ended interview and combined with functional communication and delay-tolerance training (Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, & Hanratty, 2014). The treatment resulted in a reduction in problem behaviors and an increase in appropriate requests. Most of the analysis and intervention were done in a clinic setting and required weekly visits by the family. The present study is a systematic replication, where we conducted the same synthesized treatments, with a young child with Autism Spectrum Disorder ASD enrolled in a home based Early Intensive Behavior Intervention program EIBI. Outcomes were similar with a marked reduction in problem behaviors and an increase in appropriate requests. These findings suggest that it is possible to conduct this intervention in a home setting, with weekly consultations with parents. Our study show the utility of the synthesized treatment in an EIBI program in a home setting and how this can contribute to client time and costs. |
|
Reduction in Restraints Following a Functional Analysis of
Severe Problem Behavior and Communication Training |
PETUR | I PETURSSON (Agency for Social and Welfare Services, Support Se), Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
Abstract: We combined functional analysis of problem behavior and precursors and subsequent communication training in an attempt to reduce the time in restraint of an adult male with severe and persistent problem behavior. The highest frequencies of problem behavior were seen in the demand conditions, but the frequencies of precursors were less differentiated across conditions. We applied functional communication training to establish an alternative response to escape demands. This resulted in a reduction in problem behavior, and some reduction in precursors. Restraint reduction followed because of the reduction in problem behavior. Treatment gains, also in terms of restraint reduction were maintained in the client’s natural environment over one year from the initial treatment. Functional analysis and functional communication training are discussed as an option for reducing the use of restraint for adults with severe and persistent problem behaviors. |
|
|
|
|
Evaluating the Behavioral Mechanisms of the DRO: What Makes it Work and Why? |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4A/B |
Area: AUT/PCH; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Alison M. Betz (Coastal Behavior Analysis) |
CE Instructor: Alison M. Betz, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior (DRO) is a commonly used procedure for the treatment of problem behavior, especially when the target behavior is maintained by automatic reinforcement. Although there is a great deal of published research that shows the effectiveness of DRO, there are surprisingly few studies that evaluate why DRO procedures are effective. Many argue that the procedure’s effectiveness is due to the increase of all other behavior that may compete with the target behavior. However, others argue there may be other behavioral mechanisms that are responsible, such as extinction, punishment, or a combination of multiple factors. The three researchers presenting their studies in this symposium have begun to evaluate different components of the DRO that may contribute to its effectiveness. The first presenter will share research from a human operant study that evaluates the extent to which reinforcing other behavior decreases target behavior. The second presenter will present a 2-part study evaluating how preferences and contingency arrangement influence the effectiveness of a DRO procedure. Finally, the third paper will share research comparing the use of a resetting and non-resetting DRO contingency. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Differential Reinforcement, Translational Research |
|
Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior: An Experimental Analysis of Adventitious Reinforcement |
(Basic Research) |
CATALINA REY (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Alison M. Betz (Coastal Behavior Analysis), Andressa Sleiman (Florida Institute of Technology), Toshikazu Kuroda (Aichi Bunkyo University), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) is a procedure commonly used to decrease problem behavior. Although DRO schedules have been well researched, we know little about the processes involved. DRO schedules may decrease behavior through extinction, negative punishment, adventitious reinforcement, or some combination. Recent research has found some support for the adventitious reinforcement hypothesis (Jessel, Borrero, & Becraft; 2015). This study replicated and extended previous research by evaluating the effects of DRO schedules on other behavior in a human operant arrangement. Participants played a computer game with two response options and received points according to various reinforcement schedules. We compared rate of responding across repeated exposures and varying durations of DRO, yoked variable time schedule, and extinction probes. Results showed DRO schedules resulted in the lowest rate of the target response and the highest rate of the other response. Results also showed that DRO schedules sometimes resulted in adventitious reinforcement of other behavior, though often times, it was a fleeting effect and other response rates did not maintain. Finally, response reductions during DRO schedules could not be entirely explained by adventitious reinforcement. The mechanisms responsible for response reductions during DRO schedules may largely depend on the discriminability of the contingency. |
|
Translational and Applied Analysis of What Makes Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior Work |
(Applied Research) |
JUSTINE HENRY (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment; Florida Ins), Michael E. Kelley (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment; Florida Institute of Technology), Aurelia Ribeiro (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment; Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Reinforcement of Other Behavior (DRO) is commonly used to treat problem behavior, particularly when maintained by automatic reinforcement. When problem behavior is maintained by automatic reinforcement, the efficacy of DRO depends upon the extent to which the alterative stimuli compete with the automatic reinforcer. Children diagnosed with autism participated in two experiments. In Experiment 1, we conducted a translational analysis of highly (HP), medium (MP), and lowly (LP) preferred stimuli to assess the extent to which HP and LP stimuli reduced behavior maintained by MP stimuli when used in the context of a DRO. MP stimuli simulated an automatic reinforcer. In Experiment 2, we conducted competing items assessments, and compared the efficacy of items that did and did not compete with automatically maintained behavior. Results demonstrate that the efficacy of DRO depends upon the relative preference of reinforcers and the manner in which the contingencies are arranged. |
|
Comparing Resetting to Non-Resetting DRO Procedures to Reduce Stereotypy in a Child With Autism |
(Applied Research) |
CHANA GEHRMAN (Florida Institute of Technology; The Scott Center for Autism Treatment), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Alex Forton (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment; Florida Institute of Technology
), Kristin M. Albert (Florida Institute of Technology; The Scott Center for Autism Treatment) |
Abstract: We compared a resetting to a non-resetting differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) procedure to reduce stereotypy exhibited by young boy with autism. During the resetting DRO, a reinforcer was delivered contingent upon the absence of stereotypy during the DRO interval. If stereotypy occurred, the DRO interval was immediately reset. The non-resetting DRO procedure was identical, except that contingent upon stereotypy, the DRO interval continued until it expired; a new DRO interval then began. Results indicate that the DRO procedures were equally effective to reduce stereotypy, but the participant preferred the resetting DRO procedure. |
|
|
|
|
Advancements in Teaching Play Skills to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4E/F |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: John D. Molteni (University of Saint Joseph) |
Discussant: William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children) |
CE Instructor: John D. Molteni, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The development of play skills in children with Autism Spectrum Disorder is an ever present need in educational and treatment programs. In the first paper, the authors will present the use of matrix training to teach play skills to three preschool student with Autism Spectrum Disorder using same-age peer trainers. The results will be discussed in terms using matrix training as a generative instructional method for play and the potential benefit for using peers as trainers. The authors of the second paper evaluated a multi-component treatment package including blocking stereotypy, differential reinforcement, and backward chaining, to increase functional leisure engagement (FLE) in three school-aged children with Autism Spectrum Disorder. These results will be discussed in terms of their effect on increased FLE as well as decreases in stereotypy. Both procedures will be discussed in terms of their generalization to novel peers and toys respectively and the potential benefit as interventions to be utilized within school settings. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): functional play, leisure skills, matrix training, play skills |
|
Increasing Sociodramatic Play Skills in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder via Peer-Mediated Matrix Training |
(Service Delivery) |
ELIZABETH HATZENBUHLER (University of Saint Joseph), John D. Molteni (University of Saint Joseph), Judah B. Axe (Simmons College) |
Abstract: Matrix training is a generative instructional approach where stimulus pairings are taught with the goal of emergent responses occurring without direct instruction. The matrix in this study was comprised of four character-action pairs aligned on a vertical and horizontal axis respectively. The researcher trained peers without identified disabilities to provide instructions and feedback to three children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) for four character-action pairings. For all participants, untrained responses for the remaining character-action pairings emerged in 73% to 100% of opportunities. In addition, responses for all participants generalized to novel peers. For two of the three participants, responses also generalized to independent play. Results of this study suggest that matrix training mediated by a peer can be an effective and efficient method for teaching sociodramatic play skills. |
|
Increasing Functional Leisure Engagement for Children With Autism Using Backward Chaining |
(Service Delivery) |
Chelsea Kremer (Marcus Autism Center), CLAIRE LEA (Marcus Autism Center), Robin K. Landa (Western New England University), Sarah Frampton (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Research with individuals with disabilities has demonstrated the utility of intervention approaches to address toy play, also referred to as functional leisure engagement (FLE). Examples include prompting FLE, blocking stereotypy, and differentially reinforcing appropriate FLE with social or automatic (i.e., access to stereotypy) reinforcers. Backward chaining has yet to be evaluated, but may be useful for establishing more complex FLE. The current study employed a treatment package consisting of these components with three school-aged children with autism in a therapeutic classroom. Effects were evaluated during pretest and posttest sessions, which consisted of free access to toys in a novel setting. The percentage of session with FLE and stereotypy (two participants only) was evaluated using a multiple probe design across participants. Results showed all participants demonstrated an increase in FLE and two participants showed decreased stereotypy. Feasibility for classroom implementation is discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Applications of Analogue Studies in Clinical Behavioral Analysis |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 4 |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Caleb Fogle (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
CE Instructor: Michael Bordieri, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Clinical behavior analysis is the application of behavior analysis to understanding and intervening psychological disorders. Analogue research aims to gain understanding about the processes by which and conditions under which interventions are effective. The role of analogue research in the continued development of clinical behavior analysis remains unclear. This symposium will focus on the applications of analogue studies in clinical behavioral analysis. The symposium will begin with a conceptual discussion of the use of analogue design studies in clinical behavioral analysis, followed by the presentation of two analogue studies. The first presentation will review a series of studies examining the relative effects of brief psychological flexibility interventions on behavioral manifestations of body image inflexibility. The second presentation will review the results of a study considering the impacts of an exercise activity on emotions and emotion regulation. Both presentations will include a discussion of the implications of this research, and analogue research in general, for the development of clinical behavior analytic interventions. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): analogue research, body image, emotion regulation, psychological flexibility |
|
Assessing Changes in Body Image Flexibility Following Flexibility-Based Interventions |
JONAH DAVID MCMANUS (University of Louisiana in Lafayette), Michael Bordieri (Murray State University), Gina Boullion (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Grayson Butcher (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: Body image flexibility involves a pattern of responding where verbally-established values are able to influence behavior, even in the presence of aversive experiences of one’s body. Body image flexibility is associated with well-being across a number of domains, making valid assessment of and effective intervention of considerable importance. The Body Image Flexibility Assessment Procedure (BIFAP) was developed to assess body image flexibility in terms of responses to compound stimuli comprised of a derived values stimulus and a derived body stimulus. A series of studies has demonstrated convergence between performance on the BIFAP and other assessments of body image flexibility including: self-report questionnaires, established tests of verbal inflexibility, and experience sampling probes. This paper will review data from a series of studies focused on examining changes in BIFAP performance as a result of interventions designed to improve psychological flexibility. These data suggest that changes in flexibility can be assessed using the BIFAP. |
|
On the Importance of Analogue Research in Clinical Behavior Analysis |
MICHAEL BORDIERI (Murray State University) |
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis has longed prided itself on focusing on socially relevant behavioral outcomes, so much so that early behavioral pioneers codified an applied focus as a defining dimension of the discipline (Baer, Wolf, & Risley, 1968). At a glance, analogue intervention studies, which frequently employ convenience samples, miniaturized intervention, and laboratory approximations of social relevant behaviors, seem inconsistent with the applied foundation of our field. This conceptual paper will argue that analogue interventions do have a place within applied domains of behavior analysis. Beginning with an overview of the historical importance of analogue designs in behavior analysis, this paper will discuss the merits of analogue designs in clinical behavior analysis. Particular attention will be placed on novel behavioral measures of clinically relevant phenomena as alternatives to self-report instruments typically employed in psychological research. In addition, the paper will argue that analogue research can bridge findings from the experimental analysis of behavior to applied domains of clinical relevance. Future directions for analogue research in clinical behavior analysis will be considered with an emphasis on increasing the applied spirit of analogue interventions. |
|
Exercising Experiential Acceptance: Impact of Exercise on Willingness to Experience Acute Emotions and Distress Tolerance |
TRACY PROTTI (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Caitlyn Daigle (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Teresa Miguez (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Michael McDermott (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: Recent research findings suggest that physical exercise reduces depression and anxiety symptoms and psychiatric symptoms, and buffers the impact of stressful events on emotion. Likewise, people with greater willingness to experience uncomfortable thoughts and feelings in service of chosen values have better endurance, pain tolerance, and return to baseline distress levels faster. There has been little research on the role of exercise on willingness to experience acute emotions, and subsequent distress tolerance. In the current cross-over design study, participants participated in exercise or stretching activities followed by engagement in a stressful task, with the order (exercise or stretching first) varied randomly across participants. Repeated assessments were made of positive and negative affect, salivary stress markers, and willingness to experience unwanted affect. Pilot data suggest that exercise improved affect, willingness to experience affect, and distress tolerance during a stressful task. Implications regarding the role of exercise in building psychological resilience will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Keeping Children Safe Through Applications of Behavior Analysis |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center 406/407 |
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Meghan Doherty (Southern Illinois University) |
Discussant: Michael E. May (Southern Illinois University) |
CE Instructor: Michael E. May, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The purpose of this symposium is to describe interventions aimed at teaching children to (a) accurately identify situations in which their risk of personal harm is heightened, and (b) engage in “safe” responses prescribed to reduce said risk. The first presenter will describe a study in which researchers taught an adolescent male diagnosed with Down Syndrome and Autism Spectrum Disorder to discriminate when he was “lost” and to initiate a response chain incorporating conditional discriminations that ultimately led him to recruiting the help of store employees when care providers could not be found. The second presenter will describe a study in which researchers taught typical preschool children how to identify characteristics of suspicious packages, how to identify locations in which suspicious packages are likely to be found, how to safely exit areas in which suspicious packages have been found, and how to report locations of suspicious packages to adults. Implications for training personal safety skills to vulnerable populations will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): community instruction, conditional discriminations, safety skills, suspicious packages |
|
Teaching an Adolescent Male With Down Syndrome to Recruit Help When Lost |
MARY MATTHEWS (Vanderbilt University), Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University), Nealetta Houchins-Juarez (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: Social and communication deficits for children with autism may lead to an increased risk of becoming lost in public spaces, yet few studies have investigated methods for explicitly teaching help-seeking skills. This study was based on the work of Bergstrom et al (2012) and used discrimination training and forward chaining to systematically teach a hierarchy of help-seeking responses to an 18-year-old male diagnosed with autism, Down Syndrome, and ADHD. We first taught the participant to discriminate lost in a clinical setting. Then, we taught him a four-step sequence of conditional responses to recruit help in a public space: call out, approach desk, recruit attention, and exchange identification card. Because any of these responses could effectively produce reinforcement, we taught the sequence using a forward chaining procedure. We established experimental control of treatment effects using a concurrent multiple probe design across contexts and tracked independent responding during baseline, training, and maintenance as our primary dependent variable. Results indicate that the intervention was effective and treatment effects maintained across all settings. |
|
Training Preschool Children to Identify and Report Suspicious Packages |
MATTHEW L. JOHNSON (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Michael E. May (Southern Illinois University), Ashley Shayter (Southern Illinois University), Ayla Schmick (Southern Illinois University), Becky Barron (Southern Illinois University- Carbondale), Meghan Doherty (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Law enforcement agencies stress that public awareness of terror-related crime and reporting such activity to the appropriate authorities are predominant objectives for disrupting these actions. However, schools may be unprepared because the majority of the populace may not understand the threat of suspicious materials or what to do when they are found on school grounds. The purpose of this study was to teach preschool children to identify and report suspicious packages across three experiments. Experiment I taught them to identify the characteristics of safe and unsafe packages. Experiment II taught them to discriminate between locations where packages should be considered safe or unsafe. Experiment III taught them to avoid touching packages, leave the area, and report their discovery to an adult. Results suggest the participants across all three experiments were able to quickly develop these skills using a behavioral skills training procedure. Implications for safety skills in young school children are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Current Developments in Designing Interventions Related to Motivation and Cooperation in Organizations |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency, Granite |
Area: OBM/EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Alison Szarko (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno) |
CE Instructor: Marianne L. Jackson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) is a relatively new behavioral assessment tool that was introduced into the literature by Barnes-Holmes, et al. in 2006. It is a computer task that taps into a learner’s relational responding history by pitting established verbal relations against those that are deemed inconsistent with that history of responding (Dymond & Roche, 2013). Since its fruition, researchers have been interested in understanding its predictive utility, given the implications it may have for behavior scientists to produce more sophisticated applied technologies to meet the demands pertaining to complex organizational interventions. This symposium will provide a comprehensive literature review on the IRAP and its variations, as well as, provide an overview of recent developments in research supporting its utility in designing organizational interventions. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): cooperation, implicit responding, motivation, organizational interventions |
|
The Implicit Relational Assessment: A Historical Overview |
KENNETH BURLEIGH (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Elizabeth Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno), Alison Szarko (University of Nevada, Reno), Gregory Scott Smith (Chrysalis, Inc.; University of Nevada, Reno School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Given recent social and economic concerns about how biases impact the culture at large (Wells Fargo, Presidential election, Black Lives Matter, etc.), behavior analysts seek effective ways to identify and address implicit biases through behavioral assessments and interventions. In 1998, the Implicit Attitudes Test (IAT) was designed to study implicit attitudes via response latency by "...assessing attitudes or beliefs that are easily hidden when explicit measures are employed... (Dermot Barnes-Holmes , 2006)." However, the IAT has focused on explaining its results via associative learning processes and provides minimal insight on the relational responding process from modern behaviorist perspective. The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) was designed as a means of providing behavior scientist with a tool that is rooted in modern behavioral theory. Since the creation of the IRAP, other variations have been brought into the behavior analytic literature (i.e. the MT-IRAP). This paper will provide a comprehensive literature review on the IRAP and its several iterations to date. |
|
Cooperation and Conformity: Exploring the Predictive Utility of the Implicit Behavioral Assessment as a Tool to Guide Organizational Interventions |
ELIZABETH GHEZZI (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Alison Szarko (University of Nevada, Reno), Kenneth Burleigh (University of Nevada, Reno), Gregory Scott Smith (Chrysalis, Inc.; University of Nevada, Reno School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Relationships among stimuli are regarded as implicit behaviors when are measured with respect to faster response latencies and more accurate responses, or brief and immediate relational responding (BIRRs). This paper will address the predictive utility of a modified IRAP to increase cooperation in a simulated work task. Various classes of cooperative, individual, and conformity stimuli were assessed to determine if they had an augmenting function on cooperative responding. The coherence between implicit responding, as demonstrated in the modified IRAP, and explicit responding, as demonstrated in the simulated work task will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
The Influence of Leadership on Organizational Culture and Change |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall A-C |
Area: OBM |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Douglas Robertson (Florida International University) |
|
The Role of Leaders in Organizational Corruption: A Metacontingency Analysis of Three Ghanaian Public Sector Fraud Cases |
Domain: Basic Research |
TETE KOBLA AGBOTA (Oslo and Akershus University of Applied Sciences) |
|
Abstract: In May 2014, the Association for Behavior Analysis International called on behavior analysts to address the topic, Leadership, and Culture. The exhortation is essential because an organizations culture governs how its members behave when nobody is watching them as they perform their administrative duties. An African adage says the fish starts rotting from its head. The leader is the embodiment par excellence of the organizational culture. If a manager sends ambiguous signals on the ethical rules for appropriate behavior in the organization, the subordinates may behave unethically. This paper addresses the role of leaders in corrupt organizational cultures, by undertaking a metacontingency analysis of three public sector corruption cases in Ghana. It concludes that members of an organization will engage corrupt practices if their leaders participate in the interlocking behavioral contingencies that produce frauds. To combat corruption, we need to emphasize ethical leadership and the leaders role as an anti-corruption agent. |
|
Changing Horses in Mid-Stream: Leadership Succession During Large-Scale Organizational Change |
Domain: Theory |
DOUGLAS ROBERTSON (Florida International University), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University) |
|
Abstract: This paper discusses the issue of leadership succession and the need of maintaining effective leadership while large scale organizational change is in progress. Organizational change discussions often presume that the internal selecting environment created by top organizational leadership will remain constant. However, in fact, leadership change is common and with this change comes contingency changes in the system. The context of our discussion is a case study of interventions aimed at both immediate results and systems building at a large public metropolitan research university (enrollment: 56,000) that were designed to transform the administration of the undergraduate curriculum in order to reorient it toward significantly improving undergraduate student success. The complex set of university-wide interventions were branded the Graduation Success Initiative (GSI) and were able to improve the on-time graduation rate by 16 points in its four years of operation (2011-2015) and win a national award from the Association of Public and Land-Grant Universities (Most Visible Progress Award, 2013). The GSI targeted for change both macrobehaviors (behavioral patterns shared by a large proportion of individuals who occupy various roles in the university) and metacontingencies (recurring patterns of interlocking behavior contingencies that occur in nested hierarchies and exist at the cultural level). In 2014, leadership changed at the university, and in 2015, the new leadership initiated rolling reorganizations. The contingency fields for the universitys existing change projects were de-stabilized, and reinforcement systems became unclear. The universitys production on performance based funding metrics were affected within a year, and it dropped from the top three among the states 11 public universities to fifth, facing the real possibility the next year of falling to the bottom three and losing $26 million in performance based funding. We will discuss dynamics that make this kind of outcome to leadership succession commonplace and ways to avoid or minimize dysfunctional disruption in the process of an intentional systemic change. |
|
|
|
|
|
We're Not Too Cool for School: How to Establish and Maintain School- and Community-Based Practicums |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1E/F |
Area: PRA/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Stephanie M. Peterson, Ph.D. |
Chair: Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University) |
MICHAEL KRANAK (Western Michigan University) |
REBECCA KOLB (Western Michigan University) |
NATHAN VANDERWEELE (Western Michigan University) |
NICOLE HOLLINS (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: In order to deliver services to clients and the serve the community at large, it is imperative for behavior analysts to develop collaborative partnerships with various entities such as school districts, community mental health agencies, departments in higher education, and private clinics or programs. Moreover, collaborating and creating practicum sites with those agencies can serve as valuable placements for training opportunities for individuals receiving learning applied training in behavior analysis. However, developing these partnerships and collaborations is not always easy, and there can be many obstacles to address along the way. This panel discussion will discuss and present strategies for effective partnership and practicum development on behalf of several different practicums through their various stages of their existence, as well as share experiences resolving various obstacles and hurdles faced during creation and maintaining of the partnerships. Audience members will also have an opportunity to pose questions to the panelists regarding any presentation material or issues they are facing themselves. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): practicum development, service delivery, supervision practices, training opportunities |
|
|
|
|
Practical and Ethical Issues in Current Functional Analysis Methodology: Potential Solutions |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2C |
Area: PRA/PCH; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services) |
Discussant: Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services) |
CE Instructor: Robert K. Ross, Ed.D. |
Abstract: Conclusions derived from current functional assessment practices heavily rely on indirect methods for gathering data (e.g. FAST, MAS). When a function is experimentally tested, current practices pose ethical, practical and theoretical concerns. Both approaches are problematic in that indirect data produces inaccurate and imprecise data, and experimental methods are typically not driven by a hypothesis, directly reinforce problematic behaviors, and do not involve simultaneous establishment of appropriate alternative behaviors. The first presentation will focus on a comparison between two indirect and one direct data collection method to generate hypothesis regarding function that is more accurate and efficient. The second will propose alternative experimental methods to test a subset of hypothesized functions and involve teaching alternative responses and do not reinforce problematic behaviors. The symposium will conclude with an argument to support (1) direct observation of consequences be used in place of indirect data to develop hypothesis and (2) use of use of alternative experimental methods such a free-operant and trial-based functional analysis procedures. The proposed methodology provides a more ethical, conceptually systematic, and practical assessment of function. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Direct Assessment, Ethics, Functional Assessment |
|
Direct Observation of Consequences Toll for Raising Hypothesis About Function of Problematic Behaviors |
(Applied Research) |
PAULO GUILHARDI (Beacon ABA Services), Sue A. Rapoza-Houle Rapoza (Beacon ABA Services), Jennifer Smith (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services) |
Abstract: Indirect data obtained through interviews such as the Functional Analysis Screening Tool (FAST) and Motivational Assessment Scale (MAS) are commonly used to develop hypothesis regarding function of problematic behavior despite the known inaccuracies produced by indirect data. While researchers use the FAST and MAS as a simple way to raise hypothesis, such use can be problematic if (1) the instrument fails to include the actual function as part of the hypothesis (miss) and (2) does not filter enough possibilities (false alarms). Those outcomes may mislead or waste assessors’ and clients’ time and efforts. The current research aimed to compare the FAST and MAS to a direct observation of consequences that follow problematic behaviors (Beacon Consequence Analysis Form - BCAF). Data from twelve children whose function of problematic behaviors were confirmed by a trial-based or free-operant functional analysis were used in this study. A comparison of the instruments hypothesis and confirmed function was conducted and rates of hits, correct rejection, misses, and false alarms calculated. The results supported the use of the BCAF which had the highest rates of hits (100%) and correct rejections (93.3%) and lowest rates of misses (0%) and false alarms (6.7%) to raise hypothesis regarding potential function. |
|
Experimental Methods for Assessing Function Without Direct Reinforcement of Problematic Behaviors |
(Applied Research) |
JENNIFER SMITH (Beacon ABA Services), Paulo Guilhardi (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services) |
Abstract: Skinner defined functional analysis as the identification contingencies of reinforcement responsible for the acquisition of maintenance of responses. Iwata et al (1994) introduced a procedure that involved direct manipulations of the antecedent and consequences in order to experimentally determine the function of the problem behavior. While its approach was and has been now widely accepted some ethical, practical and theoretical concerns may be raised. For example, the appropriateness of its wide use may be questionable in some situations due to its directly reinforcing specific topographies of problematic behavior, and it assumes an invariable relationship between antecedent conditions and the consequences maintaining problematic behavior (e.g., problematic behaviors occurring under demand conditions are always reinforced by escape) which is not always the case. For example, a demand condition may function as a discriminative stimulus that attention (follow through with the demand) will be delivered. The present study attempts to identify a trial-based and free-operant alternative to conducting a functional analysis that involves teaching functional communication responses rather than reinforcing problematic behaviors. This method will be described and examples concerning functional analysis of multiple topographies such as prompt dependency, aggressions, and tantrums will be reviewed. |
|
|
|
|
PDS: A Guide to Getting Started in the Field of Pediatric Feeding Disorders |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2B |
Area: PRA/CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Amy Kate Rosenblum (Kennedy Krieger Institute; University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
CATHLEEN C. PIAZZA (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
VALERIE M. VOLKERT (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine) |
CARRIE S. W. BORRERO (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Children with pediatric feeding disorders are unable or refuse to consume a sufficient volume or variety of food to meet their nutritional needs. In some cases, children with feeding disorders are selective by variety or texture. In others, they refuse food entirely and may be gastrostomy-tube or liquid dependent. There is a great deal of empirical support for the behavior analytic treatment of pediatric feeding disorders, and the demand for these types of services is quite high. Thus, there is a need for incoming behavior analysts to become involved in this growing field. Panelists will discuss their current positions in the field of pediatric feeding disorders as well as past positions they have held and their pathways to getting to where they are now. Additionally, panelists may discuss previous or current research projects with which they have been involved related to the topic of the behavior analytic treatment of feeding disorders. Following this, opportunities to ask questions and further discuss career options within the field of pediatric feeding disorders will be provided. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Career Paths, Feeding Disorders |
|
|
|
|
Beyond Autism - Applied Behavior Analysis for All |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2A |
Area: PRA/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Sharon Older (Adapt Behavioral Services) |
COREY L. ROBERTSON (ABA Tech / Florida Tech) |
ANDREW JOHN HOUVOURAS (Applying Behavior Concepts) |
TARA A. ZELLER (The AppleTree Connection) |
Abstract: The field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) is once again gaining recognition as a preferred treatment for behavioral improvement. In January 2017, Florida Medicaid expands coverage for ABA services to all children under the age of 21. This highlights the reach and impact of our science beyond autism. Much of the education our practitioners are receiving is focused on autism and related disabilities. Many internships, practicums, and experience hours are spent working with individuals with a diagnosis on the autism spectrum. We need more tracks at our Universities and Colleges that expand the scope of reach of our science. ABA does not equal autism therapy. ABA is a science with a limitless reach. We hope to shed light on the recognition of our science in practice beyond one population. We look toward the future as our science becomes a standard in the solution to diverse issues that we face as a society. This panel will discuss how behavior practitioners, program administrators, and academia should prepare to expand the science and practice of ABA to any and all problems of human action, and interaction, with the environment. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Implementation, Practitioner, Program Administration |
|
|
|
|
Darwin, Diet, Disease, and Dollars |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 4 |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: John M. Guercio, Ph.D. |
Chair: John M. Guercio (Benchmark Human Services) |
ROBERT LUSTIG (University of California San Francisco) |
Dr. Lustig is a neuroendocrinologist, with basic and clinical training relative to hypothalamic development, anatomy, and function. Prior to coming to San Francisco in 2001, he worked at St. Jude Children's Research Hospital in Memphis, TN. There, he was charged with the endocrine care of many children whose hypothalami had been damaged by brain tumors, or subsequent surgery, radiation, or chemotherapy. Many patients who survived became massively obese. Dr. Lustig theorized that hypothalamic damage led to the inability to sense the hormone leptin, which in turn, led to the starvation response. Since repairing the hypothalamus was not an option, he looked downstream, and noted that these patients had increased activity of the vagus nerve (a manifestation of starvation) which increased insulin secretion. By administering the insulin suppressive agent octreotide, he was able to get them to lose weight; but more remarkably, they started to exercise spontaneously. He then demonstrated the same phenomenon in obese adults without CNS lesions. The universality of these findings has enabled Dr. Lustig to weave these threads together into a novel unifying hypothesis regarding the etiology, prevention, and treatment of the current obesity epidemic. This has led him to explore the specific role of fructose (half of sucrose and high-fructose corn syrup) as a specific mediator of both chronic disease, and continued caloric consumption. His now notorious YouTube video, "Sugar: The Bitter Truth," continues its popularity with the lay public. |
Abstract: The prevalence of obesity continues to climb in all age groups, and around the world. The standard paradigm assumes that we “eat too much and exercise too little, that obesity is due to two aberrant “behaviors”. However, are these behaviors cause or effect? Our research on children with brain tumors who develop hypothalamic damage and become obese after surgery or radiation, termed “hypothalamic obesity”, demonstrates that they have anatomic “leptin resistance”. In these subjects, excessive insulin release blocks leptin signaling to drive weight gain and hunger, while pharmacologic insulin suppression results in reduced food intake, increases spontaneous activity, and promotes weight loss. Why should insulin block leptin signaling? Leptin is a necessary signal to the VMH for the initiation of high-energy processes, such as puberty and pregnancy. If leptin always worked, then nobody could gain weight, and our reproductive capacity would be shot. Most obese people are hyperinsulinemic. But is that cause or effect? It is assumed that as you gain weight, cytokines are released from adipose tissue, which drive insulin resistance. However, our research demonstrates that dietary sugar is metabolized to fat in the liver, and it is this liver fat that drives insulin resistance unrelated to peripheral fat. Why should sugar drive insulin resistance? Naturally occurring sugar in fruit is what makes fruit palatable. But for our ancestors, fruit was readily available for one month per year, called “harvest time”. Then came four months of winter, and no food at all. We needed to stock up, to increase our adiposity in preparation for four months of famine. In other words, seasonal insulin resistance was evolutionarily adaptive; but year-round insulin resistance due to ubiquitous sugar availability has become maladaptive. It is assumed that people consume sugar because of its palatability. However, there is now evidence that sugar may be addictive in humans. Obese subjects will use sugar to treat psychological symptoms. Overweight women who were self-reported carbohydrate cravers reported greater relief from dysphoria in response to a carbohydrate-containing beverage as compared to a protein drink. Why are we drawn to sweet? Evolutionarily, sweetness was the signal to our ancestors that a given food was safe to eat because there are no sweet foods that are acutely poisonous (even Jamaican vomiting sickness only occurs after consumption of unripe ackee fruit, which is not sweet). Unfortunately, the food industry knows this and adds excess sugar to processed food to make us buy more. Thus, the behaviors associated with obesity are secondary to our biochemistry, and our biochemistry is secondary to our environment. Understanding these evolutionary precepts explain our obesity epidemic, and also point to environmental and policy solutions. |
Target Audience: Practitioners working in behavioral medicine settings or environments where dietary issues impact behavioral responses. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) understand the relation between leptin and insulin action in the brain to control feeding and activity behavior, and their role in weight gain; (2)understand the effects of changes in diet on insulin resistance and chronic metabolic disease; (3) understand the role of the reward system in obesity recidivism. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Economics and the Obesity Crisis: A Panel With Discussion |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom D |
Area: SCI/CBM; Domain: Translational |
Chair: M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University) |
CE Instructor: M. Christopher Newland, Ph.D. |
Panelists: GREGORY J. MADDEN (Utah State University), MATTHEW P. NORMAND (University of the Pacific), RAYMOND G. MILTENBERGER (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: This session is coupled with, and immediately follows, a SQAB tutorial on Behavioral Economics and Obesity presented by Dr. Erin Rasmussen. Panelists will be asked to speak briefly about their research program and to bring questions designed to foster discussion with audience members. The goal is to generate ideas and collaborative efforts among basic, translational, and applied scientists. The tutorial and panel discussion has arisen because the Society for the Quantitative Analysis of Behavior (SQAB), an organization that emphasizes fundamental sciences related to behavior analysis, meets immediately before ABAI. The tandem meetings of these two organizations present opportunities for attendees to hear about core sciences related to behavior analysis. The SQAB tutorials have provided an excellent spur for such discussions but we SQAB and ABAIs Science Board wish to take this a step further. This panel discussion, which represents a partnership between SQAB and ABAI, will create a setting in which basic and applied scientists, as well as practitioners, can meet to discuss applications of the topics raised in a SQAB tutorial. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: individuals interested in applying the fundamental principles of behavioral economics to reducing caloric intake of increasing caloric expenditure. |
Learning Objectives: Describe behavioral approaches to increasing physical activity. Explain how functional analysis methods can be used to identify circumstances that will promote physical activity. Understand percentile schedules of reinforcement and how they may be applied to address unhealthy behavior. |
GREGORY J. MADDEN (Utah State University) |
Dr. Madden received his training from the University of North Texas, West Virginia University, and the University of Vermont. Dr. Madden's research is focused on the behavioral economics of addiction and health decision-making. His early research documented extreme impulsivity in individuals addicted to illicit drugs and cigarettes. Later research revealed that impulsive decision-making predicted acquisition of cocaine self-administration in rats. His current research investigates methods for reducing impulsivity. Dr. Madden's second research line explores game-based behavioral-economic approaches to improving children's health decision-making. These research lines have been supported by grants from the National Institute on Drug Abuse, the National Institute for Child Health and Development, and from the US Department of Agriculture. Dr. Madden frequently serves on NIH grant-review panels, he has published more than 75 papers in 25 different journals, and his peer-reviewed publications have been cited more than 5,500 times. From 2011 until 2015, he served as the Editor-in-Chief of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. He has edited two books including the two-volume APA Handbook of Behavior Analysis. He is currently co-writing an introductory behavior analysis textbook and, in his free time, he skis and hikes in the beautiful mountains of Northern Utah. |
MATTHEW P. NORMAND (University of the Pacific) |
Dr. Normand is an associate professor in the department of psychology at the University of the Pacific. His primary scientific interests, broadly defined, are the application of basic behavioral principles to problems of social significance (including obesity and community health issues), verbal behavior, and the philosophy and methodology of science. He is the former Editor of The Behavior Analyst, an Associate Editor for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, a former Associate Editor for the journals The Behavior Analyst, The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, and Behavior Analysis in Practice, and he serves on the editorial boards of Behavioral Interventions, The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, and Behavior Analysis: Research and Practice. Dr. Normand is the 2011 recipient of the B. F. Skinner New Researcher Award from the American Psychological Association (Div. 25). |
RAYMOND G. MILTENBERGER (University of South Florida) |
Raymond G. Miltenberger, Ph.D., BCBA-D, is the director of the Applied Behavior Analysis Program at the University of South Florida. He is a Fellow and past president of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI). His research focuses on safety skills, health, fitness, and sports, and staff training and management. He has published over 200 journal articles and chapters and has written a behavior modification textbook, now in its sixth edition. Dr. Miltenberger has received numerous teaching and research awards including the APA Division 25 Award for Distinguished Contributions to Applied Behavioral Research, the FABA Award for Outstanding Scientific Contributions to the Field of Behavior Analysis, and the ABAI Outstanding Mentorship Award. |
Keyword(s): Behavioral Economics, Exercise, Obesity, Physical Activity |
|
|
|
|
EAB |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
12:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall D |
Chair: Eric S. Murphy (University of Alaska Anchorage) |
|
1. An Evaluation of Temporal Discounting in a Hypothetical Money Scenario: Effects of Four Common Parameters of Reinforcement Magnitude |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MIKE HARMAN (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee), Todd L. McKerchar (Jacksonville State University) |
Discussant: Albert Malkin (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine the extent to which four common parameters of reinforcement magnitude (quantity, quality, duration of access, and volume) influenced the rate at which participants discounted the subjective value of a delayed reinforcer. Though these parameters of magnitude are common, no single study has directly investigated this parameter as a determinant to discounting rates. This study used a hypothetical scenarios and participants were prompted to input magnitudes of immediately available reinforcement subjectively equal to a delayed magnitude of reinforcement. Each scenario incorporated a monetary measurement as reinforcement and was phrased according to a particular reinforcement magnitude parameter. The main goal of this study was to determine if these four parameters of reinforcement magnitude differential affected discounting rates even though the molar magnitude of reinforcement was equivocal. The results suggest that the parameter of reinforcement magnitude significantly affected the rate at which participants discounted delayed rewards: each parameter occasioned fundamentally different patterns of responding. From a basic research perspective, these results should be used to hone a more precise explanation of delay discounting and the variables that affect this behavioral phenomenon. From an applied perspective, the outcomes of the current study may aide in the creation of a brief assessment procedure to measure idiosyncratic differences in discounting rates across the four parameters of magnitude. Such idiosyncratic information may help to develop an effective learning procedure that incorporates delays to reinforcement for appropriate behavior. |
|
|
2. Effects Of The Emotional Sates Induction In Delay Discounting |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
PAULO SERGIO SÉRGIO DILLON DILLON SOARES FILHO (University of San Buenaventura), Diana Cortés- Patiño (University of San Buenaventura), Alvaro A. Clavijo Alvarez Alvarez (Universidad Nacional de Colombia) |
Discussant: Albert Malkin (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Delay discounting refers to option value decrements that result from increments in delay to reinforcement. Different variables affect the amount of delay discounting. Transient states seem to be one of those variables. Data on how some transient states, like emotional ones, affect delay discounting are controversial. This study evaluated the effect of induced emotional states on delay discounting. Three groups from a total of 120 undergraduate students performed a delay-discounting task in which they had to choose between different amounts of immediate or delayed hypothetical monetary rewards. A computer presented each group with pleasant, unpleasant, or neutral images from the International Affective Picture System (IAPS) before and during the task. The images were selected based on its dimensions of arousal and valence. Results showed no difference in delay discounting (k and AUC values) between groups (p = .88 and .99, respectively), which suggests that the induction of emotional states in this experiment did not affect the participant’s performance in the delay-discounting task. |
|
|
3. Parametric Analyses of the Delay-of-Gratification Procedure in Humans |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Brenda Estela Ortega (National Autonomus University of Mexico), Karina Jardines (National Autonomous University of Mexico), RAUL AVILA (National Autonomous University of Mexico) |
Discussant: Albert Malkin (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: In the typical delay-of-gratification procedure, humans are exposed to a single session with only one choice between rewards that differ in magnitude or quality. Its generality has been proved with pigeons and rats exposed to several sessions of many trials each one. However, there is a lack of similar studies with humans as subjects. Therefore, in this study three parametric extensions of the delay-of-gratification procedure were implemented with humans as subjects. In the first experiment, 15 adults were exposed to one session of 30 choice trials between a TV-video of 32 s delayed for 32 s and another one of 8 s delayed for 2 s. In the next two experiments, eight subjects were exposed to the same procedure in which the delay was lengthened in geometric steps from 0 to 64 s. As Figure 1 shows, the number of delayed-reward choices, defections and the latency of defections were relatively variable in the first experiment and decreased slightly as the delay was lengthened in the next two experiments. These results contribute to the generality from animals to humans of the delay-of-gratification procedure. |
|
|
4. Sociometric Measures as Parameters of Social Discounting |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
RAUL AVILA (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Jorge Fernandez (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Cesar Corona (National Autonomous University of Mexico) |
Discussant: Albert Malkin (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: In social discounting research, it is common to ask the participants to imagine a list of people with whom they would share a reward (e.g., money). This way of defining the variable is an ordinal scale, which could limit the generality of the discounting procedure. A different strategy to make the list of people to share with may be the measures of the sociometric-status research known as social impact and social preference that can be analyzed at least in an interval scale. In this study, these measures were determined with 60 undergraduate students. Thereafter, the participants indicated their social discounting rate with the typical procedure described in the literature. As Figure 1 shows, the area under the curve of the discounting task was a U-function of social impact (upper panel) and it slightly increased as the social preference increased (lower panel). Globally, these findings suggest that the sociometric measures could be a viable alternative for the imaginary list of people in the studies of social discounting. |
|
|
5. Doing it Faster: A Shorter Sexual Partners Discounting Task |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
TADD SCHNEIDER (University of Kansas), Shea M. Lemley (The University of Kansas), David P. Jarmolowicz (The University of Kansas) |
Discussant: Albert Malkin (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Engaging in sexual activity places individuals at risk, particularly when that sexual activity occurs with uncommitted partners. Sexual discounting rates, representing devaluation of a sexual outcome due to increased delay or decreased probability, are related to a range of sexual risk behaviors. Most studies have examined discounting of sexual outcomes with the same partner, but previous research has also shown discounting of sexual partners. Such sexual partners discounting procedures are time consuming, potentially limiting their feasibility for some experimental manipulations. Within-subject comparisons of college students’ sexual partners delay and probability discounting rates were determined using two titration methods: a 56-trial titration procedure that progressed +/-1 rank per trial and a 28-trial titration procedure that adjusted the rank of the immediate partner by 50% of the previous titration value on each trial (initially four ranks). Partner options were determined from a preference assessment, and choices were presented between sex with the most-preferred partner (after a delay or with some probability) or an immediate/certain partner (initially the median-ranked partner). The ranking of the immediate/certain partner was titrated across trials (for seven delays and seven probabilities). Results for the two titration procedures were highly correlated for both delay and probability discounting sexual partners. |
|
|
7. Further Reliability Assessments of Several Abbreviated Delay Discounting Measures in Rodents |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ALLYSON RAE SALZER (University of Wisconsin - Eau Claire), Eric Markham (University of Wisconsin - Eau Claire), Janel Balsavich (University of Wisconsin - Eau Claire), Carla H. Lagorio (University of Wisconsin - Eau Claire) |
Discussant: Albert Malkin (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Delay discounting describes how the value of an outcome is affected by how quickly it is delivered, and has been widely studied over the past 30 years using a variety of approaches. The current research compares the reliability of several brief delay discounting methods, including one developed by Evenden and Ryan (1996) and two methodological variants developed out of our lab that have been effective in achieving orderly discounting curves in one or two weeks. The novel procedures increase the delay to the larger reinforcer option each one or two days rather than across trial blocks. Different groups of rats (n = 6) were repeatedly exposed to the three procedures, and points of subjective equality (PSE) were calculated to assess indifference points between one food pellet available immediately and two, four, or eight pellets delivered after a delay. The Evenden and Ryan procedure periodically generated lower PSE values in higher reinforcer amount conditions (i.e., subjects would wait longer for 2 pellets than 4 or 8), whereas the procedures incrementing delays across sessions produced systematic results. Our continued research is further examining whether the new methods may produce more systematic discounting curves more rapidly than other commonly used assays. |
|
|
8. The Relation between Discounting and Texting While Walking : Effects of Impulsiveness and Selfishness on the Frequency of Texting While Walking |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
TAKEHARU IGAKI (Ryutsu Keizai University), Naoki Yamagishi (Ryutsu Keizai University) |
Discussant: Albert Malkin (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Hayashi, Russoa, & Wirth (2015) showed that the participants who frequently text while driving discounted delayed rewards more steeply than the controlled participants. In Japan, texting while "walking" has become a social problem because the number of accident due to it is on the rise. So, the purpose of the present study is to examine whether the same results as Hayashi et al. (2015) are obtained for texting while walking and furthermore to investigate the relation between social discounting and the frequency of texting while walking. Texting while walking may be influenced not only by delay discounting which is the measure of impulsiveness but also by social discounting which is the measure of selfishness. That is, the person who frequently text while walking may discount more steeply both for delay and for share. College students (N=206) completed two types of discounting task (delay and social). The results showed that the participants who frequently text while walking showed a greater degree of delay discounting than the controlled participants, consistent with the results of Hayashi et al. (2015). However, there was no correlation between social discounting and the frequency of texting while walking. These results suggested that the frequency of texting while walking depends not on selfishness shown by social discounting but on impulsiveness shown by delay discounting. |
|
|
9. Delay, but not Probability, Discounting is Related to Positive Urgency and Stress |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
COLIN MAHONEY (Idaho State University), Steven R. Lawyer (Idaho State University) |
Discussant: Albert Malkin (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Delay discounting (DD) and probability discounting (PD) are two behavioral measures of impulsive choice that are often thought to reflect different underlying processes (Green & Myerson, 2004), and are related to health-related issues such as addiction and obesity (Bickel et al., 2012). The UPPS Impulsiveness Behavior Scale (UPPS) assesses facets of personality related to impulsive behavior including positive and negative urgency, the tendency to act impulsively when experiencing positive or negative affect. Both behavioral and self-report measures of impulsivity offer unique opportunities to examine transdiagnostic processes, yet corroboration is often impeded by inconsistent relationships between these measures. In this study, 296 community-dwelling participants between the ages of 18 and 30 completed delay and probability discounting tasks for hypothetical money, the UPPS, and the Depression, Anxiety, and Stress Scale (DASS). Rates of discounting were derived from the hyperbolic decay function. Correlational analyses revealed that delay discounting rates were significantly related to probability discounting rates, positive urgency, and stress. Probability discounting rates were not significantly associated with positive urgency, negative urgency, or stress. These findings provide further evidence that DD and PD may be measuring different components of impulsivity, and suggest that stress and positive affect are linked to increased impulsive behavior. |
|
|
10. A Three-Dimensional Model of Delay and Social Discounting: Comparing Discounting of Own and Other’s Commodities over Time |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JORDAN BELISLE (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Dana Paliliunas (Southern Illinois University), Caleb Stanley (Southern Illinois University) |
Discussant: Albert Malkin (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Traditional discounting models have been used a measure of impulsivity (delay and probability discounting), as well as a behavioral model of altruistic responding (social discounting), where the reinforcing value of commodities have been shown to systematically decrease over temporal, probabilistic, or social distance. Discounting, however, rarely occurs in a vacuum, where several interacting factors participate in complex choice behavior. The present study provides a combined model incorporating both social distance as well as temporal distance as predictors of choice behavior. An interactive hyperboloid function was fit to the three-dimensional model and provided a strong fit for the data. In addition, volume under the curve values were determined when delay was framed in the context of the participant, as well as when delay was framed in the context of the hypothetical other. Results suggest that there was a significant difference between the probability of altruistic choice behavior given differential framing of the delay parameter. Together, these results have implications for understanding complex choice behavior, as well as a more complex model of altruistic responding. |
|
|
11. Academic Effort Discounting in College Students |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
SHERRY L. SERDIKOFF (Savannah State University), Destinee Todd (Savannah State University) |
Discussant: Albert Malkin (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Effort discounting refers to our tendency to devalue outcomes that require more response effort to obtain. Just as delay discounting can be viewed as a measure of impulsivity, effort discounting can be viewed as a measure of indolence. This study measured indolence in a college setting using an academic effort discounting task with college students. Specifically, we examined the discounting of a hypothetical amount of academic credit (15 extra credit points) that required differing amounts of effort to achieve (2, 3, 5, 8, 11, or 15 extra credit assignments). We estimate the degree to which the effortful outcomes were discounted with two non-linear decay models: an exponential model and a hyperbolic model. Our data show the extent to which academic effort discounting is similar to temporal and probability discounting as measured by these two models. We will discuss the potential usefulness of academic discounting tasks for exploring variables that might be related to academic success, including behavioral variables such as drug use, which has been shown to be related to temporal and probability discounting. |
|
|
12. Temporal Discounting of Future and Past: Hyperbolic Discounting of Past Events is Similar to Discounting of Future Events |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
AYLA SCHMICK (Southern Illinois University), Jordan Belisle (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Discussant: Holly Seniuk (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Delay discounting has provided a behavioral account of impulsive choice behavior that evaluates how the value of a commodity or event decreases as a function of time. Traditionally, delay discounting has evaluated the decrement in value of a future commodity (i.e., the further in the future that a commodity will be accessed, the less valuable the commodity). A first study was conducted to not only replicate these findings in terms of future commodities, but also to evaluate how the value of commodities decrease as a function of past temporal distance. A total of 40 participants completed both the future and past temporal discounting surveys. In this arrangement, participants were asked if they would rather a smaller sum of money now, versus a larger sum of money at a given time in the past. The results suggest that the hyperbolic curve provides a good fit for discounting of past commodities, similar to discounting of future commodities. The purpose of the second study was to replicate the results of the first study, where the discounted event included time spent on a vacation, where participants were asked if they would rather a shorter vacation now, or a longer vacation either in the past or the future. The results extend upon the findings in the first study, suggesting that participants discount events similar to commodities given temporal distance framed both in terms of the past or future. |
|
|
13. Discounting and Level of Analysis |
Area: EAB; Domain: Theory |
XIAOJIE JOHAN LIU (Boston University), Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School) |
Discussant: Holly Seniuk (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Historically, some explanations of discounting are molar, some are molecular, and some are an integration of both. A micro view looks at behavior in terms of individual events. Micro studies stand in contrast to molecular studies because they use discrimination procedures instead of preference procedures. Discrimination procedure were used to examine samples from reinforcement schedules that varied in reinforcement density or some other property. In a discrimination procedure a samples from two schedules are presented as stimuli to be discriminated. In preference situations, the reinforcer is the consequence of a choice. Three simple advantages of discrimination procedures are: a) perceived value of each possible reinforcing event is studied directly; b) discrimination procedure bypasses the difficulty of assessing the contribution of a large number of patterns of reinforcement; c) Easy to study the effect what changing the rate of reinforcement has on perceived value. A molecular view may look at local rates of reinforcement that do not extend over an entire condition. Melioration is a representation of a molecular analysis. A molar view includes a whole or a number of sessions. New analysis will show how the micro, molecular and macro levels informs the macro level |
|
|
14. Discounting and Risk Equations |
Area: EAB; Domain: Theory |
Patrice Marie Miller (Salem State University), Xiaojie Johan Liu (Boston University), Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School), KYLE FEATHERSTON (Washington University St. Louis) |
Discussant: Holly Seniuk (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: In this paper, equations that best describe discounting and risk are presented. Equation 1 addresses the total value of a long sequence of reinforcers. It posits that the total value (molar) of this long sequence of reinforcers is equal to the sum of the values of the individual events in the sequence. This is represented as: A = SAm. The next two difference equations produced simpler equations than differential equations. Equation 2 is a simple difference equation of overall value, A, with respect to time relates overall value. It yields the hyperbolic discounting model of Commons with the sensitivity parameter k1, Woodford and Ducheny (1982), Commons, Woodford and Trudeau (1991), and Mazur (1987). ?V = ?Ai /?ti = ?Ai/(1 + k1di). The second difference Equation 3 is the quantification of Vaughan?s (1976; 1981; Herrnstein & Vaughan, 1980) melioration concept and is also risk (see also, Herrnstein & Prelec, 1991) It is obtained. by taking the difference of Equation 2 and is hyperbolic also, ?(?V)/?di = ?(?Ai /(1 + k2di))/?di. The parameter k2 is an organism?s sensitivity to risk. It is important to note that Equation 3 is also a hyperbolic equation. |
|
|
15. Transformation of Function and Prior Derived Relations Testing |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
LAUREN BEST (College of Charleston), Adam H. Doughty (College of Charleston) |
Discussant: Holly Seniuk (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Recent findings from our laboratory suggest that the emergence of derived stimulus relations sometimes requires their previous testing. The literature involving the role of prior derived-relations testing on transformation of function is minimal. The present study assessed transformation of function in stimulus-equivalence classes without prior derived-relations testing. Eight college students first learned AB and BC discriminations in baseline such that three, three-member equivalence classes could have been established. Importantly, however, derived-relations testing involving BC and CB did not occur. Instead, the participants were trained to respond differently in the presence of the B1 and B2 stimuli to avoid money loss. Finally, responding in the presence of C1 and C2 was measured in the absence of differential consequences. Only four of the eight participants responded in a manner consistent with transformation of function. These findings are consistent with the claim that prior derived-relations testing is critical to observing transformation of function. |
|
|
16. Comparison of Different Training Structures in the Emergence of Equivalence Relations |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ADRIANA GABRIELA QUEZADA VELÁZQUEZ (Universidad de Guadalajara), Maria Antonia Padilla Vargas (University of Guadalajara), Carlos Javier Flores Aguirre (Universidad de Guadalajara) |
Discussant: Holly Seniuk (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Several studies have compared the effectiveness of training structures to enable equivalence, but there is no parsimony about which is the most effective: Many To One (MTO) or One To Many (OTM). The objectives of this work were: to compare the effectiveness of MTO and OTM, assess the effect of presenting just test trials or alternate them with Base Line (BL) trials, and evaluate the effect of reduced feedback. 40 college students were divided in eight groups and trained in three 3-member classes. Groups 1 and 2 were trained with MTO and 3 and 4 with OTM. Groups 1 and 3 were exposed to test trials, while 2 and 4 were exposed to test trials mixed with BL trials; these groups received 100% of feedback. Groups 5, 6, 7, and 8 replicated those groups, but feedback was reduced from 100% to 0%. The results show that groups 7 and 8 obtained highest scores in equivalence test. A generalized linear model was run to identify if difference observed between training structures was statistically significant; the result was X2 of Wald=3.31, p=.069. The results of this study provide information that could help to clarify why differences between MTO and OTM are observed. |
|
|
17. Comparing Limited Hold Levels |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
FELIX HOGNASON (ICEABA and NAFO), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Discussant: Holly Seniuk (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Nine adult participants, age 21 to 24 years, participated in Experiment 1, and one participant, age 22 years, participated in Experiment 2. We will extend the number of particpants within the next 3-4 weeks. The limited hold contingencies for responding to sample and comparison in the conditional discrimination in trainig, were set to 0.7 s and 1.2 s respectively, in both experiments. However, the limited hold contingencies in the tests were set to 0.7 s for the sample and 1.2 s for the comparisons in Experiment 1, and 0.7 for the sample and 6.2 s for the comparisons in Experiment 2. After training identity matching with three colors in Phase I, the participant trained three classes of potentially 5 members with arbitrary stimuli in a LS training structure in Phase II. After reaching the training criterion with at least 90% accuracy, two tests for derived relations were implemented in Phase III. None of the participant responded in accordance to stimulus equivalence in Experiment I, while one participant formed equivalence classes in Experiment 2, indicating that the levels of time restriction used in the conditional discrimination training, is not sufficient to yeald positive class consistent outcome when applied in the tests (see Table 1). |
|
|
18. Stimulus Equivalence in University Students after Go/No-Go Successive Matching Training |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MASAKI ISHIZUKA (Tokiwa University), Tetsumi Moriyama (Tokiwa University) |
Discussant: Holly Seniuk (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Stimulus equivalence is typically examined using n-alternative matching-to-sample procedures. Unlike humans, pigeons and other nonhuman animals typically do not show evidence for equivalence, especially symmetry relations. When trained and tested on go/no-go procedures, pigeons have shown evidence for symmetry (Urcuioli, 2008). The purpose of this study was to investigate whether human participants demonstrate equivalence relations using the go/no-go successive matching like that in Urcuioli’s study. Two university students were trained A→B and B→C conditional discriminations based on the go/no-go procedures with Sanskrit letters. In the training sessions, variable-ratio (VR) 5 schedules with 5 s limited-hold were arranged for four types of positive trials and extinction (EXT) was arranged for four types of negative trials. After five training sessions, the testing for emergent relations began. Three types of emergent relations (symmetry, transitivity, and equivalence) were investigated under EXT. Figure 1 shows results of the training and the tests for two participants. The participant A emitted more responses in the positive trials than in the negative ones and demonstrated all three emergent relations. By contrast, the participant B did not show them. The results confirm the differential responding in the training is necessary for emergent relations between stimuli. |
|
|
19. Do Contingency Manipulations Impact Conditional Discrimination Responding and Observing Patterns on Baseline and Equivalence Probe Trials? |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ANNA TILLERY (University of North Carolina at Wilmington), Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Discussant: Holly Seniuk (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Stimulus equivalence, which provides a methodology for generating new behavior, allows many relations to emerge after teaching only a few (Sidman & Tailby, 1982). It is important to study how contingency manipulations and higher order contextual control impact baseline and emergent probe performance, to determine the stability of established equivalence classes when baseline conditional discriminations are manipulated, and whether the same stimuli can belong to multiple independent equivalence classes (Sidman, 1994.) Participants included 60 undergraduate students from the University of North Carolina at Wilmington. This match-to-sample procedure included AB/AC conditional discrimination training and tests for equivalence, an AC contingency reversal and tests for equivalence, return to the original training contingency and tests for equivalence, AB/AC conditional discrimination training with contextual stimuli, and tests for equivalence under contextual control. Results indicate that altered contingencies disrupt established equivalence classes for most individuals, while some continue to respond consistently with the original training contingency, and that the same stimuli can function as members of two independent equivalence classes under contextual control. Teaching efficiency increases as stimulus classes increase, therefore generating classes that are modifiable to reflect contingency manipulations, and bringing classes under contextual control extends the utility of stimulus equivalence for many applications. |
|
|
20. Can Conditional Stimuli Come to Function as Conditioned Reinforcers Based on Equivalence Class Membership? |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
CASEY OGBURN (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Connor Sheehan (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Astrid La Cruz Montilla (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Discussant: Holly Seniuk (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Stimulus equivalence is an approach to the study of symbolic behavior from a behavior-analytic approach. In equivalence training, only a small number of relations are trained, after which, numerous relations emerge without specific training (Sidman & Tailby, 1982). Research on conditioned reinforcement has addressed the processes necessary to create conditioned reinforcers (Gollub, 1977). The present study evaluated stimulus equivalence as an operation for producing conditioned reinforcers. Participants were six children, ages 7-10. They were first taught A and B simple discriminations using class-specific consequences, after which, all participants demonstrated three three-member equivalence classes. CD conditional discriminations were then taught using the same class-specific reinforcers, after which, some children showed the emergence of three five-member equivalence classes. The C stimuli were then used as class-specific consequences in E simple discrimination training to test whether, based on class membership with the reinforcing stimuli, the C stimuli would now function as conditioned reinforcers. Thus far, three subjects have shown these emergent relations, expanding the equivalence classes to six members. Two generalization tests were conducted and the reinforcing function of the C stimuli generalized to a novel testing procedure. Results provide evidence for an approach to creating and demonstrating conditioned reinforcers through MTS training and testing procedures. APPROVED |
|
|
21. Will Stimulus Classes Established by Simple Discrimination Training Meet the Formal Definitions of Stimulus Equivalence? |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ASHLEIGH LEUCK (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Connor Sheehan (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Astrid La Cruz Montilla (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Discussant: Holly Seniuk (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The current study was a systematic continuation of Williams (2016), designed to incorporate an experimental strategy from Sidman et al. (1989). Subjects had mastered simple discrimination training with AB and CD compounds with class-specific reinforcer compounds (CSRC). However, the emergent conditional relations in that study did not meet the formal definitions of the equivalence properties, because the trained baseline relations consisted of simple discriminations only. The current study established relations between an existing member of the classes established in Williams (2016) and a new stimulus; specifically, conditional discriminations DE and DF were trained through differential reinforcement with the same CSRC from Williams (2016). It was of interest to see if training new conditional discriminations provided formal evidence of equivalence, as originally defined. The final phase consisted of simple discrimination probe trials with novel compounds testing for emergent discriminative control in the three-term contingency arrangement. These probes evaluated whether the E and F stimuli functioned similarly to the other members of the class in the originally trained simple discrimination task, even though the stimuli were never presented in simple discrimination training or as part of a training compound. Results spoke to the possibility that functional and equivalence classes are overlapping phenomena. |
|
|
22. On the Role of Test Trials in Classes with Meaningful Stimuli |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Justice Mensah (Oslo and Akershus University College), ERIK ARNTZEN (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Discussant: Holly Seniuk (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The interest in stimulus equivalence research has been substantial since Sidmans (1971) documentation of emergent relations. Past experiments have found that, the inclusion of at least one meaningful stimulus in a class of abstract stimuli influences the probability of equivalence class formation. Experiments so far have tested the effect of meaningful stimuli on equivalence class formation by training and testing emergent relations with the inclusion of meaningful stimuli. This study therefore seeks to find out the effect of the inclusion of meaningful stimuli in training but without it in emergent relations testing on equivalence class formation. The study has three experimental conditions: Abstract Group, Picture Group, and No-Picture-in-Test Group. The findings so far show that, one of seven participants formed classes in the Abstract Group, six of seven participants formed classes in the Picture Group, and five of seven participants formed classes in the No-Picture-in-Test Group (See Figure 3). Also, the findings show a significant difference in equivalence class formation between the Abstract Group and the Picture Group, as well as between the Abstract Group and the No-Picture-in Test Group. Furthermore, the findings show no significant difference between the Picture Group, and No-Picture-in Test Group. |
|
|
23. Many-to-One Versus One-to-Many: Training Structures and the Emergence of Three Seven-Member Equivalence Classes |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
VANESSA AYRES PEREIRA AIRES (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Discussant: Camilo Hurtado-Parrado (Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria) |
Abstract: The main purpose of the present experiment was to compare the outcomes of two training structures in producing three 7-member equivalence classes. Participants were 30 typical adults. Fifteen were exposed to the Many-to-One (MTO) training structure, and the other fifteen were exposed to the One-to-Many (OTM) training structure. The MTO group trained the baseline relations, BA, CA, DA, EA, FA, and GA; and the OTM group trained AB, AC, AD, AE, AF, and AG, thereby, the A stimuli functioned as nodes in both training structures After learning baseline relations, participants were tested for equivalence class formation (i.e., the emergence of equivalent and symmetric relations, and the maintenance of baselines). As result, 12 of 15 participants exposed to the MTO formed classes, and 13 of 15 did so after exposed to the OTM. On average, the MTO group presented significant less correct responses to baseline trials in the test than the OTM group. Therefore, although training structures did not produce significant differences on the emergence of equivalence classes, analysis suggest their impact over the learning process of baseline relations. |
|
|
24. The Effect of Including Reflexivity Trials in Test for Equivalence Class Formation |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
HANNA STEINUNN STEINGRIMSDOTTIR (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sc), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Discussant: Camilo Hurtado-Parrado (Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria) |
Abstract: The three defining properties of stimulus equivalence relation are reflexivity, symmetry and transitivity (Sidman & Tailby, 1982). According to Sidman (1994) all three properties must be present in order to state that an equivalence class has been established. However, tests for equivalence class formation seldom include reflexivity test trials. Therefore, the purpose of the current study was to investigate the effect of including the reflexivity, symmetry, and transitivity trials in a mixed test block. We used the linear-series training structure to form three 5-member stimulus equivalence classes. The results showed that, the likelihood of establishing the stimulus equivalence classes was low. The results from the reflexivity test trials showed that half of the participants responded in accordance to reflexivity, which, if taken for granted that these relations are given, is lower than anticipated. The results will be discussed along with providing suggestions to future studies. |
|
|
25. Effects of Serialized and Concurrent Training on Equivalence Class Formation |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
CHRISTOFFER K. EILIFSEN (Oslo and Akershus University College), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Discussant: Camilo Hurtado-Parrado (Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria) |
Abstract: The current study compared two procedures for establishing prerequisite conditional discriminations for stimulus equivalence performance. In serialized training, sets of conditional discriminations were established before more trial types were introduced, while in concurrent training all conditional discriminations were introduced from the beginning of the procedure. Both procedures were followed by a concurrently arranged test for stimulus equivalence. Twenty adult participants experienced both procedures, with 10 participants in Group 1 experiencing the serialized training first with stimulus set 1, subsequently followed by concurrent training with the novel stimulus set 2. Participants in Group 2 experienced concurrent training with stimulus set 2 first, followed by serialized training with stimulus set 1. Findings show that more participants responded in accordance to stimulus equivalence following serialized training compared to concurrent training, regardless of the order of these training arrangements. The experiment will be expanded by two additional conditions where stimulus sets assigned to serialized and concurrent procedure will be reversed. Participants in Group 3 will experience serialized training first with stimulus set 2, followed by concurrent training with stimulus set 1. Participants in Group 4 will experience the concurrent training with stimulus set 1 first, followed by serialized training with stimulus set 2. |
|
|
26. Symbolic Behavior in Children With Autism: Are Non-Arbitrary Relational Responding of Size and Quantity Necessary for Deriving Comparative Relations Between Bank Notes? |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ANDRÉ A B VARELLA (Universidade Catolica Dom Bosco), Deisy Das Graças De Souza (Universidade Federal de São Carlos) |
Discussant: Camilo Hurtado-Parrado (Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria) |
Abstract: Emergent comparative relations has been studied in behavior analysis especially by Relational Frame Theory (RFT). According to RFT, derived comparative relations (an arbitrarily applicable relational response, AARR) is possible due to a specific pattern of responding, abstracted after a learning history of multiple exemplars involving non-arbitrary relational responding (NARR). However, it is not yet clear if NARR is a prerequisite for deriving AARR, as conceptualized by RFT. In the current study, we investigated if autistic children who did not show conceptual behavior of size and quantity (NARR) would derive comparative relations (AARR) between five Brazilian Real banknotes, and evaluated if the overlapping conditional discrimination procedure could be used to engender comparative relations. Seven children failed in pretests of conceptual behavior, baseline and targeted comparative relations. A 2-choice matching task established four overlapping conditional discriminations, in the following sequence: D1-D2 (R$50-R$20), D2-D3 (R$20-R$10), D3-D4 (R$10-R$5) and D4-D5 (R$5-R$2) relations. Sample stimuli consisted in show me the smaller and show me the larger instructions, whereas comparison stimuli consisted in the two banknote replicas. For example, during D1-D2 training, the experimenter presented D1 (R$50) and D2 (R$20) as comparisons. Selecting D1 when the sample was show me the larger and selecting D2 after the instruction show me the smaller were defined as correct and reinforced. After mastering baseline training, the participants were exposed to the comparative relation probes (D2-D4 and D1-D5 probes). Two of the seven participants learned all baseline relations and demonstrated the emergence of all tested relations. The results suggest that NARR is not a prerequisite for emerging AARR and the overlapping conditional discrimination procedure could establish derived comparative relations. Also, the results suggest that the expansion of the stimulus equivalence paradigm proposed by Green, Stromer and Mackay (1993), developed to study ordinal relations, may account for what RFT defines as comparative relations. |
|
|
27. Effects of Lag Schedules on Behavioral Variability: Targeting Different Portions of Response Sequences |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
CASEY MCKOY IRWIN (College of Charleston), Nicholas Van Zandt (College of Charleston), Kelly Roughgarden (University of the Pacific), Adam H. Doughty (College of Charleston) |
Discussant: Camilo Hurtado-Parrado (Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria) |
Abstract: Behavioral variation can be acquired and maintained under a Lag schedule. For example, variation in 4-peck sequences of pigeons is observed under a Lag 5 schedule, which entails the delivery of a reinforcer only if the current 4-peck sequence is different than each of the previous five 4-peck sequences. The present research investigated whether variation under a Lag schedule is affected when it targets only a portion of a 4-peck sequence. In two experiments, pigeons were required to vary some portion of their final responses in a sequence, whereas in one experiment, they were required to vary some portion of their initial responses in a sequence. Different values of the Lag schedule were studied in each experiment. The findings suggested that there were some differences in variation when the Lag schedule targeted the final, compared to the initial, responses of the sequences. However, despite these differences, behavioral variation primarily was influenced by the value of the Lag schedule and not by the portion of the sequence targeted. Discussed are the implications of the results for our understanding of isolating the functional unit in reinforced variation. |
|
|
28. Quantifying Behavioral Variability During a Virtual Risk-Taking Task |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ERIC STEPHEN KRUGER (The University of New Mexico), Jeremy Dean (The University of New Mexico), Jacob Vigil (The University of New Mexico) |
Discussant: Camilo Hurtado-Parrado (Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria) |
Abstract: Behavioral risk-taking tasks are frequently used in psychological research. These tasks measure when a subjects behavior changes from approaching reward to avoiding punishment. Typically, behavior is quantified on a unidimensional scale. In this study, a task was developed in a three-dimensional virtual environment in order to capture a multidimensional response class. In this task, exploration leads to increased reward (money), but too much exploration lead to loss of accrued rewards. Using multivariate dynamic time warping, behavioral variability was quantified by the degree to which the subjects path of exploration in one trial was similar/dissimilar to other trials. It was hypothesized that behavioral variability would decrease across trials as contact with reinforcement increased. Each subject completed a total of 60 trials between two sessions and each session was composed of two blocks of 15 trials. A mixed-effects ANCOVA compared behavioral variability between blocks. Early indication (study is ongoing) from 30 undergraduate subjects, is that this may be partially true. Blocks 2 and 3 show a decrease in variability but an increase in Block 4. This study describes a novel behavioral risk task in a virtual environment and also describes temporal shifts in a multidimensional response class across time. |
|
|
29. Behavioral Variability and Resistance to Change: A Study With Humans |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MIKE PERFILLON (University of Lille), Vinca Riviere (University of Lille) |
Discussant: Camilo Hurtado-Parrado (Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria) |
Abstract: Previous studies have shown that behavioral variability can be controlled by environmental contingencies (Page & Neuringer, 1985). Furthermore, some animal studies compared how behavioral variability and stereotyped behavior are resistant to change when using extinction or non-contingent schedule (Arantes et al., 2012). We propose a study to compare resistance to change in behavioral variability and stereotyped behavior in humans. The experiment was divided into training and a perturbation phase. In the first phase, participants are trained to emit either variable or stereotyped letters sequences on a computer. Behavioral variability was operationalized through a lag contingency in which, to be reinforced, the last sequence had to be different from a previous n sequences. Once the criterion of stability was reached, the second phase starts. Perturbation was operationalized using an extinction phase and a non-contingent reinforcement schedule. First results show that behavioral variability is more resistant to change than variable behaviors in extinction phase. There are no significant differences in the non-contingent schedule |
|
|
30. Search for Symmetry in Rats Using Multiple Exemplar Training |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
TIFFANY PHASUKKAN (UNC-Wilmington), Madeleine Mason (University of North Carolina - Wilmington), Haily Kelliher (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Katherine Ely Bruce (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Mark Galizio (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Discussant: Camilo Hurtado-Parrado (Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria) |
Abstract: Multiple Exemplar Training (MET) is thought to have been critical to the successful demonstration of symmetry in a sea lion. The present study used MET with rats, which generally do not show symmetry, in a successive conditional discrimination procedure using odor stimuli. Rats were trained on an arbitrary matching-to-sample procedure with a nose-poke response in operant chambers equipped with olfactometers. When high levels of accuracy were attained, symmetry was tested via measuring subjects response rates with the order of the odor stimuli reversed (i.e., originally trained comparison was presented in sample position with originally trained sample as comparison). As symmetry was not observed in any of the rats, the next step was to directly train the symmetry relations. Subjects were trained on a second set of arbitrary conditional discriminations and tested for the symmetrical relation with those respective odors, followed by direct training of symmetry. This procedure was repeated for a third discrimination. However, even after this MET none of the rats have shown evidence of emergent symmetry. |
|
|
31. Two Modes of Instructions for Solving a Task in Adults and Children |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MARIA LUISA CEPEDA ISLAS ISLAS (FES Iztacala UNAM), Hortensia Hickman (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de México, FES-Iztacala), Diana Moreno Rodriguez (FES Iztacala Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Rosalinda Arroyo (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México) |
Discussant: Camilo Hurtado-Parrado (Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria) |
Abstract: Several studies have identified how the instructions compete with the contingencies of reinforcement for control of behavior, however has not been investigated systematically how the instructions affect the resulting behaviors, such as solving an experimental task, and taking into account the linguistic aspects (verbal reports) nonlinguistic (execution). Under this view, the functional interaction of two forms of instruction was compared, with and without the rule for the solution of the Tower of London task in children and adults. Twenty universities participated between 18 and 21 years and twenty children between 11 and 12 years. 2x2 group design was used. The experimental sessions were divided into: one training and test session. The results show statistically significant differences between the performance of children and adults in training and latency during testing. In adults differences between the types of instructions were observed. As for the verbal reports, only significant differences were found in the group of adults. |
|
|
32. Self-Control, Impulsivity, and Delay Discounting in Elementary School Children |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
LORI-ANN B. FORZANO (The College at Brockport, State University of New York), Tara Kelly (The College at Brockport, SUNY), Sarah Hoefer (The College at Brockport, SUNY), Michiko Sorama (Kyoto Notre Dame University), Alyssa Button (The College at Brockport, SUNY) |
Discussant: Camilo Hurtado-Parrado (Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria) |
Abstract: Impulsivity, which can be conceptualized as lack of self-control, is implicated in many childhood disorders. Many measures exist to define the construct of impulsivity. In the delay discounting task, a child decides between hypothetical rewards available immediately or delayed in time. The self-control task involves reinforcer alternatives differing in amount and delay and having a child repeatedly choose between larger, more delayed and smaller, less delayed reinforcers. The first objective of this research is to establish concurrent validity of three impulsivity measures: Childrens Delay Discounting Questionnaire (Sorama & Forzano, 2012), the Self-Control in Daily Life Questionnaire (Sorama & Forzano, 2012), and the SC Video Software task using cartoons (Forzano & Schunk, 2008) previously only used with adults (Forzano et al., 2014). The second objective is to examine the relationship between impulsivity, age, and gender. Preliminary analyses of 141 children (ages 5-12 years) demonstrate no significant relationships. Further research is currently being conducted. The results suggest that concurrent validity of these impulsivity measures should be reexamined. |
|
|
|
|
AAB |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
12:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall D |
Chair: Susan D. Kapla (Northern Michigan University) |
|
33. Dogs That Save Your Life: A Review of How Working Dogs are Trained |
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research |
OANH LUC (University of Nevada, Reno; University of North Texas), Janie A Funk (University of Nevada, Reno), Breanna Dorsey (University of Nevada, Reno), Melia Shamblin (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Terri M. Bright (MSPCA Angell) |
Abstract: Working dogs assist humans in potentially dangerous circumstances, such as detecting explosives, seizing criminals, avoiding obstacles undetectable to human handlers, and locating missing persons in disaster situations. This presentation identifies the following categories of working dogs: guide dogs/service dogs, military police dogs, and detection/search & rescue dogs. Professional organizations responsible for the training of working dogs must ensure the accuracy in performance by these working dogs. The development of training programs that result in successful outcomes (i.e., dogs that exhibit few errors while working) is paramount as any errors made by the working dogs in the field may further contribute to the danger inherent in these circumstances. Given the implications of training successful working dogs, one would assume the professional organizations overseeing the training would consult the literature on best practices. However, the literature which is likely to be contacted by said professionals generally does not mention, let alone utilize, behavior analytic principles. The current presentation offers an account of the behavior analytic presence in journals accessed by professionals likely to make regular contact with working dogs. Implications of the presence, or lack thereof, as a means to disseminate behavior analysis to a wider community will be discussed. |
|
|
34. A Functional Analysis and Treatment of a Domestic Pet Guinea Pig’s Disruptive Squeeking Behavior |
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research |
KIMBERLY TRUONG (SEEK Education), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles; SEEK Education) |
Discussant: Terri M. Bright (MSPCA Angell) |
Abstract: Researchers have studied guinea pigs extensively in a biological laboratory setting for centuries, with the term “guinea pig” becoming synonymous with a research subject in popular nomenclature. However, very few behavioral studies with domestic pet guinea pigs have been done, particularly in the field of applied behavior analysis. Typical information on guinea pig behavior for pet owners consists of anecdotal data, including descriptions about the guinea pigs’ possible emotional states in the presence of certain response topographies. This study utilized a functional analysis and BAB experimental design to investigate the loud, disruptive squeeking behavior (“wheeking”) of one domestic pet guinea pig. Functional analysis results were inconclusive, although wheeking typically occurred immediately after guinea pigs were exposed to the auditory stimuli accompanying the opening of their food pellet bag. Treatment consisted of delayed delivery of food following wheeking behavior, with a return to baseline in which food delivery occurred immediately. Results showed marked decreases in the total duration of wheeking behavior. Loud squeeking evoked by plastic bag noises is a typical complaint amongst guinea pig owners. Some owners may return pet guinea pigs due to this disruptive behavior. Successful treatment may be used as an alternative to surrendering the animal to the pet store or animal rescue. |
|
|
35. Observations of Therapy Dogs’ Stress and Affiliative Behaviors Across Time |
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research |
MEGAN ELIZABETH ARANT (Texas Tech University), Alexandra Protopopova (Texas Tech University) |
Discussant: Terri M. Bright (MSPCA Angell) |
Abstract: The use of therapy dogs in educational programs are increasing and children are benefiting from these interactions. However, the effects on dogs used in therapy sessions is yet largely unexplored. The purpose of this observational study is to identify the rate of stress and affiliative behaviors in therapy dogs over continuous exposure to the same child and in the same location. Additionally, we explored if gender or other aspects of the child impacted the rate of stress or affiliative behaviors across time. Four therapy dog-child dyads were assessed during experimental Applied Behavioral Analysis-type educational sessions. The dogs’ interactions with the children were videotaped and then their behaviors recorded. Sessions were spread out for several months and varied three to ten minutes per session. Therapy dogs, in this study, showed individual variability; one dogs’ affiliative behavior increased and stress behavior decreased over time, whereas another dog showed the opposite pattern of behavior. Additionally, different children induced different changes in the same dog, suggesting that aspects of the child are important in determining the wellbeing of the dogs. |
|
|
36. Determining Compassion Fatigue in Animal Care Employees Using Behavioral, Physiological, and Subjective Measures of Stress and Wellbeing |
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research |
ALLISON ANDRUKONIS (Texas Tech University), Alexandra Protopopova (Texas Tech University) |
Discussant: Terri M. Bright (MSPCA Angell) |
Abstract: The aim of this study was to develop measures of compassion fatigue across various professional situations involving animal death: veterinary euthanasia, animal shelter euthanasia, and livestock slaughter. A meta-analysis was initially preformed to determine the quality and quantity of research on the phenomenon of compassion fatigue within the previously mentioned areas. In the following study, using behavioral and physiological measures, we assessed the prevalence of compassion fatigue in animal care professions as well as determined the effect of species (e.g. dog, cat, pig, etc.), animal behavior (e.g. struggling, calm, friendly, etc.) and setting (e.g. veterinary hospital, animal shelter, food processing plant) on the severity of compassion fatigue. Physiological measures including heart rate, heart rate variability, blood pressure, skin conductance, and cortisol levels were collected before and after the euthanasia or slaughters. Additionally, non-verbal behavioral as well as subjective measures (The Professional Quality of Life Scale and Impact of Event Scale) were collected to determine perceived stress and wellbeing. |
|
|
37. Differential Reinforcement Effects in Dogs Experienced and Inexperienced with Training. |
Area: AAB; Domain: Basic Research |
VALERI FARMER-DOUGAN (Illinois State University), Julia Henning (Illinois State University), Antonia Berenbaum (Illinois State University) |
Discussant: Terri M. Bright (MSPCA Angell) |
Abstract: According to the Disequilibrium Model (Timberlake & Farmer-Dougan, 1991) the degree to which the ratio of instrumental (I) to contingent (C) responding is disrupted from a baseline bliss point (Oi/Oc) results in varying reinforcement/punishment effects. When the contingency reduces the contingent response below baseline (I/C > Oi/Oc), a reinforcement deficit is imposed for the contingent response (e.g., treat eating), and the rate of instrumental responding (e.g., initiate to human) increases. Punishment effects occur when the I/C is pushed above baseline: Too many treats may punish initiations (a satiation effect, I/C < Oi/Oc). Thus, low reinforcement rates are ineffective and high rates may produce satiation, but moderate rates of reinforcement should produce optimal rates of responding. However, inexperienced dogs are likely to have different I/C baselines: Their baseline approach to humans may be lower, thus a contingency which requires increased approaches may push the dog into approach excess more quickly (reducing approaches reduces human contact; I/C > Oi/Oc), and high food reinforcement rates may be necessary to offset punishment of newly trained behavior. Thus, depending on the dog, the same reinforcement rate may invoke very different reinforcement outcomes. The present study investigated this using dogs highly experienced with and inexperienced with training. Dogs were assessed for baseline rates of approaches to humans and treats, and then their approaches to humans to earn a treat was reinforced at 5 I/C ratios: 200%, 100%, 75%, 50% and 25%. Experienced dogs showed highest rates of initiation to humans at 25-50% disruption, supporting the disequilibrium model: Experienced dogs needed lower rates of reinforcement to elicit optimal behavior and avoid satiation. Inexperienced dogs showed a slowly increasing rate of initiations to humans as reinforcement rates increased. This supported the hypothesis that inexperienced dogs need higher rates of reinforcement to maintain response rates and offset the less rewarding human interaction. The present results have important implications for training, and suggest that reinforcement procedures should be matched to training experience levels. |
|
|
38. Doggone Affordances: Perception of Vertical Reaching by Canines. |
Area: AAB; Domain: Basic Research |
VALERI FARMER-DOUGAN (Illinois State University), Matthew Langley (Illinois State University), Isabella Raymundo (Illinois State University), Antonia Berenbaum (Illinois State University), Jeffrey B. Wagman (Illinois State University) |
Discussant: Terri M. Bright (MSPCA Angell) |
Abstract: According to affordance theory (Gibson, 1966; Reed, 1996), an organism successfully performs a goal-directed behavior because it has “affordance” that the behavior can be performed. Affordances allow organisms to perceive a future environmental state and to determine the necessary potential behaviors required for completion of the goal. To do this the organism must be able to determine the fit between its physical capabilities (e.g., its body size/ shape, flexibility, speed, strength) and the environmental conditions (e.g., object laoyt, size/shape, rigidity or flexibility). Researchers investigating human activities such as moving through doorways, reaching elevated objects, or walking inclines have found there are perceptual boundaries between one set of behaviors (e.g., walking through a doorway with straight shoulders) and another set of behaviors (e.g., turning shoulders sideways). That is, there appears to be a constancy across how and when individuals switch from one set of behaviors to another: For example, a ratio of approximately 1.2 doorway-to-shoulder-width is required for perceiving that a doorway can be walked through without turning. Whether such affordance consistencies are found in non-humans has not been well investigated. Cabreraa, et al. (2013) found that hamsters and rats perceive affordances when lever pressing: Lever height had a significant effect on rate of lever pressing. When lever height was re-scaled to account for body size, the ratio of lever pressing to height was found to be nearly identical for both the rats and hamsters. The present investigation extends the work on perceived affordance to dogs. In experiment 1, 19dogs were presented with a preferred treat at varying heights. The treat was initially presented at a low height, such that the dog could easily eat from the cup without rearing (raising front feet off the floor). The treat cup was then raised and lowered to determine the exact height at which the dog began to rear. Experiment 2 replicated experiment 1, but after dogs reared during baseline, weights totaling 10% of their body weight were added as the dogs reared. Data yielded a significant correlation between shoulder to floor height and rearing height, showing a perceived affordance consistency for rearing. How identifying and understanding affordances in dogs may assist trainers is discussed for from both theoretical and applied perspectives. |
|
|
39. Stimulus Discrimination Training to Promote Consumption of Invasive Weed Species by a Goat: Preliminary Study |
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research |
LORI-ANN B. FORZANO (The College at Brockport, State University of New York), Tara Kelly (The College at Brockport, State University of New York), Marcie Desrochers (The College at Brockport, State University of New York) |
Discussant: Terri M. Bright (MSPCA Angell) |
Abstract: The aim of the current research study was to increase the effectiveness of using a goat to control invasive weed species (IWS) in Western New York. IWS are harmful since they outcompete resources for native species and overtake large areas since they have no natural competitors. In this study, a goat was taught to prefer IWS over native species using stimulus discrimination training. Training involved delivery of a preferred food following a desired behavior (i.e., eating the IWS) in the presence of one stimulus (e.g., multiflora rose IWS) but not in the presence of another (e.g., maple native). A multiple probe design across plant species was used involving sequential introduction of a training condition across one plant species following a phase of no reinforced trials. Training consisted of five sessions, with three sessions indicating an increase in the percent correct selection of rose over maple. Baseline 1 (session 1) showed a 37.5% correct rose selection which increased to 50% during baseline 2 (session 6). Overall, the results of the study indicate that the training may be effective. Further research should use a multiple probe design across goats to determine the generalizability of stimulus discrimination training across different goats. |
|
|
40. Citizen Science Volunteers and the role of Inter-observer Agreement in an Empirical Zoo |
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research |
VALERIE SEGURA (Jacksonville Zoo and Gardens), Megan Morris (University of North Florida; Jacksonville Zoo and Gardens), Kaylin Tennant (University of North Florida, Jacksonville Zoo and Gardens), Dan Maloney (Jacksonville Zoo and Gardens), Terry L. Maple (Jacksonville Zoo and Gardens; Florida Atlantic University) |
Discussant: Terri M. Bright (MSPCA Angell) |
Abstract: Behavioral Observation Team volunteers (BOTs; i.e., citizen scientists) are often used to provide information on animal welfare at zoological institutions. BOTs are asked to observe focal animals and provide data on the following behavioral dimensions: frequency, rate, duration, and intensity of various behaviors. The recent adoption of the Jacksonville Zoo and Gardens (JZG) Animal Wellness Initiative aims to expand the role of BOTs and use their collected data for dissemination to the larger scientific community. The present study surveyed volunteer training and follow-up evaluation practices used in BOT/ citizen science volunteer programs in zoos across the US. Thirty-four separate institutions responded to the survey. Our findings determined that 71% of institutions surveyed frequently (40%) or occasionally (31%) use citizen scientist volunteers to conduct animal behavior observations, yet only 26% of institutions reported training volunteers on the subject of Inter-observer agreement (IOA). In addition, 52% of institutions reported never collecting IOA data. Lastly, 80% of responding institutions reported modifying animal husbandry practices based on the data collected by citizen science volunteers. Implications for modifying husbandry practices without collecting IOA data and suggestions for incorporating IOA into BOT training will be discussed. |
|
|
41. Using TAGTeach to Increase Skill Acquisition of Dance Movements |
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research |
ROBIN ARNALL (The Arc of the Ozarks, The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Susan D. Flynn (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Discussant: Terri M. Bright (MSPCA Angell) |
Abstract: TAG (Teaching with Acoustical Guidance) has many implications for athletic skill acquisition, as demonstrated through empirical research. For this study, a multiple baseline across behaviors design was used to examine the effects of TAG methods on the acquisition of novel dance movements. The participants in the study were three typically developing children and one child with multiple diagnoses, aged 5-12 years old, who regularly participated in a dance studio program. The results depicted more rapid and generalized learning across skill sets for different topographies of targeted dance movements: a turn, kick, and leap selected for the participants based on skill level and developmental age. This study was a replication from the study conducted by Quinn, Miltenberger, and Fogel (2015) on dance movement skill acquisition with the use of TAG instructional methods. |
|
|
|
|
EDC |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
12:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall D |
Chair: Carolyn Trump (University of Georgia) |
|
42. The Effects of Behavioral Skills Trainingand Peer Modeling on College Students' Pours |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MOLLY HANKLA (University of the Pacific), Meagan Strickland (University of the Pacific), Carolynn S. Kohn (University of the Pacific) |
Discussant: Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: College students excessive alcohol consumption often results in negative consequences. Because students who avoid excessive drinking report counting their drinks, campus alcohol education courses are designed to teach students to accurately identify and pour standard servings. However, few studies have evaluated teaching this skill, and none have used BST. Because college students often imitate their peers, it is unclear if skills gained during BST would be lost in the presence of peers modeling inaccurate pouring. We used a nonconcurrent multiple baseline across subjects design to evaluate the (1) use of BST to teach college students (N = 19) to pour standard servings of beer (12 fl oz), and (2) effects of inaccurate peer modeling on skill maintenance. Participants who poured inaccurately at baseline (n = 17), poured accurately after receiving BST. Immediately following BST, all participants engaged in a group training where they observed two confederate peers over-pour, under-pour, or pour accurately; all participants maintained accurate pouring. Results suggest BST can be used to teach accurate pouring and these skills maintain in the presence of inaccurate peer models. Directions for future research include evaluating BST in alcohol education courses with different alcohol types and vessels, along with maintenance in naturalistic settings. |
|
|
43. When and How to Correct Errors: An Investigation Using PORTL |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JESSICA WINNE (University of North Texas), Mary Elizabeth Hunter (The Art and Science of Animal Training), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas) |
Discussant: Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: Tosti (1978) divided feedback into two types, formative andmotivational. Formative feedback is used to correct errors and should begivenimmediately before the next opportunity to respond. If an error does occur, nocorrection is given. Motivational feedback is givenimmediately after a correctresponse and reinforces correct behavior. This study compared Tostis suggestionsfor when to give feedbackas opposed to giving both types immediately after theresponse. College students learned nonsense word names for familiar objectsduringtwo different conditions. In both conditions, reinforcement was provided aftereach correct response. In one condition, theexperimenter began each trial bymodeling the correct response and provided no feedback for any incorrectresponses. In the othercondition, after each incorrect response theexperimenter said no, immediately modeled the correct response, and thenallowed theparticipant to respond again. In the condition where the model wasprovided after the response, participants made more errors, tended torepeat errors,hesitated longer before responding, and reported feeling anxious or upset. Whenthe model was provided before theopportunity to respond, participants made noerrors and reported feeling content and happy. These results support Tostis suggestionsforhow feedback should be delivered. |
|
|
44. Effects of Practice Quizzes on Improving Undergraduate Students’ Studying Behavior |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
HELOISA CURSI CAMPOS (Arkansas State University) |
Discussant: Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: Students often procrastinate. This study examined if providing practice quizzes as undergraduate students prepare for weekly quizzes would reduce procrastination and increase grades. Thirty undergraduate students could take optional Practice Quizzes 1-5 that contained respectively 1-5 topics from that week’s quiz. A within-subject design delivered the practice quizzes alternating between a contingent and noncontingent condition across ten weeks. In the contingent condition, practice quizzes became available only if the student submitted a practice quiz the day before. Thus, if students started submitting the first practice quizzes earlier in the week (i.e., did not procrastinate) they would complete all practice quizzes and access all topics from the weekly quiz. In the noncontingent condition one practice quiz was available per day regardless of students’ submission of previous practice quizzes. Some students submitted a few practice quizzes, which did not allow verifying their studying behavior. Other students procrastinated in both conditions and showed no difference in scores across conditions. However, a few students started submitting the practice quizzes earlier in the week in the contingent condition. Although this procedure did not reduce procrastination behavior of all students, it showed that is possible to reduce undergraduate students’ procrastination behavior. |
|
|
47. Exam Scores With and Without Weekly Interteaches in Two Undergraduate Intro to Psychology Classrooms |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
SCOTT A. MILLER (Truckee Meadows Community College; Fit Learning; Bx Plus), Courtney Smith (University of Nevada, Reno; Fit Learning) |
Discussant: Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: Interteach is an instructional method that uses guided reading and in-class group dyads to facilitate contact with curricular material. To date, research has been generally favorable for interteach as a method to improve participation and grades. However, results have been somewhat mixed. Sturmey, Dalfen, and Fienup (2015) noted that studies often lacked descriptive methods, selected inconsistent dependent variables, and failed to report implementation integrity. The purpose of this study was to compare exam scores across two undergraduate Intro to Psychology classrooms that alternated interteach and no-interteach units throughout a semester. A second purpose of this study was to develop a systematic method for implementing, measuring, and tracking interteaches that could be subsequently tested and implemented. Interteach groups performed moderately better on exams than non-interteach groups. In addition, a student preference survey favored the use of interteach |
|
|
48. Ethics Education for Undergraduate Students Pursuing the BC(a)BA Credential |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
HEATHER JENKINS (University of Central Missouri), Jarrod Vaughan (University of Central Missouri), Duane A. Lundervold (University of Central Missouri) |
Discussant: Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: With the increasing demand for graduate level applied behavior analysts, the role and responsibilities of bachelor-level behavior analysts is increasing. This is clearly seen in the recent Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) requirement of more course work in ethics and professional behavior. However, little is known about ethics education, generally, and, especially, at the undergraduate level. 75 educational programs listed as training programs on the BACB website were sent a survey regarding instruction of ethical and professional behavior at the undergraduate level. Approximately 30% of the programs responded, despite follow up post cards. The most consistent finding in terms of instruction was use of the professional code of conduct. Surprisingly, state laws regulating licensed behavior analysts were seldom used. Further research is needed on best practice instruction of ethical behavior for undergraduates pursuing the Board Certified (assistant)Behavior Analyst credential. |
|
|
49. An Evaluation of a Component-Based Online and In-Person Self-Advocacy Skills Training Program Targeting Community College Students Accommodations Negotiation Skills |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Jeffrey Gordon (Centers for Disease Control and Prevention), Glen W. White (University of Kansas), KELSEY SHINNICK (The University of Kansas), Jean Ann Summers (The University of Kansas) |
Discussant: Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: This study evaluated the effectiveness of an online and in-person self-advocacy skills training program. The training programs targeted four community college students with disabilities ability to negotiate American's with Disabilities Act (ADA) classroom accommodations. The online tutorial included knowledge and skills components. The knowledge component provided students with information about their rights and responsibilities as a consumer in need of classroom accommodations. The skills tutorial presented students with a task analysis of the accommodations negotiations skill set as well as video examples showing students engaged in the negotiation skills. The students knowledge was assessed using two multiple-choice assessments, while their skills were assessed using four, disability-specific role-play scenarios. The knowledge assessment results showed that the online knowledge tutorial increased the students understanding of their rights and responsibilities as a student with a disability in need of accommodations. The skills assessment findings suggested the skills tutorial was only marginally effective at increasing the students negotiation skills. The students unmastered skills were then trained during an in-person training session. The in-person training replicated White and Vo's (2006) direct instruction methodology, by: operationally defining and task analyzing each negotiation skill component, using role-play scenarios to practice and assess the students negotiation skills, and providing descriptive feedback. Results showed that the in-person training allowed each student to acquire the remaining, unmastered negotiation skills. Furthermore, students knowledge about their rights and responsibilities maintained at the levels observed after they completed the online tutorial. Generalization and maintenance was assessed one and three weeks after the in-person training using student created role-play scenarios based upon their own experiences. The generalization and maintenance assessments showed the students negotiation skills generalized to scenarios based upon their experiences and were maintained at levels slightly below the post-in-person training skills assessment. This evaluation showed that although the online training effectively increased the students knowledge and skills, a more targeted, in-person approach may be needed to help students master the negotiation skills and encourage skill generalization and maintenance. |
|
|
50. Exploring The Relationship Between Procrastination and Committed Action |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
DAVID LEGASPI (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Andrea Mazo (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University) |
Discussant: Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: Procrastination is a concept that has gained attention. Gagnon, Dionne, & Pychyl, (2016) conducted preliminary research that suggested a relationship between committed action (goal setting) and procrastination by collecting self-report data using a globally validated procrastination scale (Steel, 2010). Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) interacts with a person’s psychological flexibility described as the ability to contact the present moment by adapting in response to goals and values (Hayes et al., 2010). Committed action is one of six components of ACT and is concerned with actions taken that bring an individual closer to their values (Hayes, Strosahl, & Wilson, 2011). It is suggested that we engineer the classroom environment to suit student performance (Bijou 1970). The present analysis is designed to explore the relationship that committed action workshop sessions have on levels of procrastination by evaluating the average time groups take to turn in weekly assignments and their responses across appropriate questionnaires pre/post experiment. Pilot data collected across two classrooms showed slight difference with control turn-in at 8.21 hours before deadline, and experimental turn-in being 6.75 hours. The current study will compare student performance in one classroom who are randomly assigned to a committed action or control group. |
|
|
51. Application of Image Analysis as a Method for Measuring Undergraduates' Note-taking |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MASAKO YOSHIOKA (Aichi University), Ken'ichi Fuji (Ritsumeikan University) |
Discussant: Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: Although note-taking is as an important skill in learning in higher education, there is a paucity of methods that enable easy measurement of its physical dimensions (e.g., speed and length). To acquire such methods, we applied and examined ImageJ, a freeware for image analysis, as a method for measuring length of written letters. Written data were obtained from Yoshioka and Fuji (2015), which conducted real-time detection of hand-writing response in 11 undergraduates, who wrote 60 letters under different speed conditions with three pens. After scanning the written sheets, each average gray value was calculated with ImageJ. The length of letters was then estimated by fitting a regression equation to each average gray value. We used straight lines from 50 to 200 cm to obtain the equation. To assess the reliability of the method, the estimated lengths were compared with the lengths measured with a scale. The Pearsons r between them was higher than 0.95 and showed strong positive correlation. The relation between the estimated length and the participants writing speed was also analyzed. The results suggested the image analysis software and its techniques can provide a practical method to measure the length of written notes in postsecondary settings. |
|
|
52. An Evaluation Of Bonus Point Contingencies For Homework Submissions In A College Class |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
ALLISON ROSE BICKELMAN (Autism Behavior Intervention/Endicott College), Henry D. Schlinger (California State University, LA) |
Discussant: Blake Hansen (Brigham Young University) |
Abstract: One topic of interest in the field of applied behavior analysis is general education, particularly how to maximize student learning. Pertinent factors in the effectiveness of education are test scores, study habits, homework assignments, and how a course is structured. The college professor faces a more daunting task, as by the time a student has reached college, he or she has a long specific learning history in relation to how he or she studies and performs on tests and assignments. The purpose of the present studies was to evaluate effectiveness of the delivery of bonus points on the submission of completed learning objectives. The participants were undergraduate students in 10-week psychology courses at California State University, Los Angeles. The effects of bonus points contingent upon the timely completion and submission of learning objectives were examined. Although results showed that bonus points did not function to increase the submission of learning objectives, these studies will potentially add to the behavior analytic literature on homework submission, study habits and applications to higher education. |
|
|
53. An Examination of Contingencies to Promote Temporally Distributed Studying in College Students |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
KIMBERLY N. FRAME (Savannah State Univeristy), Sherry L. Serdikoff (Savannah State University) |
Discussant: Blake Hansen (Brigham Young University) |
Abstract: This study evaluates students' studying for chapter quizzes (CQs) using a multiple baseline design across individuals in two different undergraduate courses for students who are declared majors or minors in behavior analysis at an HBCU in the southeastern United States. Studying was defined as accessing online practice quizzes (PQs) prior to completing a required CQ, which was administered online in class. The PQs were administered under two different conditions. During the first condition, one new PQ became available per day over five consecutive days, and students could complete each PQ an unlimited number of times until one-half hour before the CQ. The second condition was the same as the first in terms of PQ availability but added a contingency for accessing the PQs. Specifically, students could access the first PQ for each chapter as soon as it became available, but access to each subsequent PQ for the chapter was contingent upon the student completing at least one attempt on each of the previous PQs for that chapter. Data were collected on latency to complete PQs, frequency of PQ completion, and grades on the corresponding CQs. |
|
|
54. Badges, Competency, and Online Courses: How Course Design Contingencies Influence Student Performance |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
VERONICA J. HOWARD (University of Alaska Anchorage), T Endes (University of Alaska) |
Discussant: Blake Hansen (Brigham Young University) |
Abstract: The gamification of higher education has become more popular in mainstream pedagogy; badges specifically have been touted as one effective strategy for improving student performance and motivation. However, most research on gamification has been supported using non-objective, self-report measures. Alternatively, personalized systems of instruction require a learner to demonstrate minimum competency before advancing to later course materials and have produced robust improvement in student learning, but this approach has not been widely adopted in higher education. The aim of the current study was to evaluate the relative effectiveness of badging, required minimum competency, or a standard online course preparation on student performance, satisfaction, and course completion. Results indicate that students who earned badges earned the highest average quiz score for most weeks, submitted practice activities and quizzes earlier, earned higher midterm exam scores, and rated the class most favorably of all three groups. Students who were required to demonstrate competency before moving on earned the next highest scores on practice activities and quizzes. Students who received neither badges nor required minimum competency earned the lowest average practice activity, quiz, and midterm exam scores, and rated the class most unfavorably of all three groups. Implications for course design will be discussed. |
|
|
55. Student Choice of Instructional Methods on Student Outcomes |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
SAM BLANCO (Sage Colleges/Endicott College), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College) |
Discussant: Blake Hansen (Brigham Young University) |
Abstract: Several researchers have suggested that web-based instruction offers the opportunity for students to have more choice in instructional content and methods, which may have a larger impact on student outcomes (Jarboe, Raman, Brumm, Martin, & McLeod, 2016; Price, Whitlatch, Maier, Burdi, & Peacock, 2016; Sitzmann, Kraiger, Stewart, & Wisher, 2006;). There is however, little empirical evidence that choice directly affects outcome measures on student performance. As such, this research projects was designed to assess the impact of student choice of instructional methods on student outcomes. Participants included students pursuing their Masters degrees in Special Education who had not been exposed to functional assessment methods. Participants were exposed to different conditions: video lecture, independent reading, or choice in instructional delivery to evaluate student outcomes when choice is provided. Students were also assessed as to their preferred method of learning and results were analyzed compared to their actual performance. |
|
|
56. A Comparison of Interteaching and Lecture-Based Instruction in a Graduate-Level Course |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
CAMERON MITTELMAN (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jessica Gamba (Pipio Academy), Jennifer Klapatch Totsch (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Discussant: Blake Hansen (Brigham Young University) |
Abstract: Interteaching is a flexible instructional approach that combines components of effective behavior-analytic teaching methods with many aspects of traditional lecture-style teaching. Key components of interteaching include the completion of student prep guides, paired discussion of the content from required readings, brief clarification lectures, and frequent assessment. The purpose of the present study was to compare the effects of lecture-based instruction and interteaching on weekly quiz scores without the use of a “quality points” contingency. Participants included 24 Masters-level graduate students across two sections of a 14-week Assessment and Intervention course. Results show that there was little differentiation between scores on interteaching quizzes and scores on lecture quizzes, with almost all participants performing well on the quizzes regardless of instructional format. These findings are consistent with previous research demonstrating the effectiveness of interteaching as an instructional method, though they are contrast the previous findings that participants perform better on assessments of material presented in an interteaching format. Possible variables that may account for these findings are described, as well as implications for future research. |
|
|
57. Using SAFMEDS Instruction Combined With Precision Teaching Measurement As An Alternative Formative Assessment Approach For Building Content Fluency In University Coursework:Three Years of Classwide Data |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
WILLIAM J. SWEENEY (The University of South Dakota), Monica K. Iverson (University of South Dakota), Abigail Wiebers (University of South Dakota), Jennifer Jorgensen (University of South Dakota) |
Discussant: Blake Hansen (Brigham Young University) |
Abstract: The perspective of this project was to implement SAFMEDS procedures as a means of teaching college level students to recognize important concepts related to instruction covered in a curriculum-based assessment/Precision Teaching course. This demonstration project evaluated the effectiveness of SAFMEDS on the classwide acquisition and fluency of basic concepts in curriculum-based assessment/Precision Teaching course. SAFMEDS, an acronym for "Say All Fast a Minute Each Day Shuffle," was coined by Lindsley (1983) as a functional flashcard procedure for building large repertoires of sight words in a given content area. Second, the instructor wanted to take advantage of the opportunity to model the importance of frequent and daily measurement of curriculum through the use of the SAFMEDS procedure with the class. Three university classes, across three consecutive years, with 41, 33, and 42 students respectively, participated in this research. Two individual students from the latter class display their individual data and describe the importance of utilizing their data for making instructional changes. The students in the class completed three decks of SAMFEDS across a 10-week period with an instructional aim of 40+ SAFMEDS flashcard correctly identified during a series of one-minute timing. Results from this study replicated the SAFMEDS data paths across three classes and seven decks of SAFMEDS. The monitoring of this procedure, by the instructor on a classwide basis and by the students managing their daily data, was used to determine whether the SAFMEDS procedures was effective for improving the acquisition of key concepts imbedded with in the curriculum of the Precision Teaching and informal assessment course. Additionally, this daily in class probing of students' performance was a means of modeling appropriate implementation, recording, charting, and evaluation of students' learning pictures. The consistent pattern of celerating data seemed to indicate that this was an effective instructional strategy for the class as a whole. Implications and limitations of the current study were also discussed. |
|
|
58. Changing a Paraprofessional's Praise Rate in the Classroom |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
AMANDA LYNN THORNTON (Western Michigan University), Andrew Bulla (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University) |
Discussant: Blake Hansen (Brigham Young University) |
Abstract: A teachers use of praise is beneficial for students as it provides encouragement, helps build self-esteem, builds a close student-teacher relationship, and reduces the amount of disruptive behavior in the classroom (Brophy, 1981; Alber & Heward, 1997). In the current study, praise rates of one paraprofessional who worked primarily in general and special education settings for students with autism spectrum disorder in an elementary school were measured. The teacher approached the researcher due to a concern of low praise rates coming from the paraprofessional in the classroom. A reversal design was used for this study to evaluate the effects of the intervention. Baseline measures indicated that the paraprofessionals praise was occurring at very low rates. During intervention, a MotivAider was used to prompt the paraprofessional to deliver praise to the students for engaging in appropriate behaviors. Results of the intervention, barriers to implementation, and areas of future research will be discussed. |
|
|
59. Urban Model to Facilitate Transition of Typically Developing Children From Preschool to Elementary School |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
MICHAL HIRSCHMANN (Kibbutzim College), nitza bublil (Mati PT) |
Discussant: Blake Hansen (Brigham Young University) |
Abstract: In the city of Petah Tikva there are 300 kindergarten programs for typically developing children. Decision was made to start behavioral interventions in Kindergarten to improve the transition process to elementary school. The main goal of this proposed model is to train the vast majority of preschool teachers to implement behavioral plans within to reduce problem behavior and teach study habits. The plan provides continuing education courses for preschool teachers in basic principles of Applied Behavior Analysis, and classroom management. It also includes weekly hands on training in implementing provided by a behavior analyst. In addition, peer tutoring is available by Kindergarten teachers who successfully graduated training. The model weaves values and skills such as cooperation with the teacher, adhering to rules and routines, dealing with demand and more. into the kindergarten curriculum using a hierarchy of successive progressions. These goals are achieved by reinforcing target behaviors in planned games, providing opportunities in daily routines, and arbitrary appearance. The intervention includes a structured plan to reinforce the success of the children. Data suggests decrease in problem behavior and increase in target behaviors in preschool. |
|
|
60. Building Capacity for Educators to Complete Comprehensive Functional Behavior Assessments: A Pilot Project |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
LACY KNUTSON (Center for Disabilities; Sanford School of Medicine; University of South Dakota), Pamela G. Osnes (Private practice), Cora Lee Alley (Black Hills Special Services Cooperative), Jennifer Negrette (Black Hills Special Services Cooperative), Connie Tucker (Black Hills Special Services Cooperative), Ronda Feterl (Black Hills Special Services Cooperative), Jill Hibbard (Black Hills Special Services Cooperative) |
Discussant: Blake Hansen (Brigham Young University) |
Abstract: To meet the increasing need to address student challenging behaviors displayed in the classroom, a collaborative pilot project was developed to assist in building local capacity to functionally assess and develop individualized support plans. Since the start of the program, a total of 91 educators, representing a variety of disciplines participated in the project. During the first year, 15 multi-disciplinary teams participated in a traditional workshop model training with an embedded application period between workshop dates. Workshop content focused on behavioral principles, data collection, and the process of conducting Functional Behavior Assessments (FBAs) as a team. During the second year, each component of the assessment process and plan development are covered in greater depth using an online module-based format. Following a behavioral skills training model of instruction, each month participants focus on a component of the assessment and planning process through participation in a webinar, related assignments and coaching activities. Pre-post test results from the first year indicate consistent increases in content knowledge and emerging skill generalization. Preliminary results from the second year (currently ongoing), indicate increases in content knowledge and direct application of skill into practice. Responses to the satisfaction questionnaires indicate the social acceptability of the program. |
|
|
61. Incorporating Single-Case Research Design Into a School-Based Response to Intervention System: Literacy Intervention Effects Across Diverse Learners With Varying English Language Proficiency Levels |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JOCELYN KUHN (University of Wisconsin-Madison; Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Blake Hansen (Brigham Young University) |
Abstract: To support literacy and language skill development for all students, it is critical to develop a body of evidence-based literacy intervention research that more comprehensively considers diverse learner characteristics. In contribution to this body of literature, the present study examined the effectiveness of an early literacy intervention program with culturally and linguistically diverse elementary students in an applied elementary school setting. Within a Response to Intervention (RTI) framework, participants were recruited based on indicators of high academic risk displayed during the participating school's Fall universal literacy screening process. Unlike previous research in this area, which has primarily treated English language learners as a homogeneous group, this study evaluates intervention outcomes across the participants' continuum of English language proficiency (ELP) levels. The student participants were categorized into three cohorts of three to five students with similar ELP levels. Each cohort was introduced to the intervention following a randomized multiple baseline single case research design across participants. The early literacy intervention, Sound Partners, was delivered individually to each participant. Measures of letter sound fluency (LSF), phoneme segmentation fluency (PSF), and nonsense word fluency (NWF) were administered weekly to continually monitor the student responses to the intervention across baseline and intervention phases. Overall, the results indicated clinically significant growth for all students. Based on visual analysis and statistical analysis results, the areas and magnitude of growth and responses to the intervention differed between the three ELP-based cohorts. Notably, there were PSF intervention effects in the low ELP cohort and LSF intervention effects in the high ELP cohort. Implications for valid use of RTI with linguistically diverse learners and the need for future single-case research to expand knowledge and improve practices in this area are discussed. |
|
|
62. Programmed Instruction: effects of frequency of feedback on performance in online courses |
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research |
REBECA MATEOS MORFIN MORFÁN (Universidad de Guadalajara, Instituto de Gestión del Conocimiento y del Aprendizaje en Ambientes Virtuales), Carlos Javier Flores Aguirre (Universidad de Guadalajara, Centro de Estudios e investigaciones en Comportamiento) |
Discussant: Blake Hansen (Brigham Young University) |
Abstract: Programmed Instruction came out of the work of B. F. Skinner in 1953 whit the creation of teaching machine (Vargas, 2014). Some studies have demonstrated the effectiveness of programmed instruction (e.g., Ninness, Dixon, Barnes-Holmes, Rehfeldt, Rumph, McCuller, et al. 2009; Davis & Bostow, 2007). Feedback is a relevant variable in programmed instruction, some studies have reported that the effect on learning depends on the frequency of feedback (immediate or delayed) (e.g., Butler, Karpicke & Roediger, 2007; Villanueva, Mateos & Flores, 2008). The present study evaluated the effects of the continuous vs partial feedback on perfomance in posgraduate students during a online course.The perfomance was higher for continuous feedback group than the partial feedback group. The results are discussed in relation to the contribution of programmed instruction to online education and future directions for research. |
|
|
|
|
CSS |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
12:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall D |
Chair: Angela Sanguinetti (University of California, Davis) |
|
63. An Analysis of a Collaborative Community Truancy Prevention and Diversion Program |
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research |
KELSEY DACHMAN (University of Kansas), Austin O'Neal (University of Kansas), Kate Holman (Douglas County Youth Services), Pam Weigand (Douglas County Youth Services), James A. Sherman (University of Kansas), Jan B. Sheldon (University of Kansas) |
Discussant: Judy G. Blumenthal (Associates for Behaviour Change) |
Abstract: Truancy has been linked to school failure, school dropout, substance use, delinquency, and later problems (e.g., occupational problems, adult criminality, incarceration). Past research suggests the importance of a collaborative effort in combating truancy. Effective intervention components include attendance monitoring, mentoring relationships, and meaningful consequences. This study evaluates the effectiveness of a multimodal truancy prevention and diversion program in reducing truancy displayed by students. The community program is a collaborative effort with a midwestern university, youth services personnel, the District Attorney’s (DA) office, and the school district and has been in operation for over 35 years. The program utilizes undergraduate students as mentors for truant students. Their responsibilities include developing positive relationships, monitoring attendance, and providing incentives through a behavioral contract. The program includes a review team lead by an assistant DA. The primary investigator analyzed group data (i.e., unexcused absences) collected over the past 17 years and a representative sample of individual participants’ pre-and post-intervention data collected over the past 8 years using single-subject methodology. Additionally, descriptive and correlational statistical analyses on several variables will be conducted. Results demonstrate the effectiveness of the truancy diversion program in reducing truancy across participants and across years. |
|
|
64. The Application of ABA Principles to A Juvenile Drug Court System Using A Four Prong Approach |
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
ALEXIS BRIANA PENDARVIS (University of Central Oklahoma), Erika Stevens Olinger (University of Central Oklahoma), Mary Ann Hubbard (University of Central Oklahoma) |
Discussant: Judy G. Blumenthal (Associates for Behaviour Change) |
Abstract: The study describes the application of applied behavior analysis to a juvenile drug court system. The authors developed a four-prong approach to incentivize desired pro-social behaviors, sanction negative behaviors, deliver group incentives, and facilitate mentorship to juvenile participants. Development of the prongs was based upon the completion of a strengths and needs assessment that evaluated the current resources, available resources, and deficits in the existing system. Additionally, a preference and punisher assessment was administered to current juvenile participants to develop leveled incentives and sanctions. Following assessment, the team developed both individualized and group goal setting and performance feedback. Individualized goal setting was delivered through an objective point based system with individualized goals to incentivize desired behaviors including negative urine analysis (UA) screenings and replacement behaviors in the form of pro-social activities. Sanctions were based upon the failure to achieve goal attainment and/or positive UA screenings. Group incentives were delivered through indiscriminate group contingencies based upon the collective performance of the group on the aforementioned goal behaviors. Additionally, the team was provided a framework to utilize data based decision making, visual analysis of progress, goal setting, and performance feedback when communicating behavior change to the participants during drug court proceedings. |
|
|
65. Behavior Analysis and Tactical Urbanism in a not-so Urban Area: Analysis of a Pop-Up Complete Street |
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research |
JACK BITTERMAN (University of Mississippi), Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Yash Bhambhani (University of Mississippi) |
Discussant: Judy G. Blumenthal (Associates for Behaviour Change) |
Abstract: Tactical Urbanism involves low-cost, often temporary, modifications to the built environment that attempt to improve common spaces. These strategies have received growing media attention in recent years; however, data are rarely systematically collected to help examine the effects of the modifications. A group of cyclists, pedestrians and people interested in sustainability in small college town sought to improve the walkability and bikeability of a quarter mile segment of a primary road between the town center and the university. After seeking approval of the town council and the university administration, the group undertook data collection, fund raising, and construction of a temporary lane reduction project. The project turned a 4-lane road into two travel lanes, a turn lane, and 2 bike lanes. Additionally, a mid-block crosswalk was constructed in a location that students often crossed without protection. The project was evaluated with an ABA design examining vehicle speed and percent of users engaging in active transportation. While the temporary construction was in place, there was a decrease in the 85th percentile speeds and an increase in the percent of active transportation users. Following the demonstration project, the town installed two raised crosswalks to increase the safety of pedestrians. |
|
|
66. Developmentand Evaluation of Litter Reduction Data Collection System |
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research |
KRISTEN BLACK (University of Mississippi), Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Emmie Hebert (University of Mississippi), Jasmine Myers (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi) |
Discussant: Judy G. Blumenthal (Associates for Behaviour Change) |
Abstract: Reducing litter improves the aesthetics of our campus and can produce labor costs savings. This project involved the development and testing of data collection procedures that may allow universities and municipalities to identify environmental factors that contribute to littering. By identifying such factors, administrators may be able to make simple, inexpensive changes to reduce littering. The project involved development of a data collection system, evaluation of that system, and interviews with potential users of the system. Data was collected on the permanent products (i.e., litter) of human behavior. The investigators interviewed community and university staff at two points during the development (first and last weeks). The investigators analyzed interobserver agreement for the data collection procedures and used descriptive analyses for the content of the interviews. The researchers modified the data collection procedures based on the results. These modified procedures were used to collect litter data that were presented to university officials to use while planning for changes to campus grounds. |
|
|
67. Using Prompts to Change Driver Behavior in a University Parking Lot |
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
Heather Becker (Missouri State University), Jenna J. Rakestraw (Missouri State University), ashlee Ellingsworth (Missouri State University), Britnea Monaco (Missouri State University), MICHAEL C. CLAYTON (Missouri State University) |
Discussant: Judy G. Blumenthal (Associates for Behaviour Change) |
Abstract: The use of prompts has a long history in applied behavior analysis. Prompts have been used to encourage energy conservation, safer driving, and pro-environmental behavior, among many other things. Using Geller's philosophy of Actively Caring as a guide, we wanted to help students avoid parking fines by encouraging them to park in the areas of the lot designated for students and not in the area designated for faculty/staff. The parking lot had very unclear and confusing signage that made mistakes very common. The problem was deemed important enough that the university began to assign a half-dozen staff to the lot each semester to turn students away from the wrong areas. In an effort to reduce these extra costs and help students avoid fines, we used textual prompts to let students know they had made a mistake and how to avoid a fine. A multiple baseline across days design was used to assess the problem and apply treatment to illustrate clear experimental control. The findings are discussed by comparing a relatively punitive approach (fines) and the more caring approach of educating drivers and gently warning them to change their behavior to avoid possible fines in the future. |
|
|
68. Evaluating Increased Effort for Item Disposal to Improve Recycling at a University |
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research |
Lisa Rettig (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Danielle Dupuis (University of Houston--Clear Lake), WAI-LING WU (University of Houston-Clear Lake; Trumpet Behavioral Health), Ashley Neal (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Renée Lastrapes (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
Discussant: Judy G. Blumenthal (Associates for Behaviour Change) |
Abstract: An evaluation of increased response effort to dispose of items was conducted to improve recycling at a university. Signs prompting individuals to recycle and notifying them of the location of trash and recycling receptacles were posted in each phase. During the intervention, trashcans were removed from the classrooms, and one large trashcan was available in the hallway next to the recycling receptacles. Results showed that correct recycling increased, and trash left in classrooms increased initially during the second intervention phase before returning to baseline levels. |
|
|
69. Social Consequences of Verbal Safety Rules for Children: Looking Beyond the Immediate Situation |
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research |
BERNARD GUERIN (University of South Australia), Marcela de Oliveira Ortolan (Universidade Estadual de Londrina), Linda Nikora (University of Waikato) |
Discussant: Judy G. Blumenthal (Associates for Behaviour Change) |
Abstract: Safety is important for protecting children from harm of many sorts. Parents frequently give verbal safety rules for children' behaviour rather than intervene directly with consequences. In this research we collected many empirical examples of such safety rules and categorized these into functional groups, presented in Tables. The paper explores different social consequences of these rules beyond just treating the children as the targets. Some rules for children, for example, are functional for other parents, law makers, or other family members, rather than the children to whom they are told. In theirs ways they can function as part of a parental narrative or story used in various functional social situations. The broader functional roles of rules in terms of societal structures are also discussed, and how giving rules to children via computer based media would engage different social consequences which could be useful for the children to recognize safety contexts and respond more appropriately. |
|
|
70. The BFSR Matrix Project: Activating Behavior Analysis Education and Students for Social Action |
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory |
MARK A. MATTAINI (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of Illinois at Chicago; Behaviorists for Social Responsibility), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas; Behaviorists for Social Responsibility), Molli Luke (Behavior Analyst Certification Board; Behaviorists for Social Responsibility), Holly Seniuk (University of Nevada, Reno; Behaviorists for Social Responsibility), Angela Sanguinetti (University of California, Davis; Behaviorists for Social Responsibility), Jomella Watson-Thompson (University of Kansas; Behaviorists for Social Responsibiity), Kathryn M. Roose (University of Nevada, Reno), Molly Benson (Massachusetts Association for Behavior Analysis; Behaviorists for Social Responsibility) |
Discussant: Judy G. Blumenthal (Associates for Behaviour Change) |
Abstract: Behavioral systems science has potential for significant social impact, even at times when political realities are challenging. For the past two years, Behaviorists for Social Responsibility has begun a comprehensive analysis of possible approaches to prepare and move behavior analysts and our science for contributing to social justice, human rights, and sustainability efforts in collaboration with other disciplines. Two key sectors (of 26 we are studying) for catalyzing progressive social action are behavior analysis education programs, and student groups. These sectors are deeply embedded in a broader matrix of societal arrangements, including governmental, non-governmental, and commercial sectors. Networks of interlocking contingencies, macrocontingencies, metacontingencies, and interlocking metacontingencies structure, shape, and sustain the functioning of behavior analysis education and of the individual and collective actions of behavior analysis students. Identifying the most relevant variables and tracing their processes and interlocks is complex. In this poster session, the authors will present the analytic approach we have developed (including an animated sample behavioral systems analysis), contingencies identified to encourage actions within education and student sectors, and resources that are being collected and disseminated in these efforts. In addition to the listed authors, other core contributors to this project include Richard Rakos and Tara Grant. |
|
|
70a. Evaluating the Effects of High-Probability/Low-Probability Sequences on a Measure of Interrogative Suggestibility |
Area: CSS; Domain: Basic Research |
GRECIA MENDOZA (California State University, Fresno), Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno) |
Discussant: Judy G. Blumenthal (Associates for Behaviour Change) |
Abstract: Interrogative suggestibility is characterized by factors present during interrogations that make people more likely to accept inaccurate information and change their responses accordingly. Research on interrogative suggestibility has been vital in changing the way interrogations are conducted in court trials and police interrogations, yet many different factors involved in interrogative suggestibility, that are present during interrogations, have not been investigated. Recent research has emphasized the importance of verbal feedback and the interviewers behavior, yet no research has analyzed the possible effects if any, of building such momentum during interrogations by manipulating the order of questions (suggestible vs. non-suggestible). High-probability and low-probability sequences are one way to increase the likelihood of previously low-probability responses. This procedure is commonly used to increase appropriate behaviors and reduce problem behavior during instructional tasks, by presenting tasks that are more likely to be completed first, then presenting tasks that are less likely to be completed. The purpose of the current study was to examine the application of high-probability/low-probability sequences on a measure of interrogative suggestibility, and the effects, if any, on suggestibility scores. Understanding the effects of high-probability and low-probability sequences during interrogations may highlight the need for procedures to eliminate or reduce the likelihood of suggestibility, and potentially increase the accuracy of responses. |
|
|
|
|
OBM |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
12:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall D |
Chair: Lauren Lesa Lanier (CARE, LLC / Endicott College) |
|
71. Meta-Analysis and Review: Identifying the Most Effective and Frequently
Used Procedures to Improve Treatment Integrity in Applied Settings |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
JULIEANNE GUADALUPE (Queens College and The Graduate Center, CUNY), Kristen A. Rost (Troy University), Alicia M. Alvero (Queens College, CUNY) |
Discussant: Ansley Catherine Hodges (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Measuring treatment integrity quantifies the extent to which a treatment is implemented as planned, permits valid conclusions about treatment effects, and allows for precise tests of generalization. Thus, treatment integrity is an important focus in applied behavior analysis. Researchers have shown that performance feedback and a variety of other procedures can be used to improve treatment integrity, but no systematic review of these studies has been completed. Thus, this meta-analysis examined interventions aimed at improving the accuracy with which participants (e.g., teachers and direct-care staff) implemented treatments in applied settings. We classified intervention components into three main categories: performance feedback, antecedents, and behavioral consequences. We quantified the effectiveness of interventions by using several effect size techniques. Effect size analyses demonstrated that interventions that combined antecedents and behavioral consequences or antecedents, behavioral consequences, and performance feedback were highly effective procedures at improving treatment integrity. Performance feedback alone or performance feedback combined with behavioral consequences were ineffective. Thus, these results indicate that antecedent based procedures are important components of intervention packages targeting treatment integrity. |
|
|
72. Training Staff to Receive Feedback: A Preliminary Investigation |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
RACHEL EHRLICH (Behavior Analyst Certification Board), Melissa R. Nosik (Behavior Analyst Certification Board), Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center), James E. Carr (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
Discussant: Ansley Catherine Hodges (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Although there is a great deal of research on the effects of feedback and components of effective feedback, there is no published literature on the behavior of the individual receiving feedback. An empirically validated model of feedback-receipt could help shape more frequent, high-quality feedback. The investigators of this study developed an 8-step model of feedback receipt and recruited participants to receive regular feedback on email performance. Participants were three female administrative employees. Participants were scored on the percentage of the 8 steps engaged during feedback sessions. Behavioral skills training on the 8-step model was then provided to participants, after which they continued to receive regular feedback sessions, and one training booster session. A non-concurrent multiple baseline design was used to demonstrate that behavioral skills training can be used to teach an 8-step model of feedback receipt to three administrative employees. Additionally, a follow-up probe conducted with one of the employees suggests these skills may maintain over time. Data collection is still ongoing with two of the participants, and a fourth may be recruited in the coming month. |
|
|
73. Evaluating the Effectiveness of and Preference for Peer vs. Supervisor Feedback |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
ODESSA LUNA (Auburn University), Sacha T. Pence (Auburn University), John Falligant (Auburn University), Sarah Brooke Haygood (Auburn University) |
Discussant: Ansley Catherine Hodges (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Performance feedback can be defined as an individual providing a person with information regarding what and how well he is doing and informing him how to adjust performance (Daniels, 1994). Feedback is a vital component to acquisition during behavior skills training. However, the delivery of the feedback can vary along several dimensions, including the source of the feedback. The first purpose of the current study was to compare peer-delivered to supervisor-delivered feedback on acquisition of chaining procedures with 16 paraprofessionals. Paraprofessionals were trained on forward and backward chaining using peer and supervisor-delivered feedback. All paraprofessionals acquired both skills, but supervisor feedback was more effective for most participants. The second purpose of the current study was to evaluate paraprofessionals preference for supervisor or peer feedback during acquisition of preference assessments and discrete-trial instruction. In general, paraprofessionals choose to receive supervisor feedback over peer feedback during acquisition of skills. |
|
|
74. Training Practitioners to Implement Trial-Based Functional Analyses: Effects of Feedback Specificity |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
NADRATU NUHU (Auburn University), John Falligant (Auburn University), Sacha T. Pence (Auburn University), Odessa Luna (Auburn University), Sarah Brooke Haygood (Auburn University) |
Discussant: Ansley Catherine Hodges (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Performance feedback is a critical component of evidence-based teaching strategies, and has been studied extensively in the context of educational and organizational behavior management settings. Importantly, inconsistent or incorrect feedback can have detrimental effects on skill acquisition (Hirst, DiGennaro Reed, & Reed, 2013). In school-based settings, trial-based functional analyses (Sigafoos & Saggers, 1995; Bloom, Iwata, Fritz, Roscoe, & Carreau, 2011) have emerged as a leading functional analysis method for teachers and paraprofessionals. The current evaluation assessed the effects of vague and explicit feedback on acquisition of trial-based functional analysis procedures by eight graduate students with limited experience conducting functional analyses. The training package included a brief explanation and modeling of the procedures. Following the brief model, trainees were asked to perform test and control conditions for the attention, escape, and tangible conditions in a trial-based functional analysis with a confederate. Initially, all trainees received vague feedback; however, explicit feedback was used if mastery was then not met. For all eight trainees, explicit feedback was necessary to master one or more conditions in a trial-based functional analysis. Only two trainees met mastery criteria for at least one condition during vague feedback. Findings of the current evaluation suggest that explicit feedback is crucial for mastery of trial-based functional analyses. |
|
|
75. Evaluation of a performance feedback system for increasing therapist productivity |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
HOLLY WIGGINS (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Christina Livingston (The New England Center for Children) |
Discussant: Ansley Catherine Hodges (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Children living in residential centers have a large number of hours devoted to behavior analytic services. However, learning opportunities can be missed if therapists are not using this time productively. Feedback systems including reinforcement and public posting have been shown to increase productivity compared to feedback alone (Van Houten, Hill, & Parsons, 1975). In this study, we implemented a performance feedback intervention using a reversal design that included public posting of the student programs completed combined with snacks delivered for the most productive shift. Thirteen bachelor’s level therapists served as participants. A shift was defined as one evening of the week during residential hours (4-9 pm). A list of academic programs was posted and staff were instructed to initial next to the program when it was completed . During this condition, staff performance increased relative to baseline and was maintained at high levels when additional programs were added. Interobserver agreement was calculated for 32.3% of sessions and averaged 89.7% (range: 70-100%). |
|
|
76. Using Performance Feedback to Decrease Staff Data Entry Latency |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Donald Jellison (BCBA), JOSEPH BAIRD (Partnership for Behavior Change) |
Discussant: Ansley Catherine Hodges (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Data entry is essentially one of the most valuable assets of applied behavior analysis. Without data, decisions cannot objectively be made. Oftentimes data entry is delayed. Rapid entry of data allows clinicians to make data based decisions more quickly. This could allow necessary intervention changes to be implemented almost immediately. Such immediate changes may promote the efficacy of a program or intervention. The current study sought to decrease the latency of when a staff member's session ended and when data was entered. The baseline condition indicated that on average, 50% of sessions were entered before 7pm the next evening. In the intervention phase, the percent of sessions entered by 7pm the next evening increased about 5 % each week. The intervention phase consisted of performance feedback being delivered to all staff as a group and individually. When the intervention was withdrawn, the percent of sessions charted within the time frame fell below levels observed during baseline. |
|
|
77. A Staff Monitoring System to Maximize Therapeutic Time in Line Technician Staff |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
JOSEPH HACKER (McNeese State University), Alfred Royal Tuminello Jr. Jr. (The Emerge Center) |
Discussant: Ansley Catherine Hodges (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: For individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder, it is essential that all therapeutic time be both efficient and effective and Behavior Analysts may not be able to monitor every moment of a technician staff member's performance. During this presentation, the author will display a newly developed, unique system for monitoring effective therapeutic time management by line technician staff that utilizes readily available, relatively inexpensive technology, such as Microsoft Excel. Behavior Analysts will be able to utilize the system, as it updates therapeutic task duration in real time, collecting data on each individual treatment task, allowing for quick, accurate data driven alterations to therapeutic treatment programming. Monitoring task duration also allows supervisors to engage in effective staff performance management and for methodologically determining which line technicians are less effectively utilizing available therapeutic time. Data may also be used to determine which technicians are engaging in behaviors that may reinforce escape maintained problem behavior exhibited by clients. Attendees will learn how to effectively incorporate easily accessible technology in a manner that allows for a reduction of wasted therapeutic time and the delivery successful, proficient treatment to clients of any age. |
|
|
|
|
CBM |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
12:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall D |
Chair: Allison Battaglia (UNMC) |
|
78. An Examination of Food Preferences Before and After Treatment for a Pediatric Feeding Disorder |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
JASON R. ZELENY (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Cathleen C. Piazza (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Vivian F Ibanez (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Jaime Crowley (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Caitlin A. Kirkwood (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Valerie M. Volkert (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine) |
Discussant: Gretchen A. Dittrich (Simmons College) |
Abstract: Exposure to noxious stimuli in the context of eating results in avoidance behavior in nonhuman animals (Garcia & Kellog, 1966), which may be the same mechanism by which feeding disorders develop in children. It is unclear, however, whether intervention for the feeding disorder results in changes in preferences for foods as a function of exposure. In the current investigation, we evaluated whether the food preferences of children with feeding disorders changed over the course of intervention. We conducted repeated free-choice preference assessments and measured approach and consume responses to foods for which we either exposed or did not expose the child to during intervention. We also conducted random-choice preference assessments that evaluated whether children who did not make choices during the free-choice preference assessment would consume a randomly selected food or would make choices if the alternative was presentation of a randomly selected food. Approach and consume responses were relatively equivalent for exposure and nonexposure foods during the free- and random-choice preference assessments for the 3 participants, suggesting that preferences for foods did not change due to intervention. We discuss other idiosyncratic patterns of responding within and between the free- and random-choice preference assessments and the implications of the findings. |
|
|
79. Using a Behavioral Treatment Package to Reduce Tongue Thrust in a Child with
Gastrostomy Tube Dependence |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
STEPHANIE MILLER (Clinic 4 Kidz), Meeta R. Patel (Clinic 4 Kidz) |
Discussant: Gretchen A. Dittrich (Simmons College) |
Abstract: A pediatric feeding disorder is identified when a child fails to eat or drink sufficient quantity and or variety of foods or liquids to maintain his or her nutritional status. Some children with feeding problems may eat nothing to minimal by mouth. This may be due to medical complications or even skill deficits associated with swallowing. In some of these cases, children may require tube feedings to maintain his/her weight and grow. When these children are tube dependent, they may not be exposed to opportunities to learn the proper oral motor skills needed to eat successfully. A tongue thrust is a type of oral motor deficit in children who have limited experience swallowing. A tongue thrust is where a tongue protrudes out of the mouth during a swallow response, also known as a reverse swallow. A tongue thrust may inhibit children from eating efficiently; therefore, making it more challenging to eliminate tube feedings. The purpose of this study was to use a treatment package including bolus fading, slow spoon removal, chin prompts, escape extinction, and a token economy to decrease tongue thrust in a boy with oral motor deficits. A multiple-probe design was used to evaluate treatment effectiveness. Data showed that in baseline tongue thrust during swallows of pureed/smooth food were high when the child was presented a level spoon without the treatment package. As the bolus of pureed/smooth food was faded in small increments when paired with the treatment package, tongue thrust significantly reduced. By the end of treatment, the child’s tongue thrust had significantly reduced when eating level spoons of pureed/smooth food. |
|
|
80. Examining Effects of Application-based Token Delivery on Skill Acquisition of Young Children |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
JORDAN DAVID LILL (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Ray Burke (Apex Regional Program), Corey Miles Cohrs (Apex Regional Program) |
Discussant: Gretchen A. Dittrich (Simmons College) |
Abstract: Token economies utilize the contingent delivery of tangible items that are later exchanged for backup reinforcers to either maintain, increase, or decrease behavior (Ayllon & Azrin, 1965; Hackenberg, 2009; Matson & Boisjoli, 2009). Token economies modalities offer a wide-range of both aesthetic and practical options for caregivers and teachers (i.e., sticker chart, poker chips). With the advancement of portable technology and applications, there are even more variations of token delivery. Previous studies suggested that differences token appearance positively impact behavioral change in children with autism (Charlop-Christy & Haymes, 1998; Carnett et al., 2014). However, no study has been published investigating the effect of application-based token delivery and with typically developing children. The purpose of the current experiment is to identify if application-based token economy systems have a greater positive effect on skill acquisition compared to nonapplication-based token economies (i.e., sticker chart). Six native-English-speaking children who could count were recruited from a private school consortium for students with challenging, oppositional, and aggressive behaviors. The children were taught to count to 10 in three languages (Portuguese, French, and German). An alternating-treatments design was implemented to identify the effects of the application-based token economy on skill acquisition compared to the nonapplication-based token economy. Training procedures were based on similar procedures found in Wu & Miller (2012) but modified. Training sessions consisted of 3 trials per number (30 total trials per day). The children were reinforced on a VR 3 schedule during training (May et al., 2016) and an FR 1 schedule for each number uttered in the correct sequence during probes. Acquisition probes were conducted before each training session. Interobserver agreement and procedural integrity were collected during training. Interobserver agreement was also conducted on acquisition probes by native-born speakers. |
|
|
81. An Empirical Model to Determine the Bolus Size for Children with Inappropriate Mealtime Behavior |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
AARON D. LESSER (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins School of Medicine), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Amy Kate Rosenblum (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Gretchen A. Dittrich (Simmons College) |
Abstract: Pediatric food or liquid refusal may be related to safety concerns, skill deficits, or noncompliance. When treatment to increase acceptance of liquids begins, bolus size is an important factor to consider, particularly in cases of skill deficits. Professionals often arbitrarily determine the bolus size based on clinical judgment and direct observation. In some cases, the selected bolus size may negatively affect a child’s success. In this study, we used an alternating treatments design to empirically determine the most appropriate bolus size for four children (range 4-8 yr) of typical development, a diagnosis of DiGeorge syndrome, or autism spectrum disorder. The data informed us of which bolus to initially present to the children and led to a treatment approach to increase acceptance with larger boluses. Latency to acceptance for one child was lowest with a 1/16 oz bolus and data suggested that repeated practice with a smaller bolus was necessary before introducing a larger bolus (i.e., ⅛, ¼). For three other children, latency to acceptance was lowest with a larger bolus suggesting that smaller boluses would result in inefficient mealtimes. These results provide evidence toward using this model to empirically determine bolus size for children that refuse liquids. |
|
|
82. Effects of Within-Meal Variety on Food Consumption by Preschoolers |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
JONATHAN R. MILLER (University of Colorado Denver / Children's Hospital Colorado), Richard Boles (University of Colorado School of Medicine / Children's Hospital Colorado) |
Discussant: Gretchen A. Dittrich (Simmons College) |
Abstract: Although rates of childhood obesity have begun to stabilize, continued high prevalence warrants additional investigation into approaches to decrease excessive food consumption as a means to address this issue. Previous laboratory-based research has demonstrated that repeated presentation of a food will result in diminished consumption of that food, but that this decrease can be attenuated by presenting novel food. Current evidence suggests the operative behavioral mechanism for this phenomenon is habituation. In this study, previously collected food diaries for preschoolers were analyzed regarding the manner in which food was presented—i.e., as a single dish or a multiple-component dish—to assess how within-meal variety affected caloric intake in natural settings. Food diaries for 41 preschoolers were assessed across breakfast, lunch, and dinner meals for two to three days from which data on calories consumed were calculated. Results for each meal type indicated that average calorie consumption was higher when presented in the multi-component format and that average calorie consumption was positively correlated with the proportion of meals served in the multiple-component format. These results suggest that a possible way to reduce calorie intake during meals is to capitalize on within-meal habituation by serving food in a single dish format. |
|
|
83. Prevalence of Extinction Bursts During Treatment of Inappropriate Mealtime Behavior |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTOPHER W ENGLER (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Suzanne M. Milnes (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Vivian F Ibanez (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kate M. Peterson (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: Gretchen A. Dittrich (Simmons College) |
Abstract: Extinction bursts are commonly identified as a side effect of extinction when treating problem behavior (Cooper, Heron, & Heward, 2007). Lerman and Iwata (1995) found that 27 of 113 data sets (24%) in studies that included extinction as treatment for problem behavior displayed an extinction burst. In a subsequent analysis, Lerman, Iwata, and Wallace (1999) found that 39% of 41 data sets in studies that included extinction as treatment for self-injurious behavior found an extinction burst. Even though extinction is a well-established treatment for food refusal (Volkert & Piazza, 2012), no studies to date have examined the prevalence of extinction bursts during the treatment of inappropriate mealtime behavior for children with feeding disorders. The current study evaluated the presence of extinction bursts during treatment of inappropriate mealtime behavior, using the criteria delineated by Lerman and Iwata, with 82 children with food refusal, liquid refusal, or both. Results of 123 data sets (68 and 55 datasets for solid and liquid intake, respectively) indicated the overall prevalence of extinction bursts was 12%. The prevalence for solids and liquids treatment was 13% and 11%, respectively. We discuss the potential reasons for the differences in extinction burst prevalence. |
|
|
84. A Retrospective Review of Transitioning from Nuk Brush to Spoon for Children With Feeding Disorders |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
JAIME CROWLEY (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Suzanne M. Milnes (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Jennifer M. Kozisek (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: Gretchen A. Dittrich (Simmons College) |
Abstract: Children with feeding disorders may exhibit behaviors that compete with consumption if the child lacks the oral-motor skills, motivation, or both to swallow. For example, the child might hold food in his or her mouth without swallowing (packing) or spit food out (expulsion). Research shows that using a Nuk brush to deposit bites directly onto the childs tongue may reduce these interfering behaviors and increase mouth clean (i.e., a product measure of swallowing; Gulotta, Piazza, Patel, & Layer, 2005; Wilkins et al., 2014). There are no data, however, to show whether these children transition to a more socially appropriate feeding utensil, such as a spoon. Thus, we conducted a retrospective chart review to evaluate the duration of time in calendar days and the total number of therapy appointments between the introduction of the Nuk procedure and the childs successful transition to the spoon (i.e., 5 consecutive sessions with 80% or better mouth clean) for 5 children who previously received intensive day services for the treatment of a feeding disorder. The mean number of days and therapy appointments before successfully transitioning to an upright spoon was 234 (range, 26-348) and 43 (range,17-67), respectively. We discuss implications, limitations, and avenues for future directions. |
|
|
85. Comparison of Center and Posterior Tongue Bolus Placements in the Treatment of Packing |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
ALLISON BATTAGLIA (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Suzanne M. Milnes (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Vivian F Ibanez (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Jennifer M. Kozisek (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Discussant: Gretchen A. Dittrich (Simmons College) |
Abstract: Packing, or holding food in the mouth without swallowing, may result in decreased oral intake and long meal durations (Gulotta, Piazza, Patel, & Layer, 2005). Investigators have found using a flipped spoon (e.g., Volkert, Vaz, Piazza, Frese, & Barnett, 2011) or Nuk brush (e.g., Sharp, Harker, & Jaquess, 2010) to deposit pureed bites directly onto the child’s tongue may result in improved mouth clean (i.e., a product measure of swallowing). However, it remains unclear if placement of the bolus on a certain region of the tongue (e.g., center versus posterior) is more effective. Sharp, Harker, and Jaquess (2010) used a center tongue placement and observed modest increases in mouth clean. Alternatively, Volkert et al. (2011) found clinically significant increases in mouth clean with posterior placement. The purpose of the current study was to compare the effectiveness of using a Nuk brush to place the bolus on the center versus posterior tongue on packing and mouth clean in a 3-year-old girl with a feeding disorder. Results showed increased mouth clean and decreased packing for both center and posterior placements, with a larger increase in mouth clean and decrease in packing with the posterior placement initially. |
|
|
86. Comparison of Bite Presentation Methods to Decrease Expels in One Child With Food Refusal: A Replication |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
HEATHER FARLING (Marcus Autism Center), Valerie M. Volkert (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine), Tanisha Doyle (Marcus Autism Center) |
Discussant: Gretchen A. Dittrich (Simmons College) |
Abstract: Treatment packages utilizing nonremoval procedures and reinforcement are well-established to treat food refusal, specifically to increase acceptance and decrease inappropriate mealtime behavior (e.g. Volkert, Patel, & Peterson, 2016). However, the emergence of challenging behaviors such as expelling and packing of food can occur after rapid acceptance has been established. Alternative bite presentations such as flipped spoon and Nuk brush deposit have been shown to reduce expelling and increase mouth clean in children who are not successful with an upright spoon presentation (Sharp, Harker, & Jaquess, 2010; Sharp, Odom, & Jaquess, 2012). In the current study, we sought to replicate and extend Sharp et al. (2012) with a 2-year-old boy diagnosed with total food refusal and gastrostomy-tube dependence. We compared level of expels during upright spoon, nuk, and flipped spoon presentations. Results indicated a lower level of expels during nuk presentations. However, due to a suspected carry-over effect, we were able to alternate between upright spoon and nuk presentations across sessions while keeping expels low to eventually transition back to upright spoon exclusively. |
|
|
87. Demand Fading With and Without Escape Extinction in the Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
JESSICA WOOLSON (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Melanie H. Bachmeyer (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Jessica Ashley Keane (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Sydney Ball (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Elizabeth Gonzalez (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Lyndsay Fairchild (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Discussant: Gretchen A. Dittrich (Simmons College) |
Abstract: Manipulating placement and/or size of bite presentations may alter the response effort involved in eating and thus the likelihood of inappropriate mealtime behavior exhibited by children diagnosed with feeding disorders (Dolezal, 2006; Kerwin, Ahearn, Eicher, & Burd, 1995; Sharp & Jaquess, 2009). To our knowledge, no studies have systematically compared the effects of demand fading with and without escape extinction to escape extinction in isolation to treat pediatric food refusal. We conducted an assessment to determine the effects of varying bolus sizes and bite placements on the inappropriate mealtime behavior, compliance, and negative vocalizations of two children diagnosed with feeding disorders. Then, we used a combined multielement and reversal design to compare the effects of demand fading along bite placement and/or bolus size with and without escape extinction and escape extinction in isolation. Results showed that escape extinction was necessary; however, escape extinction combined with demand fading was associated with beneficial effects (i.e., more stable compliance and lower rates of inappropriate mealtime behavior and levels of negative vocalizations) for both children. Interobserver agreement was collected during at least 33% of all sessions and was above 80% for both children. Conceptual and clinical implications of these findings will be discussed. |
|
|
88. The Use of Self-Monitoring Techniques to Increase Physical Activity: A Review of the Literature |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
ANDREW STEVEN MASSEY (St. Cloud State University), Edward Justin Page (St. Cloud State University) |
Discussant: Gretchen A. Dittrich (Simmons College) |
Abstract: The current obesity epidemic and inactive lifestyles of many Americans leads to health problems and in turn millions of dollars in medical bills. One aspect of this problem is the lack of physical activity that people engage in. Self-monitoring techniques has been used in the past to increase physical activity, however to date there is no systematic review of the literature that summarizes the findings of this research. The purpose of this review was to determine how self-monitoring techniques have been applied to increase physical activity across multiple populations; in addition, the type of physical activity, the type of self-monitoring techniques, if the physical activity was maintained, and demographic information of the participants were recorded. An exhaustive review of the literature was completed which identified 12 articles. The results of the literature review indicated that goal setting was among the most popular form of self-monitoring technique used. Also, a majority of the studies used some form of technology in order to record or provide feedback to the participants. Future research should continue to examine the most effective methodologies that produce lasting behavior change in physical activity. |
|
|
89. Putting Value into Research: Effects of a Brief Values Intervention on Random and Careless Survey Responses |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
MAUREEN FLYNN (Metropolitan State University of Denver), Mitchell K Kusick (Metropolitan State University of Denver), Karley Kamille James (Metropolitan State University of Denver) |
Discussant: Gretchen A. Dittrich (Simmons College) |
Abstract: Researchers often have participants complete surveys online due to the ease and lower cost of administration. Unfortunately, the rates of careless or random responding can be fairly high (11- 42%) when conducting online surveys (e.g., Meade & Craig, 2012; Flynn, Berkout, & Bordieri, 2016). Brief interventions targeting random/careless responding may help with the integrity of data and/or the removal of fewer subjects. The aim of this study was to examine the affects of a brief values intervention on participants’ responses to attention check items in a long, online survey. Undergraduates were randomly assigned to either the values or control condition. Participants in the values intervention watched a 40-second video before completing an assessment battery. The video showed the researcher and two research assistants introducing themselves and thanking the students for taking the time participate in the study, reading each item carefully, and responding honestly and accurately. Participants in the control filled out the questionnaires only. Results showed that participants in the values condition (n = 273) did not correctly respond to more attention check items than participants in the control condition (n = 308). Implications and future directions will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
DEV |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
12:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall D |
Chair: Per Holth (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
|
90. Increasing Medical Adherence for Individuals with Autism |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
HAILEE STUESSER (The New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children) |
Discussant: Kat Monlux (Stanford University) |
Abstract: Medical procedures such as routine physicals and bloodwork are often associated with nonadherence and problem behavior in individuals with developmental disabilities. Although differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) is often effective in increasing compliance and decreasing escape-maintained problem behavior, it typically includes an extinction component. Because extinction can be difficult to implement consistently or cannot be used with some individuals, it is important to identify interventions that can be effective when extinction is not in effect. The purpose of this study was to evaluate DRA without extinction alone and in combination with fading for increasing adherence and decreasing disruptive behavior during routine medical exams in two individuals with an autism spectrum disorder. An indirect assessment was conducted to identify steps included in medical exams as well as those that may evoke disruptive behavior. A functional analysis (FA) was conducted to ensure that disruptive behavior was maintained by escape from medical demands. DRA alone or in combination with fading increased adherence and decreased disruptive behavior for both participants. Interobserver agreement was completed for 33% of sessions and was at least 90% for both participants. |
|
|
91. Importance of Replication and Experimental Analysis in Behavioral Science: Examination of Factors Affecting Infants Choices |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
AMIR CRUZ-KHALILI (University of the Pacific), Vinthia Wiryananda Wirantana (University of the Pacific), Manjot Sandhu (University of the Pacific), Carolynn S. Kohn (University of the Pacific) |
Discussant: Kat Monlux (Stanford University) |
Abstract: Researchers suggest individuals preference for others similar to themselves is innate, not learned. Mahajan and Wynn (2012) asked infants seated in their parents lap (N = 32) to choose between two foods, watch a show in which one puppet liked one food but not the other and the second puppet expressed the opposite preferences, and then choose one of the puppets; more infants (84%) chose the similar puppet, the one with the same food preference as the infant. These data are cited as evidence for our innate preference for similar others. We replicated and extended their methodology by including a parent bias manipulation and within-subject repeated measures. Infants (N = 24) were randomly assigned to make their first puppet choice before (Group 1) or after (Group 2) the parent bias manipulation. Few group differences were noted. On the first trial, a total of 37.5% of infants chose the similar puppet. Across at least 80% of trials, 12.5% of infants chose the similar puppet; 75% chose a puppet on the same side. Moreover, 16 (67%) parents reported their infants had little history with the two study foods. Results suggest factors other than innate preference account for infants puppet selections. |
|
|
92. Increasing Caloric Intake and Decreasing Tube Dependence in Children with Pediatric Feeding Disorders |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
KERRI CALTABIANO (Clinic 4 Kidz), Ashlee Marie Matrigali Jackson (Clinic 4 Kidz), Elizabeth Kunz (Clinic 4 Kidz), Meeta R. Patel (Clinic 4 Kidz) |
Discussant: Kat Monlux (Stanford University) |
Abstract: Tube dependency occurs when individuals require enteral feeding to achieve appropriate nutritional intake. Gastrostomy (G-) tube dependence, generally occurring in infants and toddlers can become necessary due to medical conditions such as prematurity, chromosomal anomalies, and cardiac conditions, and can also occur due to behavioral or sensory issues. Tube dependency, which may initially occur due to medical complications, can lead to physical and emotional dependency on tube feedings. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to increase caloric intake orally, while decreasing tube dependency in three children with feeding disorders, and a variety of medical conditions, including but not limited to failure to thrive (FTT) gastroesophageal reflex (GER), sleep apnea, prematurity, autism, and chromosomal anomalies (i.e., DiGeorge syndrome). Weight gain and growth were measured throughout treatment, and oral motor skills development was targeted throughout treatment as well. By implementing structured mealtime protocols which used common principles of applied behavior analysis (i.e., noncontingent reinforcement, differential reinforcement, escape extinction), in addition to providing oral desensitization and oral motor skills training, we successfully eliminated tube dependency and achieved oral intake of caloric needs for all three children. |
|
|
93. Effects of Writing and Peer Editing with a Script on the Acquisition of Read-Do Correspondence |
Area: DEV; Domain: Service Delivery |
Brittany Dianne Bly (Teachers College Columbia University), MELISSA BENINSIG (Teachers College Columbia University), Emily Anne Jestus (Teachers College Columbia University) |
Discussant: Kat Monlux (Stanford University) |
Abstract: We tested the effects of writing and peer editing with a script on the acquisition of read-do correspondence and functional and structural writing for 5 4th graders. The participants did not demonstrate read-do correspondence and self-management repertoires needed to acquire higher order operants prior to the study. The researchers measured read-do correspondence through 20 written complex directions and descriptive, informative, and instructional writing probes with functional and structural components. Through a pre- and post-test design, each participant acted as a writer and a peer editor with a script. The writer read a social studies article and used a script to complete an outline and 5-6 paragraph essay about the region. Following the completion of the writer’s essay, the peer editor would read and edit the essay with a script. The peer editor returned the essay back to the writer with the feedback. The writer and editor continued this sequence until each participant reached 90% criterion for their assigned role and then switched roles until criterion was met again in the new role. Writing and peer editing were functionally related to the increase of functional and structural writing and the acquisition of read-do correspondence across participants. |
|
|
94. An Investigation of Activities that Promote Spontaneous Engagement in Pro-Social Behaviors |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
HAILEY RIPPLE (Mississippi State University), Jonathan Tritley (Mississippi State University), Shengtian Wu (Mississippi State University), MacKenzie D Sidwell (Mississippi State University), Daniel L Gadke (Mississippi State University) |
Discussant: Kat Monlux (Stanford University) |
Abstract: While research has been completed that combines different social skills interventions to examine if an intervention is more effective alone or in combination with another intervention (Loftin, Odom, & Lantz, 2008), there has been limited research examining specific combinations and components that are most effective (Camargo et al., 2014). The current study examined which of four activities was most effective in facilitating spontaneous engagement in pro-social behaviors. Participants were divided into three groups based on age and included 12 males and 4 females between the ages of 5 and 15 with varying diagnoses. Intervention alternated between “Skillstreaming days” (SD) or “activity days” (AD) to teach how to begin a conversation. SD involved direct instruction, modeling, and practice with feedback. AD involved direct instruction and participation in a craft, team-building activity, or game. Data was collected during the activity and examined the frequency of unprompted appropriate behaviors following intervention. Results available from one of three groups indicate that overall, craft resulted in the highest frequency of unprompted appropriate behaviors. Results from other groups will be examined. These results add to the literature by attempting to identify activities that best facilitate engagement in pro-social behaviors. |
|
|
95. Increasing Consumption of Regular Textured Food Through Oral Motor Skill Development |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
KERRI CALTABIANO (Clinic 4 Kidz), Chelsea Paula (Clinic 4 Kidz), Elizabeth Kunz (Clinic 4 Kidz), Meeta R. Patel (Clinic 4 Kidz) |
Discussant: Kat Monlux (Stanford University) |
Abstract: Pediatric feeding disorders arise when a child experiences deficits in picking up, chewing, moving, or swallowing food. These disorders can occur in typically developing children with medical conditions; however, the prevalence of feeding disorders increases in populations of children with developmental delays. These disorders can result in malnourishment, poor weight gain and growth, vitamin and mineral deficiencies, and liquid dependency. When food refusal of regular textured food occurs, it is common for families to default to presenting liquids, or pureed foods, in attempts to keep their children healthy and nourished. While liquid dependence can provide an appropriate caloric intake for a child, it can hinder the development of the oral motor skills necessary to consume regular textured foods. Therefore, the purpose of this case study was to increase regular textured food intake while decreasing liquid dependency in three children with poor oral intake of solids. The children in this case study all had poor intake of solids, along with poor weight gain and liquid dependency. The children collectively also had a variety of medical conditions, such as gastroesophageal reflux (GER), cyclic vomiting, tongue tie, ulcerative colitis, failure to thrive (FTT), and choking/gagging. Oral motor exercise sequences were taught and evolved over the course of treatment, to include tongue desensitization, tongue lateralization, sensory activities, mashing, front and side placement chewing, and suck and swallow responses. Basic principles of behavior, such as escape extinction, visual boards as prompts, non-contingent reinforcement, positive reinforcement, and response costs, were used to implement skills training and treat oral motor skill deficits. In addition, weight gain and growth was monitored across the course of treatment. We were able to successfully reduce liquid dependence and increase overall volumes of regular textured food. |
|
|
96. Re-establishing Oral Consumption in a Pre-Adolescent with a Recent Onset of a Feeding Disorder |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
ELIZABETH A. MASLER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Alison Kozlowski (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Kat Monlux (Stanford University) |
Abstract: Most children with feeding disorders present with food refusal, often attributed to medical, behavioral, and/or oral-motor concerns, early on in life. The effectiveness of behavioral treatment for this population has been widely reported in the literature. However, less research has examined behavioral treatment for children developing food refusal later in life. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate a behavioral treatment to re-establish oral consumption in an 11-year-old girl admitted to an inpatient feeding program for the treatment of a recent onset of food/liquid refusal and weight loss. Her medical history was significant for necrotizing enterocolitis with bowel resection, chronic abdominal pain, and recurrent constipation. In the weeks prior to her admission, she had been hospitalized for malnutrition, weight loss, abdominal pain, and decreased oral intake. Despite a history of eating and drinking by mouth, upon admission she would only consume small amounts of solids and liquids, and was nearly 100% dependent on naso-gastrostomy tube feedings. An exit criterion behavioral treatment for increasing liquid consumption was evaluated utilizing a changing criterion design, and stepwise increases in the criterion were made until age-appropriate volumes were reached. These results support the use of behavioral treatments for recently acquired feeding difficulties. |
|
|
97. Does Social Referencing Have An Overall Impact on Child Compliance? |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
MELONIE MENDEZ (Florida International University), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University) |
Discussant: Kat Monlux (Stanford University) |
Abstract: Studies have revealed the importance of a childs second year of life, with regards to their development understanding. Infant social referencing is a method of discriminative learning where maternal facial expressions can serve as indications of the consequences of the infants behavior in an indistinct context. In fact, in one experiment, infants and their mothers participated in a discrimination training (discrete trials) procedure using an ABAB design. The results replicated the findings that infants can learn social referencing via discrimination training. This paper explores the relationships between social referencing and child compliance, using facial expressions. This study examined the effect of social referencing on child compliance amongst three typically developing school-aged children, between the ages of 2 and 5-years-old. The social referencing paradigm was used to examine whether positive and negative messages would affect the childs response to engaging in play with an unfamiliar object/toy. Results indicated that positive trials produced higher rates of reaching responses, when paired with discriminative cues during the baseline phase; while, negative trials paired with discriminative cues resulted in lower reaching responses as depicted in the tables below. |
|
|
|
|
PRA |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
12:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall D |
Chair: John M. Guercio (Benchmark Human Services) |
|
98. An Analysis of the Ethical Infractions Resolved by the BACB |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Jonathan K Fernand (University of Florida), HYPATIA A BOLIVAR (University of Florida), David J. Cox (University of Florida), Sarah Mathison (Florida Autism Center), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Discussant: Casey J. Clay (University of Missouri) |
Abstract: It is crucial to study the ethical behavior of practicing behavior analysts, but this is a difficult endeavor for many reasons. However, capitalizing on existing sources of data may be one way to identify areas of both concern and progress. The Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB) regularly updates standards of conduct and also collects and reports data on resolved violations of its standards. Despite the fact that data since 2001 are publically available, no descriptive or empirical studies of committed violations have been published. We examined the frequency and types of Disciplinary Standards and Compliance Code violations resolved by the BACB between 2001-2015 by extracting data from the BACB website. These descriptive data indicate misrepresentation and unauthorized use of BACB materials (standard 3) and negligence (standard 6) were the most common violations. Nonetheless, violations of the Code appeared to be infrequent overall relative to the total number of certificants in these years. Limitations and data interpretation issues are presented in addition to suggestions for future research and potential modifications to workplace and educational practices. |
|
|
99. Using Multiple Examplars and Video Modeling to Support Stimulus Generalization of Play Skills |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
REGINA M. SYMONS (Beacon Services of CT), Kara Reagon (Beacon Services of Connecticut), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services) |
Discussant: Casey J. Clay (University of Missouri) |
Abstract: Previous studies indicate children with autism are less likely than typically to engage in novel pretend play and often have difficulty generalizing play skills to novel stimuli (Stokes and Baer, 1977; Reagon et. al., 2006; Goldstein and Mousetis, 1989). The purpose of this study was to systematically examine to what degree of generalization occurs, with novel characters in a natural play setting after explicit instruction and to support increased generalization using multiple exemplars. The participant is a seven year old boy diagnosed with Autism. He was taught three play actions and three play comments using one character with a play set. Video modeling, most to least manual guidance and textual prompts were used to teach the play script for this participant. Probes were conducted with novel characters and play sets to determine if increased engagement, novel play action and comments occur. Once independence with the play script was achieved, a probe with a novel character was conducted to test for generalization. The results show the number of examplars taught of characters required to achieve stimulus generalization. A multiple probe design across play sets was used to demonstrate experimental control. |
|
|
100. FCT for Positive Reinforcement versus Negative Reinforcement in a Young Child with Autism |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
SARAH JACQUELINE FRANTZ (University of Iowa), Kristy DePalma (University of Iowa), Lexy Rozmus (University of Iowa), Jiaju Wu (University of Iowa), Jessica Emily Graber (The University of Iowa), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa) |
Discussant: Casey J. Clay (University of Missouri) |
Abstract: One of the most common treatments for problem behavior in children with autism is functional communication training (FCT; Tiger, Hanley, & Bruzek, 2008). In replacing problem behavior with an adaptive communication modality, the function(s) of such behavior determine what the child will mand for. However, when problem behavior functions for both positive and negative reinforcement, it may be difficult to determine which form of reinforcement to target. In this case study, researchers first conducted a functional analysis to evaluate the function of the participant’s problem behavior. The functional analysis yielded two functions maintained problem behavior: escape and tangible. Therefore, FCT could be utilized for either positive or negative reinforcement for the participant. The effects of FCT for positive reinforcement (e.g., edible items, toys, play) and negative reinforcement (e.g., break from work) were compared for a young child with autism. The results showed different treatment effects. The results and implications for future research are discussed. |
|
|
101. Use of Novel Reinforcement for the Treatment of Pica |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
ALEXA KALMBACH (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Cara L. Phillips (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Kathleen McCarthy (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Allen Porter (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Casey J. Clay (University of Missouri) |
Abstract: Pica is a potentially life-threatening problem behavior consisting of individuals ingesting non-edible items. The purpose of this study was to determine a treatment which decreased rates of pica with an 11 year old male. Initially a punishment procedure was conducted during which a mint flavored dry mouth spray was sprayed into the participant’s mouth contingent on pica. However, this resulted in increased rates of pica, indicating the mouth spray might be effective as a reinforcer. Therefore, a non-resetting differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) treatment was introduced, with the spray functioning as the reinforcer. In addition, loss was signaled with a visual stimulus, such that if the participant engaged in pica, the therapist told him that he lost the mouth spray and held up a red card with an “X” on it until the DRO interval was over. This treatment was successful in reducing the participant’s rates of pica across many environments and this was replicated by conducting multiple reversals. With this treatment in place, an 86.23% reduction in rates of pica was observed. |
|
|
102. A Comparison of Results from Three Instruments to Develop Hypothesis Regarding Function of Problematic Behaviors |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
LAURA DUNHAM (Beacon ABA Services), Paulo Guilhardi (Beacon ABA Services), Jennifer Smith (Beacon ABA Services), Sue A. Rapoza-Houle Rapoza (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services) |
Discussant: Casey J. Clay (University of Missouri) |
Abstract: The current research aimed to compare results from three instruments used to develop hypothesis regarding function of problematic behavior: Functional Assessment Screening Tool (FAST), Motivation Assessment Scale (MAS), and the Beacon Consequence Analysis Form – BCAF. Possible functions were categorized into attention, escape, tangible, and sensory. Data obtained from 18 parents of children under 8 years of age diagnosed with ASD were compared and the data demonstrate inconsistent identification of possible function. Data from 12 children whose function of problematic behaviors were later confirmed by a trial-based or free-operant functional analysis were then compared to those results of the instruments and rates of hits, correct rejection, misses, and false alarms calculated. The results supported the use of the BCAF which had the highest rates of hits (100%) and correct rejections (93.3%) and lowest rates of misses (0%) and false alarms (6.7%) to raise hypothesis regarding potential function. While researchers and clinicians use the FAST and MAS as a simple way to raise hypothesis, such use can be problematic given that (1) the instruments fails to include the actual function as part of the hypothesis (miss) and (2) does not filter enough possibilities (high rates of false alarms). |
|
|
103. Preliminary Analysis of a Survey Evaluating Applied Behavior Analysts' Knowledge and Use of Evidence-Based Practices |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
JAMES J. FOX (East Tennessee State University), Mary Annette Little (Lipscomb University), Seth King (Tennessee Technological University) |
Discussant: Casey J. Clay (University of Missouri) |
Abstract: This poster presents development and pilot-testing of an electronic survey evaluating behavior analysts perceptions and use of Evidence-Based Practices (EBPs). Demographic information, ratings of quality indicators (Horner et al 2005) in evaluating and choosing behavior interventions, and resources identifying EBPs were assessed. Fourteen graduate trainees in a behavior analysis certification program were participants. Test-retest intra-rater agreement was assessed approximately 2 weeks apart and varied considerably across survey items. Overall exact agreement was 71 % while agreement within 1 rating point was 91 %. The most highly rated quality indicators were clear descriptions of baseline and intervention conditions, measures of inter-observer agreement, and repeated measures of target behaviors. Lowest rated were group experimental designs, statistical analyses, and numbers of participants. Surprisingly, multiple studies with 20+ participants, integrated intervention packages, and written intervention manuals were not as highly rated. Most frequently reported EBP sources were professional society websites, university courses, practitioner journals, and professional peer-reviewed journals. Least frequently reported were webinars by private entities, non-peer-reviewed journals, and government websites (e.g., What Works Clearing House). Participants identified time constraints, difficulty finding research relevant to their current situation and technical rather than practical nature of research as impediments to keeping current with EBPs. |
|
|
104. The Effects of Electronic Data Collection, Immediate Graphic Feedback, and Automated Scheduled Prompts on Data Collection Adherence |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
CODY MORRIS (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University) |
Discussant: Javier Virues Ortega (The University of Auckland) |
Abstract: While data are essential to behavior analysis, collecting the type of data that behavior analysts often require can be a labor-intensive and time-consuming task. There have been many attempts to reduce the amount of time and effort required to collect behavioral data; most recently research in this area has been focused on computerized or electronic ways to do this. While electronic data collection seems to be gaining popularity within applied behavior analysis, many obstacles still exist. The purpose of this project was to design a data collection system that was cost-efficient, adaptable, easy to use, and effective at increasing data collection adherence. This study used a customized data spreadsheet with embedded immediate graphic feedback using the Microsoft Excel app and automatic scheduled prompts using a calendar app. This study used an A-B design to examine the effects of an electronic data sheet, immediate graphic feedback, and automated scheduled prompts on data collection adherence. |
|
|
105. A Descriptive Assessment of Behavior in an Assisted Living Facility |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
SARA POSEY (Jacksonville State University), Jennifer Lynne Bruzek (Jacksonville State University), Makenzie Williams Bayles (Jacksonville State University), Megan Ford (Jacksonville State University) |
Discussant: Javier Virues Ortega (The University of Auckland) |
Abstract: Researchers have reported that, despite the call for more research in one of the fields flagship journals, there is still a dearth of behavioral research addressing issues commonly exhibited by the aging population, especially among those diagnosed with dementia. Therefore, we conducted a descriptive assessment at a local assisted-living facility in an attempt to identify behaviors and probable environmental correlates among this population. To date, 8 participants, diagnosed with dementia, who reside in the assisted-living facility, have participated. We collected data on antecedent events (e.g., low attention), resident behaviors (e.g., bizarre speech, socially appropriate interactions), and consequent events (e.g., delivery of attention). Data were analyzed using conditional and response-independent probabilities in the presence and absence of potential establishing operations (EOs). A second observer scored 34% of sessions (mean interobserver agreement was 98%). Problem behavior occurred less frequently than appropriate behavior and was less likely to be followed by attention or materials. Moreover, when considering potential EOs for problem behavior, we found that the response-independent probability of attention and materials was higher than the conditional probability. These findings will be discussed as a potential model for this population. Limitations regarding lack of demands/instructions and facility policy will also be addressed. |
|
|
106. Analysis of Response Class Hierarchies in Pediatric Food Refusal |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
MEARA MCMAHON (Kennedy Krieger Institute; University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Javier Virues Ortega (The University of Auckland) |
Abstract: Multicomponent treatment packages used to treat pediatric food refusal often consist of multiple procedures that may be cumbersome to implement (e.g., Werle, Murphy, & Budd, 1993). Cooper et al. (1995) conducted a component analysis to identify the necessary variables within pre-established treatment packages. Posttreatment component analyses allowed for removal of non-necessary procedures from treatment packages. While this approach can lead to simplified treatment packages, one advantage to sequential introduction of treatment components may be that more intrusive procedures can be avoided if less intrusive procedures are effective. In the present study, the sequential introduction of treatment components to treat multiple topographies of inappropriate mealtime behavior (IMB) were evaluated using a multielement design with embedded reversals for 2 children. Additional analyses were conducted to determine if topographies were members of a response class and/or hierarchically related. Response covariation was observed and a response latency analysis demonstrated that IMB and expulsion were more likely to occur first if untreated. Results suggest IMB, expulsion and packing may be members of the same response class and may require additional treatment components to increase food consumption. |
|
|
107. Teaching Appropriate Play routines Through Video Modeling as a Non-aversive Method for the Treatment of Stereotypy |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
JOSEPH ROBITAILLE (Beacon ABA Services), Paulo Guilhardi (Beacon ABA Services), Jennifer Smith (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services) |
Discussant: Javier Virues Ortega (The University of Auckland) |
Abstract: Restrictive and repetitive behaviors (e.g., stereotypy) are one component of the diagnostic criteria observed on children with autism as it is widely known to impacts the teaching and development of communication, socialization, play, and adaptive behaviors. Among the most common treatment procedures is the response interruption and redirection (RIRD) procedure that involves the addition of topographically incompatible response requirement that results in a reduction in rates of those repetitive patterns. The goal of the present research was to develop an alternative to this punishment procedure that focus on the acquisition of appropriate routines that do not include repetitive patterns and that promote generalization. One participant was taught three new 1-min play routines using different play materials using video modeling procedures. Following acquisition of target skills, stereotypy was measured during the 1-min and an additional 9 minutes of access to those activities. Results showed that acquisition of appropriate play skills reduced the rates of stereotypy and that its effects extended beyond the 1-min directly trained. Procedures that teaching appropriate routines and that generalize without the use of punishment should be considered as an alternative to RIRD. |
|
|
108. Using a Visual Structured Criterion for the Analysis of Multielement Designs in Practical Settings |
Area: PRA; Domain: Theory |
MARC J. LANOVAZ (Université de Montréal), Mary Francis (Université de Montréal), Patrick Cardinal (École de Technologie Supérieure) |
Discussant: Javier Virues Ortega (The University of Auckland) |
Abstract: Multielement designs have been widely adopted by behavior analysts to assess and compare the effects of interventions in practical settings. However, researchers have shown that the lack of agreement between raters remains an issue that may seriously compromise the validity of the visual analysis of these designs. One potential solution is to develop structured aids to support researchers and practitioners in their visual analysis. Thus, the purpose of our study was to develop and examine the properties of a simple structured criterion to supplement the visual analysis of multielement designs. To this end, we generated nearly 8 million simulated datasets with differing effect sizes, autocorrelations and number of points, and then measured type I error rates and power produced by our visual structured criterion (VSC) and permutation analyses. Our results indicated that the properties of the VSC were adequate to supplement the analysis of multielement designs with higher autocorrelations being associated with less type I errors and more power. |
|
|
109. Behavior Analysis in Sport Psychology as it Applies to Swimming Practices |
Area: PRA; Domain: Theory |
MICHELLE FORMAN (University of Nevada, Reno), Vittawat Sriphong-Ngarm (University of Nevada, Reno), Melia Shamblin (University of Nevada, Reno), Neal Falletta-Cowden (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Javier Virues Ortega (The University of Auckland) |
Abstract: A review of behavior analysis within the area of sport psychology bares a respectable foothold in past and current-day research. The research has been in practice since the first study into behavioral applications for athletic improvement in 1972. While behavior-based sport psychology research is on the rise in certain sports, there remains a necessity to bring more current behavioral practices to the neglected areas within the field of sport psychology. Both competitive and non-competitive swimming are two such neglected fields in behavioral-based research. While there has been a variety of studies which looked at improving swimming stroke proficiency, few target collegiate-level swimmers. An overview of published articles to-date on behavioral based practices into the field of swimming yielded few results. |
|
|
|
|
VRB |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
12:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall D |
Chair: Judah B. Axe (Simmons College) |
|
110. The Effects of Question-Present vs. Item-Present Conditions on Acquisition of Mands |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
SADIE L. LOVETT (Central Washington University), Paige Thornton (Western Psychological and Counseling Services), Richard Trent Marsicano (Central Washington University) |
Discussant: Tina Sidener (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: As part of language instruction for children with autism, some therapists include a verbal prompt, such as “What do you want?” to teach mands. This verbal prompt results in an impure mand because the mand occurs in the presence of an establishing operation as well as the supplemental verbal stimulus. Previous research has shown no difference in the rate of acquisition when children are taught with or without a verbal prompt (Bowen, Shillingsburg, & Carr, 2012). However, it remains unclear whether the presence of the target item results in stimulus control over the mand response, regardless of whether or not the verbal prompt is used. The purpose of the present study was to compare two mand training procedures to determine if a question-only or item-present condition would result in more rapid acquisition of mands. A multiple baseline design across participants, with an embedded alternating treatment design, was used to evaluate mand acquisition in two preschool children with autism. Results of the study showed that the item-present condition resulted in more rapid acquisition of mands than the question-only condition. |
|
|
111. Evaluating the Effects of Multiple Mands within Functional Communication Training on the Resurgence of Problem Behaviors |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
EMILY NESS (Kennedy Krieger Institute; University of Southern Mississippi), Keith Radley III (University of Southern Mississippi), Brad Dufrene (The University of Southern Mississippi), Daniel H. Tingstrom (The University of Southern Mississippi), Evan Dart (University of Southern Mississippi), Katie Bishop (University of Southern Mississippi), Madeline Potter (The University of Southern Mississippi) |
Discussant: Tina Sidener (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Resurgence is the reoccurrence of a previously reinforced behavior when, under similar circumstances, a more recently reinforced behavior is placed on extinction (Epstein, 1985). The resurgence of problem behavior within the context of functional communication training (FCT) may occur when reinforcement is inadvertently thinned or placed on extinction due to low implementation integrity throughout the course of the intervention (Lieving et al., 2004). Techniques evaluated to mitigate resurgence have included long-term exposure to extinction (Wacker et al., 2011), signaled schedule thinning (Fuhrman, Fisher, and Greer, 2016), and a combination of both techniques (Wacker et al., 2013). These studies, however, have demonstrated varied results. Training multiple mand modalities may be a way to program for generalization, by increasing a child’s response repertoire. The purpose of the current study is to evaluate the effects of training multiple mands on the resurgence of problem behavior after implementing FCT in a school setting. Three students exhibiting communication deficits and problem behaviors were trained on an initial mand to gain access to a reinforcer. After resurgence was demonstrated following extinction of the initial mand, participants were taught two additional, functionally identical, mand modalities. A reversal design was used to evaluate differences in the resurgence of problem behavior when a participant’s preferred mand is placed on extinction but the additional two are available. A reduction in the resurgence of problem behaviors was observed for two of three participants following mand2 and mand3 training. In addition, an increase in rates of non-preferred mands was observed for two of three participants during extinction phases. Implications, future directions, and limitations will be discussed. |
|
|
112. A Frequency Count of Disguised Mands in Preschool Children: Effects of Socioeconomic Status |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
ARIEL YORK (Simmons College; Allegheny College), Rodney D. Clark (Allegheny College) |
Discussant: Tina Sidener (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: The objective of the present study was to determine the existence of a relationship between the children’s socioeconomic status and the frequency of specific verbal operants. Mands, tacts, and disguised mands of typically developing preschool children (ages 4-5) were recorded. Two classrooms were observed, the first containing children from middle-low socioeconomic status and the second containing children from high socioeconomic status. The frequencies of mands, tacts, and disguised mands were then recorded. The frequency count for mands as well as tacts was higher in classroom one compared to that of classroom two (105 to 82 respectively and 146 to 67 respectively). However, the frequency count for Disguised Mands, was higher in classroom two than classroom one (10 to 19 respectively). Additionally, we recorded the mean number of mands, tacts, and disguised mands emitted per child in each classroom. We found no difference (p=.05) for mands. Conversely, a significantly higher (p=.05) mean number of tacts were observed in classroom one than classroom two. We observed a significantly higher (p=.05) mean number of disguised mands in classroom two than classroom one. These observations suggest that children from different socioeconomic backgrounds may undergo distinctive vocal verbal training. |
|
|
113. The effects of Observational Learning on acquisition of Mands for Information using “Who” and “Which” |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
WHITNEY TRAPP (Marcus Autism Center), Videsha Marya (Marcus Autism Center), Devorah Story (Marcus Autism Center), Bethany Hansen (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine) |
Discussant: Tina Sidener (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: The current study evaluated the acquisition of mands for information using “who” and “which” questions through observational learning in a pair of children with autism. An alternating treatments design was used to assess differentiated mands for information in the presence of establishing operation (EO) and abolishing operation (AO) conditions. As an extension to Shillingsburg et al. (2014), two children in a classroom setting were taught to mand for information under EO conditions. During baseline neither participant could mand for information using “who” or “which” questions to access information regarding the location of preferred items. Antecedent manipulations were used to teach Participant A to mand for information by asking “which,” while observational learning was evaluated for Participant B. Participant B was taught to mand for information by asking, “who” under the EO condition, while observational learning was evaluated for Participant A. Procedures resulted in the acquisition of the mands for “who” and “which” for both participants via direct teaching and observational learning in the EO present conditions and not in the AO conditions. These results extend the mands for information literature through the inclusion of observational learning strategies, and provide evidence that differentiated mands can be acquired observationally. |
|
|
115. Advancing the Verbal Repertoire of an Adolescent with ASD |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
SARA ANN FRALEY CARDONA (Shenandoah University; Behavioral Momentum, LLC), Kendra McDonald (The Aurora School and Open Door Learning Center) |
Discussant: Tina Sidener (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Applied research has shown that behavior analysis has assisted individuals with autism spectrum disorder to increase their verbal behavior. The study conducted was to advance an individuals tacting repertoire by having the individual respond by combining the verb and noun when asked what is happening? The study was conducted at a private day school for individuals with autism and other developmental delays with a ratio of 1:1. The individual was a 17-year-old male with autism spectrum disorder and had been attending the day school for over 5 years. The individuals main form of communication is through sign language. Teaching took place at the individuals classroom using discrete trials to teach the nouns and verbs separate. Once the individual learned all nouns and verbs separate, data was then taken to see if combining the known nouns and verbs occurred. Data showed that each combination of noun and verb had to be taught and no generalization occurred. There was a decrease in the amount of trials needed before reaching the criteria of four out of five trials for two consecutive blocks was reached. |
|
|
116. Teaching Pronouns to Individuals with Autism |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Barry D. Morgenstern (Institute of Professional Practice), KAITLIN GRACE CAUSIN (Attentive Behavior Care, Inc.), Jaimie Weinlein (Attentive Behavior Care, Inc.) |
Discussant: Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Although it is well documented that individuals with autism often have significant difficulty with learning to use pronouns appropriately, no study to date has systematically investigated teaching procedures for these skills. This study evaluated the effectiveness of a teaching procedure to increase correct pronoun usage as a listener and speaker across four different pronoun pairs (i.e., mine/yours, me/you, I/you, and my/your) using a multiple baseline design (across pronoun pairs). Two individuals with autism were taught to discriminate between different instructions containing pronouns (e.g., Listener, “Touch the one that is mine/yours;” Speaker, “Tell the one that is mine/yours”). This study utilized discrete trial teaching procedures combined with a unique discrimination training protocol to teach the listener and speaker responses. Both individuals learned to discriminate between mine/yours, I/you, me/you, and my/your as both a speaker and as a listener. In addition, the individuals also demonstrated generality with the use of pronouns to novel people, places, and tasks. |
|
|
117. Evaluation of a Blocked-trials Procedure to Teach Multiply Controlled Intraverbals to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
ASHLEY SILBERMAN (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Laura L. Grow (California State University, Fresno), Catherine Taylor-Santa (Caldwell University), Lauren Goodwyn (Caldwell University) |
Discussant: Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Multiply-controlled intraverbals commonly occur in social interactions and are important for the acquisition of academic skills. Research on the effectiveness of strategies for teaching multiply-controlled intraverbals to children with autism spectrum disorder is limited. It has been suggested that multiply-controlled intraverbals involve conditional or compound stimulus control. Procedures involving prompt delays and semi-random presentation of targets have resulted in acquisition of multiply controlled intraverbals for some children with autism spectrum disorder, but not all. A blocked-trials procedure has also been effective for teaching responses to auditory-visual and visual-visual stimuli involving conditional and compound stimulus control. The purpose of the present study will be to extend the literature on teaching multiply controlled intraverbals by evaluating (a) the effects of semi-random presentation with a prompt delay on the acquisition of multiply-controlled intraverbals by children with ASD, (b) a blocked-trials procedure on the acquisition of multiply-controlled intraverbals if the semi-random presentation with a prompt delay is not effective, (c) control by all relevant stimuli by constructing sets of stimuli with overlapping components, and (d) effectiveness of these procedures on Wh questions. |
|
|
118. Increasing Verbal Responses Utilizing Interrupted Chain Schedules of Reinforcement in an Adolescent With Autism |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
ASHLEY MURPHY (The University of Southern Mississippi), Meleah Ackley (The University of Southern Mississippi), William Ford (The University of Southern Mississippi), James Moore (The University of Southern Mississippi), Evan Dart (The University of Southern Mississippi), Kate Helbig (The University of Southern Mississippi), Parker Lundy (The University of Southern Mississippi) |
Discussant: Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: In the current study, the frequency of verbal responses increased significantly from baseline sessions for a 14 year old male with autism. In session, he was asked 20 questions about his day on an interrupted chained schedule across questions, with an increasing ratio schedule of reinforcement for his verbal behavior across questions. The ratio schedule requirements (i.e., CRF, FR2, and FR4) were related to the number of words used in his response. Contingent on the schedule requirements, he gained access to his video game. Results indicate that higher rates of responding occurred to questions for which the game play was contingent on his responses. Responding remained low for questions not related to his access to the game. As questions were included into the chain schedule, responses tended to consistently meet or exceed schedule requirements. In particular, responses to primary questions were greater in number of words as compared to secondary questions. Exact agreement inter-observer data were collected from at least 90% of sessions and ranged from 80-100%. Procedural integrity data were also collected across at least 80% of sessions and agreement ranged from 81-100%. |
|
|
119. Conversations Between a Young Child With Autism and his Parents: Similarities and Differences Between Mother and Father |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
ALEX NIETO (University of Nevada, Reno), Ainsley B. Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno), Taylor Seidler (University of Nevada, Reno), Staheli Meyer (University of Nevada, Reno & Fit Learning), Vanessa Willmoth (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Referential behavior refers to interactions of a speaker, and their simultaneous reaction to a referent (topic) and a listener. Thus, it is important to identify the ways in which the characteristics of the listener may influence the form and function of the behavior of the speaker. The current study evaluated the differences between conversational interactions between a young child with autism and their mother and, separately, their father. Conversation samples were collected over three months. Four, five-minute video samples of each child-parent dyad were evaluated using a linguistic coding system developed by Sid Bijou and colleagues based on Kantors analysis of referential behavior outlined in his 1977 book Psychological Linguistics. Specifically, the referential interactions of each dyad were evaluated in two ways. First, a primary analysis will analyze the conversational interactions into functional speaker-listener units that are either complete, when the speaker and listener are coordinated around the same referent, or incomplete, when the speaker and listener are not. A secondary analysis will identify the qualitative nature of the referents by identifying what was talked about and by whom. |
|
|
120. Teaching Conversational Interactions to a Young Child With A utism |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
VANESSA WILLMOTH (University of Nevada, Reno), Ainsley B. Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno), Emily Taylor (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: J.R. Kantor's Psychological Linguistics describes a natural science approach to studying linguistic behavior and interactions. The current study utilizes this theoretical approach to examine the development of referential linguistic interactions in a young child with autism enrolled in an early intensive behavioral intervention program. In the first phase, tutors were trained in a procedure to teach the child to initiate and sustain referential behavior. In the second phase, tutors were trained to teach the child to respond to interactions initiated by another person. A changing criterion design was used to teach the child to sustain referential behavior for an increasing number of interactions. On the basis of Kantors Psychological Linguistics, Bijou et al.s set of procedures developed for identifying and analyzing referential interactions was used to train tutors to identify referential linguistic behavior, and record and measure the interactions between the tutor and child. Generalization probes were also conducted to determine the extent to which improvements in referential interactions observed in treatment occurred in other settings and with other people. |
|
|
121. Assessing the Use of Behavior Momentum as a Secondary Hypothesis in Rapid Motor Imitation Antecedent Training for Increasing Echoic Behavior |
Area: VBC; Domain: Service Delivery |
ADDAM J WAWRZONEK (Michigan State University) |
Discussant: Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Rapid Motor Imitation Antecedent (RMIA) training is a treatment approach that has been shown to increase echoic behavior in non-verbal early learners (Tsiouri & Greer, 2003). RMIA relies on first teaching a generalized imitation repertoire, and then rapidly presenting imitation targets followed by a novel echoic target. Although it is hypothesized that the motor imitation repertoire generalizes to the echoic responses, it may instead be the effects of a rapid presentation of high probability targets, also known as behavior momentum. The present study attempted to replicate the effectiveness of Rapid Motor Imitation Training using high probability responses from an unrelated response class (matching), following a multiple baseline across targets design. A second intervention was added which used high probability responses from the same response class (echoics). The participant was a three year old male with autism in an early education classroom setting. Data indicated that neither the interspersed known matching responses, nor the known echoic responses resulted in the acquisition of new echoic targets. This suggests that a fully developed generalized imitation repertoire may be essential for RMIA to be effective. Alternative hypotheses and further research will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
DDA |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
12:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall D |
Chair: Eric Boelter (Seattle Children's Autism Center) |
|
122. An Evaluation of Automatically Maintained Self-Injury Mediated by Level of Arousal |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
STEPHEN E. RYAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John M. Huete (Kennedy Krieger Institute), George Papuchis (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Many researchers define self-injurious behavior (SIB) as any behavior that results in tissue damage to one's own body. The majority of individuals who engage in SIB do so for social consequences, but a subset of this population engages in these behaviors to access automatic reinforcement. Behaviors maintained by automatic reinforcement are hypothesized to produce their own reinforcement independent of social consequences. One area that has received little study is how arousal level may affect the frequency of SIB. This case study examined the role of arousal level in predicting SIB frequency by manipulating the intensity of play to which the child was exposed. Silas was a 7-year-old boy diagnosed with severe intellectual disability who was evaluated within a severe behavior outpatient clinic. Upon admission, his topographies of SIB included hand-biting and arm-slapping. A functional analysis of SIB produced undifferentiated results, but parent report indicated that self-injury was likely to occur when Silas was highly aroused. Three antecedent conditions were probed in the assessment: high-intensity attention, low-intensity attention, and ignore. Hand-biting was shown to differentially occur at high frequencies during high-intensity attention, while arm-slapping occurred frequently during the ignore condition. Treatment data and implications are discussed. |
|
|
123. Assessment and Treatment of Inappropriate Behaviors Related to Fecal Matter with Two Adults with Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Noor Javed (Kennedy Krieger Institute and University of Maryland, Baltimore County
), Samantha Hardesty (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Joshua Jessel (Child Study Center), Ainsley Thompson (Continuum Autism Spectrum Alliance), MWUESE NGUR (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Kaitlin Hendrickx (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Discussant: April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Fecal play involves touching, ingesting, and/or smearing of feces on one’s own body, on another’s body, or on surfaces. In addition to hygienic concerns, fecal play is socially stigmatizing for individuals who engage in it and challenging for caretakers. The vast majority of research related to fecal play has been conducted with individuals diagnosed with dementia, and the pervasiveness of this problem for those diagnosed with other disorders such as autism spectrum disorders is unknown (Case & Konstantareas, 2011). This study summarizes functional analyses results of a precursor behavior to fecal play, attempts to touch rectum/vagina (ATR), for two females (aged 18 and 19 years old) diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder and a severe intellectual disability. For one participant, a protective clothing analysis was also conducted so as to identify the least restrictive garment necessary to effectively block ATR. Results suggested that for both participants, ATR was maintained, at least in part, by social consequences including escape from aversive stimuli and access to social attention. For one participant it was also found to be maintained by automatic reinforcement. ATR was successfully treated through the use of functional communication and protective clothing. |
|
|
124. Saving the Best for Last: Effects of and Preference for Improving Sequences of Outcomes |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
AMY KATE ROSENBLUM (University of Maryland, Baltimore County; Kennedy Krieger Institute), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
Discussant: April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Some individuals may demonstrate a preference for patterns of outcomes that improve over time, a concept referred to as “saving the best for last.” Basic research has shown that human adults prefer to postpone their more preferred outcomes relative to their less preferred outcomes (Loewenstein & Prelec, 1993). Although this research has never been extended to an applied context, it seems particularly relevant to children exhibiting severe food selectivity who may be sensitive to patterns in which preferred and nonpreferred foods are delivered. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of and preference for “saving the best for last” among individuals with pediatric feeding disorders. Participants were exposed to sequences of bite preference that improved, worsened, or remain fixed across a meal, and the effects of these sequences on mealtime behavior were measured. Subsequently, participants made choices between each of the bite sequences to determine preference for “saving the best for last.” |
|
|
125. Effects of Teaching Turn-Taking Games on Social Behaviors of Children with and without Disabilities |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ASHLEY MATTER (Texas Tech University), Katie Wiskow (California State University, Stanislaus), Jeanne M. Donaldson (Louisiana State University) |
Discussant: April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: We measured the indirect effects of teaching three children ages 4 to 6 years old with varying diagnoses and one typically developing 7-year-old child to play turn-taking games on the levels of appropriate collateral social behaviors (e.g., commenting, social praise) and inappropriate collateral social behaviors (e.g., name calling, aggression). We used a multiple baseline design across two games and participant dyads to evaluate the effects of a training package on correct game play and generalization of correct game play to a similar game. On average, three participants engaged in higher levels of appropriate social behaviors and two participants engaged lower levels of inappropriate social behaviors during post-training sessions compared to baseline sessions for at least one of the two games. Additionally, both dyads required fewer teaching trials to learn the second game. The results of this study suggest that teaching children with varying diagnoses to play turn-taking games may increase appropriate and decrease inappropriate social behaviors during game play. |
|
|
126. Preliminary Evaluation of an Indirect Assessment of Sensitivity to Aversive Stimuli |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MARIAH HOPE (University of North Texas), Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas), Christina DeLapp (University of North Texas) |
Discussant: April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Aversive stimuli are commonly encountered in the everyday routines of most individuals. For individuals with intellectual disabilities, a means to assess individual sensitivities to aversive stimuli could allow caregivers to avoid unnecessary contact with aversive stimuli, teach appropriate ways to avoid or escape aversive situations, and condition tolerance to unavoidable aversive stimuli. The current study, conducted at a large, state-operated residential facility for adults with intellectual disabilities, used an anecdotal assessment, the Sensitivity to Aversive Stimuli Survey (SASS), to evaluate the relative aversiveness of an array of commonly encountered stimuli for each participant. Five caregivers completed the 25-question assessment, using Likert-type scales to rate individual participants’ affect, compliance or tolerance, and severity of problem behavior related to each stimulus. The mean scores of the raters were used to estimate the aversiveness of each stimulus. The outcomes from the SASS were then compared with outcomes of an experimental analysis in which participants could emit responses to escape stimuli that were ranked either high or low using the SASS. Relative aversiveness was evaluated by comparing the percentage of trials with escape behavior and duration of exposure for each stimulus. Preliminary results indicate that the SASS may be useful in identifying aversive stimuli. |
|
|
127. Effects of Differential Consequences on Preference Assessment Outcomes |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
TABITHA COLLINS (New England Center for Children), Richard B. Graff (New England Center for Children) |
Discussant: April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Paired stimulus preference assessments were conducted with 2 children with developmental disabilities and one typical toddler. Two tangible (A), extinction (tangible without access; B), and tangible with intermittent access (C) assessments were conducted with participants. During tangible assessments (A), participants consumed the selected item, whereas during the extinction assessments (B) they did not consume the selected item. During the tangible with intermittent access assessments (C), participants were allowed to consume the selected item on a variable ratio (VR) 2 schedule. If the hierarchy established using a VR-2 schedule was similar to the tangible assessment, additional tangible with intermittent access assessments were conducted, using progressively increasing schedules (VR-4, VR-8, VR-16, etc.). For 1 participant, the tangible and tangible without access yielded similar preference hierarchies. For the other 2 participants, the tangible assessment yielded the same hierarchy as the tangible with intermittent access assessment using a VR-8 schedule. Reinforcer assessments verified that the items identified as highly preferred functioned as reinforcers. Interobserver agreement (IOA) data were collected in a mean of 48% of preference assessment trials across participants, and 100% of reinforcer assessment sessions. Mean IOA was 97% for preference assessments and 100% for reinforcer assessments. |
|
|
128. The Effects of Functional Communication Training and a Contingent Reward System on Aberrant Behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
CHELSEA RILEY (Gonzaga University), mary Rose (Gonzaga University), Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University), Kimberly P. Weber (Gonzaga University) |
Discussant: April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) as well as contingent reward systems have been implemented in order to decrease problematic behaviors while increasing desirable behaviors in school, community, and home settings. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of implementing FCT along with a contingent reward system aberrant behavior and the ability to attend to a non-preferred task. The participants were 2 children, one of whom was diagnosed with autism and the other had a diagnosis of developmental delay. All sessions were 5 minutes in length, and were conducted in either the home or the school. The social significance of this study was imperative since both children struggled with sitting and attending to classroom instruction and homework without engaging in disruptive behavior. Interobserver agreement was assessed for 98% of sessions and averaged 94.5%. A brief functional analysis was conducted within a multi-element design and problem behavior was maintained by escape, attention, and tangible conditions between the two participants. A multi-element, multiple baseline across conditions with a reversal intervention package was implemented. Access to either breaks, attention, and/or tangible items was granted to the participants contingent upon touching an FCT card. An edible contingent reward was presented to Thor contingent upon completing a homework sheet. Results indicated that when FCT was implemented with a contingent reward system for both participants, problematic behaviors decreased to near-zero while desirable behaviors steadily increased. Both children demonstrated an ability to increase their fixed ratio rate of reinforcement and/or generalize the use of FCT and contingent reward to family members. |
|
|
129. Evaluating a Procedure for Vocal Functional Communication Training |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
JOSHUA FIRESTONE (The Shafer Center), Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Diana Socie (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is an empirically supported treatment for severe problem behavior. Several aspects of mand topographies (e.g., response effort) that impact the efficacy of FCT have been examined. The selection of vocal mands for FCT may be more socially acceptable than the selection of non-vocal mands because of their likelihood to be recognized and reinforced by others in the verbal community. Despite the reasons for selecting vocal mands for FCT, non-vocal mands are often selected. Research on FCT with vocal mands is scarce and an empirically validated procedure is needed. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of a FCT procedure that incorporated a least-to-most prompting sequence, a prompt delay, and differential magnitudes of reinforcement across prompt levels on the rate of acquisition of vocal mands and reduction of problem behavior. Participants were three children with developmental disabilities and severe problem behavior. For all three participants, independent vocal mands were acquired rapidly during training, mands were fluently emitted during posttraining, and problem behavior was quickly eliminated. These results suggest the vocal FCT procedure may be effective at producing independent vocal mands in a relative short amount of time. |
|
|
130. The Effects of Motor Group Training on Physical Activity and Prosocial Behaviors in Three Students with Developmental Disorder |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ADELE CARPITELLI (Università degli studi di Modena e Reggio Emilia; Centro di Ricerca ed Apprendimento Allenamente; Centro di Ricerca ed Apprendimento TICE), Valentina Petrini (Centro di Ricerca ed Apprendimento Allenamente) |
Discussant: Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: The study was conducted to evaluate the effects of a motor group training, implemented through Constant Time Delay (Doyle, Wolery, Ault & Gast, 1988; Mueller, Palkovic & Maynard, 2007) and Task Analysis (Cooper, Heron & Heward, 2007), on the increase of levels of physical activity (Larson, Normand, Morley & Hustyi, 2014; McIver, Brown, Pfeiffer, Dowda & Pate, 2009) and rate of prosocial behavior (Caprara & Bonino, 2006; Greer & Ross, 2008) in 3 students with developmental disability. Participant A was a 3 years old boy with autism and his level of verbal behavior was pre listener (Greer & Ross, 2008). Participant B was a 4 years old boy with a motor development disorder; his level of verbal development was emergent listener - emergent speaker. Participant C was a 5 years old boy with autism and his level of verbal behavior was listener - emergent speaker. For the experiment was conducted a multiple probe design across subjects.
The dependent variables were the levels of physical activity and the rate of prosocial behaviors (i.e., primitive forms of communication, eye contact, physical contact with other students, verbal communication) issued by the students during the pre and post-probe sessions. The independent variables were the Constant Time Delay procedures used to teach motor activities (i.e., jump, balance, walking and fine motor activities) broken down by Task Analysis and taught with Total Task Chaining. The procedure used was effective in increasing levels of moderate and fast physical activity more in one of the three students; it was also possible to note in all participants an increasing rate of prosocial behaviors issued in the post probe. |
|
|
131. Analysis and Treatment of Self-injurious Behavior Occurring Within an Academic Context |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Anthony Concepcion (Kennedy Krieger Institute), PAIGE TALHELM (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Catalina Rey (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: For a 12-year-old boy with autism spectrum disorders and with severe problem behavior in the form of self-injury and aggression, small toy figurines held between his fingers served to decrease problem behavior and their removal resulted in high levels of problem behavior. An analog functional analysis demonstrated that access to the toys maintained problem behavior. Unfortunately, the toys interfered with completing tasks. Efforts to fade the toys or keep them nearby failed to reduce problem behavior. Thus, extinction in the form of complete toy removal during tasks was implemented and eventually, there were reductions in problem behavior and increases in task compliance. This study demonstrates procedures used to isolate variables maintaining problem behavior during an academic context and subsequent intervention strategy used to safely decrease self-injurious behavior while maintaining high rates of compliance with academic tasks in the absence of toys. Given the severity of behavior, once the behavior was decreased, a reversal back to baseline was deemed clinically risky. |
|
|
132. An Evaluation of Differential Reinforcement and IRT Fading to Increase Compliance with Vocational Demands |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ALEXANDER AREVALO (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Kaitlin Hendrickx (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Clare Liddon (Kennedy Krieger Institute; John Hopkins University School of Medicine), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute; John Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Discussant: Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: An adult female was admitted to our inpatient facility for the treatment of severe problem behavior. A functional analysis was conducted and demonstrated problem behavior to be maintained by negative reinforcement in the form of escape from demands, particularly vocational demands. In addition, while at times she would attempt to complete tasks, she was often extremely slow to comply. In many settings, it can be difficult to use physical prompting or escape extinction. Thus, slow responding or no responding often goes without any consequences or follow through. In the current study, we evaluated the use of differential reinforcement with the goal of increasing compliance while decreasing interresponse time (IRT) between demand presentations to decrease problem behavior. The participant engaged in high levels of compliance and low rates of problem behavior during the intervention relative to baseline. Results suggest reinforcing decreased IRT between tasks is an effective method to increase compliance. |
|
|
133. A Non-Medication Based Treatment Proposal For Individuals Diagnosed With A Tic Disorder |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
DYLAN PALMER (JRC) |
Discussant: Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effect of a treatment package consisting of self-evaluation paired with a personalized token economy system on improving performance during a counseling session and reducing tics, with an individual diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder and Tourette’s syndrome. The study evaluated the effects of a treatment package on the following behaviors during counseling sessions 1) Appropriate Voice; 2) Tolerating Changes During The Session; 3) Staying On Topic During A Conversation; 4) Calm Body During The Session; 5) Total Matches On Self Report. Directly following each counseling session, the client was given an opportunity to complete a Self-and-Match worksheet. The higher number of matches and positive behaviors during counseling equated to higher points being awarded. The results suggested that the client was able to effectively develop a reliable self-report of their behavior within counseling sessions, and reduce the instances of motor tics to zero instances within counseling sessions. |
|
|
134. Improving Healthy Eating in College-Aged Students with Disabilities Using a Token-Economy System |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
AMANDA COSGRIFF (Mississippi State University), Daniel L Gadke (Mississippi State University) |
Discussant: Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: No studies exist on implementing a token-economy system with a health-promotion program to enhance healthy-eating in college-aged individuals with developmental disabilities. Token-economies are an adaptable method for treating a range of major skill needs in areas of children with developmental disabilities (Matson & Boisjoli, 2008). However, most studies on token-economies include populations of school-aged children with very few studies at the college-level (e.g., Nelson, 2010). Token-economy research primarily focuses on reducing disruptive behavior in the classroom setting, however there is some existing research combining the use of a token-economy with increasing food acceptance (e.g., Kahng, Boscoe, & Byrne, 2003). While seemingly inconclusive, it is important to continue to explore the use of token-economies across various behavioral topographies to improve autonomy and quality of life for students with disabilities. This study included five college-aged students with various diagnoses who are enrolled in a post-secondary transition program. An AB withdrawal design was used to identify whether or not using a health-promotion program paired with a token-economy system would improve healthy eating across the five college-aged students. Results indicated all students’ healthy eating increased across intervention, suggesting a brief health-promotion program in combination with a token-economy was effective in improving healthy eating. |
|
|
135. Establishing And Testing Conditioned Reinforcers: Evaluating The Effects Of The Discriminative Stimulus Procedure Using Intermittency With Individuals With Developmental Disabilities |
Area: DDA; Domain: Basic Research |
YANNICK ANDREW SCHENK (Kennedy Krieger Institue; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University) |
Discussant: Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: A common characteristic of individuals with developmental disabilities is a restricted range of interest. Developing procedures to establish new reinforcers for such individuals can promote the acquisition of new skills and ameliorate decreases in motivation related to satiation. Several procedures for conditioning reinforcers have shown to be effective in the research literature for establishing neutral stimuli as conditioned reinforcers. Most of this literature is basic research with animal subjects (e.g., rats, pigeons). Few applied studies have directly evaluated the use of these procedures. Additional research is necessary to determine their effectiveness. The purposes of this study were to: (a) evaluate two SD procedure arrangements in the establishment of discriminative stimuli while adding an intermittency of reinforcement component, (b) and evaluate the reinforcing effects of newly established discriminative stimuli when made contingent upon a response for three adults with developmental disabilities. A concurrent operants model of the SD procedure was effective for all participants in establishing a neutral stimulus as a discriminative stimulus. In addition, using a multiple baseline across participants within-subject design, the newly conditioned stimulus was successfully used to reinforce and maintain responding for only one out of three participants. |
|
|
136. Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior, Differential Reinforcement of Lower Rates of Behavior, and Self-Monitoring of Adult Student Behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MEGHAN ANGLIM (Lipscomb University), Mary Annette Little (Lipscomb University), Jonathan D. Timm (Lipscomb University
) |
Discussant: Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Explicitly teaching self-management skills to adults with disabilities can help them develop the necessary skills to achieve functional independence in natural settings. When coupling self-management skills – particularly self-monitoring – with function-based reinforcement, it has been shown to positively impact behavior (Frea & Hughes, 1997). In the current study, the effects of a combined intervention of Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior (DRA) and self-monitoring, with delayed introduction of Differential Reinforcement of Lower Rates of Behavior (DRL), were evaluated on the behavior of an adult student with mild intellectual disability in the post-secondary education setting. A multiple baseline design across settings was used to analyze the effects of the intervention on both the target and replacement behavior, and the transfer of those skills to the natural environment. Results indicate that when providing differential reinforcement, while the student simultaneously self-monitors the alternative replacement behavior, the rates of the target behavior and replacement behavior will decrease and increase, respectively, and maintain post-intervention phase to a socially significant degree. These results were obtained with high procedural fidelity, data reliability, and social validity ratings, which serve as evidence for the consistency of data collection and intervention implementation, and overall personnel satisfaction. |
|
|
137. Evaluation of Differential Reinforcement Procedures to Reduce Problem Behavior and Increase Access to Vocational Programming for High School Students With Developmental Disabilities |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
LOUIS LEIBOWITZ (Ivymount School & Programs), Brittany Frey (Ivymount School & Programs), Lauren Lestremau (Ivymount School & Programs) |
Discussant: Hugo Curiel (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Job training and on-the-job support services contribute significantly to employment outcomes; however, efforts are needed to increase the number of students placed in integrated employment. Problem behavior in individuals with developmental disabilities is common and when that behavior occurs in a vocational setting, it may impact access to the training needed to receive job placement. This study describes the use of two types of function-based differential reinforcement procedures on two high school students with developmental disabilities who demonstrated challenging behaviors within a vocational setting, when universal behavior support procedures were ineffective. Results showed that these procedures were effective at reducing problem behavior and increasing on-task behavior and flexibility in the work place. These results are particularly important given the limited applied research on problem behavior in a vocational setting and the long term impacts of student failure to access vocational training in adolescence. |
|
|
138. Using Contingent Reinforcement to Increase Purposeful Vocalizations Plus Eye Contact in Infants With Down Syndrome |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
SAMUEL DIGANGI (Arizona State University) |
Discussant: Hugo Curiel (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Communication and other delays are common among children with Down syndrome, and can be seen during infancy. Communicative intent is one of the earliest forms of communication that typical infants learn during the first year of life, but may be delayed for infants with Down syndrome. This study used contingent reinforcement during play-based ABA therapy sessions with 3 infants with Down Syndrome, ages 15-18 months. At baseline, all infants were able to vocalize (babble), but did so without purpose (non-communicatively). The study utilized a nonconcurrent multiple baseline across subjects, ABAC design (Kennedy, 2009). Following baseline, infants were reinforced contingent on vocalizations, regardless if they were looking at the researcher (vocalization only phase; infants universally looked at the toy they wanted rather than the researcher who was holding it). After a second baseline, infants were only reinforced for vocalizations when they looked at the researcher (vocalization plus eye contact phase). Results suggest that use of contingent reinforcement may increase purposeful (mand) vocalizations and vocalizations plus eye contact for infants with Down Syndrome. Results hold promise for future research with infants. |
|
|
139. Evaluation of the Multiple-Stimulus Without Replacement Preference Assessment With Individuals With Disabilities |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Patricia Shoemaker (University of Houston-Clear Lake), JENNIFER N. FRITZ (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Amanda Edwards (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
Discussant: Hugo Curiel (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Studies have shown that the multiple-stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessment is an effective assessment format for identifying preferred items; however, it is possible that other variables, besides preference alone, might influence the selections by some individuals. MSWO results were evaluated with children and individuals with disabilities by comparing the items selected during the highest and lowest percentage of opportunities during the MSWO assessment in a paired-stimulus (PS) format. Results showed that the MSWO format did not predict the most highly preferred item for 20% of the participants. |
|
|
140. A Comparison of Exclusion Time-Out Procedures With and Without Release Contingencies for Adults With Developmental Disabilities |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
CANDACE BARRETT (Quest, Inc.), Molly Dowdy (Quest, Inc.) |
Discussant: Hugo Curiel (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Traditionally, protocols utilizing time-out procedures are suggested to include a release contingency (e.g., calm criterion of 10-s) to prevent accidental reinforcement of problem behaviors in time-out. However, the application of a release contingency may further extend the duration of time-out. We employed a reversal design to examine two adults with an established contingent delay exclusion time-out procedure, both with the same contingencies (i.e., FT 5 and DRO 10) and compared it to a fixed-time procedure with different schedules (i.e., FT 5' and FT 15). The experimenters examined the target behaviors that occurred in time-out (i.e., property disruption and verbal aggression), time-out producing behaviors (i.e., physical aggression, property disruption, and verbal aggression), and the duration of each time-out trial. Results showed the use of a non-contingent release from the time-out room did not increase the frequency of time-out producing behaviors and target behaviors occurring in time-out. Furthermore, the use of a non-contingent procedure allowed for ease of implementation by direct level staff, decreased the length of time-out duration (increased time in positive environment), and equated to a less restrictive procedure. |
|
|
141. Measuring and Enhancing the Quality of Life of Individuals with Disabilities through Multi-Tiered Systems of Support |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Shannon Barry (May Institute), Erin McDermott (May Institute), ROBERT F. PUTNAM (May Institute) |
Discussant: Hugo Curiel (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Multi-tiered systems of support (MTSS; functionally equivalent to PBIS - Positive Behavioral Interventions and Supports) are designed to create systems that provide a continuum of interventions to increase functional skills, reduce problem behavior, and enhance quality of life across all individuals. This poster will review the practices and tools designed to measure and monitor the quality of life of individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities served within a large applied behavior analytic organization implementing MTSS/PBIS. The hallmark of any effective multi-tiered system of support using behavior analytical/evidenced based practices is timely data based decision making by representative data teams at each tier. At the universal tier, teams make decisions on all individuals outcomes related to problem behavior, skill acquisition, and quality of life domains, namely wellness, communication, engagement in meaningful activities, and happiness. This poster will introduce the tools and analytic process teams and behavior analysts can implement to measure these domains to inform design universal, targeted, and individualized interventions within and across groups of individuals. Data will be presented on the analysis of data, reductions in problem behavior, and changes in quality of life domains during implementation of multi-tiered systems of support. |
|
|
142. A Comparison of Sample-First and Comparison-First Procedures During Receptive Label Training |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
TIFFANY BARRY (Evergreen Center), Joseph M. Vedora (Evergreen Center) |
Discussant: Hugo Curiel (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Training auditory-visual discriminations, often referred to as receptive labeling, is commonly targeted as part of behavioral interventions for individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Currently, there are conflicting recommendations about the order of the presentation of stimuli during training. Green (2001) recommends presenting the sample before the comparison stimuli while others suggest presenting the comparison stimuli in front of the student prior to or simultaneously with the sample stimulus (Leaf & McEachin, 1999; Lovaas). Petursdottir and Aguilar (2016) compared the order of stimulus presentations during receptive label training for three typically developing kindergartners. All participants learned more quickly in the sample-first condition. The purpose of the current study was to compare sample-first to comparison-first procedures during receptive label training for two individuals with autism. A delayed prompt was used to determine what effects the order of presentation might have when evaluated with commonly used prompting procedures. The results for one participant indicated that the learned the discriminations in four fewer sessions in the comparison-first condition. The implications of the order of stimulus presentations in clinical settings will be discussed. |
|
|
143. A Parametric Analysis of Attention Quality Based Upon Functional Analysis Results |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
SARAH JACQUELINE FRANTZ (University of Iowa), Jiaju Wu (University of Iowa), Kristy DePalma (University of Iowa), Lexy Rozmus (University of Iowa), Jessica Emily Graber (The University of Iowa), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa) |
Discussant: Hugo Curiel (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Studies using functional analysis and concurrent operant assessment procedures have shown that exposure to attention prior to conducting a functional analysis of problem behavior is likely to result in a decrease in motivation to use problem behavior to gain attention from others (i.e., an abolishing operation). And conversely, when an individual has been without attention prior to conducting a functional analysis that person may be more likely to use problem behavior to gain attention (i.e., an establishing operation; McGinness et al., 2010). Despite previous research findings that suggest pre-session exposure to attention may change the results of functional analyses and choice assessments, little research has been conducted on the effects of parametric quality of pre-session attention. The current study attempts to expand our understanding of the effects of pre-session attention on contingent attention and escape conditions for two children with developmental disabilities and problem behavior. A functional analysis was conducted for each child and followed by manipulation of quality of attention during conditions involving the identified function for problem behavior, respectively. The results are discussed in relation to current research and implications for treatment are offered. |
|
|
144. PBIS Tier 3 Development and Implementation in Adult Services |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
JUSTIN KELLY (The May Institute), Undrea Cato-Steele (May Institute), Melissa Russell Strout (May Institute), Michelle Graham (The May Institute) |
Discussant: Hugo Curiel (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The implementation of Positive Behavior Interventions and Supports systems within a center of adult services required a multi-tiered team approach. A core group was developed, for Tier 3 systems, to meet on a monthly basis to discuss high risk cases, review behavioral data, qualitative reports and formulate appropriate interventions , as presented by the clinical team. This process was developed in December of 2015 and implemented in January of 2016. Ten individuals with high intensity, at-risk behaviors were chosen for formal review at these meetings. During the sessions the team analyzed 60 days’ worth of each individual’s behavioral data. These group reviews have generated thoughtful discussion encouraging the team to be decisive with interventions and teaching procedures, as well as improved service delivery and effective communication. Progress is graphed and monitored with two data tracking systems and fidelity of implementation graded with a quarterly review. Overall, notable improvements have been achieved in those responding to the Tier 3 interventions. |
|
|
|
|
AUT |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
12:00 PM–3:00 PM |
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall D |
Chair: Nicole Heal (Margaret Murphy Center for Children) |
|
145. Combining Precision Teaching and Autism Developmental Task Sequence |
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory |
DRISTI ADHIKARI (Dare Association), Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School) |
Discussant: Michael F. Dorsey (Endicott College) |
Abstract: The aim of precision teaching is to produce positive acceleration in the occurrence of behaviors that are desirable and deceleration in the occurrence of behaviors that are not desirable. If the behavior is desirable, the measure of improvement is the amount of positively changing behavior. An aim is the goal for a terminal rate of performance. If the behavior is not desirable, the measure of improvement is the amount of decrease in undesirable behavior. By seeing the rate of improvement or the lack thereof, interveners may quickly adjust the task on which the person is working. The use of Autism Developmental Task Sequence ©2015, or similar behavioral instruments for non-autistic people allows for making good valuation as to where to begin individual interventions. It also allows for the long term assessments of intervention choices. Furthermore, long terms intervention program’s progress can be assessed by uniting two ways: a) Using instruments to measure behavioral-stage of development change scores: and b) Applying techniques for combining charts (Commons, Miller & Miller, 2015). |
|
|
146. Rules in Treatment of Automatically Maintained Elopement With a Child With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KAITLIN CURTIS (Missouri State University), Kara Forck (Missouri State University), Ginny Keenan (Missouri State University), Megan A. Boyle (Missouri State University) |
Discussant: Michael F. Dorsey (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Elopement is a dangerous behavior common with children with ASD. Few studies have treated elopement maintained by automatic reinforcement, and few studies have isolated rules in the treatment of problem behavior. The current study used rules to treat the automatically maintained elopement of a child with ASD. A changing-criterion design embedded within a withdrawal design was used to gradually increase the criterion for maintaining a close proximity to a caregiver prior to being allowed to run. A terminal criterion of about 1 min was reached without the use of blocking. |
|
|
147. Generalization following a Virtual Training Program for Applied Behavior Analysis Technicians |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JULIENNE HEIMERL-LEE (Southcentral Foundation and University of Alaska Anchorage), Mychal Machado (University of Alaska Anchorage), Felicia Glaser (University of Alaska Anchorage), Ashleigh Nero (University of Alaska Anchorage), Grant Ensign (University of Alaska Anchorage) |
Discussant: Michael F. Dorsey (Endicott College) |
Abstract: One approach to extending access to applied behavior analysis (ABA) services has been to develop training programs that can be delivered via the Internet. Fisher et al. (2014) developed and evaluated a 40-hr virtual training program and showed that it was effective at teaching technicians to implement ABA interventions in discrete-trial and play-based formats. A limitation of this evaluation is that no assessments of generalization were undertaken. In the current study, we replicated Fisher et al.’s virtual training program with teachers working with young children diagnosed with autism (n = 4). Teachers completed didactic video modules, and received behavioral skills training (via the Internet) as they worked with an adult role-player. Teachers also implemented discrete-trial training with the child with whom they typically worked, but no training was provided. Pre- and post-training measures of teachers implementing discrete-trial training with an adult and a child were obtained. Results showed that all teachers learned to correctly implement discrete-trial training with an adult role-player following the virtual training program, but only two teachers successfully implemented these same procedures correctly when observed working with a child with autism. Future replications should focus on identifying methods to maximize generalization following virtual training programs. |
|
|
149. Using Arbitrary Reinforcers to Treat Off-Topic Speech of an Individual with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KORTNEY KATHERINE CLASSEN (Briar Cliff University; Pier Center for Autism), Corey S. Stocco (University of the Pacific) |
Discussant: Michael F. Dorsey (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Results from previous research have shown that function-based treatments and those using arbitrary reinforcers are effective for decreasing perseverative speech. However, function-based treatments have shown to be more effective. As a result, it is unclear if or when to use arbitrary reinforcers to treat perseverative speech about restricted topics. We evaluated functional and arbitrary consequences to increase on-topic speech during 5 min conversations: attention, preferred topics, and preferred items. A reversal design was used to demonstrate experimental control across the differential reinforcement contingencies. Providing contingent attention alone or in combination with preferred topics did not improve the participant’s on-topic speech. Providing access to preferred items contingent on on-topic speech did demonstrate to be effective in improving behavior. However, additional treatment components should be considered to condition attention as a controlling variable for on-topic speech. Generalization of treatment effects was assessed and measures of social acceptability were collected from the participant’s mother. |
|
|
150. Evaluating the Impact of Service Setting on Early Intensive Behavioural Intervention Outcomes for Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
KARLI PEDREIRA (University of Manitoba; St. Amant), Toby L. Martin (St.Amant Research Centre) |
Discussant: Michael F. Dorsey (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Early Intensive Behavioural Intervention (EIBi) is well established as an effective intervention for children with Autism Spectrum Disorder. The most common settings where EIBI programs are delivered include homes, centres, and integrated child care settings (i.e., daycare and preschool). Each of these settings encompasses a unique combination of service characteristics, yet few studies have directly compared the effectiveness of EIBI programs in different settings. Archival data from 2006-2014 was obtained from St.Amant Autism Program consisting of 188 children. A multivariate regression was used to examine whether the setting of service delivery was predictive of scores on 5 outcomes measures including standardized scales assessing autism severity, cognitive functioning, language, and adaptive behaviour, and a criterion-referenced assessment to measure skill mastery. Service setting is the independent variable, and outcome scores are the dependent variables. Five linear models were run, one per each outcome variable. Overall, the results suggest that (1) services delivered at home may be predictive of gains in cognitive functioning, and adaptive behaviour, (2) integrated child care settings may serve as a predictor of reduction in autism severity, and (3) Minnetonka may serve as a predictor of lower scores in adaptive behaviour and an increase in autism severity. |
|
|
151. Function of Challenging Behaviors in Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ESTHER HONG (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Elizabeth Stevens (Chapman University), Erik Linstead (Chapman University), Dennis Dixon (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)) |
Discussant: Michael F. Dorsey (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are at a greater risk for challenging behavior (CB) than individuals with other developmental disabilities (McClintock, Hall, & Oliver, 2003). Identifying the function of behavior is essential to effective treatment. In the current study, data were collected from a large database, in which supervising clinicians from a community-based behavioral health agency recorded the topography and function(s) of behaviors treated as a part of an individual’s behavior intervention plan. In a sample of 2,107 individuals with autism spectrum disorder, autistic disorder, or pervasive developmental disorder-not otherwise specified (PDD-NOS), we report on the frequency of the most common challenging behaviors and the identified function of the behavior. Stereotypy was the most commonly reported topography of the behavior, followed by noncompliance and aggression. Escape was reported as the most common function of behavior, regardless of the topography of the behavior. These data are discussed in further detail. |
|
|
152. Use of Restricted and Repetitive Behaviors and Interests in Behavioral Interventions |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
TORI FOSTER (Vanderbilt University Medical Center, Treatment and Research Institute for Autism Spectrum Disorders), Jeffrey F. Hine (Vanderbilt University Medical Center, Department of Pediatrics), Ashley Dubin (Vanderbilt University Medical Center, Treatment and Research Institute for Autism Spectrum Disorders), Douglas Roberts (Georgia State University), Miyah Sundermeyer (Georgia State University, School of Public Health, Center for Leadership in Disability), Brian Barger (Georgia State University, School of Public Health, Center for Leadership in Disability) |
Discussant: Michael F. Dorsey (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Without development of prerequisite learning skills and instructional techniques that harness their attention and motivation, many individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) may be unlikely to respond to further attempts at behavioral intervention. This premise is fundamental to naturalistic intervention strategies, which capitalize on individuals’ interests and have proven to be successful in decreasing challenging behaviors and facilitating skill acquisition. As a core diagnostic feature of ASD, restricted and repetitive patterns of behaviors, interests, and activities (RRBI) have been examined frequently in the context of behavioral intervention research. However, most currently existing studies involving RRBI incorporate them as targets of intervention (i.e., undesirable behaviors to decrease) rather than as potentially reinforcing and useful agents of behavior change. A systematic review was conducted to examine the single-subject design (SSD) literature concerning the use of RRBI in antecedent- or consequence-based interventions for individuals with ASD. Electronic, ancestral, and expert nomination searches were performed, and only studies published in peer-reviewed journals whose primary language was English were considered. This yielded 35 studies published between 1983 and 2016. Participant/setting characteristics, target behaviors, measurement procedures, assessment and intervention strategies, design characteristics, effects (e.g., internal validity, generalizability), and directions for future research (e.g., examination of generalization, maintenance, and fading procedures) are discussed in detail. Findings indicate that the use of RRBI as a reinforcement tool in behavioral interventions is a largely underexplored area in the SSD literature and may represent an untapped resource in effectively increasing desired behaviors and decreasing inappropriate behaviors exhibited by individuals with ASD. |
|
|
153. Increasing Consumption of Nonpreferred Foods and Liquids Using Simultaneous Presentation and Stimulus Fading in a Private School Setting |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
EMILY MAHON (Garden Academy), Danielle L. Gureghian (Garden Academy), Lauren Sinning (Garden Academy), MacKenzie Emmons (Garden Academy) |
Discussant: Michael F. Dorsey (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Selectivity is a common feeding problem that may contribute to inadequate development and nutritional intake (Piazza, Santana, Goh, Delia, & Lancaster, 2002). Thus, identification of effective treatments of highly selective intake is imperative to decrease these health risks (Bachmeyer, 2009). The study describes two cases thus far to treat inadequate intake. During Case 1, an assessment was conducted with a 9-year-old boy with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) to determine if food selectivity was influenced by taste or texture. A treatment consisting of simultaneous presentation with stimulus fading was implemented to increase acceptance. During Case 2, a stimulus fading procedure was implemented to increase consumption of a liquid nutritional supplement with a 10-year-old boy with an ASD. All sessions were conducted in the classroom. A reversal design, with periodic probes across treatment sessions, was used to demonstrate experimental control. Results showed an increase in acceptance as the size of the non-preferred food and liquid was systematically increased to its terminal size. These data suggest that simultaneous presentation with stimulus fading (Case 1) and stimulus fading (Case 2) was effective in increasing acceptance of non-preferred foods and liquids. These results are particularly noteworthy, as escape extinction was not necessary to increase acceptance. |
|
|
154. Increasing the Frequency and Duration of Eye Contact with a Child with Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
DAYNA COSTELLO (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee), Samantha Bergmann (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee) |
Discussant: Michael F. Dorsey (Endicott College) |
Abstract: The DSM-5 includes abnormalities in eye contact as part of the diagnostic criteria for autism spectrum disorder (ASD). At present, there is a paucity of behavior-analytic interventions to address deficits in eye contact. The purpose of the current case study was to evaluate least-to-most prompting and differential reinforcement on the frequency and duration of eye contact using a multiple probe design across settings and activities and a changing-criterion design with a 4-year-old boy diagnosed with ASD. In baseline, we assessed the frequency of eye contact following a vocal prompt and the mean duration of eye contact. We then differentially reinforced eye contact that met or exceeded our duration requirement with praise and access to a preferred item until the client met our terminal goal of 5 s of sustained eye contact. We did not observe generalization of eye contact to other activities and settings following intervention in his work place. Next, we will implement the intervention in another setting and continue to test for generalization. The results of this intervention may provide another strategy for behavior analysts to teach sustained eye contact that occurs across settings. Future directions and implications will be discussed. |
|
|
155. A Comparison of Simultaneous and Delayed Conditioning Procedures |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
STEPHANIE WATHEN (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment; The Florida Institute of Technology), Alison M. Betz (Coastal Behavior Analysis), Jeanine R Tanz (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment at Florida Institute of Technology), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Florida Institute of Technology), Karli Silverman (Florida Institute of Technology), Madeleine Diane Keevy (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Discussant: Michael F. Dorsey (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Conditioning procedures are commonly used within applied settings to establish conditioned reinforcers. This is important as children with intellectual disabilities, especially autism, have restricted interests and often do not respond to social reinforcers. While there are studies in the applied literature that indicate conditioning procedures may be effective, there is a lack of direct comparisons evaluating procedural variations. The purpose of the current study was to compare one common variation, delayed conditioning and simultaneous conditioning. The conditioning procedures including pairing a neutral stimulus (a picture) with a reinforcer to determine if the neutral stimulus would take on the reinforcing properties of the reinforcer, thereby becoming a conditioned reinforcer. |
|
|
156. An Evaluation of Prompting Strategies on Variability during the Acquisition of Intraverbal Categorization |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MARIA MALACHOWSKI (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kathryn Glodowski (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Victoria Smith (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Ciobha Anne McKeown (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Nicole M. Rodriguez (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Discussant: Thomas L. Zane (Department of Applied Behavioral Sciences) |
Abstract: Although an effective teaching strategy, some have suggested that discrete-trial instruction (DTI) contributes to rote responding in children with autism. To determine whether continued prompting of one correct response—typical of DTI—contributes to rote responding, Peterson, Rodriguez, and Pawich (Experiment 1, under review) used an adapted-alternating-treatment design to compare modeling varied versus rote responding during the teaching of intraverbal categorization. Only temporary variability was observed in the variable modeling condition. These results, however, differ from Carroll and Kodak (2015) who demonstrated increased variability when providing a variable model with, and without, instructive feedback. One potential reason for the difference in findings is carry over to the variable model condition from the second comparison condition (i.e., instructive feedback condition or rote model condition). We conducted a two-part study with young children with autism. In Experiment 1, we evaluated variable models in isolation, eliminating the possibility of carry over. In Experiment 2, we evaluated a scenic picture prompt that did not require exposure to a specific order of exemplars. Preliminary results demonstrated initial variability with both procedures, but variability only persisted for one participant. These results indicate a need to continue to systematically evaluate methods of promoting varied responding during DTI. |
|
|
157. The Effects of Within-Stimulus Proximity Prompts on the Acquisition of Conditional Discriminations by Two Young Children with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
KRISTEN GREEN (University of Nevada, Reno), Daylee E. Brock (University of Nevada, Reno), Teal McAllister (University of Nevada, Reno), Emily Taylor (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Thomas L. Zane (Department of Applied Behavioral Sciences) |
Abstract: Prompting is often necessary for learners with autism to acquire new skills, but this may cause issues with stimulus control. The literature suggests that when extra prompts are delivered prompt dependency can occur, making it less likely that the relevant stimuli come to evoke the desired behavior. Research has shown that within-stimulus prompts can be effective in teaching procedures with young children with autism as they can be easily faded out. The current study focuses on one type of within-stimulus prompt, a proximity prompt. This is where the physical location of the training stimuli is systematically manipulated. Two children with autism enrolled in an early intensive behavioral intervention program were exposed to a within stimulus proximity prompt in order to teach the conditional discrimination of matching on the basis of similarity and distinction. While the proximity prompts were implemented and faded differently for each of the two children based on their individual learning data, the outcomes were the same. The proximity prompts were successful in teaching the children to match a variety of stimuli on the basis of similarity and distinction. Implications for using within-stimulus prompting procedures and a discussion of future research will also be discussed. |
|
|
158. Increasing Variety of Foods Consumed by Children with Autism and Severe Food Selectivity |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
VICTORIA PHAM (Clinic 4 Kidz), Kerri Caltabiano (Clinic 4 Kidz), Meeta R. Patel (Clinic 4 Kidz) |
Discussant: Thomas L. Zane (Department of Applied Behavioral Sciences) |
Abstract: Feeding problems are frequent among children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD), in particular food selectivity. Food selectivity is characterized as food refusal by type or texture, limited food repertoire and high frequency single food intake. Behavioral programs have been utilized in clinical settings to treat food selectivity including texture fading, blending, stimulus fading, differential reinforcement, escape extinction, simultaneous presentation, sequential presentation, and choice arrangements. The purpose of this study was to increase variety of food in 2 children diagnosed with ASD through a home program. Ethan is a 6-year-old male who was referred to intensive feeding therapy for severe food selectivity. His treatment included escape extinction, response cost, and positive reinforcement. Anna was a 7-year-old female who was initially diagnosed with ASD at age 3 and was referred for severe foods selectivity and poor nutrition. Her treatment included noncontingent reinforcement, choice arrangements, and escape extinction. Results showed that both participants successfully accepted a larger variety of foods at age-appropriate portions once treatment was implemented across several months. Data will be discussed in relation to behavioral mechanism responsible for behavior change. |
|
|
159. A Quantitative Evaluation of Caregiver Training. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
FARIS RASHAD KRONFLI (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Samantha Schultz (University of Florida) |
Discussant: Thomas L. Zane (Department of Applied Behavioral Sciences) |
Abstract: We assessed and treated problem behavior with one individual diagnosed with autism and analyzed the data using the matching law. First, an initial observation was conducted in the individual’s home to identify contexts that were likely to evoke problem behavior. Second, a functional analysis was conducted and results suggested that problem behavior was sensitive to social positive reinforcement. Third, functional communication training and differential reinforcement were implemented to reduce problem behavior and teach alternative, appropriate behavior. Fourth, the caregiver was taught to implement the treatment and a post-observation was conducted in the home identical to the initial observation. Last, an analysis of the initial and post-observations was conducted using equation one of the matching law. A shift in the child’s response allocation was observed from problem behavior to appropriate behavior, matching the relative rate of reinforcement provided by the caregiver. Results further demonstrate the generality of the matching law and provide a more fine-grained description of the caregiver training process. |
|
|
160. Evaluating the Effectiveness of Desensitization and Differential Reinforcement in the Treatment of Dog Phobia in an Individual with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KRISTIN LEFEVRE (Melmark), Elizabeth Dayton (Melmark), Lauren M. Palmieri (Temple University) |
Discussant: Thomas L. Zane (Department of Applied Behavioral Sciences) |
Abstract: Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) are at increased risk of anxiety and anxiety disorders (Steensel, Bogels, & Perrin, 2011). Evidence also suggests that around 30% of individuals with ASD also receive a diagnosis of clinical phobia (Steensel et al, 2011). A number of studies have demonstrated that there is an increase in heart rate in the presences of a feared stimulus (Heimberg, Hope, Dodge, & Becker, 1990, Marks & Huson, 1973; McNeil, Vrana, Melamed, Cuthbert, & Lang, 1993; Nesse et al., 1985; Priganto & Johnson, 1974; Teghtsoonian & Frost, 1982). The present study demonstrates the treatment of dog phobia in a child diagnosed with ASD, intellectual disability, and bipolar disorder. A changing criterion design was employed to determine the effects of desensitization with differential reinforcement. A heart rate monitor was used as a secondary measure at baseline and at the target step. Distance from the dog and frequency of avoidance behavior were also measured. Results indicate a decrease in avoidance behavior while criterion increased. Also, there was an increase in heart rate in the presence of the dog and while engaging in avoidance behavior. |
|
|
161. Teaching Individuals With Autism Listener Skills: A Comparison of Two Different Conditional Discrimination Training Procedures |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
BRITTANY MARIE DISANTI (Oslo and Akershus University College), Svein Eikeseth (Oslo and Akershus University College), Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Jenna Conrad (The Achievement Center, Pennsylvania, USA), Kortnie Cotter (The Achievement Center, Pennsylvania, USA) |
Discussant: Thomas L. Zane (Department of Applied Behavioral Sciences) |
Abstract: This study compared two different conditional discrimination procedures for teaching receptive labeling to 3 boys with autism. The two training procedures included: Structured Mix before Counterbalanced Random Rotation (SMCRR) and Counterbalanced Random Rotation (CRR). The SMCRR procedure followed a seven-step procedure involving mass trialing and intermixing of stimuli before CRR. The CRR procedure only involved the last step of the SMCRR procedure. All participants had a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder and their primary form of communication was through an Augmentative and Alternative Communication (AAC) device or Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS). Participants ranged in age from 4-years to 10-years-old. The receptive targets trained across all participants included nouns. Two participants acquired the receptive labels in the SMCRR condition, one participant acquired the receptive labels in the CRR condition, and one participant did not acquire the receptive labels in either of the two conditions. The CRR condition was associated with the highest number of errors and prompts. |
|
|
162. Modifications to Video Model Intervention Improves Acquisition of Social Skills in an Adult with Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JESSICA DAY-WATKINS (Drexel University), Ashley Pallathra (University of Pennsylvania), James E. Connell (Drexel University), Edward Brodkin (University of Pennsylvania) |
Discussant: Thomas L. Zane (Department of Applied Behavioral Sciences) |
Abstract: There is a scant body of published studies investigating social skills instruction for adults on the autism spectrum (Cappadocia & Weiss, 2011; Williams et al., 2007). This study addresses the research and practice gap with the development and implementation of a new behavioral intervention treatment package consisting of a video model, with role-play, and performance feedback. The goal of the study was to increase four fundamental social skills in an adult diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder . Across eight weekly sessions, Participant A was taught to engage in these skills: approach a group (skill 1); don’t approach a group (skill 2); greet a group (skill 3); and initiate conversation (skill 4). After access to the video model, he repeated role-play trials, and feedback was provided on steps completed correctly and incorrectly. After multiple weeks of not responding, the inter-response time (IRT) was increased from 5 seconds to 20 seconds for skill 1. Participant A demonstrated an increase in correct responses for Skills 1, 3, and 4 after the IRT was increased for just one social skill. In conclusion, increased inter-response times may be necessary for some adults with on the autism spectrum who are developing foundational social skills. |
|
|
163. Using Video Modeling to Teach Sociodramatic Play With Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ANDREA CLEMENTS (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Claire Turbes (University of Nebraska Omaha/University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kendall Lanning (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Sydney Readman (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: Thomas L. Zane (Department of Applied Behavioral Sciences) |
Abstract: Core characteristics of autism spectrum disorder include deficits in social communication and repetitive and restrictive activities. One major area of concern is that children with autism spectrum disorder often lack appropriate social-play skills due to stereotypic use of play materials and resistance to change, which markedly impairs their interactions with peers. Given these deficits, when presented with play scenarios that require reciprocal responding to peers (e.g., during sociodramatic play) children with autism spectrum disorder often do not respond appropriately. In this investigation, three children with autism spectrum disorder learned to enact three different roles within a restaurant scenario using video modeling and prompting. All individuals watched a video of their therapists performing a restaurant scenario consisting of three restaurant roles; customer, waiter, and cook. If a child was not able to enact a role to criterion responding after watching the video, we used client-specific prompting procedures to teach the child to complete their roles in the restaurant scenario. All three children learned to enact all three roles, often with minimal to no prompting from the therapist. |
|
|
164. Embedding Functional Analysis into the Naturally Occurring School Schedule |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ANNA BUTLER (The University of Georgia), Rachel Cagliani (University of Georgia), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia), Kevin Ayres (University of Georgia) |
Discussant: Thomas L. Zane (Department of Applied Behavioral Sciences) |
Abstract: The study describes the use of functional analysis in the naturally occurring school schedule. Teachers and other school personnel often are not able to locate alternative locations to conduct assessments, and may need to conduct a functional analysis in order to determine the function of the behavior as soon as possible. Although this methodology may not be able to control for certain variables like an analog functional analysis, it is potentially more ecologically valid. Operant behavioral functions were found for three participants in which the FA conditions were embedded into their naturally occurring school day. |
|
|
165. A Comparison of Phoneme Arrangements during Receptive Labeling Tasks |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
RICHELLE ELIZABETH HURTADO (University of North Texas), Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas) |
Discussant: Thomas L. Zane (Department of Applied Behavioral Sciences) |
Abstract: A common curricular goal in early intervention programs for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is learning new auditory-visual discriminations or receptive language. One component of any receptive language program is that the learner must discriminate between different auditory stimuli. However, previous research suggests that individuals with autism may have difficulty discriminating between auditory stimuli. Yet, little research has examined how auditory stimulus discriminability can affect the acquisition of auditory-visual conditional discrimination during receptive language tasks. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of two different auditory stimulus or spoken word arrangements during a matching-to-sample task. We used an alternating treatment design and assigned one-syllable words into two instructional sets: target sets contained three one-syllable words with either similar onsets and dissimilar rimes or dissimilar onsets with similar rimes. Results suggest that participants acquired auditory-visual conditional discriminations more efficiently when vocally-presented words had dissimilar or discrepant rimes. |
|
|
166. Addressing Stimulus Overselectivity during Tact Training with a Child with Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
BRITTANY BENITEZ (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee), Samantha Bergmann (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Gabriella Van Den Elzen (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee), Mary Halbur (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee), Sophie Knutson (University of Wisconsin- Milwaukee) |
Discussant: Thomas L. Zane (Department of Applied Behavioral Sciences) |
Abstract: Stimulus overselectivity involves responding to a restricted range of features of a stimulus and can impede acquisition of skills when attending to multiple features is necessary for learning to occur. For example, when learning to tact red square, both red and square must control responding. A five-year-old boy diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) was not making sufficient progress with a program designed to teach tact-intraverbal responses to color and shape. He typically responded with color, suggesting stimulus overselectivity. Thus, we evaluated several procedural modifications to attempt to resolve stimulus overselectivity. Both error correction and the addition of a differential observing response did not resolve restricted stimulus control. Next, we implemented a sorting task. The client sorted by shape and color in isolation but not when feature trials were mixed. Sorting did not resolve stimulus overselectivity during the original tact-intraverbal trials of color and shape. Then, we taught color and shape classes as pure intraverbals and modeled varied responding without the visual stimuli present. Following mastery of pure intraverbals, the client was able to acquire color and shape as a tact-intraverbal. The possible behavioral mechanisms underlying the success of intraverbal training on resolving stimulus overselectivity will be discussed. |
|
|
167. The Use of a Stimulus Fading Procedure to Teach Mand Discrimination Across Contexts |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
ANDREW SODAWASSER (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Christina Simmons (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Todd M. Owen (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Appropriate communication is a common concern across many children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and other developmental disabilities. This study examines the use of a stimulus fading procedure with picture cards to increase functional communication for an 8-year-old boy with ASD. We taught mands (i.e., swing, iPad, physical attention) using a multiple baseline design across three mand contexts. During baseline, the client scrolled through various mands that were not under stimulus control of the context. To achieve stimulus control, we taught functional mands in the form of a card exchange using three picture cards (76.2 by 127.0 mm). We then used a systematic stimulus fading procedure to teach discrimination between the distractor card and target card within each context. Results indicated that following implementation of the fading procedure in the first context, the client engaged in discriminated card exchanges. Next, we implemented the fading procedure in the second context. The client met mastery criteria in the subsequent two contexts after briefly (i.e., one fading step) implementing the fading procedure within the second context only. Follow-up data indicated correct mands maintained at high levels while incorrect responses occurred at near-zero levels across the three contexts when all cards were available simultaneously. |
|
|
168. Assessment and Treatment of Non-Functional Chained Vocal Behavior: A Side Effect of Supplemental Vocal Prompts |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
KRISTIN MILLER (Little Star Center), Whitney Westfall (Little Star Center), Maggie Moore (Little Star Center) |
Discussant: Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: The use of supplemental vocal prompts when teaching functional communication may inadvertently shape non-functional chained vocal behaviors. A child with an autism diagnosis within an intensive early intervention program exhibited a chained vocal response. Initially, this learner chained the word “say” with all mands and it was hypothesized that this behavior resulted from supplemental vocal prompts. The treatment plan eliminated the use of supplemental vocal prompts but the behavior persisted. Soon, the chained response began to occur before all vocal behavior. To address the pervasiveness of the chained response, an alternating treatments design was conducted to compare the percent of trials with the chained response in baseline to differential reinforcement, and differential reinforcement plus escape extinction conditions. In baseline, the learner emitted the chained response an average of 92% of trials. Once the two treatments were implemented in an alternating treatment design, it was found that both interventions were effective at reducing the behavior to 10% of trials or less, but differential reinforcement plus escape extinction required 2 fewer sessions to produce results. Following the assessment, differential reinforcement plus escape extinction was implemented and was effective at reducing the frequency of the chained vocal response by 90% for all vocal behavior. |
|
|
169. An Evaluation of Shaping Procedures to Treat Routine Problem Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CATI RAE MILLER (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Christina Simmons (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Carrie E Hoeser (UNMC MMI), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Discussant: Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Ritualized, restricted, and repetitive behaviors are a primary feature of autism spectrum disorder (ASD). In the current study, a 14-year-old male with ASD attended a severe behavior day treatment clinic for the assessment and treatment of aggression, disruption, and noncompliance that we determined were maintained by access to routines. We conducted a systematic evaluation of shaping procedures across two different contexts to address problem behavior that occurred as part of his routine. In Study 1, we used shaping procedures to address a routine incontinent void that occurred daily in the same context and location. During baseline, we determined the percent of continent voids occurring in the bathroom and the location of incontinent voids. Following unsuccessful consequence-based interventions, shaping procedures resulted in elimination of incontinent voids and low rates of other topographies of problem behavior. Study 2 evaluated the use of shaping procedures to address routine aggression towards therapists that occurred in the same context and location. Shaping procedures resulted in elimination of routine aggression and low rates of other topographies of problem behavior compared to baseline sessions. These data suggest that shaping procedures can be used to eliminate problem behavior that occurs as part of a routine. |
|
|
170. A Comparison of Trial Arrangement Procedures in Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KRISTIN M. ALBERT (Florida Institute of Technology, The Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Katie Nicholson (Florida Institute of Technology, The Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Sandhya Rajagopal (Florida Institute of Technology, The Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Tamara L. Pawich (Scott Center for Autism Treatment at Florida Institute of Technology), Amelia Dressel (Florida Institute of Technology, The Scott Center for Autism Treatment) |
Discussant: Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Improving the rate of acquisition and maintenance of skills taught to children with autism through discrete trial instruction is an important focus for behavior analytic researchers. Prior research showed massed-trial instruction (i.e., several back-to-back repetitions of acquisition targets) is more efficient than task interspersal (i.e., presenting previously mastered skills between acquisition targets). Less research has been conducted on a commonly recommended procedure known as task variation, sometimes called mixing and varying across the operants. The current study combines and extends these lines of research by comparing the efficiency of two trial arrangement procedures for skill acquisition. In the serial condition, all targets from a single program (e.g., tact) are taught during session 1, then all targets from the next program (e.g., listener) in session 2, and all targets from the third program (e.g., intraverbal) are taught during session 3. In the varied condition, acquisition targets across the 3 programs are interspersed within each of the 3 sessions (i.e., tact, listener, and intraverbal mixed together). A combined adapted alternating treatment and multiple probe design was used with a 3-year-old boy with autism to compare these arrangements across percentage correct per target, trials to criterion, and cumulative number of targets mastered. |
|
|
171. An Analysis of Toilet-training Procedures Recommended for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
YUHUI WANG (Florida Autism Center), Brandon C Perez (University of Florida), Kerri P. Peters (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Discussant: Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts working with children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) and other intellectual disabilities are commonly asked for assistance with toilet training. To date, we have recommended evidence-based toilet training procedures. However, we do not know whether the procedures are best for children with ASD. Greer et al. (2016) evaluated the effectiveness of three typical components presented within a toilet training package: sit schedule, underwear vs. diapers (or pull ups), and differential reinforcement. These components were evaluated with 19 typically-developing children and one child diagnosed with ASD. The aim of the current study is to 1) evaluate the generality of the procedures implemented by Greer et al. with children with ASD. 2) to empirically evaluate elimination patterns to allow researchers to identify modifications necessary for individualized toilet training. It is hypothesized that the treatment package proposed by Greer et al. (2016) will be effective for only some subjects. For those that the treatment package is ineffective, elimination patterns will assist in determining potential modifications (i.e., increasing fluid intake, increasing scheduled sits, increasing sit duration, etc.). The proposed study will create a tool for caregivers and professionals to effectively toilet train children with ASD and related disabilities. |
|
|
172. Teaching Quantity Discrimination to a Child with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ALEXANDER CLARKE (Mississippi State University), Molly Butts (Mississippi State University), Kasee Stratton-Gadke (Mississippi State University) |
Discussant: Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Early numeracy skills are an important prerequisite for future academic success (Gersten & Chard, 1999). Unfortunately, some individuals have more difficulties acquiring these skills than others. Specifically, some individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) may display more complications learning early numeracy skills than typically developing individuals. One early numeracy skill, Quantity Discrimination, has been less studied in the research literature when investigating interventions to teach individuals with ASD is quantity discrimination. Quantity discrimination is the ability to differentiate numbers as bigger or smaller than other numbers. The purpose of the current study was to explore the effectiveness of two interventions to teach quantity discrimination to a child with ASD. The participant of the current study was a 9-year-old African American male diagnosed with ASD. In this study, Direct Instruction and Direct Instruction plus Self-Monitoring were implemented within a combined simple phase change design. The results of the current study suggested Direct Instruction plus Self-Monitoring was an effective intervention in teaching quantity discrimination to a child with ASD. |
|
|
173. Functional Analysis of Refusal to Drink from an Open Cup |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LAURA SENN (Florida Institute of Technology), Andrew Morgan (FIT), Ronald Clark (Florida Institute of Technology), Lauren Dill (Florida Institute of Technology), Alex Forton (Florida Institute of Technology), Samuel Shvarts (Florida Institute of Technology), Michael E. Kelley (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology) |
Discussant: Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Escape is commonly found to be the function of refusal behaviors related to feeding; however it can sometimes be unclear whether an individual is attempting to escape the food item itself or the method of delivery. We evaluated refusal of an open cup with two 4-year-old boys diagnosed with autism whose only liquid consumption was a milk-Pediasure mixture from a baby bottle. When presented with an open cup the boys would turn their head away and engage in disruptions such as pushing the cup away and covering their mouth. A functional analysis using alternating liquids indicated that refusal behavior for both boys was maintained by escape. It was unclear for both whether refusal was maintained by the removal of an open cup or the removal of novel liquids. We extended the functional analysis using a milk-Pediasure mixture and presenting the bottle contingent on refusal behavior and noncontingently during presentation of the cup. For both boys, the extended sessions demonstrated that the cup itself evoked refusal behavior, even when containing a preferred liquid. |
|
|
174. Effects of High-Probability Request Sequence Topographies on Mealtime Compliance for a Child with Food Refusal |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KASEY WESTON (Central Michigan University), Brian Davis (Central Michigan University), Seth W. Whiting (Central Michigan University) |
Discussant: Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: The use of high-probability request sequences has been shown to increase compliance and engagement in low-probability responses across academic targets and with other behaviors such as taking bites of less-preferred foods. However, little research has been conducted on how the topography of the high-p behaviors influence the likelihood of compliance with lower probability requests. The present study compared the effects of high-p request sequences including similar topography (taking bites of high-probability food items) and dissimilar topography (gross motor behaviors) on food selectivity. A four-year old boy with autism receiving intensive services two days per week with a history of food refusal and extensive meal durations participated. In baseline, the participant required between 9 and 34 minutes to complete snack time by consuming five bites of foods identified as low-p items (muffins and cereal pieces). Preliminary data suggests that similar topography high-p sequences including requests to eat high-preferred items, decreased total snack times to an average of 90.5 seconds. An additional condition will include gross motor high-p requests to examine differences between topographies and their influence on eating times. |
|
|
175. The Effects of a Flowchart on the Procedural Integrity of a Behavioral
Intervention for Educational Staff |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LINDSAY MORIN (Michigan State University) |
Discussant: Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Procedural integrity is the extent to which interventions are implemented as prescribed. The present study evaluated the effects of a procedural flowchart reviewed by educational staff prior to implementation of a token economy system with children with autism spectrum disorders. An A-B case study design was used to compare components completed correctly during baseline and after the flowchart was introduced. Participants demonstrated an increase in percentage of steps implemented correctly during the intervention condition compared to the baseline condition. The results offer a practical procedure that may be used in schools to support educators’ implementation of behavioral interventions. |
|
|
176. Negative Reinforcer Value Manipulations for Treating Escape-Maintained Problem Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
DANIEL FREDERICKS (New England Center for Children & Western New England University), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children), Jacqueline Marra (New England Center for Children & Western New England University) |
Discussant: Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Differential reinforcement of an alternative response (DRA) without extinction may have clinical utility when practitioners cannot successfully implement extinction (Hagopian & Thompson, 1999). DRA for compliance without extinction, when both compliance and problem behavior result in equal durations of escape, has been found to be ineffective (Lalli et al., 1999). By contrast, the use of longer durations of escape for compliance relative to problem behavior has been found successful in increasing compliance and decreasing problem behavior for one participant (Athens & Vollmer, 2010). Given the potential utility of this approach in increasing compliance and decreasing problem behavior without the use of arbitrary reinforcers, we sought to further evaluate this approach. Specifically, we evaluated the effects of manipulating large versus small differential escape durations during DRA without extinction for two participants with escape-maintained problem behavior. Results for both participants showed successful treatment outcomes during the large differential escape duration condition. These findings indicate that increasing the escape duration for compliance relative to problem behavior may facilitate treatment of escape-maintained problem behavior when implementing DRA without extinction. Reliability was collected for 33% of sessions and averaged 95% for problem behavior. |
|
|
177. Social Validity of a Multimodal Treatment for Obsessive Compulsive-like Behaviors in Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
EMILY GUERTIN (Brock University), nancy leathen (Brock University), Heather Yates (University of Manitoba), Maurice Feldman (Centre for Applied Disability Studies, Brock University), Tricia Corinne Vause (Brock University) |
Discussant: Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Social validity is a crucial consideration for evaluating the effectiveness of a treatment (Baer, Wolf, and Risley, 1987). Research has identified a positive relationship between therapeutic alliance—a component of social validity—and treatment outcomes (Krupnick et al., 1996). Limited research has evaluated the social validity of treatment programs addressing Obsessive Compulsive-like behaviors. In the present study, 31 children (ages 7 to 12 years) with Autism Spectrum Disorder attended a 9-week, manualized functional behavior-based cognitive behavioral therapy program as part of a randomized control trial to treat Obsessive Compulsive-like behaviors. At post-treatment, parents (N = 27) completed a consumer satisfaction questionnaire that consisted of 9 questions on a 7-point Likert-type scale. The treatment-specific questionnaire evaluated individual components of the therapy including homework, therapeutic alliance, behavioral skills training, and data collection. Overall, parents were generally satisfied with the effectiveness of the treatment (M = 5.67, SD = 1.59). Satisfaction with the therapists delivering therapy was the highest rated component (M = 6.04, SD = 1.19). While indicating general satisfaction with daily data collection procedures, parents showed lesser satisfaction with this component (M = 5.37, SD = 1.74). Implications of social validity for effective treatment of Obsessive Compulsive-like behaviors will be discussed. |
|
|
178. A Matched Stimulation Intervention to Reduce Diurnal Bruxism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
HANNAH EVERTSEN (The Sage Colleges; Family Support Center), Shasta Brenske (MS, BCBA) |
Discussant: Kristina Gerencser (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: This poster will discuss the use of a matched stimulation intervention to reduce the frequency of diurnal bruxism for a six year old, female diagnosed with a primary diagnosis of autistic disorder. The function of bruxism was hypothesized to be automatic reinforcement. An alternating treatment design was used in which external and internal stimulation was applied to the clients mouth using a vibrating chewy. Prior to intervention, the subject's bruxism occurred 97.5% of the time sampled. The alternating treatment design was conducted over a period of 14 sessions. Results concluded that there was no significant difference between interventions. Overall, bruxism reduced by 52.83% during treatment conditions. In conclusion, this intervention was effective in reducing bruxism adds to previous research that suggests external pressure may be helpful in decreasing diurnal bruxism. This stimulation may need to be paired with a verbal directive such as No (response interruption) to reduce bruxism to a near zero level. |
|
|
179. Comparing the Effects of Traditional and Embedded DTT on Responding for a Child With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
GABRIELLA ULLOA (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Shaji Haq (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Amy Williams (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Jessica O'Donnell (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Naomi Melendez (Trumpet Behavioral Health) |
Discussant: Kristina Gerencser (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Problem behavior (e.g., elopement) maintained jointly by attention and escape from instructional tasks could pose major challenges during skill acquisition programs within a traditional model of discrete-trial training (DTT). Traditional DTT typically involves the presentation of instructional targets and reinforcement at a table; embedded DTT occurs during a naturalistic, play-based environment (Geiger et al., 2012). This study evaluated the efficacy of two treatment packages on frequency of elopement and responding to instructional targets, using a reversal ABAB design, within the context of home-based, early intervention services for one child with autism spectrum disorder. The treatment package which included embedded DTT resulted in immediate reductions of elopement and higher levels of responding to instructional targets compared to a treatment package including traditional DTT. Moreover, patterns of responding maintained when novel stimuli were introduced during embedded DTT. The results will be discussed in light of research and recommendations for clinical practice. |
|
|
180. Teaching Wh-Concepts to a Child with Autism Using Equivalence-Based Instruction |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JAMIE FITZGERALD (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Stephanie Ventura (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group) |
Discussant: Kristina Gerencser (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: We designed an equivalence-based protocol to determine if receptive and expressive identification of wh-concepts would emerge following EBI. A pretest/posttest experimental design was used to examine the effects of teaching specific conditional relations among stimuli representing wh-concepts (i.e., who, what, and where), on the emergence of untaught relations, as well as receptive and expressive identification of wh-concepts in sentences as well as sorting tasks. Equivalence stimuli consisted of the name of the category (who, what, where, and when) the meaning (i.e. person, place, thing, and day), and pictures representing the category. A matchto-sample protocol using a linear training structure (A-B, B-C) was used. Pretests were conducted for all relations and with the exception of C-B, scored at or below 50%. During the posttest for all relations the participant responded at or above 80%. During a pretest for sorting pictures into who, what, when, and where categories the participant responded correctly on % of the trials. The participant responded correctly on 100% of the trials during the posttest for sorting. During the pretest for expressively identifying WH concepts in sentences, the participant responded correctly on 25% of the trials, however after EBI this only increased to 50%. Similarly, when asked to receptively identify (i.e., point) to Wh-concepts in sentences, the participant responded correctly on 0% of the trials in the pretest; responding increased to only 60% on the posttest. We conducted 3 additional EBI sessions and discrete trial sessions and correct responding increased to 100%. Although new relations emerged following EBI and the task for sorting pictures into WH categories emerged as well, the participant still could not demonstrated other receptive or expressive identification tasks when the WH-concepts were in the contexts of sentences. Future training sets might include sentences as equivalence stimuli used during training. Implications for the limits of EBI with this learner are discussed.
Contact |
|
|
181. Duration of Treatment and Recurrence of Food Refusal |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
DENISE PICHARDO (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
Discussant: Kristina Gerencser (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: We examined changes in the rate of inappropriate and percentage of appropriate mealtime behavior during a behavioral intervention subjected to differential levels of exposure to treatment and subsequent reversals. Four children diagnosed with a pediatric feeding disorder experienced treatment that was made progressively longer (i.e., 5, 10, and 20-consecutive treatment sessions) prior to each reversal to determine the long-term effects of multiple reversals on the rate of inappropriate mealtime behavior. Results indicated that, for all participants, appropriate mealtime behavior (e.g., acceptance) remained low during each reversal to baseline and inappropriate mealtime behavior remained high and decreased when treatment was introduced. Additionally, for 2 of 4 the participants, treatments effects were more robust with extended exposure. |
|
|
182. A Simple Intervention for Stereotypical Engagement With a Communicative Device |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER LYNN COOK (Monarch House), John T. Rapp (Auburn University), Carla Burji (Monarch House), Catherine McHugh (Monarch House), Raluca Nuta (Monarch House) |
Discussant: Kristina Gerencser (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Although electronic devices may enhance the effectiveness of some behavioral interventions for children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD), such devices may also give rise to problem behavior such as repetitious button pressing. We showed that a child with ASD only displayed high levels of stereotypical button pressing on an iPad when presses generated auditory output. Subsequently, we showed that when the participant used the iPad without auditory output, his stereotypical behavior decreased and his manding for various items simultaneously increased. Finally, we provided a questionnaire to family and staff members to measure the social validity of this intervention to decrease button pressing while maintaining the functional utility for the participant to mand with the device. |
|
|
183. Examining Early Learning Rate as a Predictor of Outcome in an Early Intensive Behavioural Intervention Program |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MARIA PONGOSKI (Manitoba Association for Behaviour Analysis, University of Manitoba), Genevieve N. Roy-Wsiaki (Université de Saint Boniface), C.T. Yu (University of Manitoba), Morena Miljkovic (University of Manitoba) |
Discussant: Kristina Gerencser (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Early intensive behavioural intervention (EIBI) has been extensively studied as an
intervention for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), and results consistently demonstrate its effectiveness. Previous research has identified a need to examine potential predictors of outcome for children enrolled in EIBI programs, including IQ, age at intake, and adaptive behaviour, but few studies have examined early learning rate as a predictor variable. Therefore, the purpose of this study is to examine the reliability of early learning rate as a predictor of outcome for children diagnosed with ASD who received EIBI treatment. To do so, a one-way MANOVA will be conducted with archived data obtained for 254 children from the St.Amant Autism Early Learning Programs. Cognitive functioning, adaptive behaviour, and autism symptoms have been selected as the standardized outcome measures. Based on previous findings, I predict that faster acquisition rates will be associated with greater improvements in outcome measures after 1 year of EIBI treatment. These results have important clinical implications. If service providers can utilize various potential predictors to determine expected outcomes, they may be more efficient in creating individualized training programs that are a better match to the children’s abilities and needs. |
|
|
184. The Effectiveness of Using Transfer of Stimulus Control in Teaching Intraverbal Behaviors, Leading to Novel or Untrained Intraverbal Responses |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AFIFA SALIM MAGRAM (IME MAIA, France), ANA BIBAY (IME Maia, France) |
Discussant: Kristina Gerencser (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: The study was completed to evaluate the effects of systematically using transfer of stimulus control procedures to teach intraverbals to 3 boys with autism, between 10 and 14 years old. An echoic to tact to intraverbal transfer procedures was combined. The literature suggests that transfer of stimulus control is generally effective in teaching intraverbal behavior (Braam & Poling, 1983; Luciano, 1986; Miguel, et al., 2005; Partington & Bailey, 1993; Sundberg, et al., 1990; Watkins, et al., 1989). Training procedures often generated novel or untrained intraverbal responses (Braam & Poling, 1983; Luciano, 1986; Miguel, et al., 2005; Partington & Bailey, 1993; Watkins, et al., 1989). A multiple baseline design was employed in order to demonstrate experimental control over the acquisition of the intraverbal responses. Baseline data was collected on five intraverbal responses per category consisting of where questions. In baseline, all the subjects made no response or incorrect responses, such as echoing the teachers verbal stimuli. Only three intraverbal responses per category were directly targeted for teaching. No intraverbal were trained for the fourth and fifth verbal stimulus in order to determine if generalization would occur. Daily probe data were collected in the subjects classroom. Incorrect responses, no response in three seconds, or self-correction by subject were all considered incorrect responses. All three subjects acquired the intraverbal responses by using transfer of stimulus control procedures and differential reinforcement, after the second week of commencement of teaching. A generalization/ follow up phase (1 week later) indicates that the learners had retained the intraverbal responses, and mastered correct intraverbal responses to novel or untaught verbal stimuli. Interobserver agreement, was assessed by having a second observer simultaneously but independently record data, during a minimum of 30% of all sessions. |
|
|
185. The Effects of Continuous and Intermittent Schedules of Reinforcement on the Acquisition, Maintenance and Generalization of Responses Taught to a Young Child with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
TAYLOR SEIDLER (University of Nevada, Reno), Ainsley B. Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno), Staheli Meyer (University of Nevada, Reno), Emily Taylor (University of Nevada, Reno), Teal McAllister (University of Nevada, Reno), Alex Nieto (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Kristina Gerencser (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: The thoughtful use of schedules of reinforcement is important in Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) programs, particularly when establishing skills where generalization, resistance to extinction, and retention are valued. Despite the importance of schedules of reinforcement in clinical practice, a review of schedule effects in the applied literature reveals that a systematic analysis of schedules in applied settings has not been well documented. However, many practitioners working with children diagnosed with autism often report the effects of ratio strain, a decrease in the frequency and/or accuracy of the target response, which results from a schedule of reinforcement thinning too rapidly. The present study assessed the effects of different schedules of reinforcement throughout phases of instruction in discrete trials teaching for two children diagnosed with autism enrolled in EIBI programs. Specifically, trials to acquisition and performance in maintenance and generalization tasks will be examined for responses taught using two instructional procedures: 1) Continuous, in which the target response is continuously reinforced on an FR1 throughout teaching phases, and 2) Thinned, in which the schedule of reinforcement is thinned from an FR1 to a VR3 gradually throughout teaching phases. Implications for clinical practice and a discussion of future research will be provided. |
|
|
186. Using Behavior Skills Training to Teach Abduction- Prevention Skills to Children with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MEGAN ASHLEY LEVESQUE (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Jessica Niemeier (UNMC Munroe- Meyer Institute), Nicole M. Rodriguez (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Discussant: Kristina Gerencser (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Although the abduction of a child by an unknown adult is unlikely to occur in a child’s lifetime, the consequences are serious and devastating. In response to recent reports of an abduction in the area, we sought to replicate previous research on using behavior skills training (BST) to teach abduction-prevention skills to children with autism by demonstrating its efficacy during in-situ probes across four different types of lures delivered by unknown adults. In addition, because undesirable generalization to known adults may occur, particularly with children with autism, we extended this literature by testing the effects of our training on following matched instructions to leave with known adults. No feedback was provided during in-situ probes. Participants learned to engage in appropriate safety behavior when presented with a lure from an unknown adult; however, undesirable generalization was observed with the known adult. We plan to include additional participants as well as assess procedures for addressing undesirable generalization to known adults test.
*Data collection is ongoing |
|
|
187. Effectiveness of Listening Preview in an Individual with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
JORDAN CUMMINS PARKER (Mississippi State University), Daniel L Gadke (Mississippi State University) |
Discussant: Kristina Gerencser (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: This research evaluated the effectiveness of a reading intervention using Dolch sight words. The individual was a 15-year-old, African American male with a diagnosis of Autism. The academic intervention was completed during a 4-week program that targets academics as well as social skills. This individual has minimal academic skills, and his word recognition was targeted to improve these skills. During the intervention, he was given a modified version of listening passage preview. This version incorporated flashcards instead of a full passage. The flashcards were read to him in groups to avoid fatigue. When the flashcards were completed, he was instructed to read the same words back to the instructor. During baseline, his average percent correct was below 20%. After the first phase of intervention was implemented, he showed an increase in percent correct. When the intervention was withdrawn, his percent correct decreased, but he still showed an increase form the initial baseline. The increase from the first baseline could be an acquisition of skill. The final phase showed another increase in percent correct. The implementation of this intervention showed that a modified version of listening passage preview could have strong positive effects on individuals with minimal academic skills. |
|
|
188. Effects of Video Modeling on Initiating Bids for Children with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CORALYS DEL MAR SANCHEZ (Florida Institute of Technology), Adam Thornton Brewer (Florida Institute of Technology), Justine Henry (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Kristine Boozer (Nova Southeastern University) |
Discussant: Kristina Gerencser (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Joint attention is considered an important developmental milestone socially and in promoting language (Rudy et al., 2014). To evaluate the effectiveness of video modeling (VM) on bids for joint attention in children with autism, we used a multiple probe design across participants. Video modeling consisted of a therapist demonstrating three components of a bid for joint attention with a conversational partner: orienting/pointing towards the object, a vocal statement, and eye gaze shift. Results indicated that VM alone was not effective in teaching any of the components of a bid for joint attention for one participant. Additionally, it was not effective in teaching an eye gaze shift or a vocal statement for the second participant, but did slightly increase pointing and orienting. Further components (i.e. VM, in-vivo prompting for pointing/orienting, and in-vivo prompting of complete bid) were needed to increase independent responding in both participants. These findings suggest that VM alone may not be an effective intervention for some children with autism when teaching joint attention; additional teaching strategies may be needed. |
|
|
189. Practice Makes perfect: Appropriate Social Skills and Skill Generalization in a Mock Preschool Setting |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AMANDA COSGRIFF (Mississippi State University), Daniel L Gadke (Mississippi State University) |
Discussant: Brittany LeBlanc (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee) |
Abstract: Previous research has indicated developing appropriate social skills is crucial during the pre-school age and can negatively impact social, academic and behavioral skills (Brown, Odom & Conroy, 2001). Children who begin school with poor social skills can experience social problems such as peer rejection (McClelland, Morrison, 2003). Therefore, appropriate social skills are important for developing positive social interactions amongst peers. This study measured the social behaviors of four pre-school aged children before receiving and after receiving direct instruction, modeling and appropriate practice of social skills. The purpose of this study was to determine if engaging in positive social behaviors through practice would generalize during free-play in a mock pre-school setting. Participants in this study were verbal and non-verbal with or without a diagnosis of ASD. Results of this study suggest that the use of direct instruction, modeling and practice of appropriate social behaviors was effective in the generalization of some appropriate social skills. Participants received positive praise as well as tangibles for engaging in appropriate social behaviors. Inter-observer agreement was collected across each child three times throughout intervention. Data was analyzed across a total of 13 trials. Implications and future research will be discussed. |
|
|
190. The Degree of Social Validity and Generality of Effects Obtained in Teaching Sportsmanship Skills to Children with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MAEGAN D. PISMAN (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kevin C. Luczynski (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Melissa Bowen (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Ami J. Kaminski (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer) |
Discussant: Brittany LeBlanc (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee) |
Abstract: One opportunity for children with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) to interact with peers includes tabletop games (e.g., Candyland). We used a multiple baseline design across subjects, who were three children aged 6 to 8, to demonstrate the efficacy of behavioral skills training, and we assessed generality of the effects across board games. We also assessed treatment extension to playing games with a peer. A reduction in problem behavior and increase in appropriate behavior was observed across all subjects, with some subjects exhibiting immediate generalization to other games. Next, we obtained measures of social validity from BCBA-Ds with experience in publishing research on social skills, who did not know the children. We asked each respondent to view preteaching and postteaching videos and respond to a question regarding their satisfaction with the child’s interactions with the therapist or peer and the game materials. We ordered the videos in a manner that allowed us to obtain social-validity measures with and without the children’s preteaching performance serving as an anchor for respondents’ ratings. When a novel intervention is implemented, measures of social validity are important for refining procedures and improving the clinical application of the outcomes. |
|
|
191. A Fixed-ratio Schedule to Increase the Acceptance of Non-preferred Foods |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
DOMINIQUE MICHELLEE ROUGEAU (McNeese State University), Megan Cross (McNeese State University) |
Discussant: Brittany LeBlanc (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee) |
Abstract: Eating a variety of food is critical to maintain overall health; individuals who avoid a large number of foods, or in some cases, whole food groups, may have a range of physiological problems. The purpose of this intervention was to increase the amount of non-preferred food accepted by a learner at the McNeese Autism Program. The learner was a 4 year old male diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder whose diet was limited to 7 to 10 preferred foods. Due to health concerns, an A-B design was utilized. The intervention consisted of delivering preferred foods contingent on successful eating of non-preferred foods, on a FR1 schedule. Initially, during baseline phase, the learner did not accept non-preferred foods, averaging 0% of non-preferred food eaten per session. Results demonstrated that non-preferred food acceptance averaged at 100% per session near the conclusion of the intervention. Following the intervention, food acceptance generalized to a variety of non-preferred foods, as well as novel foods, in the clinical setting. Furthermore, guardians reported generalization with eating novel foods in various environments outside of the clinic. |
|
|
192. A comparison of fidelity of two parent-implemented vocabulary interventions for younger learners with autism spectrum disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
QUANNAH PARKER-MCGOWAN (University of Minnesota), Joe Reichle (University of Minnesota) |
Discussant: Brittany LeBlanc (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee) |
Abstract: The current study examined fidelity over time of two parent-implemented interventions designed to teach novel vocabulary items to three young children (3;3-5;11) with autism spectrum disorder. Additional dependent variables included: (a) rate of vocabulary item acquisition; (b) learner generalization; and (c) learner maintenance. One intervention required the parent to initiate teaching opportunities while the other intervention relied on the child to initiate teaching opportunities. Both interventions utilized mand, model, and time delay strategies within two different structured play scenarios. Three novel vocabulary items were taught within each of the two play scenarios. One replication was conducted for each parent-child dyad. Visual analysis of the data was conducted within participants. Results showed that all parents exhibited a degrading trend in intervention fidelity across experimental conditions. All participants acquired all vocabulary items across sets, though rate of acquisition differed between conditions. Results from generalization probes using storybooks were mixed. Two participants showed modest generalization across materials while one participant did not demonstrate generalization of vocabulary within a different medium. Maintenance probe results were also mixed, however, all participants showed a decreasing trend across vocabulary items. Implications for practice and research are discussed, as are study limitations. |
|
|
193. Decreasing Inappropriate Vocal Behavior and Promoting Community Independence in an Adolescent with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Leigh Cooper (NYC Autism Charter School), JENNIFER JAYE (NYC Autism Charter School), Rebecca Wells (NYC Autism Charter School) |
Discussant: Brittany LeBlanc (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee) |
Abstract: Enhancing personal safety skills in individuals with autism is critical to increasing community membership and independence in adulthood. While there is emerging literature in this area, to date there is limited research on teaching socially mediated safety skills in a community setting. The current study examined the effects of a differential reinforcement of low rates of behavior procedure to decrease inappropriate vocal behavior with strangers in an adolescent with autism as he learned to independently ride a New York City public bus. Over the course of treatment, the adolescent gained access to greater degrees of independence when riding the public bus as lower rates of inappropriate vocal behavior were demonstrated. Results indicate that this intervention package successfully decreased inappropriate vocal behavior with others in the community. Furthermore, this change in behavior was maintained for six months during which the adolescent regularly traveled independently on the public bus. This suggests that the functional nature of the reinforcer may have played an important role in the success of the differential reinforcement procedure. |
|
|
194. The Effect of Lag Schedules of Reinforcement on Social Skill Accuracy and Accurate
Variability |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
WILLIAM FORD (University of Southern Mississippi), Kate Helbig (University of Southern Mississippi), Keith Radley III (University of Southern Mississippi), James Moore (University of Southern Mississippi), Evan Dart (University of Southern Mississippi) |
Discussant: Brittany LeBlanc (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee) |
Abstract: Although researchers have frequently evaluated strategies for addressing impairments in social communication and social interaction in individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), research in promoting social skill variability has received less attention (Wolfe, Slocum, Kunnavatana, 2014). Five participants with ASD between the ages of 10 and 14 attended a twice-weekly social skills group for 8 weeks. A multiple probe design across skills with concurrent replication across participants was utilized to assess the effects of intervention of social skills training using multiple exemplars and lag schedules on social skill variability. Prior to intervention, participants demonstrated low levels of skill accuracy and accurate variability. Training with one and three exemplars of target skills without lag schedules resulted in no to small increases in accurate variability, despite increases in skill accuracy characterized by little overlap relative to baseline levels. Following introduction of lag schedules, substantial increases in social skill variability were observed. In summary, the current study found implementation of the Superheroes Social Skills curriculum without lag schedules to result in increased skill accuracy but limited change in skill variability. Lag schedules were associated with higher levels of variability, with some effects maintained until the conclusion of the study. |
|
|
195. Treating Public Exposure via Antecedent Analysis |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
KIMBERLY DIGGS (The Autism Community Therapists), Kevin J. Schlichenmeyer (TACT, LLC) |
Discussant: Brittany LeBlanc (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee) |
Abstract: Using Antecedent Analysis to Treat Public Exposure
It is considered best practice in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) to conduct a functional analysis prior to intervening on problem behavior. For a nine-year-old with an Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD), we conducted an antecedent analysis for a highly concerning class of automatically reinforced problem behavior (i.e., public exposure). First, we verified that public exposure persisted in repeated alone conditions, confirming maintenance by automatic reinforcement. Second, we employed a multielement design to determine if rapid reductions in public exposure would occur via an antecedent manipulation (i.e., response effort with clothing manipulation). Third, we evaluated the intervention across typical therapy sessions via multiple baseline across therapists design. Finally, we evaluated the social validity of our procedures. High parental approval and low levels of exposure during the response effort manipulation suggested a meaningful outcome for our client. Our study provides an example of how clinicians can develop practical and efficient treatment for problem behavior without sacrificing analysis. Interobserver agreement was collected for greater than 65% of sessions and yielded 100% average agreement. |
|
|
196. Use of a Multiple Schedule to Treat Problem Behavior Evoked by Transitions |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
WENDY STRANG (Munroe Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Todd M. Owen (Munroe Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: Brittany LeBlanc (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee) |
Abstract: Many children exhibit high levels of problem behavior when asked to transition from one activity to another (McCord, Thomson, & Iwata, 2001). Determining if problem behavior is evoked by activity change, location change, or both can be difficult. In this study, we exposed a 7-year-old male diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder to transitions between activities including a preferred activity (access to a preferred item), a non-preferred activity (e.g., handwriting), and access to therapist attention. Therapists presented each combination of transitions between activities with and without a change in location. Problem behavior resulted in a return to the original activity. Results indicated that problem behavior was evoked by presentation of change in activities, with or without a location change. A treatment for problem behavior was conducted using functional communication training and a multiple schedule to signal the availability of both positive and negative reinforcement in a non-transition context. Therapists then implemented the same treatment package in a replication of the transition assessment, which resulted in low levels of problem behavior throughout the assessment. |
|
|
197. The Displacement of Leisure Items by Edible Items in Stimulus Preference Assessments: A Replication |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SARAH MATHISON (Florida Autism Center), Daniel Conine (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Discussant: Brittany LeBlanc (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee) |
Abstract: Previous research (Bojak & Carr, 1999; DeLeon, Iwata, & Roscoe, 1997; Fahmie, Iwata, & Jann, 2015) has reported a strong tendency for individuals with developmental disabilities to select edible items more often than leisure items in stimulus preference assessments that present those items together. However, this effect may not replicate in a contemporary population of children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) receiving early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) services. Several variables (e.g., motivating operations for food, new technology in leisure items) might contribute to different outcomes for this population. Only one prior study on this phenomenon (Fahmie et al., 2015) included children with ASD, who comprised only 5 of 12 subjects in that study. The current study sought to replicate the results of prior research in 19 children with ASD, using multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessments. A general overall tendency to select edible items was observed, but to a lesser degree than in prior research. Leisure items were also selected more often overall than in prior studies. These results suggest a need for clinicians currently working with children with ASD to evaluate relative preference for edible and leisure items on an individual basis. |
|
|
198. A Response Cost, DRO, and Stimulus Discrimination to Reduce Stereotypy and Non-compliance |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
DOMINIQUE MICHELLEE ROUGEAU (McNeese Autism Program), Megan Cross (McNeese State University) |
Discussant: Brittany LeBlanc (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee) |
Abstract: In the natural environment, exhibiting a high level of non-functional, repetitive behaviors can lead to social isolation. Likewise, refusing to comply with instructions can be a safety concern and also lead to difficulties for learners in the academic setting. The purpose of this intervention was to decrease the amount of non-functional speech, noncompliance, and non-functional motor movements exhibited by one child in the McNeese State Autism Program. Additionally, the intervention was aimed at increasing functional speech and compliance with peers and adults. The learner was a 4 year old male diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. Researchers used a noncurrent multiple baseline across behaviors research design. The intervention initially consisted of a response cost procedure with a DRO component. Once stereotypy and noncompliance stabilized, researchers added stimulus discrimination in the form of a red card and green card. In red card condition, engaging in target behaviors would result in the response cost; in the green card condition, the learner could engage in stereotypical behaviors at no cost. Data demonstrates that the frequency of stereotypical motor and vocal behaviors and noncompliance was significantly lower in the intervention phase; moreover, the learner was able to discriminate appropriate times to engage in stereotypical behaviors. |
|
|
199. Increasing Behavioral Persistence in the Context of Treatment Integrity Failures |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
AIMEE COURTEMANCHE (New England Center for Children; Western New Engla), Jessica L. Thomason-Sassi (New England Center for Children) |
Discussant: Brittany LeBlanc (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee) |
Abstract: Procedural integrity failures, particularly commission or combined errors, can degrade treatment efficacy and lead to increases in challenging behavior (St. Peter Pipkin, Vollmer, & Sloman, 2010). The current study evaluated the effect of different reinforcement schedules on manding and challenging behavior in the context of procedural integrity failure. A functional analysis was conducted to inform functional communication training. Results of the functional analysis showed that challenging behavior was maintained by access to therapist attention. Differential reinforcement of an alternative response (DRA) was effective in suppressing challenging behavior and produced high, stable rates of mands. Mand training was introduced to establish a more complete mand. Once the mand was established, a history of continuous reinforcement was established before the introduction of systematic integrity failures. A reversal design will be used to compare degradation effects following a history of both continuous and intermittent schedules of reinforcement. After establishing a history with continuous reinforcement, integrity failures will be systematically introduced. Treatment integrity data were collected in 40% of sessions and averaged 100%. Interobserver agreement data were collected in 34% of sessions and averaged 99.7%. |
|
|
200. A Component Analysis of the Use of a Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior and Short-term Positive Punishment Procedure as a Method for Reducing Thumb Sucking in a Child With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MEGAN HINDS (Lovaas Institute for Early Intervention), Scott C. Cross (Lovaas Institute) |
Discussant: Lauren K. Schnell (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: In this case study, the effectiveness of a DRO and a positive punishment procedure were evaluated using a component analysis of both procedures as a method for reducing thumb sucking in a child with autism. One 4.5 year old male with autism participated in this study in a general education school setting. Thumb sucking was measured as a rate and the DRO was evaluated using a percentage of trials for a pre-determined time objective. The DRO was paired with a stimulus cue (e.g., bracelet) so that as the duration increased, the bracelet served as a reminder to maintain the absence of the target behavior. At the end of the study, the participant was able to abstain from the target behavior for 45 minutes using the DRO procedure. The short-term positive punishment procedure consisted of the participants parent applying a bitter cream advertised to reduce nail biting and thumb sucking, to the thumb. A reversal design showed that while thumb sucking reduced with both individual components, the treatment package was most effective with the DRO and positive punishment procedure were implemented synonymously. Thumb sucking reduced from 4.78 times per hour in baseline to .32 times per hour when both components of the treatment packages were implemented. When the punishment procedure was removed, the rate of thumb sucking remained at .49 times per hour. The participant was able to access reinforcement by refraining from the target behavior during the DRO period in 67% of opportunities. Limitations and future research directives are discussed. |
|
|
201. Evaluation of Praise as a Conditioned Reinforcer Using a Modified Acquisition Task |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KARLI SILVERMAN (Florida Institute of Technology), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Alex Forton (Florida Institute of Technology), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Discussant: Lauren K. Schnell (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Stimuli predicting the availability of established reinforcers can acquire the capacity to control behavior. Although traditionally discussed as strengthening of behavior by conditioned reinforcement, it is possible such stimuli might influence behavior only by signaling the availability of other reinforcers. In previous studies, we have shown that praise can maintain a previously acquired response in the absence of the presentation of primary reinforcers, suggesting a potential reinforcing function of praise. The purpose of the current study was to further assess the strengthening versus discriminative function of praise using a modified acquisition task. Two boys with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) served as participants. Initially, a response assessment was conducted to identify responses occurring at near zero rates in the absence of programmed consequences. Next, a primary reinforcer was delivered contingent on the occurrence of the low rate response, and for both participants response rates increased. Upon demonstrating an increase in responding, a return to extinction was conducted. Finally, for one participant, a praise statement was delivered contingent on the occurrence of the low rate response. No systematic effects were observed in this condition, suggesting lack of strengthening effects of praise. |
|
|
202. Nothing to See Here: Further Investigations of Citations of Foundational Empirical Literatures by Facilitated Communication and Rapid Prompting Advocates |
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory |
JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University), Ambreen Shahabuddin (Easern Michigan University), Lauren Acton (Eastern Michigan University) |
Discussant: Lauren K. Schnell (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: A previous search of the facilitated communication (FC) and rapid prompting method (RPM) literatures for citations of technical literature on response prompting found no citations of relevant studies, literature reviews, or other kinds of authoritative statements. This underscored the lack of empirical and technical foundation for FC/RPM practices. This poster extends that analysis to citations to the general literature on applied behavior analysis practices and validated testing methods. The advocates of FC/RPM sometimes say their methods are a "last resort" or a supplement to treatment. Yet, it appears the FC/RPM literatures contain few or no specific references to empirically validated treatments, how they might be used in conjunction with their methods, or how they might be used to enhance training effectiveness. Indeed, an examination of an initial sample of about two dozen articles and books found no specific references to behavior analysis method, barring criticism. We anticipate that further review of this literature will yield few if any references. Our likely findings further reinforce the view the academic FC/RPM advocacy community as significantly divorced from various relevant background literatures, further accounting for its lack of recognition of the problems associated with their methods. |
|
|
203. Toilet Training a 15-Year-Old Student With Autism in a Public School: A Case Study |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
LAURA KENNEALLY (Advance Learning Center) |
Discussant: Lauren K. Schnell (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Toilet training a student with severe autism can be extremely challenging. Toilet training a 15 year old with severe autism in a public high school is additionally challenging with issues of hygiene, social norms, staff expectations, and parental adherence. This case study illustrates a step-by-step process to toilet train a student with challenging behaviors including aggression and high rates of self-stimulatory behavior after years of failure. The student averaged one accident per day and was not viewed favorably by staff. Using a step-by step procedure, which included all stakeholders views, a successful plan was implemented. The student has learned to be schedule trained and has not had a toileting accident in 7 months. The discussion includes: organizational behavior management strategies, treatment and parental adherence to protocals, generalization, and maintenance strategies. |
|
|
204. The Application of Equivalence-Based Instruction for Teaching Academic Skills to Adolescents with Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
LEAH VERKUYLEN (Southern Illinois University), Caleb Stanley (Southern Illinois University), Jordan Belisle (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Discussant: Lauren K. Schnell (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Adolescents are required to learn a variety of academic skills over the course of their educational career. Previous literature on equivalence-based instruction has shown time efficiency of learning new skills compared to direct instruction of the same skills. This research has provided implications that equivalence-based instruction may be more efficient and less time-consuming for teaching more challenging academic material. Prior research has also shown that equivalence-based instruction can be effective for individuals with autism or developmental disabilities. The current study utilized three different stimulus equivalence training procedures to teach a variety of novel academic skills to three adolescents diagnosed with autism in a school setting. All three participants had previously demonstrated the ability to derive complex equivalence relations. History, mathematics, and science skills were targeted for instruction within the study. These skills were taught in multiple stimuli presentation formats including many-to-one, one-to-many, and linear. The procedures were taken from the Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge: Equivalence Module curriculum. All three participants demonstrated mastery of the trained relations and an emergence of derived, untrained equivalence relations. The results of the study have implications for the efficacy and utility of equivalence-based instruction within school settings to teach basic and more complex academic skills to adolescents with autism. |
|
|
205. A Parametric Analysis of the Percentile Schedule: Increasing Frequencies of Pre-Academic Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
STAHELI MEYER (University of Nevada, Reno), Ainsley B. Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno), Vanessa Willmoth (University of Nevada, Reno), Emily Taylor (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Lauren K. Schnell (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: The percentile schedule is a mathematical equation, which offers a systematic and objective procedure for shaping. The equation for percentile reinforcement is k=(m+1)(1-w) where m is the distribution of observations, w is the probability of reinforcement, and k is the rank the current response must exceed to contact reinforcement. The present study is a parametric analysis of the w variable of the percentile schedule. A multi-element design across responses will be utilized. This analysis will evaluate the differential effects of a range of w values on rates of responding to academic stimuli (letters) by a young child with autism. Responding phonetically to letters is a necessary component to reading. Changes in rates of responding over time are quantified as celeration values, and variability in responding is quantified as bounce. By comparing celeration and bounce of correct responses during training, as well as celeration and bounce of incorrect responses during training we will evaluate response differentiation observed in the various w value conditions. By comparing bounce on retention, endurance, and stability probes we will evaluate differential effects of the w value observed on functional assessments of mastery. |
|
|
206. Implementation of a Pre-school Life Skills Intervention in a Clinical Setting |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MACKENZIE D SIDWELL (Mississippi State University), Hailey Ripple (Mississippi State University), Amanda Cosgriff (Mississippi State University), Shengtian Wu (Mississippi State University), Jonathan Tritley (Mississippi State University), Adam Wesleoh (Mississippi State University), Daniel L Gadke (Mississippi State University) |
Discussant: Lauren K. Schnell (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Prior to beginning kindergarten, it is important for children to gain skills that are crucial for early school success and decrease problem behaviors, such as aggression and non-compliance, as these behaviors can be related to social and academic concerns (Hanley, Heal, Tiger, & Ingvarsson, 2007; Agostin & Bain, 1997). Previous studies (Hanely et al., 2007; Hanley, Fahmie, & Heal, 2014; Luczynski & Hanley, 2014) have found that the implementation of a classwide pre-school life skills (PLS) teaching program across instruction following, functional communication, delay tolerance, and friendship skills to be successful. In order the extend the PLS literature to include solely participants with developmental disabilities, 4 males between the ages of 4 and 5 years old diagnosed with developmental delay or autism spectrum disorder (ASD) were taught targeted skills (responding to name, requesting help or attention, and compliance with one-step instructions) using direct instruction, modeling, and a prompting hierarchy across a multiple baseline design in a mock pre-school program in a clinical setting. Interobserver agreement was collected on 33% of trials. Results from the data collected demonstrated some variability, however, suggested an overall increase in functional communication skills. |
|
|
207. To Be or Not To Be OCD: Conceptualizing and Treating Interfering Ritualistic Responses and Behavioral Rigidity as Restricted Access to Preferred Outcomes. |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Philip L. Concors (ABC Consultants), PATRICIA WILSON (Sussex Consortium), Jessica Joynes (Sussex Consortium) |
Discussant: Lauren K. Schnell (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Rituals, repetitive behavior and rigid adherence to routines are among core criteria for Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD), therefore comorbid diagnoses of Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder (OCD) are often considered controversial. The extant research literature ranges widely in conceptual, explanatory, and theoretical clinical models, yet Functional Behavioral Assessment methods can readily provide pragmatic and systematic analyses of the sequential conditions, distal and proximal antecedents, and consequence events related to interfering behavior that is often described as “compulsive”. In this study, data from various descriptive and experimental evaluations informed a multi-component treatment package for a 9-year-old elementary school student with intense and frequent tantrum, disruptive, aggressive, and self-injurious repertoires related to losing a game, correcting “imperfect” letters and numerals during writing tasks, providing incorrect responses during academic work, and interacting with environmental features that were not in the preferred order, arrangement, or sequence. FBA results suggested that restricted access to desired outcomes (e.g. winning a game, being first in line, writing “perfectly”) reliably occasioned problem episodes. Function-Based Interventions included scheduled access to ordering/sequencing activities, contrived conditions that provided repeated exposure to aversive outcomes (e.g. losing), and Functional Communication Training to increase requests for desired outcomes while concurrently shaping tolerance. |
|
|
208. Peers, an Overlooked Resource for Supporting Children With Autism in Schools |
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory |
APRIL N. HAAS (Texas A&M University), Julie L. Thompson (Texas A&M University) |
Discussant: Lauren K. Schnell (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Students with autism are increasingly served in the general education setting. Due to this, schools are in need of more cost- and resource-effective strategies to increase academic performance in students with autism. Common practice is to use paraprofessionals which in return can be costly, inefficient, and stigmatizing as noted in the literature. Peer-mediated instruction has been shown to be effective in increasing academic performance for students with disabilities and their typically-developing peers. In addition, using peers may be a more socially valid way to increase independence, and reduce stigmas. The use of peer mediated instruction has also shown to increase social skills in children with autism. This poster explores the research used to teach children with autism using peer-mediated instruction. |
|
|
209. Embedding Non-Target Information Into Daily Instruction as Instructive Feedback: A Review of the Literature |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
SUSANNE ALBARRAN (The University of Texas at Austin Department of Special Education), Micheal Sandbank (The University of Texas at Austin Department of Special Education) |
Discussant: Lauren K. Schnell (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Instructive Feedback (IF) involves presenting non-target information in the consequence event during discrete trial instruction, where a response isn’t required or reinforced. Strategic presentation of extra information engages children in learning opportunities that may have otherwise been ignored, and exposure to future targets provides the repetition and practice needed for many children to succeed. To explore effective strategies that can enhance the pre-existing structure of a learning trial, a review of the literature was conducted, and 32 articles were reviewed for the effects of presenting IF on learning non-target information. Every study reported some or a complete gain of extra stimuli that were not directly targeted, and some students learned both the target and non-target information of their peers during group instruction. Advantages of using IF in the classroom extend to future learning as some children acquired extra skills in less trials to criterion when IF was transferred to direct instruction trials. IF is a valuable tool because extra information is embedded into instruction that is already planned as part of a child’s daily routine, and any gains in extra information should be considered advantageous. Future implications for practice, such as transferring implementation to parents, are discussed. |
|
|
210. The Effectiveness of Using Social Stories to Promote Behavior, Communication and Social Skills for Students with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD): A Literature Review |
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory |
AIMAN ALKLDI (The University of Iowa) |
Discussant: Kate Doyle (University of Cincinnati) |
Abstract: The purpose of this paper is to provide a review of the literature on the effects of Social Stories intervention on improving behavior, communication, and social skills in students with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). Nine scholarly articles that focused on the impact of using social stories strategies were reviewed and will be shared. The majority of these articles addressed the use of Social Stories exclusively on promoting behavior, communication and social skills. The focus of other studies was on the effects of using technology (Computer, iPad, Video, and Power Card) to present Social Stories with the goal of improving behavior, communication and social skills. All of the studies reviewed revealed that Social Stories were effective in improving the targeted behaviors and skills in kindergarten, elementary, and middle school students with ASD. Despite the findings of the studies, further research might be needed to determine the effects of using Social Stories on improving skills in high school students with ASD or the application of Social Stories with individuals with more sever forms of ASD. In addition, the impact of Social Stories on the ability to generalize the acquired skills may need further examinations. |
|
|
211. Developing District-Wide Programs for Students with Autism Spectrum Disorders Through the Arizona Statewide Autism Project: A Case Study |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
KARA ANNE MAGEE-ARICK (STAR Autism Support) |
Discussant: Kate Doyle (University of Cincinnati) |
Abstract: The Arizona Statewide Autism Project is an innovative project that began in the fall of 2012. The project focuses on the educational needs of students with significant learning challenges, including autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The first two years of the project focused on Early Childhood Educational Teams. Twenty-five early childhood teams participated in the first year. Since 2012, the project expanded to elementary, middle and high school teams. The project builds sustainability of practices through the establishment of training sites in each geographical region of the state. Currently 50 school districts have participated in the project.
Participating teams are learning effective instructional strategies for teaching students with ASD in a high quality learning environment. Components of the project include:
• Professional development workshops and on-site coaching
• Comprehensive ABA curricula
• Content-based thematic units
• Professional development for general education teachers to promote inclusive practices
• Information and resources on effective environmental and visual supports |
|
|
212. Clinical Application of Functional Analysis Methodology in an Integrated Day Program for Adults with Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CARLA T. SCHMIDT (University of Cincinnati), Victoria Childers (University of Cincinnati), Kristine Feliciano (University of Cincinnati), Kate Linz (University of Cincinnati), Gregory Stegbauer (University of Cincinnati), Deidre Wise (University of Cincinnati), Christina Carnahan (University of Cincinnati) |
Discussant: Kate Doyle (University of Cincinnati) |
Abstract: Functional analysis is well documented in the literature as a standard for assessment in the field of Behavior Analysis. The purpose of this study was to test the utility of Functional Analysis methodology to inform intervention planning to address the aberrant behavior of three adults with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Participants were two males and one female with significant behavioral and communication challenges. Participants attend an adult day program that is fully integrated in a university campus setting. The inclusive program is designed to systematically build social and employment skills for adults with autism in an integrated setting. The goals of this program are to provide permanent integrated employment, life-long learning, and health and wellness opportunities for all participants. Target behaviors were selected based on the needs of each participant and their specific goals in the program. After the functional analysis was conducted, an intervention plan was created for each participant based on these results. Each intervention was empirically evaluated using the appropriate single-subject design. Data will be presented on the functional analysis conducted for each participant as well as the subsequent resulting interventions designed to ameliorate target behaviors. The results from this study further support functional analysis methodology and suggest its utility in an integrated day program on a university campus. |
|
|
213. Play Interventions Involving Neurotypical Peers and Children with Autism: A Review of Research Quality |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CATHARINE LORY (Purdue University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University) |
Discussant: Kate Doyle (University of Cincinnati) |
Abstract: Play is vital for children’s developmental growth and provides a context for social interaction. However, children with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) struggle to acquire appropriate play behaviors, which impedes the development of cognitive, language and communicative abilities. As children with ASD are increasingly educated with typically developing peers in inclusive settings, it becomes pertinent that along with teaching appropriate play, we also ensure that they learn to play with typically developing peers. Our systematic review examined the quality of play interventions for children with ASD that involved typically developing peers as interventionists or play partners. The search procedures included a keyword search in four databases, followed by a search of references of included articles, and finally a manual search of two relevant journals in 2015 and 2016. Thirteen studies were included and coded for eight components based on quality indicators developed by the Council of Exceptional Children in 2014. An inter-rater agreement of 80.6% was obtained on two sample articles. Twelve out of 13 studies met five quality indicators (i.e., context and setting, participants, description of practice, outcome measures, data analysis), while seven to eight studies met the remaining three quality indicators (i.e., intervention agent, implementation fidelity, internal validity). |
|
|
214. Comparison of Tablet-Delivered and Instructor-Delivered Teaching on Receptive Identification in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
MARIE-MICHÈLE DUFOUR (Université de Montréal), sabine Saade Chebli (Université de Montréal), Marc J. Lanovaz (Université de Montréal) |
Discussant: Kate Doyle (University of Cincinnati) |
Abstract: Because most children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) require individualized teaching, using tablets as instructional tools represents an interesting solution in classrooms with high student to teacher ratios. The purpose of our study was to compare the effectiveness of tablet- and instructor-delivered teaching on the receptive identification of one-word concepts. To this end, we embedded a multielement design within a multiple probe design to compare the effectiveness of the two instructional modalities in seven children with ASD. Two of seven participants showed generalization on all concepts with fewer instructional trials after receiving instructor-delivered teaching whereas the remaining five participants had mixed results depending on the concept. In total, the participants showed more rapid generalization with the instructor for 14 of 19 concepts taught. Our results suggest that tablets should not replace instructor-delivered teaching, but that they may serve as a complement when one-to-one instruction is unfeasible or impractical. |
|
|
215. The Effectiveness of Digital Comic Strips to Increase Empathetic Responses in Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
KHALIFAH SAMI ALDUGHAYSH (Missouri State Universtiy), Linda G. Garrison-Kane (Missouri State University), Michael Goeringer (Missouri State University), David Goodwin (Associate Professor, Missouri State University) |
Discussant: Kate Doyle (University of Cincinnati) |
Abstract: A multiple baseline design across three children with Autism was employed to assess the effects of teaching verbal and nonverbal empathetic responding via digital comics. Digital comic strips were developed specifically to depict three emotional categories happiness, sadness or pain, and fear in a variety of social contexts. Studies correlated deficit in theory of mind and empathetic responsiveness skills to children with autism (Baron-Cohen, et al, 1985, Baron-Cohen & Wheelwright, 2004 Butean, et al., 2014). Mixed results in studies correlating empathy disorders in children with autism; however, recent research strongly supports the idea that children with ASD express less empathic responses than typically developed children (Peterson, 2014). Researchers have noted (Schrandt, et al., 2009) that limited studies have focused on the utilization of evidence-based practices to teach these skills. Preliminary results show an increases for all three participants are: Participant One: Baseline=.50 Verbal responding, .25 Nonverbal, Treatment=3.7 Verbal Responding, 3.2 Non-Verbal responding; Participant Two: Baseline .33, Verbal Responding, 0 Non-Verbal responding; Treatment 3.4 Verbal Responding, 2.7 Non-Verbal; Participant Three: .14, Verbal Responding, .14 Non-Verbal Responding; Treatment: 3.25 Verbal Responding, 3.5 Non-Verbal Responding. |
|
|
216. Measurement of Treatment Integrity in the Application of Functional Communication Training Withina School-based Setting |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
SONJA R. DE BOER (Woodbury Autism Education and Research), Aurora Alonzo (Woodbury Autism Education & Research), Lauren Chapman (Woodbury Autism Education and Research) |
Discussant: Kate Doyle (University of Cincinnati) |
Abstract: One very important aspect to behavior change is the establishment of reliable treatment integrity among practitioners. There is current research supporting the notion in which treatment integrity of school-based interventions can be directly related to intervention outcomes (Fiske 2008). Further review of the current research also describes some implications which treatment integrity has on the practice and implementation of behavior analytic interventions (Vollmer et al. 2008). This research project extends the current research on treatment integrity through the creation of a measurement tool utilizing direct practitioner observation. We examine the importance of treatment integrity in the implementation of Functional Communication Training. We also discuss the use of the learn unit (Greer 2002) as a measure of treatment integrity through the examination of the dimensions of functional communication training. We will describe how the integrity of treatment intervention is paramount to behavior change and discuss events that may result in decreased integrity of intervention. Based on our research, recommendations are made on how the direct practitioner observation tool can be utilized by other practitioners and adapted for a variety of interventions. |
|
|
217. Video Modelling and Classical Conditioning: Which is More Efficient in Helping Children With a Diagnosis of Autism Spectrum Disorder Develop New Interests? |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
SHERENE ALICIA POWELL-OKAFOR (HOPE Autism Care Centre), Jennifer Sheridan (Hope Autism Care Centre) |
Discussant: Kate Doyle (University of Cincinnati) |
Abstract: Autism is defined by the triad of impairments that includes social interaction, communication and restricted behaviour. There are many interventions for improving the lives of children diagnosed with (ASD) but research has demonstrated that Applied Behaviour Analysis (ABA) is the most effective. A significant issue with autistic children is their lack of variation of interests and obsessions in activities or play. However, due to this potentially limited and narrow ranges of interest in activities for children with ASD, this may make it difficult for professionals working with them to identify potential reinforcers to increase their educational and social opportunities. The study investigated how to expand otherwise fixated interests in children with ASD using a multiple baseline design. This was done by using: ? Conditioning: In which the highest preferred item is conditioned with the lowest. ? Video Modelling: Which entailed watching typical developing children playing with the lowest preferred item in different ways. Participants consisted of seven children, between the ages of three and six years, with varying levels of severity along the spectrum, all currently enrolled in early intervention services. Two types of preference assessment (PA) were used: paired stimulus (PS) which is also known as 2-choice paired stimulus and free operant (FO). PA was used to identify the hierarchy of participants preference in order of one to six and to assess if this hierarchy changes throughout the study. The results of this study showed that both conditioning and video modelling were effective at changing preferences for young children with ASD. However, the video modelling condition was superior as it helped changed preference faster and in different way. |
|
|
218. Social Validity Assessment of the Headsprout Early Reading for Individuals With Autism and Intellectual Disability |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
ANITA YAKKUNDI (University College Dublin, Queen's University, Belfast), Karola Dillenburger (Centre for Behaviour Analysis, Queen's University Belfast), Lizbeth Goodman (SMARTlab, School of Engineering and Architecture, University College Dublin) |
Discussant: Kate Doyle (University of Cincinnati) |
Abstract: Acquisition of literacy skills will help with social, communication, leisure, daily living and vocational skills, having long term impact on individuals' quality of life. However students with autism and co-occurring intellectual disability (ID) acquire limited if any reading skills by the end of their school education. This research supported by the charity RESPECT and Marie Curie actions, was undertaken to provide reading interventions for students with autism and moderate/severe ID using the online Headsprout' early reading (HER) program via the Kids a-z app on a touch screen device. The study participants (> 6y), had minimal reading skills and intervention was carried out in special schools or home settings. A single system research study provided individualised intervention using appropriate prompts, token system, visual and voice support as needed. Assessment of reading skills pre, post was carried out using tools appropriate for verbal or non-verbal students. Social validity of 1) HER program and 2) intervention package and its impact was assessed using pre- and post- questionnaires completed by the caregivers/teachers. Comparison of gains in the early reading skills is also made between the groups of participants having verbal ability vs. low verbal and/or read aloud ability: results and potentials will be discussed. |
|
|
219. Exploring Barriers to Father Implementation of Behavioral Interventions for Nonverbal Children With Autism From Diverse Ethnic and Cultural Backgrounds |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
MICHAEL LAFASAKIS (Walden University; Downstate Medical Center-State) |
Discussant: Kate Doyle (University of Cincinnati) |
Abstract: Very little research has been conducted on fathers of nonverbal children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) and no studies to date have explored the perspectives of fathers from diverse ethnic and cultural backgrounds residing in New York City (NYC) regarding barriers to implementing behavioral interventions in the home. To address this gap in the literature, an in-depth qualitative interview was conducted to obtain information from fathers of diverse ethnic and cultural backgrounds residing in NYC regarding barriers to implementing behavioral interventions in the home with their nonverbal child with ASD. Findings were interpreted using the behavioral and humanistic approach, which involved an analysis of environmental contingencies as well as an empathic understanding of the father's perspectives related to the assigned meaning of their experiences. An evaluation of interview data uncovered themes within and across cases with interrater agreement at 85.9% and 82%, respectively, which contributed to recommendations for parents and professionals. Findings provided much insight into the perspectives of fathers of nonverbal children from diverse ethnic and cultural backgrounds and offered useful information for psychologists, counselors, parents, advocates and autism treatment organizations to help improve parent training and counseling methods with the goal of promoting positive therapeutic outcomes. |
|
|
|
|
Applications of Behavior Analysis to Enhance Dog Training, Welfare, and Assessment |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom H |
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Alexandra Protopopova (Texas Tech University) |
CE Instructor: Erica N. Feuerbacher, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The field of applied animal behavior has a large variety of domains that can be informed by the application of behavior analysis, including welfare, training, and assessment. One area in which behavior analysis has made continued contributions is with domestic dogs. With the increased numbers of dogs in homes (70-80 million in the United States) and in shelters (on average 3.9 million annually), understanding how best to interact with them, train them, and make good decisions in shelters is essential. The current symposium presents research using behavior analysis to address all of these aspects. The papers cover: 1) improving shelter dog welfare and behavior using negative reinforcement shaping procedures, 2) assessing training lore on how to enhance reinforcer efficacy, and 3) how disparate behavioral measures of sociability, often used as a factor in determining adoptability and measured in different ways such as time allocated to social interaction or latency to approach a person, correlate with each other. The data presented can be used to improve the welfare of domestic dogs by giving humans better tools for interacting with, understanding, and training them. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): behavioral assessment, dog training, domestic dog |
|
Construction Fear Treatment for Dogs in Shelters |
MORGAN KATZ (MSPCA at Nevins Farms), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Of the approximately 3.9 million dogs that enter US animal shelters each year, many exhibit behaviors related to fear, which can affect their likelihood of adoption. Current dog training procedures to treat fear include counterconditioning and desensitization, which can often take months or years to show any behavior change and do not teach specific behaviors aimed to increase the dog's chance of being adopted. The current study used a negative reinforcement shaping procedure to teach fearful dogs to approach and and interact with people. The results showed that constructional fear treatment increased the amount of time the dog spent at the front of the kennel, and increased sniffing, tail wagging, and accepting petting for all 3 participants. |
|
One Large Reinforcer or Four Small Ones: Does Reinforcer Delivery Affect Its Efficacy for Domestic Dogs? |
ERICA N. FEUERBACHER (Carroll College), Chelsea Stone (Carroll College) |
Abstract: Food is typically a preferred interaction for domestic dogs and a more effective reinforcer than social interaction. However, little is known about how to enhance the reinforcer efficacy of food for dogs, but there is a lot of training lore suggesting ways to increase the efficacy of food. One recommendation in dog training is to deliver multiple, small treats while praising the dog, rather than one large treat, to enhance the effectiveness of the reinforcer. However, this practice has not been evaluated. In the current study we compared the reinforcer efficacy of delivering four small treats while praising the dog compared to one large treat, which was equivalent to the four small treats. We assessed the efficacy of these two reinforcer delivery methods from two perspectives. First, in a concurrent choice, we assessed whether dogs preferred receiving four small treats with simultaneous praise versus one large treat without praise. Second, we assessed dogs’ break point in a progressive ratio schedule for each reinforcer delivery methods. We found individual variability in dogs’ sensitivity to the two reinforcement methods and we discuss the results in terms of applying them to improving dog training methods. |
|
The Methodology, Reliability, and Validity of Canine Sociability Tests |
KELSEA MARIE BROWN (Texas Tech University), Erica N. Feuerbacher (Carroll College), Alexandra Protopopova (Texas Tech University) |
Abstract: A growing number of studies make claims about dog sociability in both applied and basic contexts. Yet, there is currently no standard for measuring sociability in dogs. The purpose of this three-part study was to determine whether a wide range of canine sociability tests would produce the same results as each other, over time, and between shelter and pet dogs. Experiment 1 established the appropriate methodology for detecting social behavior in a shelter setting using a mixed-subjects design to assess whether experimenter position (standing, sitting, or kneeling) and presence of affection (petting and praise or none) affect leashed dogs social behavior. In Experiment 2, three common sociability procedures were compared using shelter and pet dogs: 1) unleashed dogs latency to approach, time in proximity, and following patterns; 2) leashed dogs touching, gaze, and proximity; and 3) the relative reinforcer efficacy between food and human attention. Experiment 3 explored the relationship between sociability and social cognitive tasks including perspective taking, joint attention, and choices in a t-maze. The data have implications for the validity of temperament tests in both basic and applied research. Results can be applied to improve matches for adoption and better inform shelter staff about the dogs in their care. |
|
|
|
|
Examining Response Interruption and Redirection Methods |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4E/F |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Haley Steinhauser (New England Center for Children; Western New Engla) |
CE Instructor: Kimberly Gauthier, M.S. |
Abstract: Previous research demonstrates that response blocking and response interruption are effective treatments for behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement, such as stereotypy. These three studies further evaluated variations of the response interruption and redirection (RIRD) procedure described by Ahearn, Clark, MacDonald, and Chung (2007). Gauthier and Ahearn assessed different levels of procedural integrity of the RIRD procedure in the treatment of vocal stereotypy. RIRD with diminished integrity suppressed stereotypy for some participants, but generally, full integrity resulted in more immediate suppression. Shawler, Dianda, and Miguel replicated and extended Love, Miguel, Fernand, and LaBrie (2012) in a comparison of RIRD and response competition in the treatment of vocal stereotypy. Significant stereotypy suppression was observed with one of the two participants in the response competition condition, but RIRD resulted in greater suppression for both participants. Steinhauser and Ahearn further evaluated the RIRD procedure in a systematic replication of Ahrens, Lerman, Kodak, Worsdell, and Keegan (2011) by comparing motor RIRD and vocal RIRD without prompting in the treatment of stereotypy. Both RIRD procedures reduced stereotypy with all participants, but the most effective procedure was idiosyncratic across participants. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): automatic reinforcement, response interruption, stereotypy |
|
An Evaluation of Varying Integrity of Implementation of Response Interruption and Redirection on Vocal Stereotypy |
KIMBERLY GAUTHIER (New England Center for Children; Western New Engla), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children; Western New Engla) |
Abstract: Response interruption and redirection (RIRD) is common treatment for automatically maintained behavior such as stereotypy (Ahearn et al., 2007). RIRD is a variation of response blocking, shown to decrease automatically maintained behavior even at diminished integrity (Lerman & Iwata, 1996; Smith et al., 1999). The purpose of the current study was to assess RIRD at two levels of procedural integrity to evaluate whether the less intrusive procedure is effective in suppressing vocal stereotypy. An ABAB variant design, in which the B component was an alternating treatment comparison of two different levels of procedural integrity, was used. Treatment sessions alternated between implementing RIRD with 100% integrity by interrupting and redirecting all instances of vocal stereotypy and 33% integrity by interrupting and redirecting one out of every three instances. Results varied across participants. Generally, full integrity had a more immediate suppressive effect compared to diminished integrity. Results indicate that for some individuals, a less intrusive form of RIRD can be equally as effective in suppressing stereotypy. |
|
Response Competition and Response Interruption and Redirectionas Treatment for Vocal Stereotypy |
Lesley A. Shawler (Endicott College), MARIA CARAM (Easter Seals, Oklahoma), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: Stereotypy is defined as any repetitive vocal or motor behavior that does not have an apparent function. Two recent methods for treating stereotypy include response competition and response interruption and redirection (RIRD). The purpose of the current study was to replicate and extend results of Love, Miguel, Fernand, and LaBrie (2012) by directly comparing the reductive effects of RIRD and response competition separately on vocal stereotypic behaviors using a multielement with reversal design. Reductive effects between auditory and nonauditory toys within the response competition condition were also compared. Participants were one male and one female child diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder. Results for both participants indicate a greater suppression of vocal stereotypy during RIRD. However, for participant two, there were also significant reductions in vocal stereotypy when she engaged with competing items that provided auditory stimulation. Finally, for both participants, there were some increases in appropriate vocalizations during treatment conditions. These findings support the results of previous literature on RIRD and matched stimulation as an effective method to reduce vocal stereotypy. |
|
An Evaluation of Procedural Components of Response Interruption and Redirection |
HALEY STEINHAUSER (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Previous research demonstrates that response interruption and redirection (RIRD) can decrease stereotypy for individuals with autism (Ahearn, Clark, MacDonald, & Chung, 2007; Ahrens, Lerman, Kodak, & Keegan, 2011; Martinez & Betz, 2013). Ahrens et al. (2011) compared the effects of motor RIRD to vocal RIRD on both motor and vocal stereotypy using a prompting hierarchy. The purpose of the current study was to systematically replicate Ahrens et al. by comparing the efficacy of motor and vocal RIRD without prompting compliance with issued demands in the treatment of stereotypy. The participants included four males, between the ages of 15 and 21. The RIRD procedures were presented using an ABAB design with an alternating treatments analysis during the B condition. During both RIRD procedures, the therapist neutrally presented the corresponding RIRD demands upon the occurrence of stereotypy and presented demands until the participant complied with three consecutive responses in the absence of stereotypy. The results of the current study suggest that both motor and vocal RIRD, without prompting, can decrease stereotypy engagement with the most efficacious procedure being idiosyncratic across participants. Interobserver agreement was collected for a minimum of 30% of sessions with a range of 86% to 100%. |
|
|
|
|
Facilitated Communication, Behavior Analysis, Science, Rationality, and Ethics: An Oxford Style Mock Debate |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 2/3 |
Area: AUT/PCH; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Jason Travers, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jason Travers (University of Kansas) |
JASON TRAVERS (University of Kansas) |
TRACIE L. LINDBLAD (Monarch House) |
JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: The academic debate about Facilitated Communication (FC), Rapid Prompting, and related pseudo-interventions for autism should have ended long ago. No science supports FC, and there is much good research to show the mechanisms by which the facilitator unconsciously authors the output attributed to the non-verbal subject. FC continues to be vigorously defended by academics and professionals whose credentials and training should immunize them against the promotion of demonstrated pseudoscience. Indeed, dozens of articles supportive FC have appeared in academic journals in recent years. All of this happens despite the best remediation efforts of scientists, practitioners, and others, including behavior analysts. One problem science-based academics and professionals face in dealing with FC is that its proponents often do not “play by the rules,” using a wide variety of logical fallacies and distracting rhetorical tactics to advance their views. Some of these practices were illustrated in a mock free-form debate over FC at ABAI in 2016, in which the designated FC proponent advanced his position primarily through the use of fallacies and personal attacks, occasionally sprinkled with facts. This proposed panel discussion will employ a more structured Oxford Style approach to illustrate how anti-scientific viewpoint is more likely to fail when the rules require the participants to adhere to facts and employ logical argument. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
|
|
|
|
Cultural Selection, Sustainability, and Interdisciplinary: Metacontingency as a Conceptual Tool |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall A-C |
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Ingunn Sandaker (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts have shown increasing interest towards the study of cultural phenomena, ranging from basic and applied research to theoretical works. The present symposium is composed of three discussions of theoretical aspects regarding topics of interest in Behavioral Analysis of Culture. The first paper presents a discussion of different levels of complexity in the selection of cultures, with the authors proposing an expansion of cultural analysis within a behavior analytic approach by looking at selection of cultural settings (settings of contingencies) as a different phenomenon than selection of interlocking behavioral contingencies and aggregated products. The second paper discusses the possibilities of the conceptual development of the metacontingency for behavior analysts to analyze and synthesize cultural phenomena and, thus, make contributions to the interdisciplinary field of cultural studies. The third paper presents a literature review on the concepts of sustainability and sustainable behavior aiming to evaluate how authors use the terms and to identify measures and variables that can help basic and applied researchers who work on the topic to conduct research. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): cultural analysis, cultural selection, metacontingencies, theoretical reaserch |
|
Cultural Selection and Behavior Analysis: An Opportunity to Syntheses of Behavioral Principles |
MARCELO FROTA LOBATO FROTA BENVENUTI (USP) |
Abstract: The use of tools from experimental analysis of behavior to deal with cultural problems makes us face the challenge of using two repertoires of the scientist: the ability to make analysis and synthesis. Behavioral principles result essentially from the analysis of our subject matter, the behavior. It allows us to go from simple to complex and, at each time (with no rush), achieve more and more complex phenomena that are socially important. If analysis has provided us with conceptual and methodological tools, we are ready to make synthesis Metacontingencies can be a useful tool to delineate and understand cultural changes. The notion offers a standing point to new possibilities in the field of culture and cultural selection. A behavioral synthesis involving the known effects of reinforcement and punishment in social relationships can help identify some additional and idiosyncratic effects of cultural change and reaffirm the need for a background in behavioral sciences to deal with the multidisciplinary field of culture and society. |
|
Selection of Cultures at Different Levels of Complexity: What is There for Behavior Analysts? |
KALLIU CARVALHO COUTO (oslo and akershus university college), Ingunn Sandaker (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
Abstract: Originally, behavior analysis emerged as a science of individual behavior (operant as unit of analysis). With the expansion of its conceptual framework and application of its methodology to subjects matters previously considered as part of other disciplines (e.g. psychopharmacology and anthropology), behavior analysts have reach new areas of study. Even though Skinner (1938, 1948) dealt with cultural issues since his earlier writings, his works often referred to the use of operant contingencies to explain cultural phenomena. Glenn (1986) presents the metacontingency concept as a way to describe selection at the third level (cultural) in its own right. It can be described as a functional relation between interlocking behavioral contingencies (IBCs), and their aggregate products (APs), with a selecting environment. Thus, metacontingency is a conceptual tool that enables analysis of cultural phenomena from a different perspective: Outside the conflict between individual vs. society (Todorov, 2006). We have recently proposed an expansion of cultural analysis within a behavior analytic approach by looking at selection of cultural settings (settings of contingencies) as a different phenomenon than selection of IBCs and APs (Couto & Sandaker, 2016). Here we attempt to refine the conceptual discussion and its implication for behavior analysts aiming at studying the selection of and the evolution of cultural practices. |
|
The Use of the Concepts "Sustainability" and "Sustainable Behavior" in Behavior-Analytic Literature |
FELIPE L. LUSTOSA LEITE (University of Fortaleza / Imagine Behavioral Technology), Felícia Glaber Lucena (University of Fortaleza) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts, mainly those involved in the study of cultural practices, have shown interest on topics related to sustainability and sustainable development. However, no clear definition of terms such as sustainability or sustainable behavior is found in behavioral analytic terminology, which can make it difficult for basic and applied researchers to clearly determine which behaviors to measure and what outcomes do expect from research in such field. Thus, the present paper reviews the uses of the terms sustainability and sustainable behavior in papers published in behavior-analytic journals. The database search found 41 papers on the topic. Although most authors mention the Brundtland Commission definition, with focus on three dimensions of sustainability (economic, environmental and social sustainability), the papers found here almost exclusively focus on the environmental dimension (20), generaly using sustainable behavior as a synomym of ecological behavior, although not clearly specifying this. Most of the research found were theoritical or interpretive, but empirical research (4 applied, 3 quasi-experimental and 3 experimental) were also found. We conclude that behavior-analytic research on the topic could benefit from seeking more approximation form advances made in other fields and from investing more effort in empirical research in order to better produce intervention technologies. |
|
|
|
|
SQAB Tutorial: Applying Operant Demand Analyses to Issues of Societal Importance |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom D |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
PSY/BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Derek D. Reed, Ph.D. |
Chair: Matthew W. Johnson (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Presenting Authors: : DEREK D. REED (The University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Behavioral economic demand analyses quantify the degree to which organisms defend consumption of reinforcers. Emanating from the experimental analysis of behavior, demand analyses have rendered an abundance of success in modeling consumption and choice in highly controlled nonhuman studies. Translational applications in the 1980s demonstrated the potentiality of demand analyses in understanding substance use in human subject. Accordingly, contemporary research in addiction sciences has seen a marked proliferation in applying demand analyses in both translational and clinical settings. This SQAB Tutorial highlights translations of findings from basic studies on reinforcer demand to various issues of societal important. The presentation begins with a primer on demand assessment and analysis. Discussion of demand metrics with immediate translation to applied behavior analysis is provided. Particular examples from behavioral health domains are provided in the areas of alcohol, cigarette, marijuana, and indoor tanning demand. The presentation concludes with a discussion of other areas of translation in mainstream applied behavior analysis, such as validating preference assessments, determining token delivery and exchange schedules, and classroom based reinforcement contingencies for work completion. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Certified behavior analysts, psychologists, graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the event, the participant will be able to: (1) describe methods used to generate an operant behavioral economic demand curves; (2) identify various components of a demand curve that are useful as dependent variables in translational studies; (3) discuss novel areas of applied behavior analysis that could benefit from operant behavioral economic demand analysis. |
|
DEREK D. REED (The University of Kansas) |
Dr. Derek Reed is a Licensed Behavior Analyst in the State of Kansas and an Associate Professor in the Department of Applied Behavioral Science at the University of Kansas where he directs the Applied Behavioral Economics Laboratory. Derek received his Bachelor's degree in Psychology from Illinois State University and his Masters and Ph.D. in School Psychology from Syracuse University. He has served as Associate Editor for Behavior Analysis in Practice and The Psychological Record, and guest Associate Editor for The Behavior Analyst, Journal of Behavioral Education, and Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. He serves as a reviewer on the editorial boards of The Behavior Analyst, Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, and Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. Derek has published over 90 peer reviewed papers and book chapters, coauthored three edited books, and was the 2016 recipient of the American Psychological Association Division 25 B. F. Skinner Foundation New Applied Researcher Award. He is working on a new textbook titled Introduction to Behavior Analysis with his coauthors Greg Madden and Mark Reilly. Derek is presently the Executive Director of the Society for the Quantitative Analyses of Behavior. Derek's research translates behavioral economic demand to understand contemporary issues of societal importance. |
Keyword(s): behavioral economics, demand, quantitative analysis, translational research |
|
|
|
|
The Elements of Effective Instruction |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Convention Center 403/404 |
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Ronald C. Martella, Ph.D. |
Chair: Ronald C. Martella (University of Oklahoma) |
NANCY MARCHAND-MARTELLA (University of Oklahoma) |
RONALD C. MARTELLA (University of Oklahoma) |
AMEDEE MARTELLA (Carnegie Mellon University) |
Abstract: This presentation will highlight the four big ideas of effective instruction. These big ideas include (a) setting expectations, (b) increasing student engagement, (c) providing praise, and (d) correcting errors. Research supporting these four elements will be shared. Illustrative videos and participant practice using research validated programs will be included in the presentation. Expectations involve a focus on establishing expectation routines and teaching them explicitly. Increasing student engagement will focus on choral responding, use of white boards, and other response card requirements. Providing praise will emphasize the use of general and special praise statements. Finally, correcting errors will involve modeling and firming practices to ensure future success. Problem solving scenarios will also be shared. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
|
|
|
From the Laboratory to the Field: Recent Innovations in Incentive Procedures used in Organizational Behavior Management |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency, Granite |
Area: OBM/PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Adam S. Warman (The Faison Center) |
CE Instructor: Byron J. Wine, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium presents three studies that examine aspects of delivering incentives as a behavior-change intervention. The components of incentive delivery evaluated and discussed in the presentations include: feedback, probability of delivery, magnitude of reward, and the interplay of social influences. Taken together, these presentations will provide practitioners and researchers with the latest information on what variables are likely to influence incentive systems. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
The Effects of Individual and Social Comparison Graphic Feedback on Incented Performance |
YNGVI F. EINARSSON (Western Michigan University), Alyce M. Dickinson (Western Michigan University), Bradley E. Huitema (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: This study examined whether graphic displays of individual performance and graphic displays of the individual performance of each group member would increase performance when individuals were paid monetary incentives. All participants were paid piece-rate pay and there were three conditions: (a) no feedback, (b) graphic display of individual performance, and (c) graphic display of the performance of each group member. Participants were 80 undergraduate students who performed a computerized data entry task. The main dependent variable was the number of correctly completed entries. A monotone ANCOVA was used to detect performance differences, using data from the first session as a covariate to control for keyboard proficiency. As hypothesized, the group that received graphic displays of the performance of each group member performed the highest, followed by the group that received graphic displays of individual performance, and then by the group that did not receive feedback. The results indicate that both types of graphic feedback can enhance incented performance. The findings extend VanStelle (2012), who found that those who received graphic displays of the performance of each group member performed significantly better than those who received graphic displays of only their own performance when they were paid hourly. |
|
The Effects of Incentive Magnitude on the Efficacy of Probabilistic Schedules of Monetary Incentives |
JASON M. HIRST (Southern Illinois University), Conor M. Smith (The University of Kansas), Scott Michael Curry (University of Kansas), Denys Brand (The University of Kansas), Amy J. Henley (The University of Kansas), Matthew Novak (University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: In practice, the delivery of consequencesincluding incentivesdoes not always correspond with the ideal conditions for effective reinforcement). The present study was conducted as an extension to previous research focusing on the effects of uncertainty for incentive delivery. Using a simulated work task in an analogue setting, an incentive was arranged for meeting a performance criterion during each trial with varying degrees of probability applied to the criterion. Specifically, participants were told at the beginning of each trial that the probability of the incentive criterion being applied to their performance was either 5%, 10%, 25%, or 90%. If the criterion was not applied, no incentive was delivered regardless of performance during that trial. In a reversal design, two magnitudes of incentives ($0.75 and $1.50) were compared. During the small incentive condition, the probabilistic schedules of incentives failed to sustain responding on the work task for under at least the lower probabilities. For those three participants, increasing the magnitude of the incentive shifted responding with lower probabilities of earning an incentive were more effective maintaining responding than under the small incentive. This effect of magnitude may have implications for the implementation of incentive systems under less than ideal conditions. |
|
The Effects of Public Versus Private Drawings in a Lottery Reinforcement System |
ADAM S. WARMAN (The Faison Center), Byron J. Wine (Florida Institute of Technology), Eli T. Newcomb (The Faison Center), Ting Chen (The Faison Center) |
Abstract: Lotteries have proven to be an effective procedure in changing employee behavior. However, lotteries contain multiple components (e.g., drawing locations, odds of winning, delivery of tickets after performance). The degree to which the components influence the effectiveness of the intervention is largely unknown. Recent research has examined probabilities that a lottery will payout to entrants, but no research has yet to evaluate aspects of the lottery drawing. This investigation extends previous research by examining the social aspects of lotteries by comparing private versus public drawings of lottery winners. Participants were direct care employees in three separate classrooms in a school for children diagnosed with autism. The dependent variable was the number of FAST assessments completed by the employees. A multiple baseline with a multielement component was used to evaluate no lottery, lottery with a winner drawn and informed in private, and a lottery where the winner was drawn and announced in the classroom. |
|
|
|
|
Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) in Human Services |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall D-G |
Area: OBM/VBC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Ansley Catherine Hodges (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Discussant: Katie Nicholson (Florida Institute of Technology) |
CE Instructor: Ansley Catherine Hodges, M.S. |
Abstract: Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) provides a useful technology and conceptual basis for changing the behavior of individuals in work settings. This symposium focuses on applications of OBM in human services agencies. The first presentation describe working in Early Intervention clinics for children with autism to improve their delivery of behavioral intervention. The second presentation describes and discusses the use of social validity measures in human services in the context of organizational and staff performance improvements. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Early Intervention, OBM, Social Validity, Verbal Behavior |
|
Using OBM to Increase Staff Performance in Early Intervention |
(Applied Research) |
Ansley Catherine Hodges (Florida Institute of Technology), Nicole Gravina (Florida Institute of Technology), JAMES BEVACQUA (Nemours Children's Hospital) |
Abstract: In clinical settings, it is important to train behavior technicians to run programs correctly and maximize all teaching opportunities. In this study, the total number of teaching opportunities and the percentage of programs with at leave five learning opportunities was targeted for improvement. Results from the Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Human Services-2 assessment tool indicated staff fluency deficits. A Precision Teaching intervention was employed to increase fluency across skill acquisition programs. Results suggest that the intervention was effective in both increasing the number of total teaching trials per hour and increasing the number of programs with at least five teaching trials. |
|
An Evaluation of the Effects of Video Modeling on Staff Implementation of Pre-Session Pairing |
(Applied Research) |
REGINA NASTRI (Florida Institute of Technology), Katie Nicholson (Florida Institute of Technology), Kristin M. Albert (Florida Institute of Technology), Lauren Stroker (Florida Institute of Technology), Marilynn Vanessa Colato (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Pre-session Pairing (PSP) is a procedure that has been recommended by popular early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) curriculum guides to help build rapport and increase compliance among children with autism. However, there is little technological description of how to implement the procedure. In addition, staff may not know how to build rapport with clients. Therefore, the purpose of this study is twofold: 1) to develop a technological description of the behaviors involved in pre-session pairing and 2) to train staff to implement the pairing procedure to mastery. A multiple baseline across participants design was used to evaluate the effects of video modeling with voiceover instruction on a task analysis of behaviors involved in the pairing procedure. Results indicated that staff from a university-based autism treatment center were able to master all components and demonstrated generalization with a real child. Implications for referring to this procedure as "pairing" will also be discussed. |
|
Ensuring Social Validity in Your Human Service Operations |
(Service Delivery) |
SHANNON BIAGI (Florida Tech and ABA Technologies, Inc.), Manuel Rodriguez (ABA Technologies, Inc.) |
Abstract: Goals, procedures and outcomes oh my! Social validity is an important element to our practice and service. While you may be able to present some compelling data to show the impact of your behavioral intervention, there is one piece of data that can mean long-term success or failure for your plans, namely social validity. This presentation will highlight the importance of social validity, and a design for educating practitioners on including social validity as part of their practice. Emphasis will be placed on how social validity should be integrated before, during and following any behavioral intervention, and case examples towards raising the bar of our profession. |
|
|
|
|
Peering Into Skinner's Black Box: The Evolutionary Conserved Neurobiology of Operant Learning |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 4 |
Domain: Basic Research |
CE Instructor: Federico Sanabria, Ph.D. |
Chair: Federico Sanabria (Arizona State University) |
BJÖRN BREMBS (Universität Regensburg) |
Björn Brembs studied biology at the University of Würzburg in Germany. His graduate studies on associative conditioning in fruit flies were supervised by Martin Heisenberg in Würzburg. During this time, Björn spent every Monday morning, before preparing his experiments in the library studying not only the neurogenetic and wider biological literature, but especially reading up on six decades of experimental psychology. In 2000, Björn went on to switch organisms for his postoctoral fellowship with John H. Byrne at the University of Texas in Houston, Texas. There, he studied how operant behavior and reward converge onto a single neuron in the marine snail Aplysia. He and his colleagues discovered how this neuron is modified to bias the behavior towards the rewarded behavior. In 2004 he started his own lab at the Freie Universität in Berlin, Germany. Back at working with fruit flies in Berlin, he discovered that operant and classical conditioning have different genetic underpinnings. Björn is now tenured professor of neurogenetics at the University of Regensburg, Germany. |
Abstract: B. F. Skinner argued that neurobiology was not necessary to explain operant behavior. However, some of his most publicized conjectures could only be tested using neurobiological methods. For instance, 1959, in what may be one of the most decisive debates in modern psychology (or cognitive neuroscience), Noam Chomsky gutted Skinner's claims that human language were acquired via operant processes. By understanding and comparing the neurobiological mechanisms of operant learning in different animals, we now are beginning to accumulate evidence that Skinner was at least partially correct: there is a dedicated, evolutionarily conserved biochemical mechanism underlying behavioral learning which does not seem to be involved in the other forms of learning tested so far. This mechanism is also involved in acquiring at least the speech component of language, articulation. Coincidentally, such experiments also solved a technical problem first formulated by Skinner in 1935. Behavioral experiments were performed ~80% statistical power and have been internally replicated before publication. These replications often included different genetic modifications targeting the same biological structure, providing converging evidence for any given effect. |
Target Audience: Fellow researchers, but it is my aim that graduate students should be able to follow and understand the talk nevertheless. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss the neurobiological mechanisms underlying simple forms of conditioning, related to forms of learning associated with substance abuse and other behavioral disorders. |
|
|
|
|
Complementarities in the Foundations of Behavior Analysis: Factuals and Counter-Factuals |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom F/G |
Area: PCH/EDC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: One need not look far in the popular press to find misrepresentations of Skinner and behaviorism (e.g., Lewis, 2015). Indeed, there is a long history of non-behaviorists misarticulating and misrepresenting Skinner, his work, and its implications (MacCorquodale, 1970; Palmer, 2006; Todd & Morris, 1983). However, potentially more problematic, is when behaviorists fail to reexamine implications of Skinner's work with regards to modern technologies and advances in the social sciences outside of the radical behaviorist community. For example, it may benefit behaviorists and non-behaviorists alike to examine behavior-analytic practices using approaches, such as post-modernism (cf. B. F. Skinner, 1964). Consequently, this symposium provides three discussions of complementarities and counter-factuals to the evolution of radical behaviorism (cf. B. F. Skinner, 1963). Namely, building on historical, empirical, and theoretical sources presenters will: 1.) justify and provide strategies for incorporating Foucauldian considerations into behavior-analytic practices, 2.) explain what went wrong with Skinner's teaching machines, and discuss the possible evolution of Skinner's teaching machines in light of modern technologies, and 3.) identify shared congruities between Skinner's (teaching) behaviors and Papert's constructionism (Papert & Harel, 1991) and discuss a potential evolution of constructionist practices informed by radical behaviorism (with implications for current maker and coding initiatives). |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): behaviorism complementarities, constructionist behaviors, post-modernism, Skinner's teaching-machines |
|
Foucauldian Considerations for Behavior Analysis |
WILL FLEMING (University of Kansas), Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The experimental analysis of behavior and applied behavior analysis are behavioral practices. As such, they evolve through selection by consequences among internal, interlocked contingencies. They also evolve through selective consequences among external contingencies (e.g., sociocultural practices). Despite the emergence of a field of study (i.e., discourse) on macro- and metacontingencies, the focus of behavior-analytic interpretations of the external contingencies remains relatively narrow, especially when considering practices that indirectly and directly affect behavior-analytic sciences (e.g., normativity). That is, while behavior analysts are developing a language in which they can discuss the evolution of their practices, in part, by the external selection by contingencies, few have done so. Some post-structuralist historians and philosophers have examined localized and globalized practices that affect both external and internal contingencies of science. One such poststructuralist, Michel Foucault (1926-1984), offered a conceptualization of power relations that may be useful in understanding the evolution of behavior-analytic sciences as institutionalized practices, identifying new levels of analysis for studying the internal and external contingencies, and explaining how their practices are interlocked. Namely, strategies for adopting and incorporating Foucauldian considerations into behavior-analytic practices are discussed, as well as the possibilities and limitations of those considerations. |
|
What Teaching Machines Should Have Been: A Counterfactual Analysis |
ROGELIO ESCOBAR (National Autonomous University of Mexico) |
Abstract: While attending his daughter’s 4th-grade arithmetic class in 1953, Skinner noted that all students had to move at the same pace and, after solving math problems, they did not know immediately whether their responses were right or wrong. Skinner envisioned a technology of teaching based on the principles of response shaping and immediate reinforcement. Following this notion, and inspired by his success with instrumentation, he built a machine that presented the materials to be learned one at a time, and provided feedback immediately. This machine was called a teaching machine.
However, although the technology of teaching was based on solid principles of learning, only a few years later, teaching machines were equated to a “disease” by the media and even by those who initially encouraged their use.
What went wrong? Why did teaching machines not fulfill their promise?
In this counterfactual analysis, the presenter will extrapolate how teaching machines could have been realized if Skinner had had modern technology.
Namely, the analysis is focused on explicating what Skinner was trying to accomplish with each step in the design of gradually more complex teaching machines and learning materials, and then hypothesize how new technology could have helped Skinner realize these goals. |
|
B. F. Skinner and Seymour Papert: A Missed Connection |
DON DAVIS (The University of Texas at San Antonio) |
Abstract: B. F. Skinner was an avid tinkerer (Skinner, 1979, 1983, 1985) whose bricolage later translated directly to scientific discoveries, such as schedules of reinforcement (Skinner, 1979). Indeed, Skinner found making to be so essential that he required students to handcraft operant conditioning chambers in order to better understand behavior (Skinner, 1979). Such a hands-on approach to learning is, however, not commonly epitomized or proselytized by radical behaviorists. Rather, it is more characteristic of constructionism as outlined by Seymour Papert (e.g., Papert, 1980), a field whose adherents are often not only unfamiliar with but averse to radical behaviorism (Stager, 2015). This turn of events was, however, not inevitable. Namely, Skinner and Papert shared many commonalities and with Skinner at Harvard and Papert at MIT, they could have met. In such case, how might Skinner have informed Paperts work? How might Paperts skills with artificial intelligence, programming, and other technologies have shaped Skinners behavior? Answering these questions through a rigorous examination of the literature will highlight potential affordances of a science of behavior for constructionists and their endeavors (such as the maker initiative). Similarly, constructionist narratives will be used to identify worthwhile pathways for future behavioral research. |
|
|
|
|
Interprofessional Collaboration Among Speech-Language Pathologists and Behavior Analysts |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2A |
Area: PRA/VBC; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Barbara E. Esch, Ph.D. |
Chair: Barbara E. Esch (Esch Behavior Consultants, LLC) |
GINA GREEN (Association of Professional Behavior Analysts) |
LORI FROST (Pyramid Educational Consultants) |
LINA M. SLIM-TOPDJIAN (ASAP-A Step Ahead Program, LLC) |
Abstract: The World Health Organization (2010) has presented a Framework for Action on Interprofessional Education (IPE) and Collaborative Practice (IPP) to be adopted by health and education systems to improve outcomes, including in settings which regularly employ behavior analysts (BAs) and speech-language pathologists (SLPs). Core competency domains are required for the Framework to be successful. However, the Framework is not prescriptive and professionals are faced with the challenge of developing systems for effectively implementing IPE and IPP. Moreover, interpretations of what constitutes Evidence-Based Practices (EBP) may differ across disciplines (e.g., BA, psychology, SLP; see Smith & Kasari, 2016). This panel will (a) delineate the Framework for IPE and IPP and (b) facilitate discussion regarding challenges that BAs and SLPs face in the application of this Framework with respect to EBP, historical perspectives, and the evidence across fields in support of language intervention, speech-articulation treatment, alternative and augmentative communication (AAC), and feeding treatments. Suggestions and next steps to further the development of IPP will be discussed. This presentation will highlight the elements that are important for successful professional collaboration, such as the ability to critically appraise research and the need to evaluate and support clinical expertise across professions. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): collaboration, scope practice, speech pathology |
|
|
|
|
Precision Learning Systems and Telehealth Applications |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2B |
Area: PRA/CBM; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Melissa L. Olive (Applied Behavioral Strategies LLC) |
CE Instructor: Melissa L. Olive, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Precision learning systems use behavioral technologies to advance the success of learners through a variety of format. In this session the use of telehealth, telemonitoring, and home-based visits were used to extend behavior analysis services to otherwise inaccessible populations. Skill acquisition in the domains of reading, math, and fitness were addressed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Precision teaching, self-monitoring, telehealth |
|
Interval Sprints as an Online Reading Fluency Intervention |
(Applied Research) |
LACY KNUTSON (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Deirdre Lee Fitzgerald (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Susan D. Flynn (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: The evaluative benefits offered by Precision Teaching in quantifying the effectiveness of reading interventions may help to empirically determine the most effective methods of providing reading instruction. Proponents of Precision Teaching look to establish fluency in basic behavioral repertoires so that students are able to perform complex skills with ease. The present study evaluated the use of interval sprints as an online fluency intervention. Participants completed short reading sprints to establish fluent reading. Post-intervention application measures evaluated the effects of using interval sprints to building fluency with the component skill of sight words, on the composite skill of oral reading. Following intervention, all participants demonstrated an increase in fluency with target stimuli as well as demonstrated improvement on application measures. Participants, who met mastery aims, demonstrated improved application and retention than compared to those who did not. The results from this study support the use of interval sprints as an online reading fluency intervention and expand the online precision teaching literature. Future research should seek to address the limitations discussed herein and examine practical strategies for teaching this methodology to educators who could incorporate it into the learning environment for those struggling with reading fluency. |
|
Computer-Based Precision Teaching in Developmental Mathematics |
(Applied Research) |
CICELY LOPEZ (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Deirdre Lee Fitzgerald (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Susan D. Flynn (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: The current research examined the effects a computer-based precision teaching intervention had on the development of math fact fluency in three 6th grade participants. Pre and post-tests of pre-algebraic skills were compared to investigate effects training component skills had on composite skills without direct training on those composite skills. All three participants made slow, but steady progress in their correct responding, their learning opportunities, errors, were undesirably variable and high during the training. Post-tests scores of pre-algebraic skill, when compared to the pre-test scores, were significantly higher than pre-test scores, suggesting the computer-based precision teaching intervention improved basic math fact fluency, and improved composite skills. Limitations and suggestions for future research are also discussed. |
|
Increasing Physical Activity in Adults With Down Syndrome and Obesity Utilizing a Telehealth Fitness Intervention |
(Applied Research) |
ANDREA MURRAY (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Deirdre Lee Fitzgerald (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jack Spear (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Individuals with disabilities are disproportionately more likely to be overweight or obese compared to the general population. With the other health concerns that go along with disabilities, specifically Down Syndrome, this creates the need for a program to increase physical activity. There are several biological characteristics common among individuals with the diagnosis which make them more prone to obesity, such as hypothyroidism, a lower basal metabolic rate, and an increase in leptin along with behavioral characteristics such as oppositional behavior, noncompliance, and inattention (Murray & Ryan-Krause, 2010). Current literature on the use of activity trackers for behavioral intervention is available, but none have specifically focused on individuals with disabilities. The present study utilized fitness trackers to make slow, incremental increases in the daily walking activity of adults with Down Syndrome who are considered obese. The study included five participants living with their families, four males and one female, who ranged in age from 22 to 30. Participants were supported in the intervention by an adult caregiver, which in each case was their mother. The intervention included the provision of a Fitbit worn daily, weekly performance goals, daily performance monitoring on a phone app, weekly data review by phone with the researcher and a caregiver, and immediate reinforcers for goal attainment delivered in the home setting by the adult caregiver in the household. Following implementation of the intervention, all participants increased their frequency of steps taken per day 30% over baseline averages. |
|
|
|
|
Preparing Students to Practice Ethical Applied Behavior Analysis |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Convention Center 401/402 |
Area: TBA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Ilene S. Schwartz, Ph.D. |
Chair: Ilene S. Schwartz (University of Washington) |
NANCY ROSENBERG (University of Washington) |
KATHERINE BATEMAN (University of Washington) |
KATHLEEN PETERSON (University of Washington) |
Abstract: Every student in a master's program in applied behavior analysis is required to take a course on ethics. Preparing these new practitioners is one of the most daunting aspects of a training program, yet there are few resources describing strategies to teach students to engage in ethical professional behavior. The purpose of this panel is to describe a process for talking about ethical issues that has been in use in a applied behavior analysis training program. The ethical decision making process will be described and different panelists will describe their experiences working with students as they implement the process. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analytic Emotion Instruction for Children With Autism |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Convention Center 304 |
Area: TBA/DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jeremy H. Greenberg (The Children's Institute of Hong Kong) |
CE Instructor: Jeremy H. Greenberg, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The focus of this symposium is on behavior analytic emotion-related instruction for children with autism spectrum disorders. The first study used a stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure to teach preference for books for children. Results indicated that children spent more time on looking at books and their stereotyped behaviors decreased after the intervention was completed. The second study used multiple exemplar instruction to teach a student with autism to tact others' emotions and environmental contexts associated with emotions. Results indicated that the student's emotion recognition skills improved as a function of multiple exemplar instruction. The third study employed a behavior analytic emotion intervention program to improve emotional and behavioral competence for children with autism. This study utilized a group design with pre and post tests. The emotion program was delivered in a group format with two to three children in each group. Statistical analyses comparing scores on pre and post tests indicated that children's behavioral and emotional competence improved after the intervention. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): autism, behaivoral instruction, emotion skills |
|
Using Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing to Teach Children's Preference for Books |
Hyunok Kim (Nexon Prumae Children's Rehabilitation Hospital), Kyungmi Oh (Nexon Prumae Children's Rehabilitation Hospital), Hyejeong Jang (Nexon Prumae Children's Rehabilitation Hospital), Jihye Ha (Nexon Prumae Children's Rehabilitation Hospital), Hye-Suk Lee Park (KAVBA ABA Research Center), GABRIELLE T. LEE (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to test the effects of a stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure on children's preference for books and their stereotyped behaviors. Two 3-year-old boys and one 4-year-old girl with autism participated in this study. A multiple baseline across participants design was used. The stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure consisted of delivering each child's preferred items or edibles while they were looking at books. Results indicated that all children spent more time on looking at books and their stereotyped behaviors also decreased during free play time after the intervention was completed. |
|
Teaching a Middle School Student With Autism to Tact Emotions and Causes of Emotions |
HUA FENG (National ChangHua University of Education), po-lung Cheng (National Changhua University of Education), Wenchu Sun (Behavior Therapy and Consultation Research Center) |
Abstract: One of the major deficits for people with autism is to understand other peoples emotions. Tact emotion training is important for their emotional regulation and social interaction. The purpose of this study was to investigate whether a multiple examples strategies and verbal prompt procedure can increase the percentage of correct responses of : (1) tact facial expressions (happy, sad, sacred and angry), (2) tact others emotions and (3) tact the cause of emotions in context, for a student with autism. A middle school student with autism participated in this study. A multiple probe across behaviors design was used. Results indicated that the student acquired the skills of tacting emotions and the environmental contexts associated with the emotions. |
|
Effects of an Emotion Intervention on Behavioral and Emotional Competence for Children With Autism |
GABRIELLE T. LEE (Michigan State University), Sheng Xu (ChongQing Normal University), ShaoJu Jin (ChongQing Normal University), Dan Li (ChongQing Normal University), Shuangshuang Zhu (ChongQing Normal University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of a behavior-analytic emotion intervention on childrens behavioral and emotion competence. Eight children (seven boys and one girl, age 7-8) diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder participated in this study. The study used a group design with pre and post tests to measure the intervention effects. The emotion intervention was delivered in a group format with two or three children in one group for the first 12 sessions and two individuals sessions. The content included a) emotion recognition, b) identifying antecedent and context of emotion, c) expressing ones own emotions with contextual information, d) seeking help, e) emotion management techniques (i.e., relaxation, distraction), and f) self-delivery of reinforcement for emotion management. Results indicated that the emotion intervention increased childrens behavioral and emotional competence. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Research on Assessing and Increasing Compliance Among Children |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4C/D |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Hallie Marie Ertel (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Discussant: David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology) |
CE Instructor: David A. Wilder, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Four studies examining compliance among children with autism or related intellectual disabilities will be described. The first study examined the effects of the topography of high-probability instructions during the high-probability instructional sequence. The results suggested that the topography of the high-p instruction had no effect on compliance. The second study examined the effects of teaching verbal-mediating responses (echoic rehearsals) on the acquisition and generalization of following novel combinations of action-object instructions (e.g., �Take out book; Put the cup on the table�). The third study examined whether a concurrent-operant assessment would predict responding in a single-operant assessment in which opposing values of high- and low-preferred parameters were manipulated. Results suggest that low-preferred parameters of reinforcement and response effort can still maintain responding of children with ID in an academic setting, and suggest that clinicians may have flexibility in selecting reinforcement parameters. The fourth study examined the use of a functional analysis and function-based treatment to increase compliance during outings among two children with autism. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): compliance, echoic responding, high-probability instructions, preference |
|
The Effects of High-p and Low-p Instruction Similarity on Compliance Among Young Children |
HALLIE MARIE ERTEL (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Joshua Lipschultz (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: The high-probability (high-p) instructional sequence involves the delivery of a series of high-probability instructions immediately before delivery of a low-probability or target instruction. It is a commonly used procedure for treating noncompliance in a variety of populations. It is possible that matching the topography of the high-p instructions with the topography of the low-p instructions in the sequence may lead to greater increases in compliance with the low-p instructions. The current study examined the high-p instructional sequence with both similar and dissimilar high-p instructions on two topographies of low-p instructions (motor and vocal) among two young children. Results suggested that the topography of high-p instructions did not have an effect on the levels of compliance for either participant. Implications of these findings and avenues for future research are discussed. |
|
Teaching Echoic Rehearsal to Establish First-Trial Performance in Completing Two-Step Instructions |
MEGAN E VOSTERS (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kevin C. Luczynski (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Given that one goal of early intensive behavior intervention is to prepare children with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) to be effective in inclusive educational environments, teaching them how to follow multistep instructions is in line with this goal. Three children diagnosed with an ASD between the ages of four and six participated. We are using a multiple baseline design across children to evaluate the effects of teaching verbal-mediating responses (echoic rehearsals) on the acquisition and generalization of following novel combinations of action-object instructions (e.g., “Take out book; Put the cup on the table”). After we observed low levels of instruction following in baseline, we taught children to engage in echoic rehearsals (repeat the instruction aloud). We are gradually increasing the delays and complexity of our instructions to simulate the time associated with searching for objects in a room when completing two-step instructions. After instruction with a teacher, we are assessing generalization across setting and people, including the children’s caregivers. Implications for designing early intervention programming for instruction following using a conceptual analysis of joint control is discussed. |
|
An Evaluation of Relative and Absolute Effects of Multiple Reinforcement Parameters and Response Effort |
ERICA LOZY (University of Maryland Baltimore County), Jolene R. Sy (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Treatments to reduce problem behavior and increase skill acquisition often emphasize the use of highly preferred qualities of reinforcement, typically identified via concurrent-operant arrangements. Although preference for particular reinforcement parameters is possible, relative preference may not accurately predict absolute reinforcing efficacy of those same parameters. In this study, a concurrent-operant assessment was used to assess preference for different parameters of reinforcement for children with ID. Subsequently, a single-operant assessment was conducted to identify the absolute effects of high- and low-preferred reinforcer parameters. Participants displayed a preference for one parameter during the concurrent-operant arrangement; however, high- and low-preferred reinforcer parameters and response effort had similar absolute reinforcing efficacy during the single-operant arrangement. This study replicated and extended the procedures used by Neef et al. (2005) to determine whether a concurrent-operant assessment would predict responding in a single-operant assessment in which opposing values of high- and low-preferred parameters were manipulated. Results suggest that low-preferred parameters of reinforcement and response effort can still maintain responding of children with ID in an academic setting, and suggest that clinicians may have flexibility in selecting reinforcement parameters. This might be especially important in cases in which it is not feasible to deliver highly preferred parameters. |
|
The Assessment and Treatment of Aggression and Elopement Occurring During Public Outings |
PATRICK ROMANI (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus), Jennifer Peasley (Children's Hospital Colorado), Antoinette Donaldson (Children's Hospital Colorado), Abigail Ager (Children's Hospital Colorado), Shana Garden (Children's Hospital Colorado) |
Abstract: We present data from two children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder who engaged in aggression and elopement during public outings to stores. Interobserver agreement was collected on an average of 46% of sessions for each child and averaged 93.8%. Each child’s evaluation was conducted within an ABAB reversal design. We first interviewed each child’s parent to develop functional hypotheses for their child’s problem behaviors within this context. Maintenance by tangible reinforcement was hypothesized for each child. We then conducted a functional analysis in either the hospital gift shop (Child 1) or the hospital cafeteria (Child 2). For both children, the test condition consisted of delivering contingent access to a preferred item (e.g., candy). Control conditions for both children permitted continuous access to preferred activities outside of the public setting. Following each child’s functional analysis, we conducted a differential reinforcement of compliance treatment program. Results for both children showed elevated rates of problem behavior and moderate levels of compliance during the functional analysis. Problem behaviors decreased upon introduction of treatment, which was correlated with an increase in compliance for both children. These data will be discussed in terms of strategies to increase compliance with parent requests during public outings. |
|
|
|
|
Effects of Multiple and Other Combined Schedules During Functional Analyses and Treatment of Problem Behavior |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1A/B |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Billie Retzlaff (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia) |
CE Instructor: Billie Retzlaff, M.A. |
Abstract: Complex schedules are ubiquitous in the natural environment, and therefore, often play an important role in the assessment and treatment of problem behavior. This symposium explores various uses of multiple or other combined schedules in all stages of treatment of problem behavior (i.e., during assessment, treatment, and caregiver training), while highlighting both advantages and potential limitations of these schedules. Presentation will focus on a) the potential for emergence of novel functions of behavior following exposure to combined reinforcement schedules during assessment, b) the pre-requisite skills necessary for discriminated responding during multiple schedules, c) the use of technology to signal reinforcer availability, and d) the use of multiple schedules to facilitate the transfer of treatment effects to caregivers. The discussant will provide a thematic synthesis of research findings, and discussion their implications for clinical practice and future research. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): FCT, Multiple Schedules, problem behavior, Synthesized Contingencies |
|
Emergence of Novel Functions of Behavior Following Synthesized Reinforcement Contingencies |
BILLIE RETZLAFF (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Jessica Akers (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Brian D. Greer (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Fisher, Greer, Romani, Zangrillo, and Owen (2016) compared the results of traditional functional analyses (FA; i.e., putative reinforcers evaluated individually) with the results of a synthesized contingency analysis (SCA; i.e., putative reinforcers combined into a synthesized test condition). Results indicated that the SCA produced false-positive outcomes for four of the five participants. In the current translational investigation, we evaluated whether, and to what extent, exposure to an SCA would result in the emergence of novel functions of behavior. We established an arbitrary target response under the control of a specific establishing operation and corresponding reinforcement contingency for each participant. We then conducted a traditional FA of the arbitrary response and results indicated the response only occurred in the FA condition in which the training occurred (e.g., tangible condition for Participant 1). Next we conducted an SCA of the arbitrary response followed by a second traditional FA. Both participants showed the emergence of a novel function for the arbitrary response following the SCA. These findings are discussed in terms of current practices in functional assessment of problem behavior. |
|
Evaluating Variations of Multiple Schedules |
ELIANA MARIA PIZARRO (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: One limitation of functional communication training (FCT) is that although problem behavior has decreased, the functional communication response (FCR) might be emitted at exceedingly high rates (Betz et al., 2013). One potential solution to this problem is establishing stimulus control of the FCR via a multiple schedule. However, several studies have demonstrated difficulty with establishing discriminated responding across multiple schedule components (Saini, Miller, & Fisher, 2016). In the current investigation, we evaluated three variations of a multiple schedule, including a topographically dissimilar stimulus in one variation, with 5 participants. A pre-assessment was used to determine the verbal repertoire of all participants and results provide preliminary evidence that some level of prerequisite skill might be necessary to establish discriminated responding in the context of a multiple schedule. |
|
Signaled Availability Using Proloquo2go on the iPad |
BRANDON C PEREZ (University of Florida), Emma Grauerholz-Fisher (University of Florida), Kerri P. Peters (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Decades of research in behavior analysis have demonstrated that discrimination between schedules of reinforcement occurs more quickly and efficiently when multiple schedules are used compared to mixed schedules. The use of multiple schedules has been shown to be effective at reducing high rates of manding for individuals who use picture exchange cards. However, with the rise in technology, many children and adolescents with intellectual disabilities are learning communication skills (i.e., manding) using new augmentative and alternative communication devices such as the Proloquo2go application on the iPad. To date, no studies have extended multiple schedules in order to signal periods of reinforcement availability and extinction using these forms of technology. The current study will extend the literature of multiple schedules as a proof of concept to current technology. |
|
Promoting Caregiver Transfer of Treatment Effects During Functional Communication Training |
KATIE LICHTBLAU (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Brian D. Greer (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is an effective treatment for decreasing destructive behavior maintained by social consequences (Carr & Durand, 1985). Multiple schedule (mult) FCT has been used to thin the reinforcement schedule during FCT (Hanley, Iwata, & Thompson, 2001). In cases where FCT results in high rates of incorrect FCRs, response restriction has been demonstrated to be a viable alternative (Fisher, Greer, Querim, & & DeRosa, 2014). This study was conducted with four participants diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder who were referred for treatment of destructive behavior (i.e., aggression, disruption, self-injury). Caregivers were taught to implement functional analysis conditions using behavioral skills training (BST). Therapists then taught participants an FCR to access the functional reinforcer(s) and used mult FCT or response restriction to thin the schedule of reinforcement. Following reinforcement-schedule thinning, we used BST to teach caregivers to implement the terminal FCT schedule. Treatment was transferred to caregivers using a multiple baseline across functions, multiple baseline across caregivers, or reversal design. Modifications that were required to facilitate effective caregiver transfer are discussed. Results show that the use of discriminative stimuli during FCT schedule thinning may facilitate the transfer of treatment effects to untrained contexts (e.g., novels settings, therapists, or caregivers). |
|
|
|
|
Early Skill Acquisition and Clinical Implications for Children With ASD |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3C |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Cassondra M Gayman (Marcus Autism Center) |
Discussant: Tina Sidener (Caldwell University) |
CE Instructor: Cassondra M Gayman, M.S. |
Abstract: Social communication deficits are a core characteristic of Autism and many children with Autism Spectrum Disorders are faced with a variety of challenges related to early skill acquisition. Without treatment, these deficits in skill acquisition often lead to significant delays and challenges as students with ASD advance in age. This symposium examines four papers aimed at addressing skill deficits observed within Level 1 of the VB-MAPP. Delfs, Yosick, Walton, Kansal, and Shillingsburg examined mand training via a telehealth approach. Gayman et al. examined a teaching approach aimed at comparing the efficiency of teaching mands through modified sign language versus a picture exchange system. Conine, Vollmer, and Bolivar evaluates procedures for training children with ASD to respond to their name and the conditions under which responding maintains. Finally, Deshais, Phillips, Wiskow, Donaldson, and Vollmer evaluated the acquisition of imitation skills with and without permanent products. Findings from these studies have implications for clinical programming and future directions for research on early skill acquisition. Results and common themes will be discussed by Dr. Tina Sidner. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): imitation, listener skill, mands, skill acquisition |
|
Feasibility and Efficacy of Teaching Initial Mands to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder Through Telehealth |
CAITLIN H. DELFS (Marcus Autism Center, Children’s Healthcare of Atl), Rachel Yosick (Marcus Autism Center, Children’s Healthcare of Atl), William Walton (Marcus Autism Center & Children’s Healthcare of At), Bhavna Kansal (Marcus Autism Center & Children’s Healthcare of At), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Interventions aimed at improving functional communication, such as mand training (MT), are often a core component of behavioral interventions for children with autism. MT can be implemented through direct services or delivered as a caregiver-mediated intervention (Loughrey et al., 2014). Several barriers to accessing evidence-based treatment for children with autism are common, including lengthy time commitment and geographical restrictions (Thomas et al., 2007). Prior studies have provided promising evidence of the utility of telehealth technology to address these barriers to access and deliver behavioral services to children with autism (e.g., Wacker et al., 2013; Vismara et al., 2012 and 2013); however, research is limited. The purpose of this pilot study was to evaluate the feasibility and efficacy of MT via telehealth in 15, non-vocal, early learners with autism. Feasibility was measured by the percentage of pre- and post- measures collected, drop-out rates, treatment fidelity, and social acceptability by caregivers and therapists. Results indicate that the majority of enrolled participants completed the entire study, attended most sessions, reported satisfaction, and reported willingness to participate in telehealth services again. In addition, gains in requesting and commenting were reported across the majority of participants who completed the study. |
|
A Comparison of Picture Touch and Modified Sign Language Training to Establish Discriminated Mands in Children With Autism |
CASSONDRA M GAYMAN (Marcus Autism Center & Children’s Healthcare of Atlanta), Sarah Frampton (Marcus Autism Center & Children’s Healthcare of Atlanta), Dianna Shippee Walters (Marcus Autism Center & Children’s Healthcare of Atlanta), Meighan Adams (Marcus Autism Center & Children’s Healthcare of Atlanta), Caitlin H. Delfs (Marcus Autism Center, Children’s Healthcare of Atlanta, and Emory University School of Medicine), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often have limited speech abilities and often use alternative communication systems in order to effectively communicate with others. A few studies have compared different communication modalities in an effort to determine which form of communication may be most effective when teaching requesting skills (Tincani, 2004; Barlow, Tiger, Slocum, & Miller, 2013). The current study used a multiple probe design across behaviors (mands) with an embedded alternating treatments design to replicate and extend the comparison study conducted by Barlow and colleagues. In this study, experimenters simultaneously taught the modified sign and picture touch or picture exchange for one preferred item while two additional items remained in baseline. Once mastery criteria were met for a mand item, a post-test consisting of correspondence checks between the indicating response (i.e., pointing to preferred item), mand, and item consumed was conducted for all three mand items. Data for all three participants suggest mands taught using picture touch or exchange may be acquired more rapidly than modified sign and are discriminated from other mands. These data and their clinical implications will be discussed. |
|
Responding to Name in Children With Autism: An Evaluation of Training, Generalization, and Maintenance |
DANIEL CONINE (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Hypatia A Bolivar (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Responding to name is a critical deficit and diagnostic criterion for autism spectrum disorder (ASD), and appears as a target for intervention in many early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) curricula. However, little research evaluating procedures for training response to name currently exists for this population. The current study evaluates procedures for training this response, and the conditions under which responding maintains, in four children with ASD. Procedures included the delivery of social interaction with and without preferred tangible items contingent on responding to name, response prompts, prompt-fading, and differential reinforcement of independent responding. Procedures were evaluated using a nonconcurrent multiple baseline across subjects with an embedded multielement design. Generalization was assessed using a multiple probe design across settings. Results indicated that social interaction was not sufficient to establish or maintain responding, and some form of programmed tangible reinforcement was necessary to produce meaningful increases. Following acquisition, responding maintained at relatively thin schedules of tangible reinforcement, and generalization to non-treatment contexts was observed. Implications for clinical practice and future research will be discussed in this presentation. |
|
A Comparison of Targets With and Without Permanent Products During Object Motor Imitation Training |
MEGHAN DESHAIS (University of Florida), Cara L. Phillips (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Katie Wiskow (California State University, Stanislaus), Jeanne M. Donaldson (Louisiana State University), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) display serious deficits in imitative behavior relative to their typically developing peers (Williams, Whiten, & Singh, 2004). Consequently, many assessments, curricula, and manuals used to develop teaching programs for children with ASD target imitation (Maurice, Green, & Luce, 1996; Sundberg, 2008). During object motor imitation training (OMIT), the targeted skills can be categorized into targets that briefly generate a permanent product (e.g., putting a block in a bucket) and targets that do not leave a product (e.g., shaking a rattle; Maurice, Green, & Luce, 1996). It is unknown whether targets with or without permanent products are acquired more readily; this study aims to answer this question. Counterintuitively, our results suggest that targets without a permanent product are acquired faster than targets with permanent products by children with ASD during OMIT. Clinical implications for OMIT for children with ASD will be discussed along with possible explanations for the unexpected results. |
|
|
|
|
What’s New in the Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 5-7 |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Valerie M. Volkert (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine) |
Discussant: Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
CE Instructor: Carrie S. W. Borrero, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Pediatric feeding disorders can range from concerns with volume of food consumed (food refusal) and dietary variety (food selectivity). The purpose of the current symposium will be to survey innovative treatments for pediatric feeding disorders that span both areas. The initial presentations will examine interventions designed to address behaviors that emerge during the course of treatment and interfere with swallowing. The first presentation will determine if the emergence of expulsion is a common corollary effect during treatment of food refusal with nonremoval of the utensil and whether re-presentation is an efficacious treatment for expulsion of solids. The second presentation will compare flipped spoon presentation and redistribution to reduce packing for two children with a feeding disorder. The third presentation will describe a behavioral treatment package to increase compliance with medication administration for two children with severe feeding problems and other medical conditions which required daily medication administration. The final presentation will replicate Peterson, Piazza, and Volkert (2106) and compare a modified version of Sequential Oral Sensory (M-SOS) to an applied behavior analytic approach to treat food selectivity for two participants with autism. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): expulsion, feeding disorders, medication administration, packing |
|
Treating Expulsion With Re-Presentation During Food and Liquid Refusal |
Linda Phosaly (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Suzanne M. Milnes (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), JENNIFER M. KOZISEK (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: Treating food or liquid refusal with escape extinction procedures reliably results in increased acceptance and decreased inappropriate mealtime behavior. However, problematic behaviors may emerge or persist in response to treatment, interfering with consumption. Coe et al. (1997) and Sevin et al. (2002) showed that treatment of refusal with nonremoval of the utensil (escape extinction procedure) resulted in emergence of expulsion. Both investigators used re-presentation (i.e., feeder scooped up expelled food and placed it into the mouth), to decrease expulsion to near-zero levels. Their results raise the question of whether emergence of expulsion is a common corollary effect during treatment of refusal with nonremoval of the utensil and whether re-presentation is an efficacious treatment for expulsion. A preceding investigation found expulsion emerged during treatment of liquid refusal with nonremoval of the cup and re-presentation was an effective treatment for expulsion. The current investigation evaluated whether treatment of food refusal with nonremoval of the spoon for 12 children resulted in similar findings. Results indicated that 6 (50%) children exhibited expulsion during the evaluation. The incorporation of re-presentation resulted in lower expulsion for 4 (67%) of the 6 children, relative to nonremoval of the spoon alone. Implications will be discussed. |
|
A Comparison of Flipped Spoon Presentation and Redistribution to Decrease Packing in Children With Feeding Disorders |
KRISTINA SAMOUR (NOVA Southeastern University
), Valerie M. Volkert (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine), Kathryn Holman Stubbs (Marcus Autism Center), William G. Sharp (The Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: For children with feeding disorders, nonremoval procedures combined with reinforcement are often used by practitioners to treat initial food refusal (Volkert & Piazza, 2012; Volkert, Patel, & Peterson, 2016). However, this treatment may not always be sufficient to increase food consumption because problematic behaviors such as packing or expulsion emerge. Antecedent- and consequence-based interventions have both been effective to decrease packing (holding food in the mouth) or increase mouth clean (converse of packing) for children with feeding disorders. Depositing the bite using a flipped spoon or Nuk upon presentation has been shown to increase mouth clean (Sharp, Harker, & Jaquess, 2010; Wilkins et al., 2014) and re-distribution and/or swallow facilitation has been effective to decrease packing (Gulotta, Piazza, Patel, & Layer, 2005; Volkert, Vaz, Piazza, Frese, & Barnett, 2011). To our knowledge, flipped spoon presentation and redistribution have not been directly compared to reduce packing, and this was the aim of the current study. |
|
Using a Treatment Package to Increase Compliance With Medication Administration in Children With Pediatric Feeding Disorders |
STEPHANIE MILLER (Clinic 4 Kidz), Meeta R. Patel (Clinic 4 Kidz) |
Abstract: Children with a diagnosis of a pediatric feeding disorder may display inappropriate behaviors in order to avoid/escape food so consuming a medication may be even more difficult. There is a limited number of scientific studies available focusing on increasing medication compliance in children with feeding problems. The purpose of this study was to use a behavioral treatment package to increase compliance with medication administration for two children with severe feeding problems and other medical conditions which resulted in daily medication administration. The treatment package for the first participant included stimulus fading, positive reinforcement, and escape extinction. The treatment package for the second participant included a visual cue, stimulus fading, positive reinforcement, self-monitoring, and avoidance. A multiple-probe design was used to evaluate treatment effectiveness for the first participant and a reversal design for the second participant. For the first participant, data showed that in baseline mouth cleans remained low after the specified time criteria and chewing remained high. During the course of treatment, chewing had significantly reduced during baseline and treatment phases but mouth cleans only improved when the treatment package was implemented. By the end of treatment, the child successfully accepted and swallowed all medication without chewing and packing. For the second participant, duration to swallow medication was high in baseline and with the implementation of treatment package, duration decreased to acceptable levels. In addition, both participants were able to consume medications with their caregivers with high integrity. These data are discussed in relation to positive and negative reinforcement and the appropriate treatment combinations that can facilitate better treatment outcomes for children who display oral aversion. |
|
Further Examination of the Modified Sequential Oral Sensory Approach as Treatment for Food Selectivity in Children With Autism |
CAITLIN A. KIRKWOOD (University of Nebraska Medical Center/ MMI), Kate M. Peterson (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Vivian F Ibanez (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Jaime Crowley (University of Nebraska's Munroe-Meyer Institute), holly ney (University of Nebraska Medical Center; University of Nebraska Omaha), Trisha Franklin (University of Nebraska's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Christopher W Engler (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: Many children with autism spectrum disorder display food selectivity (consumption of a limited variety of foods; Schreck, Williams, & Smith, 2004). The Sequential Oral Sensory (SOS) approach is a commonly used treatment for food selectivity; however to our knowledge, there is no empirical support for SOS. Peterson, Piazza, & Volkert (2016) compared a modified version of SOS (M-SOS) to an ABA approach and demonstrated that consumption of target foods increased for children who received ABA, but not for children who received M-SOS. In the current study, we replicated the findings of Peterson, Piazza, & Volkert. Thus far, we enrolled two participants with autism and food selectivity and used a multiple baseline across foods design. Acceptance did not increase for the M-SOS participant; however, we observed high levels of acceptance for the ABA participant. Additionally, we observed increased levels of acceptance for one of the two other foods not in treatment (i.e., generalization). |
|
|
|
|
Promoting Healthy Lifestyle Changes: Improving Eating Habits and Increasing Exercise and Time Spent Outdoors |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 4 |
Area: CBM |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Chair: Jonathan R. Miller (University of Colorado Denver; Children's Hospital Colorado) |
|
Why Weight? A Call for Behavior Analysts to Address Obesity |
Domain: Theory |
JONATHAN R. MILLER (University of Colorado Denver / Children's Hospital Colorado), Richard Boles (University of Colorado School of Medicine; Children's Hospital Colorado) |
|
Abstract: Obesity is a serious health condition that continues to be a growing problem in the United States and around the world. It is typically the product of numerous behavioral patterns that converge to result in a consistently greater amount of calories being consumed than expended. At this time, obesity is not well managed through medical intervention alone and it is widely recognized that behavior change through environmental manipulation is critical for successful treatment. Common behavioral strategies such as self-monitoring and establishing stimulus control for behavior (specifically, regarding food intake) are foundational components of effective obesity intervention. Clearly, the science of behavior has much to offer. However, behavior analysts have been minimally involved in addressing the “obesity epidemic” to date. With no accepted standard treatment and increasing prevalence of obesity, the door is open for behavior analysts to make substantial contributions to this area. As such, this presentation seeks to present a case for why behavior analysts should be doing more to address obesity and how this might be accomplished. |
|
Expanding Functional Assessment of Obesity-Causing Eating Behavior: The Operant Cluster |
Domain: Theory |
MICHAEL REYNOLDS (Columbia Basin College), Richard Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University) |
|
Abstract: Obesity is a common medical condition associated with negative health and social outcomes. Obesity has a primary malleable behavioral cause, eating more calories than are metabolized. While metabolic rate is malleable with exercise, eating can more quickly add calories than exercising can subtract them. In the past, behavioral weight-loss treatment studies have shown reliable patterns of participant weight-loss during treatment and weight-regain in follow-up. Those findings could be conceptualized as an ABA withdrawal design, eating behavior returns to baseline after the prosthetic contingencies of the treatment study are withdrawn. The goal of behavioral treatments is to enable clients to be their own treatment providers, so we must develop ways to measure the behaviors that enable control of eating behavior. This presentation describes a hypothetical seven-term functional unit, the operant cluster. Based on the four-term operant conceptualization of eating behavior; the operant cluster is a novel expansion that includes behaviors functionally related to the antecedents, consequences, and motivating operations of eating behavior. This presentation will discuss the potential uses of an operant cluster functional assessment model in terms of treatment utility, long-term maintenance of obesity treatment effects, methodological challenges highlighted by a pilot study, and applications to smoking cessation and other behavior medicine issues. |
|
Functional Assessment and Treatment of Exercise Cessation in an Adolescent With Obesity |
Domain: Applied Research |
KELLI MINTON (East Carolina University), Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University) |
|
Abstract: Traditional physical activity promotion strategies including educational and persuasion-based interventions are largely ineffective or yield mixed results, further contributing to the increase in obese individuals and sedentary lifestyles. Functional Behavioral Assessment can be applied in activity promotion to behaviors of new exercisers including avoidance behaviors (e.g. excessive socializing prior to or during transitions of exercise) and escape behaviors (e.g. taking unauthorized or prolonged breaks). In this study, FBA was used in a novel application to determine the function of exercise cessation in an adolescent male who was obese and sedentary. It was found that the functions of exercise cessation were: direct escape from aversive sensory stimulation as well as direct escape from a relatively difficult task. The use of FBA allowed for an individual program to target a specific behavior frequently displayed in individuals beginning an exercise program (i.e. escape and avoiding behaviors) and decrease the frequency of the target behavior. This study provides promise for the application of FBA to assist this unique population in overcoming obstacles to lifestyle change. |
|
The Benefits of Being Outdoors for Seniors Living in Long-Term Care Settings |
Domain: Theory |
PARSLA VINTERE (CHE Senior Psychological Services) |
|
Abstract: Recently, there has been an increase in the studies examining the relationship between time spent outdoors and seniors’ health status. They show a positive relationship. In terms of physical health, there is evidence that being outdoors is associated with an increase in Vitamin D levels, improved functioning of the immune system, better recovery from injury and illness and increased energy levels. Similarly, there is evidence of mental health benefits associated with time spent outdoors, such as decreased levels of stress, depression and anxiety and improved attention and well-being. Several studies suggest that health care providers need to pay more attention to how often their senior clients are outdoors. Despite of these findings, many long-term care residents spend most, if not all, of their time indoors. The purpose of this paper is to (a) examine the typical scheduling of the daily activities in the long-term care settings; (b) discuss the barriers for implementing changes; and (c) present some anecdotal evidence of the effectiveness of the time spent outdoors using clinical behavior analytic approach to psychotherapy with aging population. The need for empirical research will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Role of Social-Positive Reinforcement in the Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1C/D |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center; Emory University School of Medicine) |
Discussant: Sacha T. Pence (Auburn University) |
CE Instructor: Colin S. Muething, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Problem behavior (e.g., noncompliance, aggression) is most often maintained by social reinforcement (Beavers, Iwata, & Lerman, 2013). Beavers et al. found that 32.7% of functional analysis outcomes determined that problem behavior was maintained by social-positive reinforcement including access to attention and/or access to high preferred items. This symposium will present recent research on social-positive reinforcement. Findings will show that qualitatively different forms of attention (e.g., high quality vs. low quality) may maintain problem behavior and result in differential outcomes on increasing compliance and decreasing problem behavior. The role of distinct topographies of attention (i.e., playful interaction vs. reprimands) on differential functional analysis results across conditions and therapists are considered. Further, recommendations for developing treatments for problem behavior maintained by social-positive reinforcement that produce significant reductions were found to incorporate a variety of individualized components. Taken together, these results provide support for the refinement of assessments and treatments of problem behavior maintained by social-positive reinforcement. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Case-Series Review, Quality Attention, Social-Positive Reinforcment |
|
Video Modeling to Train Staff to Deliver Preferred Qualities of Attention |
TRACI TABER (School Psychology), Nathan Lambright (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to train classroom staff to provide attention that included specific qualities preferred by an adolescent student with ASD. The student had a history of significant aggression that resulted in a physical management procedure (escort) to maintain safety for students and staff. A video modeling technique was used to train staff to use open ended statements, musical tones, and chanting when delivering praise statements to and interacting with the student in the classroom. The teachers were trained to deliver the preferred qualities of attention throughout the school day during regularly scheduled instructional and leisure activities. The video model was created using the student and a novel, neutral staff member to demonstrate the delivery of attention containing the qualities preferred by the student. A multiple baseline across participants design was used to evaluate staff delivery of the preferred qualities of attention following the video modeling training. Results indicated that the video modeling technique was effective in increasing staff use of preferred qualities of attention and there was a reduction in student aggression and use of physical management. Data were collected for a one month follow-up phase to evaluate staff maintenance of the increased delivery of preferred qualities of attention. |
|
Impact of Quality of Fixed-Time Attention on Reduction of Problem Behaviors |
TIFFANY BORN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Melanie DuBard (May Institute) |
Abstract: Utilizing an alternating treatments design, this study found that fixed-time high quality attention (enthusiastic praise and physical touch) was superior to low quality attention (neutral statements without physical touch) at reducing rates of noncompliance during the school day for a 12-year-old student with an Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). The student was noncompliant for an average of 7.37 min per hour when receiving non-contingent high quality attention and an average of 15.49 min per hour when receiving non-contingent low quality attention. Schedule of reinforcement (fixed-time of 30 sec vs. 2 min) had less impact on results. An overall decreasing trend was found across conditions for the second target behavior of self-injurious behavior but differences between qualities of attention were not obtained. School staff reported more satisfaction with the high quality attention interventions. These results indicate that the quality of attention given may matter more in reducing attention-maintained noncompliance and other problem behaviors than the schedule on which it is given. This has practical implications for teachers and interventionists who have a limited amount of time to provide attention to each child; quality seems to trump quantity. |
|
Expanding Methods of Functional Analyses for Naturalistic Settings |
GREG SCHUTTE (Children's Mercy Hospital) |
Abstract: This study examined the reinforcing value of attention across topography within a naturalistic functional analysis of inappropriate social behavior seen in an adolescent with Autism. Attention was differentiated in two ways. First, a traditional multi-element functional analysis (Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, & Richman, 1982/1994) was conducted that included a second attention condition (i.e., playful/casual interaction) in addition to the traditional attention condition (i.e., reprimand). The six conditions were ordered across 38, 5-min sessions using stratified random assignment. The results indicated significantly higher, although variable, rates of behavior during the Attention-2 (i.e., playful/casual) condition, while no differences were seen across the other conditions (Figure 1). Next, therapist differences were taken into account and examined using a reversal design within the multi-element FA (Figure 2). The results indicated significant-and-consistent differences across staff on Attention-2. Overall, the comprehensive results indicate the presence of a significant antecedent-by-consequence interaction effect in the function of inappropriate social behavior. The implications of these findings highlight the significance of topography in social attention as a reinforcer and the utility of incorporating descriptive methodology into naturalistic functional analyses. |
|
A Consecutive Case Review of Interventions for Problem Behavior Maintained by Social-Positive Reinforcement |
COLIN S. MUETHING (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center), Courtney Mauzy (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: A consecutive controlled case-series design (Hagopian, Rooker, Jessel, & DeLeon, 2013) was used to examine treatments for problem behavior maintained by social-positive reinforcement in a behavioral day-treatment program. Data were collected over a three-year period for clients who engaged in problem behavior maintained by access to preferred items and/or attention. Data were collected in a variety of areas including client demographics, topography of problem behaviors (e.g., aggression, self-injury, pica), additional functions of problem behavior, and treatment components (e.g., functional communication training, extinction, differential reinforcement of other behavior). Additional data were collected on generalization to different settings or persons and the findings of the functional analysis were confirmed using procedures from Roane, Fisher, Kelley, and Bouxsein (2013). Finally, percent reductions in problem behavior were calculated comparing baseline to other settings in which generalization occurred. Future areas of research and clinical implications are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Therapeutic Choices, Skill Acquisition, and Negative Reinforcement in Contexts of Aversive Stimuli and Delayed Consequences |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 1 |
Area: DDA/EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
Discussant: Kevin C. Luczynski (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
CE Instructor: Jolene R. Sy, Ph.D. |
Abstract: These four papers cover different aspects of behavior analytic approaches to establishing therapeutic choices and/or teaching new skills in the context of aversive stimuli, delayed consequences, or both. They are organized in terms of most translational to most applied. The first paper is a translational examination of a novel way to assess the quality of negative reinforcement using progressive-ratio schedules. The second paper also includes an assessment of stimulus (task) aversiveness and uses those results in a therapeutic intervention along with delays to tasks to decrease impulsive choices (i.e., selection of a less-aversive task that must be completed immediately over a more-aversive task that must be completed following a delay) in children. The third paper uses delay to reinforcement to shift children’s choices from high-technology to low-technology leisure activity choices. The fourth paper incorporates delayed feedback as part of a package intervention to teach writing skills to individuals with developmental disabilities within the context of a college course. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): Delayed Consequences, Progressive Ratio, Skill Acquisition, Therapeutic Choice |
|
The Use of Progressive-Ratio Schedules to Assess Negative Reinforcers |
(Applied Research) |
Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida), LINDSEY SLATTERY (University of South Florida), Bryon Miller (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: The quality of potential positive reinforcers has been assessed using a variety of methods. However, few assessments have been developed to examine the quality of potential negative reinforcers. It is difficult to arrange assessments using simultaneously presented aversive stimuli that a participant could select for removal because the stimuli may have an additive effect. Progressive ratio (PR) schedules may allow for assessment of the quality parameter of negative reinforcers by creating a hierarchy of stimuli based on the ratio schedule reached for each stimulus. We used an assessment to identify auditory stimuli that are not preferred and then assessed their quality individually using PR schedules with typically developing college students. We obtained mean break points for each stimulus and ranked negative reinforcers accordingly. The stimulus with the highest and lowest mean break points were defined as the high- and low-quality escape stimuli, respectively. Finally, we evaluated whether or not the removal of these stimuli served as negative reinforcers during a reinforcer assessment. Results will be discussed in terms of relationships between PR schedules and reinforcer assessments. Conditions under which correspondence and non-correspondence outcomes were obtained will be described. |
|
Assessment and Treatment of Self Control With Aversive Events by Children With Developmental Disabilities |
(Applied Research) |
ALLEN PORTER (Kennedy Krieger Institute; University of Maryland,), Jolene R. Sy (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
Abstract: Self-control can be defined as choosing a smaller, immediate aversive event over a larger, delayed aversive event. Children with developmental disabilities have been found to respond impulsively when given the choice between aversive events that differ based on magnitude and difficulty. However, other variables may affect aversiveness (e.g., qualitative differences between tasks). To directly assess and subsequently treat self-control choice involving aversive events that are qualitatively different, it is necessary to assess relative task aversiveness. Thus, the purpose of the current study was to (a) empirically identify a hierarchy of aversive tasks for three individuals with developmental disabilities by evaluating their average latency to avoidant responding when presented with each task, (b) assess baseline levels of self control, and (c) introduce an empirically validated treatment, which involves adding a delay to both tasks. For three individuals with developmental disabilities, low- and high-aversive tasks were identified, and each participant initially made impulsive choices (i.e., chose the delayed, high-aversive task). Following treatment, each participant made more self-control choices. Results suggest that there may be a need to broaden the types of variables included in self-control assessments and interventions. |
|
Effects of Delay to Reinforcement on Selections for High-Tech and Low-Tech Leisure Items |
(Applied Research) |
KARIE JOHN (University of South Florida), Andrew L. Samaha (University of South Florida), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida), Jessica Moore (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Many children are exposed to excessive technology, such as games accessed via iPads or other mobile devices. Overuse of technology-based toys may lead to health issues including obesity, attention deficits, and sleep disorders. Research has shown that parameters of reinforcement, such as quality, magnitude, and delay, may influence how children allocate their choices. One way to drive choice away from high-tech toys may be to arrange delays to reinforcement following such selections and immediate reinforcement for an alternative response. Kim, Bloom, and Samaha (2016) found that children’s preference could be shifted using such an approach. The current study replicates those findings with individuals with diagnosed with intellectual disabilities and uses a rapid assessment approach to determining therapeutic delays (i.e., delays necessary to switch preference away from high-tech toys). Results suggest that adding a therapeutic delay following selection of high-tech toys lead decreases in the number of choice trials in which high-tech toys were selected. |
|
Multicomponent Intervention for Improving Writing Skills of Adults With Intellectual Disabilities in a University Classroom |
(Applied Research) |
JOLENE R. SY (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Mariana I. Castillo (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Klaire Williams (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
Abstract: Teaching adults with intellectual disabilities writing skills in the context of a college class ensures a learning context more typical to that experienced by same-age peers, while simultaneously promoting the inclusion of individuals with intellectual disabilities in a university setting and capitalizing on the educational opportunities afforded by integrating same-age peers (i.e., undergraduate students) in the classroom. We used a package intervention to teach a class of seven adults with intellectual disabilities to write cover letters for job applications. The treatment package included lecture with a modified classroom response system, cover letter templates, delayed feedback on prior letters, and general praise for on-task behavior delivered by undergraduate student peers. Although the treatment was successful, the independent contribution of each component (e.g., delayed feedback) is unknown. Nevertheless, results indicate that adults with intellectual disabilities can and should be integrated into university settings. Recommendations for increasing the feasibility of such educational practices will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Stimulus Control Questions and Equivalence Classes |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom B/C |
Area: EAB/VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Discussant: Francis Mechner (The Mechner Foundation) |
Abstract: Questions about stimulus classes and the analytic units have been discussed quite much within behavior analysis. The purpose of the present symposium is to present research which is going enlighten about stimulus control and equivalence classes. Results from experiments with both humans and nonhumans will be presented. In the first paper by Fields, presents an experiment on Errorless transfer of stimulus control, fading without reinforcement, and the induction of resemblance based stimulus classes (Figure 1). In the second paper by Arntzen, Nartey, and Fields, present an experiment on Malleability of Equivalence Classes: How Reorganization of Classes Influences Formation of New Classes (Figure 2). In the third paper Tomanari and Grisante, present an experiment on Sample/S- relations acquisition in a three-choice Matching-to sample procedure that requires Observing Responses (Figure 3). In the fourth paper by Vaidya, Stancato, and Condon, present an experiment on further explorations of interactions between the development of analytic units and equivalence relation (Figure 4). |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): stimulus equivalence |
|
Errorless Transfer of Stimulus Control, Fading Without Reinforcement, and the Induction of Resemblance Based Stimulus Classes |
LANNY FIELDS (Queens College, City University of New York) |
Abstract: Errorless transfer of stimulus control in the absence of reinforcement (i. e., stimulus fading) was studied with eight pigeons. First, participants learning to respond left to red and right to green by use of differential reinforcement. In contrast, white horizontal and white vertical lines do not control these responses. Then, low salience lines were superimposed on the colors with horizontal on red and vertical on green. After gradually increasing the salience of the lines, color salience was gradually attenuated in the absence of reinforcement. Eventually, the line stimuli in the absence of the colors- occasioned the responding trained to the colors: left to horizontal and right to vertical. This occurred for six of the eight pigeons in less than 30 minutes. Thus, errorless transfer of stimulus control occurred without the reinforcement. Errorless transfer then was produced by stimulus-stimulus pairings. Since fading entailed many fading levels, the procedure was a form of multiple exemplar training. Thus, fading may have involved the induction of resemblance based classes, which influenced errorless learning. |
|
Malleability of Equivalence Classes:
How Reorganization of Classes Influences Formation of New Classes |
ERIK ARNTZEN (Oslo and Akershus University College), Richard Nartey (Akershus University College), Lanny Fields (Queens College, City University of New York) |
Abstract: In Condition 1, adults attempted to form equivalence classes A1-B1-C1-D1-E1, A2-B2-C2-D2-E2, and A3-B3-C3-D3-E3. In the ABS and four preliminary training groups, classes contained abstract shapes. Classes in the PIC group contained one picture and four abstract shapes. Before class formation, each preliminary training group learned either identity (CC) or arbitrary (CX) relations established in a simultaneous or delayed matching format. Thereafter, participants in all group were exposed to Condition 2 that involved the training of BC and CD relations that contained C stimuli linked to other class than that established in Condition: B1-C2 and C2-D1, B2-C3 and C3-D2, along with B3-C1 and C1-D3. Follow-up derived relations tests assessed the emergence of the reorganized equivalence classes A1-B1-C2-D1-E1, A2-B2-C3-D2-E2, and A3-B3-C1-D3-E3. Without preliminary training, the same likelihoods of class formation occurred in Conditions 1 and 2: low and high in the ABS and PIC groups, respectively. In Condition 1, preliminary training of either ID and ARB relations in the simultaneous format produced modest increases in class formation. In contrast, large increases in class formation occurred when these relations were formed with delays; indeed, these yields matched those in the PIC group. In Condition 2, all four forms of preliminary training led to the formation of reorganized classes with likelihoods equaling that in the PIC group. Changes in group based yields from Condition 1 to 2 were driven by unique performances of individual participants. Derived relations test performances showed how preliminary training influenced the speed and types of errors made when classes were not formed. Thus, the content of an equivalence class is determined by the current relations that have been learning, while the likelihood of class formation is influenced by the prior learning of other relations. These results also clarify how the class enhancing effects of a meaningful stimulus may reflect the prior acquisition of many relational functions in the normal course of events. |
|
Further Explorations of Interactions Between the Development of Analytic Units and Equivalence Relations |
MANISH VAIDYA (University of North Texas), Stefanie S. Stancato (University of North Texas), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Sidmans (2000) theory of stimulus equivalence suggests that equivalence relations arise out of the contingencies that also develop analytic units. As such, the theory predicts an interaction between the development of analytic units and the development of equivalence relations. Vaidya & Brackney (2014) documented one such type of interaction for groups of stimuli, simple discriminative functions were acquired more rapidly when the groups were drawn from within the an equivalence class than when the groups were drawn from different equivalence classes. Thus, equivalence relations facilitated the development of analytic units. The current set of studies further explore these interactions. Can equivalence relations also retard the development of analytic units? Can existing analytic units (such as simple discriminations) influence the development of equivalence relations? This address will present data addressing each of these questions. The implications of these analyses for developing stimulus control in applied settings will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Pictorial Self-Instruction to Teach Chained Mathematical Tasks to Students With Severe Disabilities |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center 406/407 |
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Fred Spooner (University of North Carolina, Charlotte) |
Discussant: Julie L. Thompson (Texas A&M University) |
CE Instructor: Jenny Root, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Mathematical competence is imperative for having a range of daily living, leisure, and career opportunities. Individuals with severe disabilities, including moderate to severe intellectual disability and autism spectrum disorder, have difficulty with mathematical problem solving in part due to the chained nature of problem solving. Each step is dependent upon correct execution of the one before, and errors in prior steps can prevent arrival at a correct solution. Pictorial self-instruction has a history of effectiveness for teaching chained tasks to students with severe disabilities, but is only recently being used in chained mathematical tasks. This symposia will include (a) a conceptual model for teaching chained mathematical tasks to students with severe disabilities, (b) report of the impact of peer-assisted pictorial self-instruction on chained mathematical tasks for students with severe disability, (c) report of the impact on technology-based pictorial self-instruction on chained mathematical tasks for students with autism spectrum disorder, and (d) report of the effects of pictorial self-instruction with generalization across iDevices on personal finance chained tasks for students with Down syndrome. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): mathematics, problem solving, self-instruction, severe disabilities |
|
Conceptual Model for Training Mathematical Problem Solving to Students With Severe Disabilities |
(Theory) |
FRED SPOONER (University of North Carolina, Charlotte), Alicia F. Saunders (University of North Carolina at Charlotte), Jenny Root (Florida State University), Chelsi Brosh (University of North Carolina at Charlotte) |
Abstract: Teaching students with severe disabilities to solve mathematical problems is not only an important academic skill, but also a functional skill important in adult life. The model is constructed on four foundational components: (a) build on research from early literacy for text comprehension of the word problem (e.g., Browder, Trela, & Jimenez, 2007; Mims, Hudson, & Browder, 2012); (b) adapt research on schema-based instruction for solving word problems (Jitendra et al., 2009; Jitendra & Hoff, 1996); (c) apply research on teaching mathematics to students with severe disabilities: task analysis and prompting (Browder, Spooner, Ahlgrim-Delzell, Harris, & Wakeman, 2008; Browder et al., 2012), and (d) use research on generalization and peer tutors (Carter, Sisco, Melekoglu, & Kurkowski, 2007; Cushing, Clark, Carter, & Kennedy, 2005; Spooner, Kemp-Inman, Ahlgrim-Delzell, Wood, & Ley Davis, 2015; Stokes & Baer, 1977). The theoretical foundations of the model and its instructional components will be demonstrated. The model served as the conceptual framework around which instruction was built. |
|
Peer-Mediated Pictorial Instruction on Chained Mathematical Tasks for Students With Severe Disability |
(Applied Research) |
LUANN LEY DAVIS (University of Memphis), Fred Spooner (University of North Carolina, Charlotte) |
Abstract: Research reveals that the academic accomplishments of students with severe disabilities increase through interaction with typically developing peers in an integrated environment (Brinker & Thorpe, 1984, Westling & Fox, 2009). Moving students with severe disabilities toward independence in inclusive educational settings is an aspiration of many professionals and families within the field of special education. Mathematical tasks within general education classes are typically chained and require a high level of metacognition, which are two areas of weakness for students with severe disabilities. The intense level of individual instruction required by students with severe disabilities presents a barrier to inclusive mathematics instruction if teachers or other adults are the only intervention agents. This presentation will prevent findings from a single-case research study that used a multiple probe across participants design to examine the effects of using peer-mediated pictorial instructoin to teach students with severe disabilities to solve chained mathematical tasks. Results found a functional relation between intervention and mathematical problem solving. The significance of these findings, including the ability of peers to deliver systematic instruction with a high degree of fidelity, along with directions for future research will be discussed. |
|
Pictorial Self-Instruction on a Technology Platform to Teach Real-World Algebra Problem Solving to Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
(Basic Research) |
JENNY ROOT (Florida State University), Diane Browder (University of North Carolina Charlotte) |
Abstract: The current study evaluated the effects of a treatment package that included pictorial self-instruction on a technology platform to teach middle school students with autism and moderate intellectual disability to independently complete chained mathematical tasks. Participants learned to solve and discriminate between two types of word problems. Participants were taught how to use an iPad that displayed a task analysis with embedded verbal and specific verbal prompts. In addition, participants were taught key vocabulary terms related to math problem solving. Results of the multiple probe across participants design show a functional relation between constant time delay and acquisition of mathematics vocabulary terms as well as between pictorial self-instruction and mathematical problem solving. The findings of this study provide several implications for practice for using pictorial self-instruction and offer suggestions for future research in this area. |
|
Teaching Personal Finance to Students With Intellectual Disability Using Pictorial Self-Instruction |
(Applied Research) |
Jenny Root (Florida State University), Alicia F. Saunders (University of North Carolina at Charlotte), Fred Spooner (University of North Carolina, Charlotte), CHELSI BROSH (University of North Carolina at Charlotte) |
Abstract: Solving mathematical problems related to purchasing and personal finance is important in promoting skill generalization and increasing independence for individuals with moderate intellectual disability (ID). Using a multiple probe across participants design, this study investigated the effects of a treatment package that included pictorial self-instruction on solving chained mathematical tasks related to personal finance. Middle school students with moderate intellectual disability were taught to use a calculator and a task analysis to solve word problems related to items being on sale or needing to leave a tip. The results showed a functional relation between the treatment package and the ability to both solve problems and generalize across devices (e.g., classroom calculator, iPhone, iPad). Findings of this study provide several implications for practice and offers suggestions for future research. |
|
|
|
|
Teaching Mathematics, Writing, and Organizational Learning Skills With the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center 405 |
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy) |
Discussant: Paul Thomas Thomas Andronis (Northern Michigan University) |
CE Instructor: Kent Johnson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The Morningside Model of Generative Instruction (MMGI) is a research based protocol for teaching learners of all ages and grades. Over 125 schools in the US and Canada have successfully implemented MMGI with both typically developing students who struggle in school, and children with disabilities. In this symposium, presenters will highlight successful innovations in implementing MMGI with middle school, high school and college students. In the first presentation, Brien McGuire will describe a procedure for going beyond standard fluency building procedures to design individualized, targeted fluency practice for students in a pre-algebra class. In the second presentation, Nicole Erickson will present procedures for teaching learners themselves to use MMGIs teacher led delayed prompting procedures to coach each other in applying written composition and conceptual mathematics methods to new assignments beyond those presented during instruction. In the third presentation, Scott Beckett will describe how MMGI design, diagnosis, precision teaching, and explicit instruction procedures have been adapted to remediate algebra deficiencies in students at Jacksonville State University. In the fourth presentation, Shiloh Isbell will describe her design of a web-based application to teach reinforce, and build the fluency of organizational skills of adolescents who struggle in high school. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): precision teaching |
|
Design and Implementation of a Fluency Program for Essentials for Algebra, A Pre-Algebra Curriculum |
(Service Delivery) |
BRIEN MCGUIRE (Morningside Academy) |
Abstract: Fluency-building is a key component of concept acquisition and retention. Students in the pre-algebra program at Morningside Academy are asked to digest and retain increasingly complex and varied mathematical concepts over the course of a school year. Designing and adding targeted fluency work to SRA’s direct instruction program, Engelmann’s Essentials for Algebra, helps us streamline our teaching, allowing us to more easily target areas of weakness for each individual student and provide more practice opportunities in these areas of need, while doing away with extraneous practice on concepts in which the student has demonstrated mastery. This lets us dispense with traditional homework problem sets in favor of targeted fluency work for each student. This presentation will discuss the creation and implementation of this fluency program. Throughout the school year, students are prescribed fluency slices tailored to their demonstrated needs, as determined by in-class observation, bookwork, and error analysis of assessment data. Effectiveness of the fluency component is shown through data plotted on Standard Celeration charts, and assessment observation and analysis of conceptual strands. |
|
Peer Coaching to Increase Application of Skills Taught in Mathematics and Writing Instruction |
(Service Delivery) |
NICOLE ERICKSON (Morningside Academy) |
Abstract: At Morningside, we use a Delayed Prompting procedure to help our students answer questions that require applying the reading, math and writing principles that we have taught them, in new contexts. During instruction, the teacher asks questions and uses prompts to help a student accurately answer comprehension questions. Following an error, rather than calling on another student who may know the answer, we help the student identify how they can improve their answer. We use a series of organizational, language, content, and definition prompts to improve their answers. Last year, students were taught how to use delayed prompting procedures to help one another during reading comprehension. After implementing the peer delayed prompting procedures in reading, students showed a gain of 3 years on the ITBS Reading Comprehension test. In addition, there was a notable increase in confidence and critical thinking ability. After seeing these improvements in reading, peer delayed prompting procedures were also applied to math and writing. For each subject, a new delayed prompting sheet was created for the students to use during peer delayed prompting blocks. Data showing students’ growth in all three academic areas and videos of the peer delayed prompting will be presented. |
|
Blending Online Adaptive Instruction With In-Class Rate-Building Instruction to Increase Student Success in a College Remedial Algebra Classroom |
(Service Delivery) |
Scott Beckett (Jacksonville State University), COURTNEY S. PEPPERS-OWEN (Jacksonville State University), Mary Kathryn Reagan (Jacksonville State University), Kalie Bible (Behavioral ONE) |
Abstract: Developmental algebra presents a huge hurdle for 50% of college students nationwide, preventing many from graduating. Students exhaust financial aid and lose earning potential, and schools lose tuition dollars. At Jacksonville State University, Board Certified Behavior Analysts in Learning Skills have designed an accelerated developmental algebra course that blends online, adaptive instruction (provided by EdReady) with in-class, evidence-based teaching practices adapted from the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction. Over the past four semesters, students with an average age of 19 have increased passing rates from below 50% to above 75%, ACT composite scores from 17-19. Roughly equal percentages of females and males, and African-Americans and Caucasians achieved substantial improvements. Two on-site Board Certified Behavior Analysts train and supervise four psychology graduate students as teaching assistants, resulting in a four to one student to teacher ratio. The graduate students commit to two years and earn 1500 supervision hours at no cost as partial payment for their teaching. They learn and apply MMGIs component-composite analysis, diagnosis and remediation, precision teaching, and explicit instruction components. They have also created flashcards and practice sheets aligned with the online developmental math curriculum. |
|
App Engagement and Gamification: An Analysis of User Data to Determine the Effectiveness of In-App Reinforcers and Inform Interventions for Students With Executive Functioning Deficits |
(Service Delivery) |
SHILOH M ISBELL (Precision Learning Lab) |
Abstract: Students struggling in school with organization deficits need to be taught skills such as homework organization, time management, self-advocacy, and project management. Once these skills are fluent, students notice improvement in their grades, work quality, and stress level. Unfortunately, these reinforcers are often too far removed to maintain pro-student behaviors. This presentation discusses the creation of a computer application, Learning Lab Assistant, to promote organization skills in students with executive functioning problems, as well as data collection and analysis to determine app effectiveness. The main focus of the presentation is how to increase app interaction utilizing principles of gamification as viewed within a behavior analytic framework. Gamification as a concept will be explained, including critical and variable features, as well as a discussion of player and reinforcement types. The effectiveness of changes in app design to include gamified aspects is shown using student engagement data collected by the Learning Lab Assistant app. |
|
|
|
|
When Nothing Seems to Work: Skill Analysis and Intervention for Our Most Challenging Learners With ASD |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1E/F |
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Lara M. Delmolino Gatley (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University) |
Discussant: Kate E. Fiske (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University) |
CE Instructor: Lara M. Delmolino Gatley, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Practitioners and researchers in the field of behavior analysis often encounter individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) who present with complex learning problems or behavior that does not readily respond to even good-quality ABA services (Sallows & Graupner, 2005). In the field, these children might be labeled as "non-responders" and many have long learning histories which have resulted in faulty stimulus control such as biased responding or prompt dependency. While it is quite fortunate that so many research and best-practice publications and trainings are now aimed at disseminating strategies to decrease the likelihood of developing those types of learning patterns, there is a relative lack of information to help practitioners address those learning barriers where they exist. In this symposium, presenters will share research and clinical data from their work with these children, and describe the approaches they have used to spur progress in areas of difficulty such as listener responding, imitation, and conditional matching. The presenters will also outline the analysis of target and prerequisite skills necessary with this population, and suggest programmatic and curricular changes that will maximize learner performance with these specific skills as well as functioning and independence in daily life. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): non-responder, receptive language |
|
Stop Blaming the Learner: Why the Term "Non-Responders" is Faulty and the Implication for Treatment |
(Service Delivery) |
ROBERT K. ROSS (Beacon ABA Services) |
Abstract: For many years the term "non-responder" has been used to connote those individuals who make little or no progress in Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) programs. While there is little debate that such individuals exist, the description is hardly consistent with a scientific requirement of a technological description of the phenomena. Non-responders respond. They respond incorrectly (from the point of view of the instructor), they may display high levels of problem behavior, low levels of correct responding and a multitude of off-task, distracted and otherwise interfering behavior. In short, significant levels of responding are occurring, just not under the control of the relevant stimuli. The question is how to account for this failure to bring responding under instructional control. One must either conclude that the operant learning paradigm may not apply to this learner or accept the fact that despite their best efforts, the clinicians have not yet identified and controlled the controlling variables. This presentation will highlight three cases where individuals identified as not making progress in EIBI programs where subjected to more detailed analyses. Program modification made as a result of these analyses resulted in previously described non-responders becoming effective learners in the context of EIBI programming. |
|
Developing Useful Learning Strategies for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
(Applied Research) |
JOHN JAMES MCEACHIN (Autism Partnership Foundation), Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation), Julia Ferguson (Autism Partnership Foundation), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Mitchell T. Taubman (Autism Partnership Foundation) |
Abstract: Receptive learning difficulties are commonly observed with children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Recent research investigations have focused primarily on preventing the occurrence of ineffective learning strategies. Recommendations include counterbalancing location of the target stimulus within the stimulus array and order of occurrence of target stimuli within sets of trials. Additionally, research and clinical practice has focused on the adherence to strict prompting protocols. Such strategies focus on what not to do, rather than helping the student learn what to do. There are a number of complementary skills including "learning how to listen" that have not been sufficiently explored in the research literature that could potentially facilitate success in conditional discrimination tasks. Drawing upon clinical experience as well as our published research we will discuss potential strategies for improving students' success with receptive language, provide recommendations for clinicians who work with individuals diagnosed with ASD, and provide ideas for future research projects. |
|
Strategies to Address Missing Prerequisite Skills for Receptive Identification Training |
(Applied Research) |
TIFFANY KODAK (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee), Samantha Bergmann (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Meredith Bamond (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Kate E. Fiske (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Despite evidence-based practices for teaching receptive identification (i.e., auditory-visual conditional discrimination) to children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), a proportion of these children do not acquire this skill. The lack of acquisition during training may relate to the absence of important, prerequisite skills for successful auditory-visual conditional discrimination training. An assessment of prerequisite skills for auditory-visual conditional discrimination can help identify missing skills in need of intervention such as simple visual or auditory discriminations. Nevertheless, there is a paucity of research to guide researchers and practitioners on how to teach these missing prerequisite skills once they are identified. This presentation will describe several interventions to teach missing prerequisite skills for auditory-visual conditional discrimination training with children and adolescents with ASD. We will describe treatment challenges encountered while teaching these prerequisite skills. Suggestions for modifications to training procedures that could improve the success of teaching prerequisite skills for auditory-visual conditional discrimination will be provided, and we will discuss the importance of persisting with the identification of effective strategies for clients who have a slow response to common behavioral interventions. |
|
Curricular Alternatives for Children With Autism Who Have Difficulty Acquiring Skills in a Developmental Curriculum |
(Service Delivery) |
PATRICK E. MCGREEVY (Patrick McGreevy, Ph.D., P.A. and Associates) |
Abstract: Many young children with autism have difficulty learning to exhibit skills that are part of developmental curricula. These skills include identical and arbitrary matching, vocal or motor imitation, listener responses that require conditional discriminations, tacts, and intraverbal responses. Many of these same children seldom experience stimulus generalization or induction. Dr. McGreevy will suggest curricular alternatives that should be considered when children experience these barriers and are no longer candidates for effective, formal, academic inclusion. One of these alternatives, Essential for Living, was co-authored by Dr. McGreevy and is composed of functional communication skills and pragmatic language skills, along with functional daily living and tolerating skills that are designed to prepare children for personally fulfilling experiences as children and adults and effective participation in their family life and their communities. These skills are taught in contexts that are the same or similar to those which they will encounter in daily living, which precludes the necessity for stimulus generalization and induction. |
|
|
|
|
Advances in Translational Research in Applied Behavior Analysis |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2C |
Area: PRA/EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Javier Virues Ortega (The University of Auckland) |
Discussant: Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida) |
CE Instructor: Javier Virues Ortega, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Some authors claim that over the last decades the experimental and applied analyses of behavior have become disconnected. However, a thorough analysis of the literature shows that this trend toward insularity has been somewhat reversed over the last decade by an emphasis on translational research. Three factors could account for a change in trend toward more basic�applied interaction. First, the rise of functional analysis methodology that is used to identify the contingencies that generate and maintain problem behavior. Second, the editorial leadership of JABA and JEAB has prompted attention toward basic research of potentially applied relevance. Finally, basic researchers are increasingly urged by funding agencies to strengthen the translational potential of their work. Above all, translational research is essential to a cohesive behavior analysis. The present symposium presents a range of studies from four different labs under the common theme of translational research. Specifically, presenters will discuss empirical translational work in the following areas: differential outcomes effect (McCormack), the signaling effect of reinforcers (Cowie), delayed reinforcement (Fernandez), and vicarious punishment (Koehler). These studies provide an overview of current translational research. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): Delayed reinforcement, Differential outcomes, Translational research, Vicarious punishment |
|
Emergence of Derived Relations Following Tact Training With the Differential Outcomes Procedure |
(Applied Research) |
JESSICA CATHERINE MCCORMACK (The University of Auckland), Douglas Elliffe (University of Auckland), Javier Virues Ortega (The University of Auckland) |
Abstract: The differential outcomes procedure has been found to enhance conditional discrimination learning in animals and humans. In conditional discrimination learning, the subjects learns to make one response in the presence of stimulus A (the discriminative stimulus) and another in the presence of stimulus B. By pairing each discriminative stimulus with a unique reward or reinforcer it provides an addition cue to correct responding. This can lead to faster and more accurate learning, as well as the development of equivalence relations. In addition, there is evidence to suggest that reinforcers can become part of the relational frame of discriminative stimuli. Thus, the differential outcomes procedure provides an opportunity to evaluate the extent to which differential reinforcers can induce distinct emergent relationships. In the present study, we taught novel labels to four boys with developmental or intellectual disability. Three of the four boys met mastery sooner in the differential outcomes condition relative to the variable outcomes condition. In addition, we tested for the emergence of equivalence relations, and found that stimulus-outcome or response-outcome relations emerged in three out of four students. Three of the participants participated in a subsequent transfer phase where we introduced novel stimuli requiring the same vocal response. Only two of the boys were able to meet mastery criteria for the new stimuli and both met mastery sooner in the differential outcomes condition. The study provides evidence for the effectiveness of the differential outcomes procedure in children with disabilities and provide an empirical basis for the addition of differential outcomes in behaviour acquisition programs. |
|
Reinforcers Control Behaviour Because of What They Signal About the Immediate Future |
(Basic Research) |
SARAH COWIE (University of Auckland, New Zealand), Jessica Catherine McCormack (The University of Auckland), Paula Hogg (The University of Auckland), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Florida Institute of Technology), Douglas Elliffe (University of Auckland), Katrina J. Phillips (University of Auckland), Javier Virues Ortega (The University of Auckland) |
Abstract: The assumption that reinforcers strengthen behavior forms the foundation of many behavior-analytic interventions. However, recent basic research suggests that reinforcers control behavior because of what they signal about events that are likely to occur in the immediate future, rather than because they strengthen the behavior they follow. We extended an experimental paradigm used with non-human animals to study reinforcer control of choice in children. Seven typically developing children and one child diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder played a game where opening one of two drawers would result in a reinforcer. The probability of the next reinforcer being obtained for opening the same drawer as had produced the last reinforcer was varied across conditions. Generally, children chose the drawer more likely to produce the next reinforcer, even on occasions when a different response had been reinforced in the preceding trial. This finding suggests that strengthening may be an unnecessary construct, and that a better understanding of how appetitive consequences control behaviour may be achieved using an alternative framework. |
|
Parametric Analysis of Delayed Reinforcement in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
(Applied Research) |
NATHALIE FERNANDEZ (University of Florida), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida), Yanerys Leon (Florida Institute of Technology), Elizabeth Schieber (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Recent research on the effects of delayed reinforcement on response maintenance in children with ASD suggests that reinforcer delays degrade response maintenance at delay values that varied from 6 to 120 seconds (Leon, Borrero, and DeLeon, 2016). However, this preparation examined the effects of delays under conditions in which no programmed alternatives to target responding were available, which seems unrealistic in relation to what a child might encounter in natural environment. In the present study, we first compared response maintenance with no programmed reinforcement in the presence and absence of freely available alternatives. We then added reinforcement for responding and parametrically increased the delay to reinforcement while retaining the freely available alternative. The results suggest that arranging a concurrently available alternative activity makes children less likely to persist in the absence of reinforcement, but performances do not deteriorate at markedly lower delays than previously observed if alternative activities remain present. Subsequent analyses compare whether this remains true for primary and conditioned reinforcers. |
|
Examination of Vicarious Punishment Effects |
(Applied Research) |
LEAH JULIA KOEHLER (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Vicarious reinforcement and, to a lesser extent, punishment are well-known topics covered in texts on behavior analysis, although relatively little research has identified the determinants of these effects. The purpose of this study was twofold: (a) first, to replicate the general findings of Van Houten et al. (1982), who found that reprimands delivered to one subject influenced the behavior of another, and (b) second, to examine the effects of both positive and negative vicarious punishment. Four individuals with developmental disabilities participated. No subjects demonstrated consistent sensitivity to the vicarious punishment arrangement prior to exposure to direct punishment. Following exposure to direct punishment, results were mixed (see attached graph for one subject whose data showed a vicarious punishment effect [VP+ and VP-] following but not prior to direct exposure). These data indicate that exposure to direct punishment contingencies in a specific context may be necessary to produce responding under vicarious arrangements. Clinical implications of the findings are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Problem Solving and Speech Generating Devices to Teach Remembering and Conversation Skills to Individuals With ASD |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3A |
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Stephanie Phelan (ABACS; Simmons College) |
Discussant: James E. Carr (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
CE Instructor: Stephanie Phelan, M.S. |
Abstract: Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) is characterized by deficits in communication and social skills. Despite a wealth of studies on establishing basic repertoires in these areas, there is limited research on teaching complex communication and social skills, such as talking about past events and determining if others are available for conversations. The first three papers in this symposium focused on teaching recalling past events to individuals with ASD. In the first paper, Walters et al. used prompting and fading to teach recalling past events to children with ASD who used speech generating devices to respond. In the second paper, Stine and Bourret taught the problem solving strategy of visual imagining to adolescents with ASD which increased recalling past events. In the third paper, Phelan et al. taught the problem solving strategies of visual imagining and self-questioning to children with ASD which increased recalling past events. In the fourth paper, Mann and Karsten taught self-questioning to college students with ASD which increased their conversational behaviors related to the availability and interest of conversation partners. The complex repertoires targeted in this symposium require an analysis of multiply controlled verbal behavior. The discussant will place the papers in context and recommend future directions. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): conversation skills, precurrent behavior, problem solving, remembering |
|
Reporting Past Behavior in Children With ASD With the Use of a Speech Generating Device |
DIANNA SHIPPEE WALTERS (Marcus Autism Center), Videsha Marya (Marcus Autism Center), Tom Cariveau (Marcus Autism Center), Taylor Thompson (Marcus Autism Center), Brittany Lee Bartlett (Marcus Autism Center), Allison Briskin (Marcus Autism Center), Shoma Sajan (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Reporting past behavior has been identified as an area of deficit for individuals with autism and plays a significant role in social communication due to its relatively high frequency in day-to-day interactions (e.g., a parent asks their child ?what did you do at school today?? or a friend asks ?what movie did you watch last night??). Previous research has shown that children with autism can learn to report past behavior following echoic prompts and prompt fading; however, all these participants communicated vocally, which is not fully representative of the broad spectrum of communication abilities in individuals with autism. Recently, the use of speech generating devices (SGD) is becoming more prevalent for non-vocal children, but additional research is needed on the use of SGDs. Thus, the purpose of the current study is to extend upon previous research to increase the accuracy in reporting past behavior with the use of a SGD in two children with autism (additional datasets are forthcoming). Participants reported past behavior using picture selection, text selection or typing on his or her SGD. Results found that participants reported past behavior with greater accuracy on end-of-day probes following our treatment procedure, and correct reporting generalized to caregivers. |
|
Evaluation of a Visual Imagining Procedure to Teach Remembering to Adolescents With ASD |
JULIE M. STINE (New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Many individuals with developmental disabilities cannot accurately remember past events; recall may be improved by learning to emit precurrent, or problem solving, behaviors to make correct responses more probable. Visual imagining is a problem solving strategy that involves seeing in the absence of a stimulus that was once seen (Skinner, 1974). Kisamore, Carr, and LeBlanc (2011) evaluated a visual imagining procedure on an intraverbal categorization task with four typically developing children; this procedure did not establish high rates of responding, but responding did increase when participants were prompted to use the strategy and taught a rule to reduce prompting. In the current study, a visual imagining procedure was evaluated with five adolescents (ages 12-15 years) with an autism spectrum disorder. Recall was evaluated before and after the training condition at no delay and at a delay of up to two hours. The visual imagining procedure increased recall for three of the five participants when no delay was imposed and, for two participants, increased recall at no delay and at untrained delays of up to two hours. For two participants, repeated exposure to stimuli and a correction procedure were required to improve recall. |
|
The Effects of Visual Imagining and Self-Questioning on Recalling Past Events With Children With ASD |
STEPHANIE PHELAN (ABACS; Simmons College), Judah B. Axe (Simmons College), Ashley Williams (ABACS; Simmons College) |
Abstract: Many individuals with autism do not reliably respond to questions about past events, such as telling a parent or teacher about a recent weekend trip or a visit to the zoo. Problem solving strategies, such as visual imagining and self-questioning, can assist in recalling past events. We evaluated these strategies with 3 children with autism using a multiple baseline across participants design. At the start of each session, the participants engaged in a novel activity with a behavior therapist, and the therapist took a picture of the activity. Approximately two hours later, a different therapist asked the participant to describe what he/she did. The intervention consisted of showing the participant the picture of the activity, telling him to close his eyes and see the activity, modeling asking and answering seven questions (e.g., Who was there? What is one thing that happened?), prompt fading, and reinforcement. All participants demonstrated an increase in the frequency of accurate about the activity with varying levels of assistance. Interobserver agreement and procedural integrity data were collected for nearly 100% of sessions across all participants and conditions (table attached). Future researchers should continue to evaluate effective problem solving strategies for recalling past events. |
|
Self-Questioning to Teach Conversation Skills to Adults With ASD |
CHARLOTTE MANN (University of St. Joseph), Amanda Karsten (Western New England University) |
Abstract: Higher quality conversation skills correspond to higher quality of life (e.g., independent living, employment) for adults diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (Roessler, Broling, and Johnson, 1990). In this sequence of studies, we taught responses occasioned by conversation partner behavior as a means to improve the conversation skills of college students with ASD. In Study 1, participants learned to engage in self-questioning to determine if a peer or professor is available to converse. In Study 2, participants learned to engage in self-questioning to occasion correct responses across three functions of speaker disinterest. We assessed generalization of participant responses from the training context to conversations with trained confederates and untrained conversation partners (e.g., peers, professors). Finally, we collected peer ratings of the social validity of changes in conversation behavior as well as participants social validity ratings of study goals, procedures, and outcomes. |
|
|
|
|
On Being Open |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
4:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom F/G |
Area: PCH |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Chair: Sharon Estill Older (Adapt Behavioral Services) |
|
On Being Open... |
Domain: Service Delivery |
SHARON OLDER (Adapt Behavioral Services) |
|
Abstract: Many of the earliest applied behavior analytic studies published were with “typically developing” children with behavioral excesses (AKA “clinical” population). As ABA became known for being one of the most effective treatments for individuals with developmentally disabilities, the proportion of behavior analysts serving “clinical” children and research with this population dwindled. When funding for ABA treatment for Autism became easily available in large amounts, behavior analysts working with this population exploded and behavior analysts treating “clinical” children became few and far between. Did ABA reach maximum benefit for the “clinical” population, or did we, as a field, get sucked into the high-density reinforcement schedule (e.g., being renown as “the best,” getting quick results in skills training, having more cooperative and involved parents) and financial rewards of treating a “niche” population?
This presentation will examine why our profession needs to be open. Open to getting out of our “niche” comfort zone and expanding ABA treatment to more “clinical” populations. Open to inspiration and learning from other disciplines, who are sometimes very effective. Open to conducting research to discover new understanding of and effective treatment for more complex personal and interpersonal problems. Open to expanding the reach of our profession by making a positive impact with a wider audience. |
|
|
|
|
|
Schedule Effects in Behavior Streams: Supervision Topics for Analysts Interested in the Ethical Application of Behavior Analysis to Child and Family Welfare |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 1-3 |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Teresa Camille Kolu, Ph.D. |
Chair: Steven R. Lawyer (Idaho State University) |
TERESA CAMILLE KOLU (Cusp Emergence) |
Dr. Camille Kolu is a behavioral scientist and BCBA-D in Denver, where she joins families and agencies to engineer behavioral cusps for individuals and their loved ones. After training, supervision and work at the University of North Texas, Dr. Kolu earned a Ph.D. in Biopsychology and Behavioral Neuroscience at Rutgers University, where she developed neurobiological animal models of autism and examined olfactory and social contextual conditioning. Dr. Kolu practices behavior analysis across the lifespan with individuals and families affected by autism, foster care or adoption, mental illness, and/or developmental and intellectual disabilities. She partners with health and human service agencies, mental hospitals, schools, community centered boards, and the University of Colorado Denver, where she enjoys designing and teaching courses in behavior analysis and ethics. Dr. Kolu has published in peer-reviewed journals, and serves on the board of Four Corners Association for Behavior Analysis. She explores research interests in verbal communities of reinforcement and stimulus schedules in the everyday interactions of families affected by disruption or trauma, while using her private practice to provide training, education, and behavior analytic mentorship and supervision. |
Abstract: Schedule-induced or "adjunctive" behavior may occur related to a time based schedule when an individual produces behavior accompanying a scheduled stimulus delivery. In 1978, Foster exposed a lack of the term "adjunctive behavior" within the usage of JABA, while noting the potential significance of "adjunctive behavior" to applied settings. He had observed "numerous cases where professionals and paraprofessionals devoted strenuous, shortsighted, and futile efforts at directly modifying apparently adjunctive behaviors by imposing medications or consequences on them." Today, despite its contributions to the basic literature and its massive potential significance to applied settings, adjunctive behavior remains a topic infrequently explored by researchers interested in human populations, and may still be unfamiliar to behavior analysts lacking research experience or comprehensive backgrounds. This paper explores using a schedule-related analysis in providing ethical supervision and treatment for populations affected by trauma (for example, young children experiencing court-ordered visits with caregivers previously associated with aversive stimuli). Data are discussed in the context of engineering supportive environments for children with previous schedule related aversive experiences, as well as providing appropriate education and training for such families or others new to the analysis of stimulus schedule effects. |
Target Audience: PENDING |
Learning Objectives: PENDING |
|
|
|
|
Attitudes in Academic and Employment Achievement |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall A-C |
Area: CSS/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Judy G. Blumenthal (Associates for Behaviour Change) |
Discussant: Jill Hunt (Judge Rotenberg Center) |
CE Instructor: W. Joseph Wyatt, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Attitude is one of the strongest non-verbal determinants of academic and employment achievement especially in competitive settings, yet it is rarely addressed as an important behavior for applicants to focus on. Attitudes are complex circular designs since each established attitude creates a perception, which establishes an attitude, and the cycle continues. Attitude and dyadic interactions are known to be complex. Add group and panel interviews to this, and attitudes of the applicant can catapult the individual to a successful outcome, or discontinue the applicant's competition early in the process. The authors will present a behavioral analysis of an attitude, teach how to modify or change attitudes for success and effectiveness, and present cases they experienced pertaining to attitudes in academic and employment competition. Attendees will learn how to generalize the material to their own social function opportunities that can provide additional benefits to competition in their respective settings. They will learn highly effective attitudes and how to develop them for competitive job search and educational promotion situations for professionals. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Academic Achievement, Attitude Achievement, Employment Achievement, Social Function |
|
Attitude Design and Change |
JUDY G. BLUMENTHAL (Association for Behaviour Change) |
Abstract: Each person carries within them thoughts, feelings, and emotions that influence our behavior and which influence the way we are perceived by others. This works both ways with each interaction. This interaction (perceptions of each other and our behavior) is so very complex, and happens so quickly, that perceptions of each other are not necessarily at a conscious level and opinions about you can be formed before you even have a chance to make any corrections to your behavior. Complicating this process are antecedents that evolve into perceptions, which we learn early in life. This paper will explain (1) how you develop perceptions and attitudes, (2) how these influence your behavior, and the perception of others, and (4) how we learn which antecedents require a response and which ones do not. The paper will also teach the audience how to increase awareness of their own perceptions and how to shape, modify, or discontinue reactions to perceptions. |
|
Specific Positive Attitudes for Job Search and Promotion |
JOHN LOMBARDO (Medical College of Wisconsin) |
Abstract: Positive attitudes have a strong impact on the competitive job search and promotion processes for professionals across academic, industry, not-for-profit, government, and other sectors. We have substantial evidence and experience that attitudes such as optimism, confidence, responsiveness, energy, caring, etc., can create positive perceptions and judgments in key decision-makers. At the same time we have learned that anchoring these attitudes in specific behaviors help us to understand the processes, and to develop effective attitudes/behaviors in ourselves and in others. This paper identifies several specific positive attitudes in the job search and promotion processes, with a strong emphasis on behavioral aspects. Real cases will be presented and discussed, revealing how attitudes translate in to behaviors. Attendees will learn how to change or modify existing behaviors to increase successful outcomes in academia and employment, and learn how to develop a vocabulary and create behavioral examples that will reflect strengths, experiences. Behavioral techniques presented will include SMART goals (Specific, Measureable, Action-oriented, Realistic, Time-bound). |
|
|
|
|
SQAB Tutorial: Relapse |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom D |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
PSY/BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Timothy A. Shahan, Ph.D. |
Chair: John A. Nevin (University of New Hampshire) |
Presenting Authors: : TIMOTHY A. SHAHAN (Utah State University) |
Abstract: The recurrence of previously eliminated operant behavior (i.e., relapse) represents a challenge to the long-term success of a wide variety of behavioral interventions. This tutorial will provide a review of common relapse phenomena (e.g., reinstatement, renewal, resurgence) using examples from both basic research and applied settings. A major emphasis will be on providing user-friendly descriptions of existing theories of relapse, especially theories of resurgence. Theories discussed will be Behavioral Momentum Theory, Context Theory, and Choice Theory. The successes and failures of these theories will be addressed, as will areas in need of additional empirical and theoretical development. Finally, translational relevance will be discussed by considering how insights provided by the theories might be used to prevent or reduce relapse following common behavioral interventions (e.g., DRA). This presentation will also serve as an introduction to a panel discussion on the application of theories of relapse. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Certified behavior analysts, graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the event, the participant will be able to: (1) identify common relapse phenomena; (2) describe current theories of relapse of operant behavior; (3) identify strengths and weaknesses of current theories of relapse. |
|
TIMOTHY A. SHAHAN (Utah State University) |
Dr. Timothy A. Shahan received his Ph.D. in Psychology from West Virginia University in 1998. He was a postdoctoral research fellow at the University of Vermont, and then a Research Assistant Professor at the University of New Hampshire until 2003. He was the 2006 recipient of the B. F. Skinner Young Researcher Award from Division 25 of APA. He is presently a Professor in the Psychology Department at Utah State University. Dr. Shahan's research focuses on resurgence, behavioral momentum, choice, and conditioned reinforcement. For approximately a decade, a major emphasis of Dr. Shahan's research has been the development and evaluation of quantitative theories of relapse. His research has been supported by various institutes at NIH including NIMH, NIAAA, NIDA, and NICHD. Dr. Shahan is a Fellow of ABAI and has served as an Associate Editor for the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, president of the Society for the Quantitative Analyses of Behavior, and chair of the Biobehavioral Regulation, Learning and Ethology study section at NIH. |
Keyword(s): behavioral momentum, choice, relapse, resurgence |
|
|
|
|
Conjoint Behavioral Consultation: What Works, How it Works, and What it Means for Practice |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 4 |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Florence D. DiGennaro Reed, Ph.D. |
Chair: Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas) |
SUSAN SHERIDAN (University of Nebraska, Lincoln) |
Susan M. Sheridan, Ph.D. is Director of the Nebraska Center for Research on Children, Youth, Families and Schools (CYFS), and a George Holmes University Professor of Educational Psychology at the University of Nebraska-Lincoln. Dr. Sheridan's research is focused on parent-teacher relationships; the development of meaningful home-school partnerships; early childhood education and interventions; and interventions promoting children's social skills, social-emotional development and behavioral competencies. She has received more than $50 million in grant funding, with federal agencies such as the U.S. Department of Education and the National Institutes of Health providing more than $46 million toward establishing effective interventions for children, parents, and educators. Sheridan has published more than 100 books, chapters, and refereed journal articles on behavioral consultation, early childhood, parent engagement and partnerships, rural education, social-emotional skills and development, and behavioral interventions. The American Psychological Association's Division 16 (School Psychology) recognized her research excellence with the Lightner Witmer Award (1993) for early career accomplishments and the Senior Scientist Award (2015) for distinguished career-long scholarship. She also received the 2005 Presidential Award from the National Association of School Psychologists. |
Abstract: Methods to support students' competencies often target isolated contexts or activate individual treatment agents. Conjoint Behavioral Consultation (CBC; Sheridan, Kratochwill & Bergan, 1996; Sheridan & Kratochwill, 2008), on the other hand, is an indirect intervention focused on the attainment of students' goals through (a) collaborative and consistent implementation of evidence-based interventions across home and school settings, and (b) data-based problem solving with parents and teachers working as partners. This presentation will review CBC and decades of empirical investigations that have documented its efficacy for promoting behavioral, social-emotional and academic competencies among children facing a range of behavioral and learning challenges. Research exploring outcomes for students, parents and teachers will be presented. A focus on translation and considerations for practice will be highlighted by exploring empirically-derived "active ingredients" (mediators) responsible for CBC's effects, conditions (moderators) under which desired outcomes are maximized, and a number of implementation lessons learned. Opportunities for future research and training will be explored. |
Target Audience: Professionals who serve as consultants or who are interested in school/home consultation. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify the four stages of conjoint behavioral consultation and describe the primary problem solving objectives of each stage; (2) discuss the benefits of engaging parents and teachers as partners in the problem solving process; (3) explain at least one mediator and one moderator of CBC's effects and describe how they influence decisions for practice. |
|
|
|
|
Best Practices in Training Adults to Implement Behavior Analytic Services per BACB Standards |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall D-G |
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Alyssa Kavner, M.A. |
Chair: Alyssa Kavner (Easterseals Southern California) |
KIMBERLEY ANDREA ENLOE (Easterseals Southern California) |
WILLIAM FANT (Easterseals Southern California) |
KHRYSTLE LAUREN MONTALLANA (Easterseals Southern California) |
Abstract: Easterseals Southern California has been serving individuals with Autism and other developmental disabilities for many years. The recent growth in ABA based services for individuals with an autism spectrum disorder has led to the rapid hiring and training of RBTs, BCaBAs, and BCBAs. This panel will consist of several members of the Easterseals Training and Quality Leadership team who have trained over 2000 staff in the past five years. The panel will discuss how evidenced-based training methodologies are adapted to various learning environments. They will also comment on training implementation plans to meet and maintain standards for training and supervision related to BACB certificants, while accounting for the need to have these individuals providing service with a short latency after hire. Topics include but are not limited to:
• Fluency Training
• Video Modeling
• E-learning/Online Training
• Active Student Responding
• Behavioral Skills Training
• Competency Based Training
• Feedback during Skills Practice
• In-field Follow-Up
• Training Goal Setting
The presentations/discussion will be followed by a question/answer period. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): autism, BCaBA/BCBA, RBT, training |
|
|
|
|
Work With Me People: A Discussion on Challenges in Service Delivery of Behavior Principles in Home and Community Settings |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2B |
Area: PRA/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: LaQuita Spivey, M.S. |
Chair: LaQuita Spivey (University of California - Santa Barbara) |
LYNNE FARLOUGH (Pyramid Parent Training) |
LOURDES RIVERA-PUTZ (United We Stand of New York) |
CHARLOTTE SPINKSTON (Urban Partnership Resources and Information on Disability and Education (Urban PRIDE)) |
Abstract: The effectiveness of behavior support has been demonstrated across school, home and community settings. However, challenges often arise in the delivery of behavioral services that may negatively impact the effectiveness of treatment. Consistent implementation of behavior support strategies is a vital component of successful treatment outcomes and influences the effectiveness of the treatment (Allen & Warzak, 2000). In home and community settings, typically behavior analysts train parents with the expectation that parents are primarily responsible for implementing interventions. In many cases however, parents may be experiencing circumstances that function as impediments to successful implementation (Stocco & Thompson, 2015). Behavior analysts may have little influence in mitigating these circumstances but can work with parent training and support groups to address these barriers (Allen & Warzak, 2000). Behavior support literature indicates that collaboration between families and practitioners can result in successful treatment outcomes as well as improvements in quality of life for families (Lucyshyn, Blumberg & Kayser, 2000). This panel will discuss parent and practitioner accounts of challenges that often arise in behavioral service delivery and how these issues may be addressed in home and community settings through collaboration of behavior analysts and parent training and support organizations. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): caregiver behavior, contingency analysis, service delivery, treatment adherence |
|
|
|
|
Using Telepractice to Coach Parents and Students in Japan on Naturalistic Teaching |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Convention Center 304 |
Area: TBA/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Ashley Labay (University of Texas at San Antonio) |
Discussant: Ee Rea Hong (University of Tsukuba) |
CE Instructor: Ee Rea Hong, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Telepractice refers to using technology to deliver training from a distance. Telepractice can allow Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) to access more students and families and teach applied behavior analytic (ABA) to more people. For example, Wacker et al., 2013 revealed that it is feasible for parents to conduct functional communication training (FCT) when being coached by BCBAs that were within 200 miles via telepractice. While there is developing literature supporting the use of distance technology to disseminate ABA, there is limited support for the use of this technology in global dissemination. These studies aim to extend the telepractice literature base by evaluating the use of telepractice to disseminate naturalistic instruction on a global level. Naturalistic instruction involves teaching in one's natural environment and reinforcing behavior with natural contingencies. The authors will speak on their research done on using telepractice to coach parents and students on naturalistic teaching in Japan. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): communication, naturalistic teaching, supervision, tele-practice |
|
Dissemination of Applied Behavior Analysis Through Global Telepractice |
ILEANA UMANA (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Leslie Neely (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Ee Rea Hong (University of Tsukuba), Sawako Kawaminami (University of Tsukuba) |
Abstract: We investigated the effects of a global telepractice training package on participants implementation of incidental teaching. The supervisor was a BCBA-D in the United States while the supervisees worked at a community based clinic in Japan. The supervisor worked with one bi-lingual coach to master incidental teaching via videoconferencing and delayed video-based feedback. The coach then taught three subsequent therapists. Impacts of this global telepractice training program will be discussed in terms of therapist fidelity of implementing incidental teaching, impact on child mands, and social validity of the training program. |
|
Fostering Parent-Delivered Tele-Home Practice in Naturalistic Communication Teaching for Three Japanese Children With ASD |
LIYUAN GONG (University of Tsukuba), Ee Rea Hong (University of Tsukuba), Liyuan Gong (University of Tsukuba), Sawako Kawaminami (University of Tsukuba), Leslie Neely (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Jennifer Ganz (Texas A&M University) |
Abstract: Both naturalistic communication and parent-delivered interventions are considered evidence-based practices for children with autism spectrum disorders (ASDs). However, it is not well known how much this delivery model may actually be efficient in terms of cost, time, and effort for parents. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of a training on parent implementation of naturalistic communication teaching procedures and on childs communication skills using a tele-home practice. This study used a self-training manual that included written and video instructions to provide parent training in participants home environments. A changing criterion design was utilized. Three mother-child dyads with children ages 4-6 years with a diagnosis of ASD participated in this study. In addition to the self-training manual, the mother participants were asked to complete a self-checklist of the instructional procedures after each session. Based on the participants performances, written feedback was provided. Pre- and post-training and follow-up data collection are still under way. |
|
|
|
|
An Evaluation of Basic and Applied Procedural Modifications to Enhance Stimulus Control |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3B |
Area: AUT/EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Careen Suzanne Meyer (California State University, Sacramento) |
Discussant: Chata A. Dickson (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: This symposium will look at several procedures to teach requisite skills needed for conditional responding to a variety of stimuli across visual-visual, and auditory-visual, and auditory discriminations. The first study used a basic go/no-go procedure in an attempt to establish two three-member equivalence classes for six typically developing adults, and to test whether this type of preparation could be a viable alternative to the traditional matching-to-sample (MTS) procedure. The second study replicated previous research comparing whether sample-first or comparison-first presentations eased acquisition of auditory-visual discriminations for seven typically-developing children. The third study compared three procedures to teach auditory discrimination to three children with ASD-like behaviors. The fourth study utilized a shaping procedure to establish auditory discrimination skills for three children with autism. All procedures were effective in teaching skills to adults and children with and without disabilities, and included procedural modifications that may be useful in developing alternative evidence-based teaching technologies to fragile learners. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): auditory discrimination, stimulus control |
|
Successive Matching-to-Sample as an Alternative to Traditional Matching-to-Sample to Produce Conditional Relations in Adults |
(Basic Research) |
Timothy G. Howland (California State University, Sacramento), Charisse Ann Lantaya (California State University, Sacramento), Scott Page (California State University, Sacramento), Danielle LaFrance (H.O.P.E. Consulting, LLC; Endicott College - Institute for Behavioral Studies), KARINA ZHELEZOGLO (California State University, Sacramento), Elyse Grosskopf (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: Although the utility of the matching-to-sample procedure (MTS) has been shown in both basic and applied settings, it requires participants to demonstrate several prerequisite skills such as simple-simultaneous and simple-successive discriminations. Our lab has conducted four experiments with 24 undergraduate students to evaluate the effectiveness of a Successive MTS (S-MTS) procedure in which only one stimulus is presented at a time. In these experiments participants were taught to touch a single comparison after the presentation of its related sample (e.g., touch B1 after A1), and not touch the comparison after the presentation of the unrelated sample (e.g., not touch B1 after A2). Although all participants learned conditional relations, participants who failed equivalence tests may have done so due to a history of reinforcement during baseline probes. In the current experiment with six participants, the removal of probes yielded similar performance (data attached). We will discuss additional manipulations, including the manipulation of experimental instructions. |
|
Effects of Presentation Order of Sample and Comparison Stimuli During Receptive Instruction |
(Applied Research) |
BAILEY DEVINE (Texas Christian University), Kiley Hiett (Baylor University), Providence Gee (Texas Christian University), Gabby Aguilar (Texas A&M Corpus Christi), Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University) |
Abstract: Receptive identification trials can be conceptualized as match-to-sample (MTS) trials in which reinforcement of a particular comparison selection (e.g., a picture) is conditional upon the presence of a specific sample stimulus (e.g., a spoken word). Consistent with common laboratory practices and related clinical recommendations, Petursdottir & Aguilar (2016) found a reliable sample-first advantage when they taught typically developing boys to identify birds and flags via laptop. The present series of experiments followed up on this finding. Experiment 1 was a systematic replication of Petursdottir & Aguilar (2016) that included prompted error correction trials following incorrect responses. Four typically developing 5- and 6-year-old boys participated. Acquisition in the sample-first and the comparison-first condition was compared in an adapted alternating-treatments design with replication across stimulus sets. An advantage of sample-first presentation was seen in 4 of 7 evaluations, whereas 2 evaluations suggested a comparison-first advantage. Thus, the sample-first advantage was less reliable than in the previous study. Possible reasons are discussed, and a second experiment is in progress to compare acquisition under sample-first and comparison-first conditions with and without error correction. |
|
Comparing the Efficacy and Efficiency of Strategies to Teach Auditory Discrimination |
(Applied Research) |
SAMANTHA BERGMANN (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee), Brittany Benitez (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee), Gabriella Van Den Elzen (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee), Terra Cliett (University of North Texas), Sophie Knutson (University of Wisconsin- Milwaukee), Leah Bohl (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee), Raven Wood (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee) |
Abstract: An auditory discrimination involves differential behavior in the presence of auditory stimuli. An auditory discrimination of environmental sounds occurs when an individual walks to the door after the doorbell rings but not after the chime of a cell phone. Auditory discrimination may play a role in the development of vocal verbal behavior. Unfortunately, there is a paucity of behavior-analytic research on the assessment and treatment of auditory discrimination. Identifying strategies to assess and teach this skill could be especially pertinent for individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) who may have difficulty acquiring this skill. The current study assessed the efficacy and efficiency of three procedures: go/no-go, do this do that, and auditory match-to-sample in the acquisition of auditory discriminations. We utilized an adapted alternating treatments design with three participants with ASD or ASD-like behaviors. One of the participants demonstrated auditory discrimination with all three procedures and across three replications. The remaining two participants required the use of a differential observing response to acquire auditory discriminations with at least one procedure. Both of these participants failed to demonstrate an auditory discrimination with the go/no-go procedure despite modifications. Implications for future research and clinical practice will be discussed. |
|
An Examination of Stimulus Control Shaping Procedures Used to Teach Auditory Discriminations |
(Applied Research) |
ROBERT W. ISENHOWER (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Meredith Bamond (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Samantha Bergmann (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Catriona Beauchamp Francis (DDDC, Rutgers University), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee), Kate E. Fiske (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Auditory discrimination is a skill that many learners with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) have difficulty acquiring, demonstrating, and maintaining. Development of appropriate stimulus controlwhere the auditory stimulus controls respondingcan be challenging, as auditory stimuli and visual stimuli often co-occur in discrete trial arrangements. In the current study, we detail a procedure used with three learners with ASD to enhance the likelihood that auditory stimuli, and not visual stimuli, controlled their responding. BIGMack buttons were used to play recorded sounds. Initially, learners were taught to orient to a sound played through a single BIGMack button (activated remotely out of view). Second, they were taught to locate the button playing the sound with one, and then two, distractor buttons. Next, we decreased the spacing between buttons to form a three-button array. Lastly, learners were taught to respond to the button that played the sound after the experimenter activated the buttons directly. Students 1 and 2 were able demonstrate auditory discrimination at acquisition levels. We were unable to transfer stimulus control for Student 3 once the experimenter pressed the buttons. Implications for enhancing the effectiveness of stimulus control procedures used to teaching auditory discrimination will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Teaching Children With Autism to Mand Using Speech-Generating Devices |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4E/F |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Amarie Carnett (University of North Texas) |
Discussant: Tracy Raulston (University of Oregon) |
CE Instructor: Amarie Carnett, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Skinner (1957) classifies communication responses in terms of functional properties rather than in terms of its form. A mand is a type of communication behavior that is controlled by deprivation or aversive stimulation and reinforced by characteristic consequences. Approximately 25-30% of children with Autism Spectrum Disorder do not develop speech. As a result they may benefit from interventions that teach the use speech-generating devices to establish manding repertoires. This symposium will present empirical data related to teaching manding skills to children using speech-generating devices. The first single case study evaluates teaching procedures used to target increasing targeted vocalization along with speech-generating devices during mand training. The second single case study replicates the procedures from Ingvarsson and Hollobaugh (2010) to teach a child who used a speech-generating device to mand for answers to unknown questions. The third single case study replicates the procedures from Shillingsburg et al. (2014) to teach children with autism to mand for information using speech-generating devices. The final single case study evaluated procedures for teaching children with autism to use a speech-generating device to mand for information using Where question frames. Tracy Raulston will sever as the discussant. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): manding, motivating operation, speech-generated devices, systematic instruction |
|
Increasing Target Vocalizations Used Along With Speech-Generating Device Mands |
CINDY GEVARTER (Manhattanville College), Keri Horan (Manhattanville College) |
Abstract: Six preschool-age children with autism and limited echoic abilities were taught to mand for preferred items using a speech-generating device (SGD) during a vocalization baseline that included least-to-most prompting and reinforcement for SGD mands, and no programmed consequences for vocalizations. Participants emitted target vocalizations during 0-40% of trials (M= 5%). An SGD-vocalization intervention was introduced across two implementations of a multiple baseline design. Intervention phase I included a delay to reinforcement and differential reinforcement (i.e., SGD-only on extinction; SGD plus target vocalizations reinforced). During this phase, three participants increased target vocal approximations (M= 81%), and one began using the full vocal target word (M=97%). A fifth participant required the addition of an instructors echoic model (phase II of intervention), and reached a mean of 100% in a return to phase I. The sixth participant appeared to have satiated on the preferred item and intervention was discontinued. Phase II was introduced to shape closer approximations and/or higher rates of target vocalizations for participants who showed phase I success (with a second word introduced for the participant who mastered a full target word). Shaping procedures had mixed success. Participants generalized vocalizations when the SGD was absent, and maintained responding. |
|
Teaching a Child With Autism to Mand for Answers to Questions Using a Speech-Generating Device |
Amarie Carnett (University of North Texas), EINAR T. INGVARSSON (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The current study systematically replicates and extends the findings of Ingvarsson and Hollobaugh (2010) by teaching a boy with autism who used a speech-generating device to mand for answers to unknown questions. The effects of the intervention were evaluated via a multiple baseline across stimulus sets. The intervention resulted in acquisition of both the mand for information and intraverbal responses (i.e., correct answers to previously unknown questions). However, generalization of the mand for information was limited. |
|
Mands for Information Using "Who" and "Which" Using Speech-Generated Devices |
BRITTANY LEE BARTLETT (Marcus Autism Center), Taylor Thompson (Marcus Autism Center), Videsha Marya (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Some children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) have difficulty acquiring spoken language even after receiving intensive intervention. For these individuals, alternative and augmentative communication systems can be helpful. With the ubiquitous use of tablets and mobile devices, the use of speech generated devices has increased. Children with limited functional communication require targeted mand training to increase social communication skills and the mand repertoire is often one of the first skills targeted for children with ASD who use devices (van der Meer & Rispoli, 2010). Advanced manding repertoires may also be taught using communication devices. Shillingsburg, Bowen, Valentino and Pierce (2014) demonstrated an intervention to teach mands for information using prompting and differential reinforcement under establishing operation (EO) and abolishing operation (AO) conditions to children using vocal responses. The current study replicates the procedures from Shillingsburg et al. (2014) to teach two children diagnosed with ASD to mand for information using a speech generated device on a tablet. Both participants learned to mand for information using who and which and used the information provided to access a preferred item. Procedural details and modifications will be discussed. |
|
Teaching Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder to Ask "Where" Questions With a Speech-Generating Device |
AMARIE CARNETT (University of North Texas), Einar T. Ingvarsson (University of North Texas), Alicia Marie Bravo (Victoria University of Wellington), Jeffrey S. Sigafoos (Victoria University of Wellington) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorder who have limited spoken communication skills are often taught to use a speech-generating device for basic mands, such as requesting preferred objects. Fewer studies have focused on teaching mands for information. We report on the results of two experiments that aimed to evaluate procedures for teaching three children with autism spectrum disorder to use a speech-generating device to mand for information (i.e., Where is [item]?). Teaching procedures involved systematic instruction (i.e., time delay, response prompting, and differential reinforcement) and a behavior chain interruption strategy. Results of the first experiment showed that all three participants acquired the target mand, however, generalization to a novel stimulus did not occur until direct training was provided. For the second experiment, each participant was taught to approach a second communication partner when the first partner did not provide the requested information. Results point to a potentially useful approach for teaching mand for information to children with autism spectrum disorder. |
|
|
|
|
Engineering Verbal Behavior Cusps |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4A/B |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Kalle Laitinen (Personalized Accelerated Learning Systems) |
Discussant: Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento) |
CE Instructor: Gladys Williams, Ph.D. |
Abstract: All verbal behavior programming is ultimately intended to produce generative capacities for speaking and listening. Cusps represent behavior capacities that enhance or extend an individuals ability to learn and adapt to environmental complexities. Verbal behavior cusps enhance and extend the development of verbal repertoires as sources of generative speaking and listening competencies. The four presentations included in this symposium provide examples of early behavioral cusps that appear to be necessary for the evolution of verbal repertoires that lead to generative behavior. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
Building Proto Imperative Mands From Visual Regard |
Richard E. Laitinen (Peronalized Accelerated Learning Systems (PALS)), MARIA DEMAURO (The David Gregory School) |
Abstract: Visual regard provides the basis for rapid and extensive learning. In this study, visual regard is shown to be a precursor skill for the development of proto imperatives, non-vocal mands. We analyze steps to induce visual regard in children who lack this skill. |
|
The Role of Echolalia in Language Development |
GLADYS WILLIAMS (Centro de Investigación y Enseñanza del Lenguaje CIEL, SPAIN) |
Abstract: The purpose of this investigation was to examine the relationship that exists between echolalia and intraverbal operant in language development. This study compared (1) the intraverbal behavior of typically developing children and children with autism; (2) the echolalic behavior of normally developing children and children with autism; and (3) the correlation between language skills and echolalia. |
|
Echoics to Mands and Mands to Tacts: Progression of Verbal Behavior Function |
Jessica Fernandez (ABAE Therapies), KENYA RENEE VELAZQUEZ LEY (Centro Altun, Mexico) |
Abstract: This study showed the acquisition of echoics/mand, mands and tacts in an initially nonverbal four year old boy with autism. The analysis tracked the emergence of tacts from mands and mands from concurrent echoic/mands |
|
How to Establish Stimulus Control Over an Emerging Echoic Repertoire |
SARA GARBARINI (David Gregory School) |
Abstract: The purpose of this investigation was to examine the effectiveness of a procedure - Echoic Extension- to teach echoic repertoire to non-verbal children who present challenges to acquire echoic repertoire. Echoic Extension is defined as the extended presentation of the antecedent vocal stimulus. Four nonverbal children participated in this study and all four children acquired echoic responses under vocal stimulus control. In this paper we analyzed the components that may make echoic extension an effective procedure. |
|
|
|
|
Current Applications of Contingency Management |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom H |
Area: BPN/CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: David William Sottile (Western Michigan University) |
Discussant: Wendy Donlin Washington (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
CE Instructor: Wendy Donlin Washington Washington, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Contingency management is a useful behavior analytic technique that can readily be applied to problem behaviors related to health. Contingency management has been validated as an effective treatment for substance use disorders by many randomized controlled trials. Recently contingency management techniques have been used to treat new behavior targets and new populations. The presentations delivered during this symposium will cover several of these new targets and populations and review the modern expansion of contingency management. Specific topics include application of contingency management to reduce opiate use and HIV sex risk behaviors in women arrested for prostitution, using remote alcohol monitoring to facilitate alcohol abstinence reinforcement, and the use of the good behavior game to increase physical activity in elementary school children. The discussant has published frequently in this area, with relevant publications in journals such the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Addiction, and Translational Issues in Psychological Science. Taken together, this symposium offers its audience a broad overview of current research in contingency management. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Alcohol, Criminal Justice, Opiates, Physical Activity |
|
The Expansion of Contingency Management Treatment |
LEONARDO F. ANDRADE (University of Connecticut School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Contingency management is a behavioral analytical intervention that has been primarily applied to the treatment of drug abuse. In this type of treatment, tangible reinforcers are delivered contingent upon the objective verification of the target behavior—drug abstinence. This approach has been extensively tested in randomized clinical trials and described in meta-analysis as the most efficacious psychosocial treatment for substance-use disorders (Dutra et al., 2008). In the past few years, researchers in this field have increasingly turned their attention to new behavioral targets in an effort to explore the broad utility of the contingency management approach. The extension of this approach to new target behavior includes behaviors that can improve treatment outcomes, such as attendance at group meetings and homework compliance. In addition, this approach been increasingly applied to preventive medicine targets, including compliance with medication, diabetes self-monitoring, and engagement in physical activity and weight loss programs. In summary, this presentation will highlight past and current efforts to expand this effective approach, providing a snapshot of the current state of affairs and future directions. |
|
Employment Based Abstinence Reinforcement Improves Key Behavioral Outcomes in Women Arrested for Prostitution |
DAVID WILLIAM SOTTILE (Western Michigan University), Anthony DeFulio (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The traditional criminal justice response to prostitution and drug crime is expensive and ineffective. Behaviorally based drug abuse treatments such as the therapeutic workplace may help improve outcomes if incorporated into diversion to treatment strategies in the context of criminal justice. In the therapeutic workplace people with problem drug use can work and earn wages contingent on provision of drug free urine samples. The purpose of this study was to assess the therapeutic workplace as a means of increasing drug abstinence and decreasing HIV risk behaviors in women arrested for prostitution. Participants (N=38) were opiate dependent adults arrested for prostitution whose cases were being processed in early resolution court. All participants were either enrolled in methadone or buprenorphine treatment prior to enrolling in this study. Participants were randomly assigned to usual care or usual care plus the therapeutic workplace. Drug abstinence contingencies were implemented in four steps (No drug abstinence contingencies, cocaine abstinence, cocaine and opiate abstinence, cocaine, opiate, marijuana, and amphetamine abstinence). Results show that the opiate abstinence contingency increased opiate abstinence in opiate-dependent adults charged with prostitution. Results also show that the intervention decreased the frequency of HIV risk behaviors in the therapeutic workplace group. |
|
Remote Alcohol Monitoring to Facilitate Abstinence Reinforcement |
DEREK POPE (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute), Anita Kablinger (General Psychiatry Research, Carilion Medical Cent), Warren K. Bickel (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute and Department of Psychology, Virginia Tech), Mikhail Koffarnus (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute) |
Abstract: The delivery of monetary incentives contingent on verified abstinence is an effective treatment for drug and alcohol abuse. However, technological barriers to accurate, frequent biochemical verification of alcohol abstinence have limited the dissemination of this technique for the treatment of problematic alcohol use. In the present study, we are using a breathalyzer device that allows remote collection of a breath alcohol sample, text messaging, and reloadable debit cards for remote delivery of incentives to test a contingency management treatment for alcohol use that can be delivered with no in-person contact. We are comparing two groups: a Contingent and Noncontingent group. The Contingent group receives nearly immediate monetary payments over the internet each day they remotely provide negative breathalyzer samples. The Noncontingent group receives payments each day they successfully provide samples independent of the alcohol content of those samples. Results support the efficacy, acceptability, and feasibility of this intervention. Abstinence rates in the Contingent group were over 40% higher than the Noncontingent group (p < .001), breathalyzer collection adherence rates were over 95% in both groups, and participant ratings of acceptability were high. |
|
Using the Good Behavior Game to Increase Physical Activity With Elementary School Students at Recess |
LESLIE GALBRAITH (University of the Pacific), Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific) |
Abstract: For health and wellness, children should engage in 60 min of moderate-to-vigorous physical activity daily, though many children do not. We evaluated the effects of a modified version of the Good Behavior Game on the number of steps taken by elementary school students during their recess periods. Students in the class were divided into two teams, and the team with the highest pedometer step-counts at the end of each game earned raffle tickets that they entered into a school-wide lottery. The Good Behavior Game was compared to traditional recess periods without the game using an alternating-treatments design. On average, students on both teams took more steps while playing the Good Behavior Game than they did during recess periods without the game. These results, though preliminary, are promising and suggest that the Good Behavior Game can be used to increase physical activity with groups of young children in typical school settings. |
|
|
|
|
Variables Affecting Resurgence and Renewal Across Species |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom E |
Area: EAB/CBM; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Brooke M. Smith (Utah State University) |
Discussant: Federico Sanabria (Arizona State University) |
CE Instructor: Federico Sanabria, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The relapse of target behavior following successful treatment poses a challenge for clinicians across treatment contexts and client population. Two types of relapse, resurgence and renewal, have been studied in both human and nonhuman animals and have proved to be robust phenomena. The studies in this symposium present current research examining some of the variables affecting resurgence and renewal in various populations. Trask and Bouton present data on the effects of a retrieval cue paired with alternative reinforcement on the attenuation of resurgence in rats. Also using rats, Hernandez, Madrigal, and Flores show that, although reinforcer quality and delay affect response rates during acquisition, they do not seem to affect magnitude of renewal. Keevy, Huyen, and Podlesnik demonstrate resurgence of target behavior in children following the introduction of a progressive ratio schedule for alternative responding. Finally, Smith, Smith, Shahan, and Twohig present data on resurgence of escape/avoidance behavior following the removal of positive reinforcement for alternative behavior in college students. Our discussant, Federico Sanabria, discusses the various implications of these studies. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Relapse, Renewal, Resurgence, Translational |
|
Retrieval Cues Associated With Alternative Reinforcement can Attenuate Resurgence of an Extinguished Instrumental Response |
(Basic Research) |
SYDNEY TRASK (The University of Vermont), Mark E. Bouton (University of Vermont) |
Abstract: In a typical resurgence paradigm, a target behavior (R1) is acquired in an initial phase and extinguished in a second phase while an alternative behavior (R2) is reinforced. When reinforcement for the second response is removed, R1 behavior returns or resurges. Three experiments studied the effectiveness of a retrieval cue in attenuating the resurgence effect in rats. Experiment 1 established that a 2-second cue associated with alternative reinforcement in Phase 2 of a resurgence paradigm can attenuate R1 resurgence and promote R2 behavior. Experiment 2 demonstrated that this effect remains when the cue is delivered contingently or noncontingently during the test, and Experiment 3 demonstrated that for the cue to be effective in reducing resurgence, it must be paired with alternative reinforcement during Phase 2. Together, these results suggest that a neutral cue can serve as an effective retrieval cue if it is paired with alternative reinforcement. By the time of the May meeting, several experiments investigating the mechanism through which this cue attenuates resurgence will also have been conducted. |
|
The Effect of Quality and Delay of the Reinforcer on the Renewal of an Instrumental Response |
(Basic Research) |
Cinthia Hernandez (Universidad de Guadalajara), KENNETH DAVID MADRIGAL-ALCARAZ (Universidad de Guadalajara), Carlos Flores (Universidad de Guadalajara) |
Abstract: Given the effects of reinforcement parameters on response rate, it may be possible that the degree to which the response is renewed could be affected by how the response-reinforcer contingency was established (e.g. Berry, Sweeney & Odum, 2014; Podlesnik & Shahan, 2009).
Two experiments assessed the effects of quality and delay of the reinforcer on ABA renewal using 32 Wistar rats. In both experiments, lever pressing was trained using a two-component multiple schedule in Context A; for Experiment 1, Component 1 (C1) was associated with the delivery of sucrose and Component 2 (C2) was associated with 0.45mg of food; whereas, for Experiment 2, C1 and C2 were associated with the immediate or delayed delivery of 0.45mg of food. In both experiments, during acquisition, response rates were differentiated between components. During extinction, response rates decreased across subjects in both experiments. Nevertheless, once subjects were re-exposed to Context A, renewal of the response was observed in both experiments.
Although both reinforcement parameters seemed to impact response rate, they did not seem to affect the degree to which the response was renewed. These results can be considered when assessing how a certain response has been acquired in order to reduce relapse. |
|
Resurgence When Challenging Alternative Responding With Progressive Ratios |
(Basic Research) |
CHRISTOPHER A. PODLESNIK (Florida Institute of Technology), Thuong Huyen (Florida Institute of Technology), Madeleine Diane Keevy (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Relapse of problem behavior after treatment is a problem frequently faced by clinicians. Resurgence is one such form of treatment relapse, defined as the recurrence of a previously reinforced and then extinguished target response when extinguishing a more recently reinforced alternative response. Resurgence also occurs when alternative reinforcement rate is reduced across sessions. This translational study conducted with children sought to evaluate resurgence when challenging alternative responding with progressive-ratio schedules. To simulate problem behavior, we first reinforced an arbitrary target response, then extinguished target responding while reinforcing an arbitrary alternative response. Finally, we examined resurgence of target responding either by (1) extinguishing alternative responding or (2) introducing a progressive-ratio schedule of reinforcement for alternative responding. Resurgence was demonstrated in both conditions in all participants. For three of four, resurgence in extinction phase was greater than in progressive-ratio phase. These findings emphasize the importance of compliance to procedure fidelity in differential-reinforcement treatments and imply that frequent monitoring of treatment integrity is essential for all therapists and caregivers. Implications of using progressive-ratio schedule to predict an ultimate goal for scheduling alternative reinforcement is also discussed. |
|
Resurgence of Negatively Reinforced Target Behavior in Humans: Effects of Differential Rates of Alternative Reinforcement |
(Basic Research) |
BROOKE M. SMITH (Utah State University), Gregory Scott Smith (Chrysalis, Inc.; University of Nevada School of Medicine), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University), Mike P. Twohig (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Cognitive behavioral therapy is the gold standard in anxiety disorder treatments; however, relapse remains problematic. Resurgence is one possible model for investigating elimination and relapse of operant behavior in clinical situations. Nonhuman research has shown that a higher rate of alternative reinforcement results in more comprehensive suppression of target behavior; however, it also results in greater resurgence when removed. Few studies have investigated this effect in typically developing humans, and none have done so with respect to avoidance behavior. The current study investigated the effects of high and low rates of positive reinforcement of alternative behavior on response suppression and resurgence of negatively reinforced target behavior in college students using an analogue computer task. Results indicated that rate of alternative reinforcement did not affect degree of response suppression or magnitude of resurgence. Compared to an extinction control, target responding in both experimental groups was eliminated more completely during phase 2 and resurged during phase 3. These results extend the resurgence effect to negatively reinforced target behavior and positively reinforced alternative behavior in humans and suggest that care be taken on the part of clinicians in considering possible sources of relapse when treating anxiety disorders. |
|
|
|
|
Commonalities and Advancements in Stimulus-Avoidance Assessment and Variables that Effect Preference for Punishment |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2A |
Area: PRA/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Discussant: Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center) |
CE Instructor: Amanda Zangrillo, Psy.D. |
Abstract: The use of punishment may be warranted when reinforcement-based procedures alone prove unsuccessful in reducing problem behaviors to clinically acceptable levels or when the intensity, level, or frequency of problem behaviors produce client safety concerns which require immediate intervention (Hagopain et al., 1998). This symposium aims to provide a discussion of common practices and advancements in the implementation of stimulus-avoidance assessments (SAA) and application of information gained via SSA in the treatment of problem behavior. First, the paper presented by Mauzy et al. provides a review of 53 implementations of SAA procedures and commonalities between procedural implementation and outcomes associated with each procedure. Simmons and colleagues provide a comparison between caregiver implemented SAAs and therapist implemented SSAs. In addition, they provide a clinical demonstration of FCT combined with the stimulus selected from the SAA, resulting in clinically significant reductions in problem behavior. In the third paper, Sansing, Toussaint, and Tiger evaluate a treatment for automatically maintained aggression in which they included variables selected following implementation of the SAA. Lastly, Nzuki et al. evaluate preference for reinforcement and response cost within a token economy and provide a discussion on the factors influencing selection of punishment procedures during treatment. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Punishment, Stimulus-Avoidance |
|
An Investigation of Similarities in Procedures Used in Stimulus Avoidance Assessments |
COURTNEY MAUZY (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah J. Miller (Marcus Autism Center / Emory University School of Medicine), Mindy Schiethauer (Marcus Autism Center; Children’s Healthcare of Atlanta, Emory University School of Medicine
), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center/Emory University School of Medicine), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center/Emory University School of Medicine), Seth B. Clark (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: A stimulus avoidance assessment (SAA; Fisher, Piazza, Bowman, Kurtz, Sherer, and Lachman, 1994) identifies procedures that may serve as punishers to reduce maladaptive behaviors. Although this method is frequently used to determine procedures for use as a punisher in clinical settings, there has been less attention in the literature dedicated to evaluating the various components of this analysis. Specifically, it is unclear if there are specific aspects to the procedures included that could influence future SAAs. The purpose of the current investigation was to evaluate correspondence between SAA procedures both within and across participants. Data from 53 participants, seen in an intensive day treatment program for severe problem behavior, who completed a SAA as part of their clinical treatment, were analyzed. Investigators used these data to examine potential common variables (e.g., physical components) or common outcomes associated with each procedure (e.g., rank orders). Findings showed that procedures that had similar physical components did not consistently result in more similar avoidance indices than procedures with dissimilar physical components. These analyses can be used to inform clinical considerations when conducting SAAs and to improve the efficiency of the assessment. |
|
An Evaluation of Caregiver-Implemented Stimulus Avoidance Assessment and Treatment |
CHRISTINA SIMMONS (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Med) |
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is a commonly used differential reinforcement procedure to reduce challenging behavior (Carr & Durand, 1985). Consideration of punishment may be warranted when problem behaviors are resistant to reinforcement-based procedures or are of an intensity that warrant immediate intervention (Hagopain, et al., 1998). In the current evaluation, two participants’ problem behaviors (i.e., self-injury, aggression, property destruction) were not sufficiently reduced using FCT alone and resulted in injury to themselves and others. In Study 1, we evaluated whether: (a) caregivers can implement stimulus avoidance assessment (SAA) procedures with fidelity, (b) results of therapist- and caregiver-implemented SAA correspond, and (c) implementing SAA alters caregiver social acceptability ratings. In Study 2, we selected response reduction procedures from the caregiver-implemented SAA to include in FCT treatment. Results of Study 1 indicated that: (a) caregivers implemented SAA with high fidelity, (b) different hierarchies of response reduction procedures were identified with caregivers and therapists, and (c) caregiver acceptability ratings shifted following SAA implementation. Preliminary results with two additional participants suggest less change in acceptability rating after observing therapist-implemented SAA. Results of Study 2 indicated that FCT with response reduction procedures resulted in clinically significant reductions in problem behavior and results generalized to caregivers. |
|
Treatment of Automatically-Maintained Aggression With Punishment and a Discrimination-Training Procedure |
Elizabeth McKay Sansing (University of North Texas), Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas), Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), LANDON COWAN (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Automatically-maintained problem behavior can present treatment challenges. In addition, there are relatively few examples of aggression maintained by automatic reinforcement in the literature to guide clinicians in developing effective treatment plans. The current investigation evaluates a treatment of aggression, in the form of hair-pulling, maintained by automatic reinforcement for a young boy with autism. We first evaluated the effects of an environmental-enrichment procedure using competing items; however, aggression maintained at high levels. We next conducted a stimulus-avoidance assessment (SAA) to identify procedures that may function as a punisher for maladaptive behavior. Based upon the results of the SAA, we evaluated the contingent application a hands-down procedure within a reversal design, and aggression was reduced by 80% from baseline levels. Treatment gains maintained when the participants mother served as the therapist and also over an extended 7-hour session. Finally, we conducted a preliminary investigation to teach the participant to discriminate between appropriate hair play and hair pulling. |
|
Variables That Influence Preference for Response Cost |
ISAAC NZUKI (Southern Illinois University), Erica Jowett Hirst (Southern Illinois University), Falyn Michal Lockenour (Southern Illinois University), Allison Ribley (Southern Illinois University), Alexis Henry (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Few researchers have compared preference for reinforcement and response cost within a token economy, and the results have shown that preference varies among individuals (e.g., Donaldson et al., 2014; Iwata & Bailey, 1974; Jowett Hirst et al., 2016). Preference for response cost is an interesting phenomenon because response cost is a punishment procedure and is often considered aversive. Therefore, identifying the variables that influence preference for response cost is an important area of research. Some authors have suggested that the immediate delivery or presence of tokens might influence preference for response cost, but these variables have yet to be experimentally evaluated. The current study evaluated whether the presence of tokens influences selection of response cost over reinforcement in typically developing preschool children by systematically varying the presence of tokens across both the reinforcement and response cost procedures. Preliminary results suggest that the presence of tokens may influence preference for some individuals. |
|
|
|
|
Using the iPad® as a Speech-Generating Device: Beyond the Basic Verbal Operants |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4C/D |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Elizabeth R. Lorah (University of Arkansas) |
CE Instructor: Elizabeth R. Lorah, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The development of powerful, portable, and readily available handheld technology has changed our use of Augmentative and Alternative Communication systems for individuals with autism (Lorah, Parnell, Whitby, & Hantula, 2014). The use of the iPad® and application Proloqu2Go™ as a speech-generating device (SGD) for individuals with autism continues to receive attention within the literature. Additionally, there is a growing use of such devices in clinical practice, including Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) for preschool aged children with autism. While we have seen a growing number of studies evaluating the use of such SGD in terms of the acquisition of the basic verbal operants (i.e., mand), there are comparatively few studies examining the effects of such training in terms of collateral behaviors and those behaviors necessary for independent use of the devices. This symposium will present data from three studies that looked beyond the acquisition of basic verbal operants in device training for preschool aged children with autism, receiving EIBI in a University based clinical setting. The first study will evaluate device navigation, including unlocking the device and navigating to the Proloqu2Go™ application, an important skill for functionally independent device use. The second study will explore the effects of the use of an iPad® based SGD on the increase of “pro-social” behaviors (i.e., eye contact, social initiation, etc.) and decrease in problem behavior. Lastly, data regarding the acquisition of autoclitics or manding with a carrier phrase will be presented. Implications for clinical practice and suggestions for future research endeavors will also be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Autism, iPad, Speech-generating device, Verbal Behavior |
|
Acquisition of Device Navigation Using the iPad as a Speech-Generating Device |
JASMINE WELCH-BEARDSLEY (University of Arkansas), Elizabeth R. Lorah (University of Arkansas) |
Abstract: Recent research suggests that many non-vocal children with an Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) diagnosis may benefit from the use of an augmentative or alternative communication (AAC) device (Lorah, Parnell, Schaefer Whitby, & Hantula, 2014). Augmentative communication refers to the alternative way of communicating being the primary method of communication while augmented is used as a supplement (Lorah, Parnell, Schaefer Whitby, & Hantula, 2014). Recently, there has been a growing interest in using the iPad as a speech speech-generating device (SGD) as a form of AAC. When using a handheld device as a SGD, it is important that the user is able to navigate the device to ensure independent use. The purpose of the research was to evaluate the use of task analysis and a five-second-time delay with full physical prompts on the acquisition of device navigation. In a multiple baseline across participants design, three preschool aged children with a diagnosis of ASD were taught to open the iPad, locate and open the application Proloquo2go. Using a task analysis, this behavior chain was broken into three steps: pressing the home button; swiping right on the screen; and in opening the application. In baseline, none of the participants were able to independently follow the steps at 80% independence. During training, a preferred item (determined by a preference assessment before research began) was presented to the participant but kept out of reach. A five-second-time delay, with full physical prompts was used for instructional purposes. All three participants acquired the ability to navigate their device independently as a result of this training. Following acquisition, generalization was assessed through having the participants complete the steps to unlock the iPad and open the app in a different environment. |
|
The Effects of Verbal Behavior Training on Social Communicative Behaviors |
ISIS TRAUTMAN (University of Arkansas), Elizabeth R. Lorah (University of Arkansas) |
Abstract: Social Communicative Behaviors (SCB) are key component to social interaction. Acquisition of social language and social skills offers individuals the opportunity to benefit from being part of a social community. The acquisition of SCB is described as the consequence of teaching and prompting procedures (Taylor & Hoch 2008) and manding is often the first skill to be taught to children with SCB disorders (Bijou & Baer, 1965), such as autism. The present study, used a reversal design to explore the use of iPad® based Speech Generating Devices (SGD) for mand training, with three non-vocal preschoolers diagnosed with autism and its effects on SCB. Two 10-minute conditions were alternated, during condition one the SGD was available to the participants, during condition two the device was not available. Presence and absence of SCB and problem behaviors was recorded during both conditions. Additionally, the training and progress of the participants during mand training was documented. Preliminary data indicates an increment of instances of SCB during condition one and an increase of problem behaviors during condition two for both participants. |
|
The Acquisition of Carrier Phrases Using the iPad® as a Speech-Generating Device |
ASHLEY PARNELL (University of Arkansas), Elizabeth R. Lorah (University of Arkansas) |
Abstract: The use of the iPad and application Proloqu2Go has provided practitioners with access to high capability speech-generating devices (SGD) that are readily available and comparatively less expensive. In response, we have seen a growing body of research, with promising results, demonstrating that the iPad and application Proloqu2Go can effectively be used as an Augmentative and Alternative Communication system for young children with autism, in terms of the acquisition of a mand repertoire. That said, we have seen relatively less research looking beyond the basic mand repertoire to other operants such as the tact or intraverbal. Comparatively, we have seen even less research on the acquisition of the autoclitic. This study evaluated the use of an iPad based SGD and a five-second time delay with full physical prompts, for the acquisition of manding with an autoclitic (i.e., carrier phrase), in three preschool aged children with autism. Using a multiple-baseline design across participants, children were exposed to training during a snack-time routine, within a university based clinical preschool setting. All three participants acquired the ability to mand using the carrier phrase I want, within the snack-time setting. Following acquisition of the carrier phrase during snack time, generalization of the skill was accessed across other classroom routines and environments. Results indicate that the use of such a device for full-sentence manding is achievable. Additionally, the results provide further support for the use of time-delay and prompting for the acquisition of verbal behavior in preschool aged children with autism. Collectively, these results provide further support for the use of handheld computing devices as SGD. |
|
|
|
|
PDS: Strategies for Effective and Ethical Collaboration in the School Setting |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3C |
Area: AUT/DEV; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Joseph Hacker (McNeese State University) |
ROBERT K. ROSS (Beacon ABA Services) |
KATHERINE COLLINS (Texas Tech University) |
RACHEL FREEDMAN (Bellingham Public Schools) |
Abstract: Interventions in the clinical setting have been established as an effective means for treating challenging behaviors and increasing skill acquisition, however, truly effective interventions equate to comprehensive interventions. For an intervention to be comprehensive, the target behavior must be addressed across a variety of stimuli, one of the most important of these being the school setting. The school setting has proven itself to be one of the more difficult in which to transition, being problematic even for well-practiced behavior analysts. Poor learning history with schools have led toward an apprehensiveness across professionals with regard to collaboration. The combination of apprehension and poor learning history often leads to ineffective school-based treatment, wherein the client and their development suffer. Beyond basic apprehension, taking the school on as a client opens up a whole series of ethical considerations that, if left unaddressed, can leave a well-meaning behavior analyst unknowingly at risk. This presentation will cover strategies to ensure the most ethical and effective school-based practice, while addressing potential strategies to correcting the poor learning history. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Autism, Ethics, School-based |
|
|
|
|
Recent Research in Assessing and Increasing Physical Activity |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 4 |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Carole M. Van Camp (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
CE Instructor: Carole M. Van Camp, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Research presented in this symposium focuses on behavioral and innovations in the assessment and promotion of physical activity. Proctor and colleagues will present on a contingency management intervention involving deposit (and non-deposit) contracts and escalating schedules of reinforcement with a reset contingency to increase daily step totals in healthy adults. Blejewski and colleagues will present on a method to determine individualized heart rate zones indicative of moderate and vigorous physical activity in typically developing school-aged children, in comparison to standardized criteria. Morley and colleague will present on fluency training in gross-motor skills to increase moderate to vigorous physical activity in typically developing preschool children across multiple play contexts. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Contingency Management, Fitness, Fluency Training, Physical Activity |
|
Using a Deposit Contract and Escalating Schedule of Reinforcement to Increase Physical Activity in Adults |
KAITLYN PROCTOR (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Wendy Donlin Washington Washington (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Abstract: Most adults are underactive. This 5-week study aimed to increase physical activity in underactive adults using financial incentives. Participants (aged 18-65) wore an accelerometer while awake. During baseline, participants were instructed to behave as they normally would. Half of the participants were required to make a $25 deposit to help fund their three-week intervention, which used an escalating schedule of reinforcement with a reset contingency. Meeting the first individualized goal resulted in $0.25, with each subsequent goal worth an additional $0.25. Failure to meet a goal resulted in a reset in reinforcement value to $0.25. If all goals were met during intervention, the total amount available was $57.75. During the return to baseline period, the participants wore the Fitbit for one week without goals or reinforcement. Changes in daily step counts will be presented for all individual subjects. Group comparisons for the deposit requirement will be discussed. Correlations of step count with age, gender, and body fat composition will be presented. |
|
Assessing and Increasing Physical Activity in Children Across Different Contexts |
RYAN BLEJEWSKI (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Carole M. Van Camp (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Lindsay E. Gordon (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Alison Ruby (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Abstract: Increasing physical activity in children is a growing concern as children only engage in 14.7 minutes of moderate-to-vigorous physical activity (MVPA) a day. However, the standard comparison for heart rate (HR) measures is typically evaluated by taking 65 and 85% of an individual’s max HR. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the usefulness of these standards in comparison to a personalized baseline measure of HR across activities indicative of MVPA. Children wore HR monitors to track their levels of physical activity across different activities which included running, basketball, soccer, and playing on the playground. The HR measures within each of these activities was then compared to 65-86% of their max HR, as well as a personalized HR measure based on a series of four activities (sitting, walking slowly, walking briskly, and running). Results indicated the 65-86% of an individual’s max HR may be more liberal than the individualized HR when determining the lower cutoff level for HR as it was typically 10 beats per minute (BPM) lower than the individualized HR. These results suggest it may be beneficial to determine individualized HR measures for MVPA as they may be more sensitive to individual differences across children. |
|
The Effects of Gross-Motor Fluency Training on Physical Activity Levels in Young Children |
ALLISON J. MORLEY (Syracuse University), Brian K. Martens (Syracuse University) |
Abstract: Engaging in regular physical activity is one of the most important factors related to good health. However, efficient and effective interventions to increase physical activity in young children are lacking. In this study, the effects of fluency training in six gross-motor skills on levels of Moderate to Vigorous Physical Activity (MVPA) by four typically developing preschool children during free play sessions were evaluated. Specifically, a multi-element design was implemented across three play contexts (i.e., outdoor toys (OT), open space (OS), fixed equipment (FE)), with one context serving as a no-training control. Exact interobserver agreement was calculated for 33% of play probes and the average ranged between 93%-99% across participants. Results indicated that upon fluency training in skills relevant to the OT context, the cumulative percentage slope of MVPA increased in the OT context, but remained flatter in the OS and FE contexts for all participants. Upon fluency training in skills relevant to the OS context, the cumulative percentage slope of MVPA increased to varying degrees across participants and continued to increase in the OT context, while remaining flatter in the FE context. |
|
|
|
|
PDS: Expanding the Scope of Practice: Behavior Analysis and Medicine |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 5-7 |
Area: CBM/PRA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Brennan Patrick Armshaw (University of North Texas) |
MANISH VAIDYA (University of North Texas) |
KEITH D. ALLEN (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
ALISON COX (University of Manitoba) |
Abstract: The field of Behavior Analysis has grown and diversified over the last 60 years in both its basic and applied approach. As the field continues to grow, the expansion of the current scope of practice becomes increasingly relevant for the continued evolution of the field. Interdisciplinary collaboration and diversification of practice, as well as, research has become a distinctly important topic of discussion for the field. Research and practice across standard disciplinary bounds has begun to emerge, especially between behavior analysis and medicine. Despite the initial emergence of this collaborative approach it remains an area largely uncharted and often difficult to break into, particularly for graduate students. This panel will discuss various steps the field can take to expand the scope of practice between behavior analysis and medicine, as well as, describe some of the available avenues of research and application that are currently emerging through the cross disciplinary work of behavior analysis and the medical field. The Panelists: Dr. Keith Allen, Dr. Alison Cox, and Dr. Manish Vaidya will discuss the various projects they are involved in and how these areas expand the scope of practice for behavior analysts and promote cross disciplinary work. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): behavioral medicine, expanding practice, interdisciplinary collaborator |
|
|
|
|
PDS: The Language of Dissemination |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall A-C |
Area: CSS/PRA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Ashlie Encinias (University of Nevada, Reno) |
PHILIP N. HINELINE (Temple University - Emeritus) |
KENT JOHNSON (Morningside Academy) |
MARK A. MATTAINI (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of Illinois at Chicago) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts often discuss the need to disseminate our science. How do we effectively disseminate the science of behavior analysis? Should we maintain our precise language or utilize language that would be better consumed by the audience that we are interacting with? How do we set the occasion for interacting with other professionals such that we can initiate conversations regarding behavior analysis and the partnerships that we could create? This panel discussion is designed to address these issues and provide examples and non-examples of successful dissemination. Our panelists will give their perspectives on these questions, provide examples of their successful dissemination efforts, as well as explain barriers they have faced in their attempts to disseminate. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): dissemination, verbal behavior |
|
|
|
|
A Scientific Approach to Inclusion in the Elementary School Setting: The CABAS® Accelerated Independent Learner Model of Instruction |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Convention Center 403/404 |
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
CE Instructor: JoAnn Pereira Delgado, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) model is based on the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling model and applies the principles of behavior analysis to the general education setting. The students in these classrooms present with and without disabilities and may qualify for free or reduced lunch. Students academically perform within a range from below to above grade level and are continuously assessed for the presence of developmental cusps and capabilities according to the Verbal Behavior Development theory. We have identified Naming, observational learning, joint stimulus control across saying and writing and social listener reinforcement as key development milestones. Once students acquire these, they can profit in the inclusion setting. In this presentation, we will provide an overview of the Verbal Behavior Development Theory and practices as it applies to inclusion across grades K -5. We will also present on how the teachers in the AIL model arrange the curriculum and objectives. Lastly, we will discuss how we move students along the developmental trajectory so they can be successful in the general education setting. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Naming, Observational Learning, VBD Theory |
|
Preparing Students With Disabilities for a Successful Transition to the General Education Setting |
LAURA DARCY (Morris School District), JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
Abstract: Inclusion is a valuable and important practice in the American school system. According to IDEA (2004), all students are entitled to a free and appropriate public education, in the least restrictive environment. This right is extended to students regardless of gender, religion, race, or ability. For the purposes of this presentation, inclusion refers specifically to the inclusion of students with special needs in general education classrooms to the fullest extent possible. It is critical to identify how students can be successful in a general education setting in order to employ best educational practices when it comes to inclusion. Psychological and educational literature rightfully suggest that the onus of student success lies in school policy and teacher ability; however, the Verbal Behavior Development Theory (Greer & Ross, 2008) has also defined specific developmental cusps and capabilities that can contribute heavily to student success in a general education setting. In this presentation we will present an overview of the procedures utilized in the CABAS AIL model of instruction utilized in self-contained (special education settings) for a transition to a less-restrictive inclusion environment in AIL classrooms. Scientifically-based methods, criterion referenced target behaviors as well as collaboration between general and special educators are essential to successful transitions. |
|
Effective Inclusion in the General Education Setting: Successful Transitions within the Accelerated Independent Learner Model, Grades K-2 |
LARA GENTILINI (Teachers College, Columbia University), JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
Abstract: Within the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS®) educational model, the Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) approach to teaching in the general education setting promotes individualized instruction for students at varying academic and verbal levels. The verbal developmental cusps that students have in repertoire determine their access to new communities of reinforcement and contingencies. Without certain necessary cusps, the child cannot effectively engage in the various means of teaching and learning; namely, the student cannot learn as effectively and efficiently through choral responding, peer-tutoring, personalized systems of instruction (PSI), and other small-group instructional tactics. The cusps that are relevant for successful inclusion and instruction within a kindergarten to second grade CABAS® AIL classroom include listener literacy; conditioned reinforcement for observing books and other two-dimensional stimuli; transcription (see-write); dictation (hear-write); technical and aesthetic writing; textual responding at 80 words per minute; reading governs responding; transformation of stimulus function across saying and writing; and writer self-editing. The Naming and observational learning capabilities of each student are also of particular importance, as a student without these capabilities in repertoire will require direct teaching and consequation for all operants, making it less effective for him or her to learn via small-group instruction or through model demonstration learn units (MDL). |
|
Effective Inclusion in the General Education Setting: Successful Transitions within the Accelerated Independent Learner Model in Grades 3-5 |
BRITTANY DIANNE BLY (Teacher's College Columbia University), JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
Abstract: Inclusion classroom settings are prevalent throughout the US education system. In a CABAS Accelerated Independent Learning (AIL) model, inclusion is the reality of all instruction. In the upper elementary school setting (grades 3-5) specific learning cusps and capabilities are required in order to have a successful transition into an AIL inclusion setting. Naming, Observational Learning, and Audience Control must be induced before a student can learn effectively in an AIL setting. Repertoires required to learn in this setting are read-do correspondence, which enables students to work on a Personalized System of Instruction (PSI), joint stimulus control across saying and writing, and Dictation (hear-write). Implementing algorithms to affect student writing in math and English language arts enables the students technical writing to precisely affect reading behavior, and self-editing. Students who are in an inclusion setting can become independent learners by acquiring these repertoires and will continue to demonstrate progressive learning. |
|
|
|
|
Getting Behavior Analysis in Schools: Building and Maintaining Relationships With Educators |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Convention Center 401/402 |
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Scott P. Ardoin, Ph.D. |
Chair: Scott P. Ardoin (UGA Center for Autism and Behavioral Education Research) |
Presenting Authors: : CYNTHIA M. ANDERSON (May Institute) |
Abstract: The science and practice of behavior analysis has much to offer educators. For example, behavior analytic interventions have been shown to be effective for increasing academic and pro-social skills and reducing problem behavior for students with and without disabilities. In spite of these successes however, educators are not beating down our proverbial door. Instead, behavior analysts often report the opposite: school doors seem shut and locked tight, there seems to be little or no interest on the part of educators in working with a behavior analyst. This presentation will address some of the challenges we face in working with schools and will describe a framework for developing and maintaining a positive and effective consulting relationship with educators. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Professionals who serve as consultants in schools or are interested in serving as school consultants. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe a framework for school consultation; (2) Apply the logic of functional assessment to a collaborative relationship with an educator; (3) Explain how systemic change in schools can be achieved via consultation |
|
CYNTHIA M. ANDERSON (May Institute) |
Cynthia M. Anderson received her Ph.D. in Clinical Child Psychology from West Virginia University in 1999. Her research and clinical practice has focused on the use of behavior analytic assessment and intervention methods in school settings, with a particular focus on how systems might be developed to support high-quality implementation over time. Dr. Anderson currently serves as the Senior Vice President of Applied Behavior Analysis and Director of the National Autism Center at the May Institute. She is the Applied Representative to the Executive Council of the Association for Behavior Analysis International. |
Keyword(s): behavioral interventions, consultation, functional assessment, schools |
|
|
|
|
Implementation of a School Wide Positive Behavior Support Program in Alternative Settings |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Convention Center 406/407 |
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Amy Fredrick (The Y.A.L.E. School) |
CE Instructor: Amy Fredrick, M.S. |
Abstract: This symposium will include several papers presenting an overview of the first stages of implementation (Years 1-2) of a School Wide Positive Behavior Support program in a set of alternative, private educational settings that serve children and adolescents with emotional behavioral disorders, autism spectrum disorders, and other intellectual and developmental disabilities. The related papers will show data from before and after implementation of the program including data from incident reports, exclusionary time outs, disciplinary referrals, and treatment integrity. The presenters, clinicians overseeing the implementation, will discuss the history of the schools and previous school-wide interventions, obtaining buy in and support for the school-wide positive behavior support program, roll out, effectiveness, and implementation. Successes and challenges will be discussed in an effort to help others learn from the unique considerations of implementing this type of program in non-public school settings, an area currently lacking in the research literature. Special focus will be on the factors that may contribute to treatment integrity and modifications made throughout the initial implementation. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
Implementation of a School Wide Positive Behavior Support Program in a Large Private School Serving Children and Young Adults With Autism and Other Intellectual Disabilities |
EDWARD (CHRIS) C. VONDERSCHMIDT (Yale School), Kathy Tomon (Melmark), Elizabeth Burckley (The Vanguard School), Amy Fredrick (The Y.A.L.E. School), Amanda Guld Fisher (Temple University) |
Abstract: This paper presentation will discuss the history, initiation, roll out, and effectiveness of a School Wide Positive Behavior Support program in a large, private school that serves children, adolescents, and adults with autism and other intellectual disabilities. The program transitioned from a previous school-wide program to a traditional School Wide Positive Behavior Support program. Data will be discussed on the effectiveness of the program across the first two years of implementation as well as treatment integrity data. Considerations will be discussed in terms of implementation treatment integrity, modifications, data monitoring, etc. The program was successful in decreasing behavioral incidents from the prior year; however, variables affected the demonstration of effectiveness such as increase in admissions, increase in severity of behavior disorders, support by staff, etc. Treatment integrity was regularly monitored and common errors will be reviewed with suggestions for modifications. The successes and challenges of the program will be discussed. |
|
Effects of a School Wide Positive Behavior Support Program in a Small Private School Serving Children With Emotional Behavioral Disorders |
AMY FREDRICK (The Y.A.L.E. School), Kathy Tomon (Melmark), Edward (Chris) C. Vonderschmidt (Yale School), Amanda Guld Fisher (Temple University
Yale School) |
Abstract: This paper presentation will discuss the initial roll out and continued implementation of a School Wide Positive Behavior Support program in a new and growing school for students with emotional behavioral disorders. The programs history of interventions, including common punitive and restrictive procedures and the transition to the School Wide Positive Behavior Support program will be discussed. Data will be presented on the decrease in behavioral incidents and use of punitive procedures. Routine, treatment integrity data were collected and will also be discussed as well as strategies for improving the implementation fidelity. Discussions of the modifications and strategies for improving buy in and support from staff will also be discussed. Special focus will be placed on the implementation challenges and successes specific to the population served and staff implementing the program. In addition, strategies used to decrease the use of punitive procedures will be highlighted and suggestions for clinicians will be provided |
|
Challenges and Successes of a School Wide Positive Behavior Support Program in a Small, Urban Private School Serving Children With Emotional Behavioral Disorders |
Kathy Tomon (Melmark), Edward (Chris) C. Vonderschmidt (Yale School), AMY FREDRICK (The Y.A.L.E. School), Amanda Guld Fisher (Temple University) |
Abstract: This paper presentation will review the implementation of a School Wide Positive Behavior Support program in a new and growing school in an urban, inner-city area serving children with autism and emotional support needs. Many students also had dual diagnoses and were receiving additional services. Data will be presented on the effectiveness of the program to decrease behavioral incidents. Discussion will include a focus on staff training, treatment integrity, and implementing a School Wide Positive Behavior Support program in a new school while simultaneously training new staff and administration. Treatment integrity data was monitored regularly and will be discussed. Data-based decisions will be reviewed detailing modifications made to the program as well as the intricate balance of developing systems that will be effective and acceptable to staff and administrations. Implications for the dual diagnosis population will be discussed as well as suggestions for staff training and ensuring fidelity of implementation. |
|
|
|
|
Its Not Just About Who, What, When, Where, and Why: Improving Students' Reading Comprehension Skills |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Convention Center 405 |
Area: EDC |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Chair: Angelika Anderson (Monash University) |
|
The Effects of Prompt-Fading a Self-Questioning Strategy on Learners' Reading Comprehension Subskills |
Domain: Applied Research |
GLEIDES LOPES RIZZI (State University of New York at New Paltz) |
|
Abstract: This study is a systematic replication of the research by Crabtree et al. (2010), and Rouse et al. (2014) in which self-questioning was used with high school and fifth grade students, respectively. This study extended the research of Crabtree et al. and Rouse et al. by investigating the effects of prompt fading a self-questioning strategy on at-risk third grade learners’ reading comprehension subskills as delineated by the Common Core State Standards (CCSS). This investigation sought to answer the following research questions (a) What are the effects of self-questioning on each of the seven CCSS reading comprehension subskills? (b) What is the extent to which performance maintain over a period of 15 and 30 days? (c) What are participants’ attitudes towards self-questioning strategies? (d) What are the generality effects to this strategy with passages from another academic discipline? Visual inspection depicted that prompt-fading a self-questioning strategy was highly. Generalization data collected through the experiment yielded high participant performance across disciplines, and maintenance over 15 and 30 days. |
|
Behavior Skills Training of Reading Comprehension to a Child With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Domain: Applied Research |
ANGELIKA ANDERSON (Monash University), Binita Singh (Monash University), Dennis W. Moore (Monash University), Brett Edward Furlonger (Monash University) |
|
Abstract: Reading is an important academic skill beyond decoding and word recognition skills. Many individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) have difficulties with reading comprehension even if they have adequate decoding skills. A multiple probe design across skills was used to examine the effects of Behavior Skills Training (BST) in teaching four reading comprehension skills (Predicting, Questioning, Clarifying, and Summarizing) to elementary students with ASD. Following baseline, BST was used to teach students each skill to criterion. Maintenance data was gathered and follow-up probes taken two weeks post-intervention. At each session, after reading a short passage, data was also collected on the accuracy of oral responses to 10 comprehension questions. Pre and post intervention measures on a standardized reading comprehension test were also obtained. BST was associated with clear gains in the participants performance on each comprehension skill, along with concomitant gains in reading comprehension on both the daily probes and standardized measure. The results support the use of BST to teach specific reading comprehensions skills to improve reading comprehension in individuals with ASD. |
|
|
|
|
|
PDS: OBM Inside - A Beginner's Guide to Organizational Behavior Management |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency, Granite |
Area: OBM/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Shannon Biagi (Florida Tech; ABA Technologies, Inc.) |
MANUEL RODRIGUEZ (ABA Technologies, Inc.) |
ADAM E. VENTURA (World Evolve, Inc.) |
AUTUMN KAUFMAN (Commonwealth Autism) |
Abstract: Organizational Behavior Management (OBM), in short, is the science of improving people's lives in the workplace. Many students become interested in practicing OBM, but where does one start? The intention of this Professional Development Series (PDS) panel is to provide students with an introduction to applications of Organizational Behavior Management, emphasizing that gaining experience in OBM does not mean one must become a consultant or make a huge career change, but that it can (and should!) be done �inside�: inside current ABA organizations and programs! Two case studies will be the focus of this panel: one highlighting the use of OBM in clinical settings, and the other on using OBM in schools. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Applications, Careers, OBM |
|
|
|
|
Examinations of the Functional Analysis Process: Use of Abolishing Operations and Synthesized Conditions |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2B |
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Jonpaul D. Moschella (California State University, Fresno) |
CE Instructor: Marianne L. Jackson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Functional analysis methodology is supported by a large and extensive body of research and has become the gold standard for determining the variables maintaining problem behavior. A number of variations have been investigated providing practitioners with a number of variations that may be employed. Despite this, researchers have suggested that practitioners still face a number of obstacles that reduce the likelihood that they will include a functional analysis as part of their process in assessing a given problem behavior. This symposium will provide data on one variation that may increase the efficiency of functional analyses by use of abolishing operations in each test condition. This is examined against a more traditional functional analysis for the problem behavior of children with autism spectrum disorder, and the data suggest that this may be a viable option, while reducing the duration of the analysis and the occurrence of problem behavior. Presentations will examine the use of Interview-informed Synthesized Contingency Analyses (IISCAs; Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, & Hanratty, 2014) in a variety of settings including community and clinic settings, as well as methods for the dissemination of this procedure in countries with few behavior analytic resources. Issues of translation and training methods will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Functional analysis |
|
Getting What You Want: The Use of Abolishing Operations in Functional Analyses |
JONPAUL D. MOSCHELLA (California State University, Fresno), Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno), Alexandria Antoinette Jones (California State University, Fresno, ABA Graduate Student), Erin Paulsen (California State University Fresno) |
Abstract: Functional Analysis (FA) of problem behavior is a well-established method for determining the variables that maintain problem behavior. With a large body of research on the replication and extension of this technology, researchers aim to find the most effective and efficient way to evaluate possible maintaining variables and develop an effective function-based treatment. Functional analyses require the repeated occurrence of behavior, and as such, it is advantageous to increase the efficiency of functional analyses and thus minimize the occurrence of problem behavior. Latency has been shown to be a useful dependent variable and seems to reduce both the occurrence of the problem behavior, and the duration of the functional analysis. In this study we extended this area of research by examining the use of abolishing operations to reduce the likelihood of the target behavior during the maintaining test conditions and enhance antecedent control. This modified procedure was compared to the outcome of a traditional functional analysis for three children with autism spectrum disorder. Results indicate that this approach may be useful for identifying the functional variables of behaviors maintained by socially mediated reinforcers. Differences in the number of instances of problem behavior for each analysis lend additional support to this approach. |
|
Training Staff to Conduct Interview-Informed Synthesized Contingency Analyses in the Country of Georgia |
MARIANNE L. JACKSON (California State University, Fresno), Jonpaul D. Moschella (California State University, Fresno), Tinatin Tchintcharauli (Child Development Institute, Ilia State University) |
Abstract: There is a significant body of research supporting the effectiveness of functional analyses in determining the variables maintaining problem behavior, and a number of researchers have examined modifications to this process. One such modification has been the Interview-informed Synthesized Contingency Analysis (IISCA; Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, and Hanratty, 2014). It has been suggested that this method may be more efficient and reduce some common obstacles for practitioners involved in the functional assessment process. This may also be helpful for the dissemination of functional analysis technology, especially in countries with a very limited number of qualified behavior analysts. In this presentation we describe group behavioral skills training used to teach staff in a university-based autism clinic to conduct IISCAs on the problem behavior of children with autism spectrum disorders. Training involved the translation of all forms, interviews, procedures, and outcomes for staff, parents, and clients, as well as the feedback given via bug-in-ear technology. Outcomes from initial IISCAs suggest that this method was effective and efficient in teaching staff to conduct the IISCA and generalization data are discussed. |
|
An Examination of the Interview-Informed Synthesized Contingency Analysis (IISCA) in Community and Clinic Based-Setting |
ERIN PAULSEN (California State University Fresno), Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno), Nicholas L Vitale (California State University Fresno) |
Abstract: Recent research by Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, and Hanratty (2014) has suggested that functional analysis conditions may be more efficient and effective when informed by an open-ended interview and the use of synthesized functions in a test condition, when compared to its matched control. In addition, it has been suggested that this may reduce many of the obstacles that limit practitioners inclusion of functional analyses in assessment that informs the development of a behavior intervention plan; however, a recent study by Fisher, Greer, Romani, Zangrillo, and Owen (2016) has suggested that we evaluate the benefits of synthesized conditions by comparison to a more traditional functional analysis. This presentation will discuss the use of the IISCA in the functional assessment of problem behavior with children and adults with developmental and intellectual disabilities. These were conducted in community settings and in a university-based clinic for the treatment of problem behaviors. In addition, we examine data from two analyses that compare individual test conditions to synthesized test conditions in determining the variables maintaining problem behavior. Issues and challenges will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Increasing Behavior Analysts Participation in Public Policy |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2C |
Area: PRA; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Amanda N. Kelly, Ph.D. |
Chair: Amanda N. Kelly (University of West Florida; BEHAVIORBABE (Hawaii)) |
AMANDA N. KELLY (University of West Florida; BEHAVIORBABE (Hawaii)) |
KRISTEN E. KOBA-BURDT (University of West Florida; BAYADA Behavioral Health; Hawai'i Association for Behavior Analysis) |
JULIE KORNACK (Center for Autism and Related Disorders) |
Abstract: Changes in public policy at both a state and federal level in the United States have continued to impact the practice of behavior analysis in recent years. These developments have made it more important than ever for behavior analysts and those impacted by these policies to participate in public policy efforts. Our panelists will discuss the basics of public policy from a behavior analytic perspective, review public policy implications of emerging research, and provide useful strategies to increase the effectiveness of grassroots advocacy efforts. The panelists will share their experiences in both supporting and opposing various public policy initiatives including autism insurance reform, defining essential health benefits, licensure and regulation of the practice of behavior analysis, telehealth, and more. Finally, we will conclude the panel with a discussion of how behavior analysts can use this information on public policy and grassroots efforts to increase participation in public policy related to other social issues. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): grassroots, law, public policy |
|
|
|
|
Treatment Relapse: A Panel With Discussion |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom D |
Area: SCI/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University) |
CE Instructor: M. Christopher Newland, Ph.D. |
Panelists: DAVID P. WACKER (The University of Iowa), WAYNE W. FISHER (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), MAGGIE SWEENEY (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: This session immediately follows Dr. Tim Shahan's SQAB tutorial entitled "Relapse," which introduces the fundamental principles underlying resurgence, renewal, and reinstatement. Panelists will be asked to speak briefly about their research program and to bring questions designed to foster discussion with audience members. The goal is to generate ideas and collaborative efforts among basic, translational, and applied scientists. The tutorial and panel discussion arose because the Society for the Quantitative Analysis of Behavior (SQAB), an organization that emphasizes fundamental sciences related to behavior analysis, meets immediately before ABAI. The tandem meetings of these two organizations present opportunities for attendees to hear about core sciences related to behavior analysis. The SQAB tutorials have provided an excellent spur for such discussions but SQAB and ABAI's Science Board wish to take this a step further. This panel discussion, which represents a partnership between SQAB and ABAI, will create a setting in which basic and applied scientists, as well as practitioners, can meet to discuss applications of the topics raised in a SQAB tutorial. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: The target audience is investigators involved with translating or applying the core principles of behavior analysis. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the event, the participant will be able to use stimulus and consequence control procedures to produce rapid treatment effects across contexts without extinction bursts. After attending this presentation, participants should be able to (1) identify how animal models of relapse may apply to clinical drug use situations, and (2) understand additional clinical considerations that may be addressed in future animal models. The learner will be able to define maintenance based on Behavioral Momentum Theory and contrast this definition with the typical definition used in applied behavior analysis. |
DAVID P. WACKER (The University of Iowa) |
David Wacker is Professor Emeritus of Pediatrics at The University of Iowa. He has maintained NIH funding for both applied (telehealth) and translational (behavioral persistence) studies for over 30 years. He was the director of a large outpatient clinic for children and adults with developmental disabilities who displayed severe problem behavior. He is the former Editor of JABA and is a Fellow in ABAI and APA (Divisions 25 and 33). He is the 2016 recipient of the Don Hake Award for translational research from Division 25. |
WAYNE W. FISHER (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Wayne Fisher is the H.B. Munroe professor of behavioral research in the Munroe-Meyer Institute and the Department of Pediatrics at the University of Nebraska Medical Center. He is also the director of the Center for Autism Spectrum Disorders at the Munroe-Meyer Institute, a board certified behavior analyst at the doctoral level (BCBA-D), and a licensed psychologist. He was previously a professor of psychiatry at Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine and served as executive director of the Neurobehavioral Programs at the Kennedy Krieger Institute and the Marcus Behavior Center at the Marcus Institute, where he built clinical-research programs in autism and developmental disabilities with national reputations for excellence. Fisher's methodologically sophisticated research has focused on several intersecting lines, including preference, choice, and the assessment and treatment of autism and severe behavior disorders, that have been notable for the creative use of concurrent schedules of reinforcement, which have become more commonplace in clinical research primarily as a result of his influence. He has published over 150 peer-reviewed research studies in over 30 different behavioral and/or medical journals, including: the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis; Psychological Reports; American Journal on Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities; Pediatrics; the Journal of Developmental and Behavioral Pediatrics; and The Lancet. Fisher is a past editor of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, a past president of the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, a fellow in the Association for Behavior Analysis, and recipient of the Bush Leadership Award, the APA (Division 25) Award for Outstanding Contributions to Applied Behavioral Research, the UNMC Distinguished Scientist Award, and the University of Nebraska system-wide Award for Outstanding Research and Creativity Activity. |
MAGGIE SWEENEY (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Dr. Mary M. (Maggie) Sweeney is a postdoctoral research fellow the Behavioral Pharmacology Research Unit in the Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences at the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine. She was trained in the experimental analysis of behavior at Utah State University, where she received her doctorate, and at Purdue University, where she received her undergraduate degree. She has published several peer-reviewed journal articles on the topic of relapse of operant behavior, including studies with pigeons, rats, and humans. Dr. Sweeney is a member of the editorial board of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, and has served as an invited reviewer for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, The Psychological Record, Preventive Medicine, Journal of Psychopharmacology, and Journal of Caffeine Research. In her current position at Johns Hopkins, Dr. Sweeney's research focuses on applications of basic reinforcement processes to substance use and related risk behaviors, with a focus on licit abused drugs and sexual risk behavior. |
Keyword(s): Idea Generation, Reinstatement, Relapse, Resurgence |
|
|
|
|
The Time is Now: Intervention for the Fourth Dimension |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1E/F |
Area: VBC/EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Jovonnie L. Esquierdo-Leal (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Kimberly Kirkpatrick (Kansas State University) |
CE Instructor: Jovonnie L. Esquierdo-Leal, M.A. |
Abstract: A common conference theme is the need for bridging the gap between the basic and applied behavior analysts for a more cohesive and coherent analysis of behavior. One particular void is that of time and timing. A survey of basic and applied literature on timing reveals an inconsistent array of studies, either experimental work without applicable value or interventions without a clear tie to basic principles. For example, the effectiveness of mindfulness training, particularly as it related to present moment awareness, is well documented. Nevertheless, there is little experimental work that explains how the process of focusing on the present functions to promote wellness. A more coherent discussion of time and timing is needed to bolster the foundation of successful treatments as well as strengthen basic research as it pertains to other temporal repertoires, like delay discounting. The symposium will begin with a behavior analytic review of present moment awareness, followed by an experimental presentation tying applied and basic work on time by addressing the two essential behavioral repertoires for timing: awareness and verbal behavior. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): mindfulness, relational responding, time management, timing |
|
Mindfulness Without Mentalism: Present Moment Awareness, Derived Relational Responding, and the Behavioral Cusp |
(Theory) |
EMILY KENNISON SANDOZ (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Jonathan J. Tarbox (FirstSteps for Kids), Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: Being present or mindful has come to be fairly widely accepted as a psychological strength. Defined in clinical psychology as bringing ones complete attention to the present experience on a moment-to-moment basis, mindfulness has been associated with a range of positive behavioral outcomes. In psychotherapy interventions, including some with behavior analytic foundations, this is reflected in the frequent inclusion of present moment awareness and/or mindfulness as a target behavior. Less common has been the consideration of mindfulness as a target behavior in more traditional Applied Behavior Analysis interventions. This is odd, considering its apparent utility as a repertoire, and may be related to confusion between mindfulness as a behavior and mindfulness meditation as an intervention. This paper will (1) offer a behavior analytic definition of present moment awareness, (2) explore verbal repertoires that interfere with present moment awareness, and (3) argue for its relevance for many clients served by ABA, not only as an independent target behavior but also in facilitation of behavioral cusps. |
|
It's About Time: Integrating Timing Research With Verbal Analyses |
(Basic Research) |
CAROLYN BRAYKO (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: As the saying goeswhat goes unmeasured, goes unmanaged. Time management is often cited as a desirable skill, although there are few behavioral measurements to track it. Often discussed at the applied level and rarely at the basic level, there remains a vacuum of understanding by what we call time management. Much of the work that has been done relies on mentalistic notions of motivation or appeals to neurological clocks. Exploring the repertoires involved with timing behavior under controlled conditions (e.g., reporting and estimating time intervals) may later provide a more productive avenue for practitioners to train time management. Taking the same view as Gibsons ecological view that events are perceivable but time is not, the presentation will address a systematic investigation of how timing is shaped in verbal humans. Preliminary studies with university psychology students assessed the degree of accuracy one can report interval duration without a clock. Current data demonstrate that timing strategies seem to correctly discriminate a fixed versus variable time schedule, but decreased sensitivity to verbal antecedents during the task. The opposite findings were observed for participants without timing strategies. Subsequent studies will discuss how rule governed behavior influence timing accuracy and time management skills. |
|
|
|
|
VB-SIG Student Group Event: Evaluating Procedures to Develop Echoics, Intraverbals and Problem Solving Strategies |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3A |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine) |
CE Instructor: M. Alice Shillingsburg, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior analysis continues to make important contributions to a wide range of social, cultural, and educational problems. Studies examining procedures to promote the development and refinement of verbal behavior repertoires are critical to the enhancement of applied work. This set of papers demonstrates the range of topic areas and populations that benefit from verbal behavior research. In the first paper in this symposium, Parker and colleagues present a review of the literature on teaching echoics and summarize best practice guidelines. In the second paper, Frewing and colleagues evaluate three variations in reinforcement contingencies when teaching intraverbals and, subsequently, examine participant preference for procedures. In the third paper, Abdel-Jalil and colleagues examine an instructional package to improve problem solving in college students. This student symposium highlights the important work undertaken by talented students in the field of Verbal Behavior. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Echoics, Intraverbals, Problem solving |
|
A Comparison of Differential and Nondifferential Reinforcement During Intraverbal Training for a Child With Autism |
TYLA M. FREWING (University of British Columbia), Laura L. Grow (California State University, Fresno), Sarah J. Pastrana (University of British Columbia) |
Abstract: Results from recent evaluations of differential reinforcement in skill acquisition programs have been mixed. Further investigation of factors that influence the effectiveness and efficiency of differential reinforcement may help practitioners arrange reinforcement contingencies that maximize instructional efficiency. One factor that may impact the effectiveness of in-session reinforcement contingencies is the preference level of items available during breaks from instruction. The present study evaluated the effectiveness and efficiency of differential reinforcement, nondifferential reinforcement, and extinction (i.e., control condition) when teaching intraverbals to a child with autism under two conditions: (a) when the child had access to high-preference toys during breaks from instruction (Evaluation 1) and (b) when the child had access to low-preference toys during breaks from instruction (Evaluation 2). The participant acquired target intraverbal responses under differential reinforcement, nondifferential reinforcement in both evaluations, with some differences in efficiency of instruction. The participant demonstrated a clear preference for reinforcement contingencies in both evaluations. Implications for practitioners and directions for future research will be discussed. |
|
Teaching Echoics: A Review of the Literature |
ALLISON PARKER (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Barbara E. Esch (Esch Behavior Consultants, LLC) |
Abstract: An echoic is a verbal operant in which the response is vocal and controlled by a prior auditory verbal stimulus, there is point-to-point correspondence between the stimulus and the response, and there is formal similarity between the stimulus and the response-product (Skinner, 1957). Echoics are an important element of language acquisition programs, as they are often used in transfer of stimulus control procedures to teach other verbal operants. When echoics are not observed for children, there are many questions regarding how to teach them. There is currently no review of the literature on teaching echoics to guide clinicians on best practice. Research includes various age groups and diagnoses. This presentation reviews existing literature to answer questions such as how to present vocal models, voice quality of the model, target selection, and how many targets to teach concurrently, and intervention procedures used in the literature including physical prompts, shaping and fading, modeling, chaining, high-p procedures, and natural environment teaching. We summarize this literature and make recommendations for practice and future research. |
|
A Preliminary Investigation of How to Teach and Measure Problem Solving |
AWAB ABDEL-JALIL (University of North Texas), Andrew R. Kieta (University of North Texas), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The obvious difficulty in observing problem solving is that competent performances often occur covertly. Transferring behavior from the covert domain to the public arena allows for observation, measurement, and teaching of verbal behavior repertoires that are generally inaccessible to a public-of-others. After thorough observations, Whimbey and Lochhead identified several speaker and listener repertoires that expert problem solvers consistently and overtly used. This study began with exploratory investigations into the operational definitions of these repertoires. Researchers then developed an instructional package based on concept instruction principles and feedback models. The study explored the effects of a verbal behavior-based instructional package on the overt problem solving repertoires of undergraduate students. Researchers evaluated whether the acquisition of a general problem solving strategy yielded improved performances within a specific domain of problems, and whether use of that problem solving strategy generalized to other, untrained domains. Results will be discussed in terms of changes in overt speaker and listener repertoires. Performance data on problem solving pre and posttests within the training domain and across generalization domains will be presented. |
|
|
|
|
Presidential Scholar's Address: Psychological Research to Guide Technology Design That Supports Successful Aging |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom (Plenary) |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Chair: M. Jackson Marr (Georgia Tech) |
CE Instructor: M. Jackson Marr, Ph.D. |
|
Psychological Research to Guide Technology Design That Supports Successful Aging |
Abstract: The Human Factors and Aging Laboratory (www.hfaging.org) is specifically oriented toward psychological science that supports successful aging. Our research does not emphasize loss of function associated with aging; rather, we wish to understand how to enable older adults to retain and enhance their ability to function in later life. Our research efforts are conducted within the framework of human factors psychology and we strive to apply that scientific knowledge to better design products, environments, and training. There is much potential for technology to enable older adults to age successfully. In this presentation I will provide an overview of the needs, capabilities, preferences, and limitations of older adults as well as the role of human factors research for technology design. I will then discuss our research on the design of technologies with examples ranging from mobile apps to personal robots. Central to my presentation will be a focus on research questions, methods, and areas of application. |
|
WENDY ROGERS (University of Illinois Urbana-Champaign) |
|
Dr. Rogers is the Khan Professor of Applied Health Sciences at the University of Illinois Urbana-Champaign. She received her B.A. from the University of Massachusetts - Dartmouth, and her M.S. and Ph.D. from the Georgia Institute of Technology. She is a Certified Human Factors Professional (BCPE Certificate #1539). Dr. Rogers is the Director of the Human Factors and Aging Laboratory and her research includes design for aging, technology acceptance, human-automation interaction, aging-in-place, human-robot interaction, cognitive aging, and skill acquisition and training. Dr. Rogers is a fellow of the Human Factors and Ergonomics Society, the Gerontological Society of America, and the American Psychological Association. She is past Editor of the Journal of Experimental Psychology: Applied and currently serves as the Chief Editorial Advisor for APA. |
|
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Explain the field of human factors and ergonomics as it relates to applied behavior analysis; (2) Identify unique needs, capabilities, limitations, and preferences of older adults; (3) Describe the potential of emerging technologies and how they might be applied to assist people aging with and without disability. |
|
|
|
|
|
Cambridge Center Exceptional Student Group |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2B |
Chair: Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Presenting Authors: |
Meeting for the exceptional student group and board of trustee members of the Cambridge Center to review the year's work, plan for the next, welcome new members, and meet the trustees of the Cambridge Center. |
Keyword(s): Cambridge Center, Exceptional Student |
|
|
|
|
ABAI Science Board Business Meeting |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3A |
Chair: M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University) |
Presenting Authors: |
Business Meeting for the ABAI Science Board |
Keyword(s): Business Meeting, Science Board |
|
|
|
|
Louisiana Behavior Analysis Association |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4C/D |
Chair: Derek Jacob Shanman (Nicholls State University) |
Presenting Authors: |
Meeting of the Louisiana Chapter to discuss LaBAA business |
Keyword(s): Business Meeting |
|
|
|
|
Theoretical, Philosophical, and Conceptual Issues Special Interest Group |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3B |
Chair: William M. Baum (University of California, Davis) |
Presenting Authors: |
This is the annual meeting for the TPC-SIG members and interested members. We will discuss current initiatives and review past initiatives. Those who are interested in participating in TPC-SIG work are strongly encouraged to attend. |
Keyword(s): conceptual, philosophy, theory |
|
|
|
|
Translational Research SIG Business Meeting |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4E/F |
Chair: Marlene J. Cohen (Brain Waves Learning Lab) |
Presenting Authors: |
The Translational Research SIG’s purpose foster discussion and encourage engagement in translational research in the field of applied behavior analysis. This will be our inaugural meeting. The SIG’s first formal meeting will include a vote for officers and the development of goals for our group. |
Keyword(s): Translational SIG |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis for Sustainable Societies Business Meeting |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Convention Center 401/402 |
Chair: Julia H. Fiebig (ABA Global Initiatives; Ball State University) |
Presenting Authors: |
The behavior analysis for sustainable societies (BASS) special interest group was formed to advance applications of behavior analysis to environmental issues that contribute to the development of solutions to climate change, pollution, overconsumption of resources, and imbalances in environmental sustainability. Objectives include to (a) encourage and support research that promotes the application of behavior analysis to green/environmental issues, (b) collaborate with environmental scientists, environmental groups, and other SIGs within ABAI who have an interest in addressing behavior change and sustainability/environmental issues, (c) disseminate research and practices that support solutions to environmental issues through the application of behavioral interventions, (d) develop curriculum, textbooks, and additional educational resources that address sustainability and the application of behavior analysis, (e) compile resources for individuals interested in behavior change and environmental issues, and (f) develop an information base of current effective practices/initiatives, government policies, and employment for behavior analysts interested in behavior change and environmental issues The business meeting is open to anyone interested in sustainability and environmental issues. |
Keyword(s): Sustainability |
|
|
|
|
Multicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts Annual Meeting |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Convention Center 403/404 |
Chair: Elizabeth Hughes Fong (Saint Joseph's University) |
Presenting Authors: |
Annual Business Meeting |
Keyword(s): culture, diversity, multicultural |
|
|
|
|
Sexual Behavior: Research and Practice Special Interest Group |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3C |
Chair: Worner Leland (Upswing Advocates) |
Presenting Authors: |
All individuals attending the ABAI convention who have an interest in sex research, sex education, and/or procedures used to change sex-related behaviors are invited to attend the Sexual Behavior: Research and Practice Special Interest Group's annual meeting. Items of business will include a discussion of current SIG activities occurring both at and outside the ABAI convention, the sharing of relevant research findings, and plans for the next year of SIG activities. |
Keyword(s): sex education, sex research, sexual behavior, sexuality |
|
|
|
|
Ethics and Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Convention Center 406/407 |
Chair: Matthew T. Brodhead (Michigan State University) |
Presenting Authors: |
Please join us for the annual Ethics and Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group (EBA SIG) business meeting. We especially encourage non-members who are interested in joining the EBA SIG to attend. |
Keyword(s): behavior analysis, ethics |
|
|
|
|
ABAI Student Committee Business Meeting |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1A/B |
Chair: Christina M. Peters (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Presenting Authors: |
ABAI Student members constitute a significant portion of the association's total membership. The ABAI Student Committee's mission is to provide organizational support for ABAI Student members in order to promote participation in ABAI, as well as professional growth, and to enable members to contribute to the science of behavior analysis. The student business meeting will facilitate conversations concerning student issues, their involvement, and how we can better serve students with respect to their professional development. This business meeting will also serve to update students on current activities and recruit students interested in serving on the Executive Council or other Student Subcommittees (e.g., awards, events, and dissemination). |
Keyword(s): Professional Development, Student Committee, Student Representatives, Students |
|
|
|
|
Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1C/D |
Chair: J. Adam Bennett (Western Michigan University) |
Presenting Authors: |
This will be the business meeting for the Experimental Analysis of Human
Behavior Special Interest Group (EAHB-SIG). The mission of the EAHB-SIG is
to promote the experimental analysis of behavior with human subjects as a
means of addressing important fundamental questions about human problems
and human nature. In recent years, the energies of EAHB-SIG members have
focused on three continuing projects: (1) The EAHB-SIG Distinguished
Contributions Award: This award is designed to recognize substantive and
sustained contributions to the EAHB literature. The award is presented at the
annual convention. (2) The Student Paper Competition: The competition is
designed to promote and recognize scholarly activity in the Experimental
Analysis of Human Behavior. Students are encouraged to submit original
research that has not been reviewed elsewhere. Participants receive high quality
reviews from experts in their respective areas of research. (3) The Experimental
Analysis of Human Behavior Bulletin: The SIG also maintains an online journal
(ISSN 1938-7237) for the publication of empirical articles, technical reports, and
other types of articles of interest to researchers engaged in the experimental
analysis of human behavior. |
Keyword(s): EAHB, Human Operant |
|
|
|
|
Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Convention Center 405 |
Chair: Jared A. Chase (Chrysalis, Inc.) |
Presenting Authors: |
We welcome current and new members to attend the Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis business meeting. Business items will be reviewed along with updates on our Chapter's events. This meeting is open to all current members of Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis and those who are interested in joining! |
Keyword(s): Affilitated Chapter, Business Meeting, NABA, Nevada Association |
|
|
|
|
New U.S. Program Accreditation with the Behavior Analysis Accreditation Board (BAAB) |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4A/B |
Chair: Erick M. Dubuque (Behavior Analysis Accreditation Board) |
Presenting Authors: |
This is an open meeting to disseminate information to U.S. programs interested in pursuing accreditation. |
Keyword(s): accreditation, education, standards |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis and Technology Special Interest Group |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1E/F |
Chair: Zachary H. Morford (Koan School) |
Presenting Authors: |
The behavior analysis and technology (BAT) SIG was formed to advance the science of behavior through the development, dissemination, and application of technology in basic and applied settings. Technology can refer to developments in behavioral science, as well as developments in computer science, information technology, and related fields. The organization will also serve as an outlet for open-source hardware and software technologies relevant to behavioral research and application. The goals of the BAT SIG are: 1) to serve as a scientific and professional reference and networking group for its members, 2) to disseminate information to inform its membership and promote its mission to a wider audience, and 3) to organize an annual meeting to provide a forum for discussion of the affairs of the SIG. |
Keyword(s): applied, SIG, technology |
|
|
|
|
The Behavior Analyst Editorial Board and Authors |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2A |
Chair: Donald A. Hantula (Temple University) |
Presenting Authors: |
All members of The Behavior Analyst's editorial board and interested authors are invited to attend this meeting. |
|
|
|
|
Hawai'i ABA Business Meeting |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Convention Center 301 |
Chair: Kristen E. Koba-Burdt (Hawaii Association for Behavior Analysis) |
Presenting Authors: |
This is the annual business meeting of the Hawai'i ABA chapter. The meeting will review updates on current chapter activities, status of behavior analytic services in the islands, updates on public policy initiatives, and continuing education events. |
Keyword(s): HABA, Hawaii |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Medicine SIG Annual Business Meeting |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
7:00 PM–7:50 PM |
Convention Center 304 |
Chair: Gretchen A. Dittrich (Simmons College) |
Presenting Authors: |
The Behavioral Medicine SIG of ABA-I focuses on the application of behavior analytic methodology to the prevention and treatment of behaviors associated with chronic illness and disease, and the promotion of behaviors associated with improved health and treatment adherence. The role of behavior analysis is important in the field of behavioral medicine. It is the mission of the SIG to encourage interdisciplinary research in the areas of behavioral health promotion, emphasizing the need for function-based and empirically validated treatments for chronic health disorders.
The Behavioral Medicine SIG offers students, researchers, practitioners, and consumers opportunities to discuss issues related to public health promotion and disease prevention. All are welcome to join the Behavioral Medicine SIG. We hope that the SIG will help consumers and practitioners better understand the role of behavior analysis in the field of behavioral medicine, and provide an outlet for discussions of current and developing research within the field.
The annual business meeting is open to all conference attendees interested in behavioral health and medicine. The meeting will be conducted to discuss various administrative matters relevant to the Behavioral Medicine SIG. In addition, during the business meeting, the Behavioral Medicine Student Research Award winner will present their research and receive their award. |
Keyword(s): Behavioral Health, Behavioral Medicine, Health Psychology |
|
|
|
|
ABAI Accredited Behavior Analysis Training Programs |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall D |
1. Behavior Analysis Accreditation Board |
ERICK M. DUBUQUE (Behavior Analysis Accreditation Board), Michael Perone (Behavior Analysis Accreditation Board) |
Abstract: This poster will provide an update on the Behavior Analysis Accreditation Board's (BAAB) standards and activities. |
|
1a. ABAI Accredited Graduate Programs at The Ohio State University |
SHEILA R. ALBER-MORGAN (The Ohio State University), Nancy A. Neef (The Ohio State University), Helen I. Cannella-Malone (The Ohio State University), Ralph Gardner III (The Ohio State University), Moira Konrad (The Ohio State University), Matthew Brock (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: The Ohio State University's (OSU) ABAI-accredited graduate programs in special education have been advancing the study of applied behavior analysis for the past 40 years. In 2011, OSU's special education graduate programs were the recipients of the SABA Award for Enduring Programmatic Contributions in Behavior Analysis. Our contributions include hundreds of published peer-reviewed journal articles and dozens of books. The greatest contributions of OSU's special education program are the program graduates whose work has helped bring evidence-based instructional practices to teachers and students around the world. The Ph.D. program, ABAI-accredited since 1995, prepares leadership personnel for special education whose research, teaching, and professional practice are grounded in the philosophy of behaviorism and the methodological and technological principles of applied behavior analysis. The MA program emphasizes the design, implementation, and evaluation of curricular and instructional interventions to improve academic, social, self-care, and vocational skills for individuals with disabilities. Master's program graduates work as licensed classroom teachers, behavior analysts, or program supervisors in public schools, private schools, or community agencies. |
|
2. An ABAI Accredited Graduate Training Program at McNeese State University |
JOSEPH HACKER (McNeese State University) |
Abstract: McNeese State University offers exciting learning opportunities in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis. The only university in the state of Louisiana whose coursework is both BACB and ABAI approved, students have the opportunity to earn a master’s degree in Applied Behavior Analysis while participating in exciting opportunities for experience. The university has an on-site clinic where students can come in contact with both children and adults afflicted with autism and various other developmental disorders. The exciting experience opportunities facilitate the students’ ability to take their BACB exam immediately following graduation as this experience fulfills the requirements for an intensive practicum internship. In addition to the on-site clinic, McNeese State University utilizes on-site animal operant research laboratory, where students can further take part in different kinds of behavioral research. In addition to the exciting opportunities above, the opportunity exists for graduate students to gain a second concentration in their master’s degree in Experimental Psychology, paving the way for enrollment in a future PhD program. McNeese State University both has and will continue to graduate quality BCBAs and desires to extend its opportunities to students who may not know of the exciting learning experience available. |
|
3. Applied Behavior Analysis at California State University Los Angeles |
MICHELE D. WALLACE (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: The poster will present on the available programs at the California State University Los Angeles, including: Master degree in Counseling, Certificate Program in Applied Behavior Analysis (BCBA level), Certificate Program in Applied Behavior Analysis (BCaBA level) and Registered Behavior Analyst program. In addition, the poster will present information on the requirements of each program, the faculty, and will highlight recent projects from both the students and the faculty. |
|
4. Applied Behavior Analysis at St. Cloud State University |
KIMBERLY A. SCHULZE (St. Cloud State University), Eric Rudrud (St. Cloud State University), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University), Edward Justin Page (St. Cloud State University), Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: The Applied Behavior Analysis program at SCSU offers the BCaBA and BCBA courses as well as a M.S. degree in ABA. Our programs are available on-campus and on-line. |
|
5. Applied Behavior Analysis Programs at the University of South Florida |
RAYMOND G. MILTENBERGER (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: The Applied Behavior Analysis Program in the department of Child and Family Studies at the University of South Florida in Tampa offers programs at the graduate and undergraduate level. The doctoral program is designed to develop scientist-practitioners who are accomplished teachers and researchers. Students with a master’s degree in behavior analysis are welcome to apply to the three-year doctoral program. The two-year master’s program is accredited by the Association for Behavior Analysis International with a course sequence and practicum approved by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board. The ABA master’s program at the University of South Florida welcomes applicants from students with good academic credentials who have coursework and experience in ABA (and a passion for ABA). Graduates of the master’s program have excellent clinical and research skills so they are prepared for their BCBA exam or for application to a doctoral program. The undergraduate minor in ABA provides the coursework needed for certification as a BCaBA. Students who take the ABA minor are successful applicants for graduate programs in ABA. |
|
7. Behavior Analysis at the Florida Institute of Technology |
JOSE A. MARTINEZ-DIAZ (Florida Institute of Technology and ABA Tech), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Florida Institute of Technology), Nicole Gravina (Florida Institute of Technology), Ada C. Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology), Katie Nicholson (Florida Institute of Technology), Elbert Blakely (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis Programs at the Florida Institute of Technology (Fl Tech) in Melbourne, Floridahas 3 on-campus masters degree programs, an on-campus Doctor of Philosophy program, and hybrid programs in behavior analysis across the country. On-campus masters degree programs are offered in applied behavior analysis, organizational behavior management, and applied behavior analysis plus organizational behavior management. The Ph.D. program is in Behavior Analysis. Fl Tech also operates the Scott Center for Autism Treatment and Research, which is an on-campus center serving individuals with autism and related disabilities. Translational and applied research are emphasized; students take part in faculty-supervised cutting-edge research in the field. The hybrid programs combine online and in-person instruction at various agencies around the U.S.; students complete their coursework and their practicum at these agencies under the supervision of a Fl Tech faculty member. The on-campus M.S. program application deadline is Feb 15 of each year; the Ph.D. program deadline is Jan 15 of each year. The hybrid program operates on a rolling admission basis. |
|
8. Behavior Analysis at the University of Houston, Clear Lake |
DESIREE DAWSON (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Leah Smith (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Kelsey Campbell (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis program at the University of Houston-Clear Lake provides students with a well-rounded foundation in applied behavior analysis through an integrated sequence of coursework, practicum, and research activities. Students obtain competency in the basic principles of learning and the application of these principles with particular emphasis on interventions for children and adults with developmental disabilities. Practicum and research experiences are provided in home, school, and clinic settings. Research is all student-directed opening up opportunities to gain experience in basic research, research with typically developing individuals, adults with dementia, and various other populations. All students complete individual research projects and deliver original community presentations prior to graduation. The program is accredited by ABAI and includes a course sequence and practicum that have been approved by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB)as meeting the requirements for eligibility to take the BCBA exam. Graduate assistantships, paid internships, and other forms of financial assistance are available to qualifying students. The coursework also prepares graduates who are interested in becoming Licensed Psychological Associates. Furthermore, graduates will be prepared to pursue doctoral degrees in psychology or behavior analysis. |
|
9. Behavior Analysis Ph.D. Program at West Virginia University |
KAREN G. ANDERSON (West Virginia University), Regina A. Carroll (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University), Michael Perone (West Virginia University), Lucie Romano (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University), Forrest Toegel (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: The behavior analysis program at West Virginia University exists to train students in basic research, theory, and applications of behavior principles. Through research, course work, and practica, students develop skills in the experimental analysis of animal and human behavior, as well as a strong methodological and conceptual background for developing and applying behavioral technologies. The basic, conceptual, and applied areas are integrated in the curriculum; however a student may emphasize either basic or applied research. The goal of the program is to produce a psychologist who can function effectively in either an academic or an applied setting and who can use the principles and findings of the science of behavior in solving significant problems of human behavior. |
|
10. Department of Applied Behavioral Science at the University of Kansas |
EDWARD K. MORRIS (University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas), Jomella Watson-Thompson (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The Department of Applied Behavior Science is housed in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences at the University of Kansas. It comprises 16 regular faculty members, 55 adjunct and courtesy faculty members, more than 200 undergraduate majors, and over 40 doctoral students. The Department exists because a natural science of behavior uniquely helps us understand and improve the human condition locally, nationally, and globally. Our graduate mission is to train scientist-practitioners and researchers in the discovery, production, translation, application, and communication of knowledge for the same purposes. These missions entail four domains of teaching, training, and research: Basic principles of a natural science of behavior; research methods in basic and applied research, the latter including prevention and intervention research; historical and conceptual foundations; and the extension and application of these domains for understanding and improving the human condition. What makes our missions unique is their foundation in a science of behavior, dedication to rigorous standards of experimental proof, and applications of the science and these standards to solving socially relevant problems. Rigor and relevance, together, are the Department's hallmark, both in making knowledge and taking it to practice. |
|
11. Florida State University Panama City Master's Program in Applied Behavior Analysis |
HARRY ALLEN MURPHY (Florida State University Panama City), Jon S. Bailey (Florida State University), Amy S. Polick (Florida State University Panama City) |
Abstract: Since its inception in 1999 more than 250 students have graduated from the Florida State University master's program in Applied Behavior Analysis. The program was designed specifically to prepare students to become Board Certified Behavior Analysts with skills applicable to a wide variety of settings and populations. All students have assistantships via placements with approved behavior analytic agencies. This includes a tuition waiver. Classes are offered face-to-face by an all PhD faculty. Students may reside in Panama City or Tallahassee. |
|
12. Graduate Training in the Department of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas |
Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas), RICHARD G. SMITH (University of North Texas), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas), Shahla Ala'i-Rosales (University of North Texas), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas), Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas), Einar T. Ingvarsson (University of North Texas), Daniele Ortu (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The mission of the Department of Behavior Analysis is to provide a program of learning opportunities for graduate and undergraduate students that is nationally recognized for excellence and that establishes knowledge and skills that allow graduates to compete successfully in and make significant contributions to society; to contribute to the discipline of behavior analysis and to the community by conducting applied and basic research that furthers understanding of human behavior and results in demonstrative positive behavioral change; to form lasting partnerships, in the region, nationally, and internationally; and to develop behavioral solutions for social problems at local, national, and international levels. This poster will present opportunities for interested students to learn about opportunities for training and research across the wide range of faculty expertise offered at UNT's Department of Behavior Analysis. Experience in research and application is offered in areas including intervention for autism and related disabilities, applied behavior analysis with animals, verbal behavior, college teaching and learning, behavioral pharmacology, behavior analysis of memory, and more. |
|
13. Master’s Program at Jacksonville State University in Alabama |
PAIGE M. MCKERCHAR (Jacksonville State University), Makenzie Williams Bayles (Jacksonville State University), Jennifer Lynne Bruzek (Jacksonville State University), Todd L. McKerchar (Jacksonville State University), William L. Palya (Jacksonville State University) |
Abstract: Jacksonville State University, nicknamed “The Friendliest Campus in the South,” is nestled in the foothills of the Appalachian Mountains midway between Atlanta, GA and Birmingham, AL. The master’s program in psychology is the only ABAI-accredited program in Alabama, and it offers a Behavior Analyst Certification Board®-approved program of study. Our students complete seven required courses in the conceptual, experimental, and applied analysis of behavior, as well as six related elective courses, which include practicum, research, and thesis opportunities. Our overarching goals are to teach future applied behavior analysts to think critically about the conceptual and experimental basis of the field, and to train them in the implementation of scientifically validated behavioral procedures. Our students study basic behavioral processes in our sophisticated animal research facility, and they can practice applying behavioral principles in basic and applied settings through our recently established Center for Behavioral Studies. Our poster provides more detail about our faculty, coursework, research, and practicum opportunities, as well as an opportunity to meet current faculty and students. |
|
14. Masters and Doctoral Training in Behavior Analysis On and Off Campus at Southern Illinois University |
ERICA JOWETT HIRST (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University), Ryan N. Redner (Southern Illinois University), Michael E. May (Southern Illinois University), Jason M. Hirst (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Southern Illinois University offers degree programs at all levels: Bachelor's, Master's, and Doctoral. A Master's degree may be earned on campus (Carbondale) or off campus (online/Chicagoland), and a Bachelor's or Ph.D. may be earned on campus. The Master's degree program fulfills BACB requirements for the degree, coursework, and supervised experience; therefore, graduates are eligible to sit for the BCBA exam. In addition, for those who already hold a Master's degree and are seeking certification as a BCBA, SIUC offers the BACB course sequence fully online. |
|
15. The Behavior Analysis Program at Simmons College |
RUSSELL W. MAGUIRE (Simmons College) |
Abstract: The Master’s Degree program in Behavior Analysis was started in 2000 and received course approval from the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) that same year. The Master’s Degree program then met the eligibility standards for accreditation in 2005, 2010 and 2015 by the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI). In 2006 a Ph.D. program in Applied Behavior Analysis was launched and in 2008 the Department of Behavior Analysis was created. Since that time enrollment in both programs has grown markedly. Additionally, an on-line Masters degree program was started in the Fall, 2016. Post-graduate school employment for Masters student is close 1to 100% and the pass rate on the BACB examination is above 80% (BACB, 2013). Finally, our faculty is supplemented by the participation of esteemed Behaviorists, such as Dr. David Palmer, Dr. Vince Carbone, Dr. Harry Mackay, Dr. Phil Chase, Dr. Julie Vargas, Dr. Ted Carr, Dr. Carol Pilgrim, etc. as Instructors, Dissertation Committee members or Invited Speakers at our Annual Conference. |
|
16. The Master of Arts in Applied Behavior Analysis at Caldwell University |
JASON C. VLADESCU (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Caldwell University, a private liberal arts university located in a quiet suburban New Jersey community near New York City, offers a BAAB©-accredited 45-credit Master of Arts degree program in applied behavior analysis. The core of the program consists of a BACB©-approved eight-course sequence (24 credits). Students in the MA program are required to complete a behavior analytic research thesis mentored by a faculty member. The MA program prepares students to work in a variety of applied settings and for further doctoral study. Caldwell University’s state-of-the-art Center for Autism and ABA provides a BACB©-approved intensive practicum experience, and both basic and applied research opportunities, while serving individuals with developmental disabilities in the community. New Jersey also boasts many successful private agencies and public school programs that work with Caldwell University to provide employment opportunities for graduates of the program. |
|
17. The Programs in Teaching as Applied Behavior Analysis at Columbia University Teachers College |
R. DOUGLAS GREER (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
Abstract: We will present the MA and Ph.D. programs in teaching as applied behavior analysis at Columbia University Teachers College. We will outline the requirements for each degree and focus on the critical features of our graduate training programs. We will present our three-tiered module system of teacher training program that incorporates verbal behavior about the science (content area expertise), contingency-shaped repertoires (application expertise), and verbally mediated data analysis (analytic expertise). In addition, we will highlight our research and demonstration (R & D) CABAS® model schools, where our students and graduates work and train. |
|
18. University of Maryland, Baltimore County Applied Behavior Analysis Track |
JOHN C. BORRERO (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Jolene R. Sy (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole Lynn Hausman (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: The UMBC Department of Psychology together with the Kennedy Krieger Institute’s Department of Behavioral Psychology are uniquely suited to prepare students as professionals in the practice of behavior analysis. |
|
19. University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute: Doctoral Training in Applied Behavior Analysis |
CHRISTY WILLIAMS (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Med), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Nicole M. Rodriguez (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), William J. Higgins (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Keith D. Allen (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kevin C. Luczynski (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Mark D. Shriver (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Behavior analysis began as a subfield of psychology and over time has developed a number of unique assessments and treatment procedures that are not routinely covered in traditional psychology training programs. Behavior analysis has three primary branches: (a) behaviorism, which focuses on the world view or philosophy of behavior analysis; (b) the experimental analysis of behavior, which identifies and analyzes basic principles and processes that explain behavior; and (c) applied behavior analysis (ABA), which analyses and solves problems of social importance using the principles and procedures of behavior analysis. Our doctoral program provides instruction and training in all three of these areas, with a primary focus on applied behavior analysis with children, adolescents, and families. The guiding philosophy of the program is that learning is maximized by integrating didactic and experiential instruction such that principles and concepts are introduced in the classroom and immediately applied in coordinated clinical and research practica. |
|
20. Behavior Analysis Program at the University of Nevada, Reno |
RAMONA HOUMANFAR (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), Steven C. Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), Matt Locey (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: This year marks the 26th Anniversary of the Behavior Analysis Program at UNR. We look forward to celebrating the following accomplishments with our colleagues and students at ABAI 2017: We were awarded the Organizational Enduring Contribution to Behavior Analysis by the Society for Advancement of Behavior Analysis in May 2010. Our Program has Conferred over 40 Ph.D. degrees. Our On-Campus Masters program has conferred over 80 Masters degrees. Our Satellite Masters program has conferred over 100 Off-campus Masters degrees in multiple national and in international locations. * Our undergraduate specialization in Behavior Analysis received the ABAI accreditation in 2016. |
|
21. University of Nevada, Reno Satellite Programs in Behavior Analysis |
LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno), Christina M. Peters (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: This poster describes the Satellite Programs in Behavior Analysis offered by the University of Nevada, Reno. Three online programs are offered. The first of these is a full Master of Arts degree in Behavior Analytic Psychology. This program is the only online Masters’ Degree Program accredited by the Behavior Analysis Accreditation Board of the Association for Behavior Analysis International. The other two programs include course sequences at the graduate and undergraduate levels. All three programs are recognized Approved Course Sequences by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board. The poster describes the curricula for each of these programs, timelines for completion, admission requirements, and other information. The aim of this presentation is to recruit students who do not otherwise have access to behavior analytic training in their home regions. The University of Nevada, Reno has been delivering satellite programs in behavior analysis for more than 20 years, serving students in multiple US states as well as in the countries of Canada, Jordan and Saudi Arabia. |
|
22. Western Michigan University: ABAI Accredited MA and Ph.D. Programs in Behavior Analysis |
CYNTHIA J. PIETRAS (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University), Richard Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University), Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University), Anthony DeFulio (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis (BA) masters and doctoral programs at WMU provide intense training in the conceptual, basic, and applied foundations of behavior analysis. In addition to giving students substantial training in a core specialty area (e.g., autism and developmental disabilities, health or safety, behavioral pharmacology, experimental analysis of behavior), the program exposes students to a broad range of applied and experimental areas through coursework, research, and applied experiences. The masters program prepares students for doctoral study or employment at the M.A. level in autism/developmental disabilities, mental health, substance abuse, education, government, and business and industry. The Ph.D. program prepares students for roles as professors and researchers in college or university settings, or systems-oriented applied positions in the human services. |
|
Keyword(s): Accredited Programs |
|
|
Behavior Analysis Training Programs |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall D |
23. Western Michigan University's Behavior Analysis Training System (BATS) |
RICHARD W. MALOTT (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The students in the BATS program are trained as practitioners and complete the coursework and experience training (intensive practicum) to become competent Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA) in two years. Throughout the program our students acquire a solid foundation in the principles and concepts of behavior analysis through completion of two practical MA projects rather than an MA thesis. Our students also attain early, intensive, behavioral intervention skills, supervision experience, and time management skills |
|
24. Industrial Organizational Behavior Management Graduate Programs at Western Michigan University |
HEATHER M. MCGEE (Western Michigan University), Alyce M. Dickinson (Western Michigan University), Douglas A. Johnson (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Western Michigan University Department of Psychology offers M.A. and Ph.D. programs in Industrial/Organizational Behavior Management. At the M.A. level, students can choose between a practicum track, which prepares students to enter the workforce, and a thesis track, which prepares students to enter a Ph.D. program. Our Ph.D. program prepares students for human resource and organizational development positions in business, consulting, and human service organizations; as well as for teaching and research positions. |
|
25. ABA @ UTSA |
LEE L. MASON (Univ of Texas at San Antonio), Leslie Neely (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Alonzo Alfredo Andrews (The University of Texas at San Antonio) |
Abstract: The University of Texas at San Antonio offers a practical and teacher-oriented, BACB-approved course sequence designed for educators, paraprofessionals, behavior analysts, and other professionals seeking initial, additional, or advanced study in working with individuals with disabilities. Field-experience hours may be accrued through an Intensive Practicum in the TEAM Center, or through supervised independent fieldwork with one of our many community partners. UTSA's training helps students examine and research the interdisciplinary issues and perspectives of learning, teaching, and curricular development associated with educating culturally- and economically-diverse populations. |
|
26. Applied Behavior Analysis at Assumption College |
KAREN M. LIONELLO-DENOLF (Assumption College) |
Abstract: The Master of Arts program in Applied Behavior Analysis at Assumption College provides students with a strong foundation in all areas of behavior analysis. The program includes coursework in basic, applied and conceptual behavior analysis and is designed for students who wish to become scientist-practitioners. The program has a multi-disciplinary focus, and students will have the opportunity to work with faculty in the Psychology, Human Services and Rehabilitation Studies, and Education departments. The program includes practicum courses so that students may obtain fieldwork experience under the supervision of Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA) and a six-course sequence that has been approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board. Assumption College is located in Worcester, MA, which has a number of agencies that provide behavior-analytic interventions. Assumption College faculty have developed close collaborations with colleagues at the Horace Mann Educational Associates and at the Department of Psychiatry and Shriver Center at the University of Massachusetts Medical School. Students who complete this program will have met the coursework and fieldwork experience requirements to apply for licensure as applied behavior analysts in Massachusetts and to apply to sit for the BCBA exam. |
|
27. Applied Behavior Analysis at Missouri State University |
Megan A. Boyle (Missouri State University), MICHAEL C. CLAYTON (Missouri State University), Linda G. Garrison-Kane (Missouri State University), D. Wayne Mitchell (Missouri State University), Ann D. Rost (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: The Master of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis program at Missouri State University provides BACB pre-approved coursework, practicum, and research opportunities in disabilities, safety, staff training, infant perception, behavioral skills training, and more. |
|
28. Applied Behavior Analysis at The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Chicago Campus |
ASHLEY WHITTINGTON-BARNISH (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Ashley E. Bennett (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), John W. Eshleman (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Joshua Garner (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Shannon Ormandy (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Ashley Anderson (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Fawna Stockwell (Upswing Advocates; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Come stop by our poster and learn about Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in Downtown Chicago! We offer MS and PhD degrees in ABA, as well as a Graduate Certificate Program. Our program includes a BACB (R) approved course sequence and diverse practicum training opportunities. Our PhD program prepares students to teach and conduct research in university settings, as well as become lead practitioners, consultants, and supervisors in the field. Our programs provide a solid foundation in the science and philosophy of behavior analysis. We have faculty with diverse interests and expertise, and we encourage our students to apply behavior analysis and analyze behavior in novel ways. The school is located right on the river in downtown Chicago, easily accessible by public transportation. There are numerous opportunities to learn and apply behavior analysis, enjoy views from the river and downtown Chicago from the classrooms, and take advantage of all that Chicago has to offer! |
|
29. Applied Behavior Analysis at the University of Arkansas |
ALISON KARNES (University of Arkansas), Elizabeth R. Lorah (University of Arkansas) |
Abstract: The University of Arkansas currently offers a graduate certificate program in Applied Behavior Analysis. The graduate certificate program in Applied Behavior Analysis offers a coursework sequence that has been pre-approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board™. The curriculum scope and sequence aligns with the current course requirements set forth by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board™. The graduate certificate can be completed 100 percent online and within an 18-month time frame. In addition to the pre-approved course sequence, the University of Arkansas also offers an on-site practicum opportunity through the “University of Arkansas ABA Family Service and Research Clinic. Within the clinic, students have the opportunity to work as instructors for learners with autism, while under the direction and supervision of Board Certified Behavior Analysts-Doctoral. The University of Arkansas is located in Fayetteville, Arkansas. Prospective students will need to be admitted to the University of Arkansas Graduate School. |
|
30. Applied Behavior Analysis at the University of Washington |
ILENE S. SCHWARTZ (University of Washington), Nancy Rosenberg (University of Washington), Scott A. Spaulding (University of Washington), Carol Ann Davis (University of Washington), Kathleen Meeker (University of Washington), Natalie Badgett (University of Washington) |
Abstract: The applied behavior analysis program at the University of Washington offers on-campus and distance education options that prepare students to be competent, ethical, and professional behavior analysts who work with persons with developmental disabilities and their families. Students in both programs complete a coursework sequence approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) and an intensive practicum, earning a Master’s Degree in Special Education. Program faculty and current doctoral students will be available to answer questions about coursework, supervision, and to provide additional information about the opportunities offered to students through the University of Washington. |
|
31. Applied Behavior Analysis in Special Education at the University of Utah |
ROBERT E. O'NEILL (Department of Special Education; University of Utah) |
Abstract: This poster will describe master's and doctoral level training programs in applied behavior analysis in the Departments of Special Education and Educational Psychology at the University of Utah. Both degree options include being able to satisfy the coursework and experience requirements to prepare persons to take the exam to become Board Certified Behavior Analysts. General Departmental information will be provided, as well as specific information about relevant faculty interests and accomplishments. Possible student funding options at the masters and doctoral levels will also be described. |
|
32. Applied Behavior Analysis Master's Program: University of the Pacific |
Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific), Mahshid Ghaemmaghami (University of the Pacific), Corey S. Stocco (University of the Pacific), Carolynn S. Kohn (University of the Pacific), HOLLY AYN WHITE (University of the Pacific) |
Abstract: The University of the Pacific, located in Northern California, offers a Master of Arts degree in Psychology with an emphasis in Applied Behavior Analysis. The Behavior Analysis Certification Board® approved course sequence (30 units) is typically completed in 2 years and includes an empirical thesis. Typically, all students receive substantial tuition and stipend support. Our program has both Fieldwork and Behavior Analysis Certification Board® approved Practicum placements available in a wide variety of settings and with various populations. Supervised experience in both Fieldwork and Practicum placements provide students the opportunity to participate in conducting, developing and implementing assessments and interventions in applied settings. Four faculty and five staff are board certified behavior analysts and provide the supervision required for those interested in sitting for the Behavior Analysis Certification Board® examination. Alumni have been extremely successful in passing the BACB® certification exam, and in obtaining acceptance into doctoral programs or employment as a Behavior Analyst. |
|
33. Applied Behavior Analysis Program at Fresno State |
MARIANNE L. JACKSON (California State University, Fresno), Sharlet D. Rafacz (California State University, Fresno), Steven W. Payne (California State University, Fresno), Laura L. Grow (California State University, Fresno), Jonpaul D. Moschella (California State University, Fresno), Criss Wilhite (Fresno State) |
Abstract: The Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Program at Fresno State is a part of the Psychology Department and housed within the College of Science and Mathematics. We provide graduate students with the education and training to become high quality scientist-practitioners and Board Certified Behavior Analysts. Students complete two years of course work including classes on research methods, functional assessment, organizational behavior management, and verbal behavior, and complete a thesis project under the mentorship of one of our specialized faculty. While completing these degree requirements, students acquire supervised experience hours to meet the requirements of the Behavior Analysis Certification Board. These are paid positions through our Behavioral Sciences Institute. Placements include The Autism Center, Behavior Intervention Services, and Social Connections, working with a wide variety of clients. In addition, students have the opportunity to take a leadership role in our ABA Club, which organizes the Fresno State ABA conference, the Spring Speaker Series, and the Job Fair each year. Come by and meet our faculty and students, and find out more about the opportunities available at Fresno State. |
|
34. Applied Behavior Analysis Specialization in the Disability Disciplines Doctoral Program at Utah State University |
THOMAS S. HIGBEE (Utah State University), Timothy A. Slocum (Utah State University), Robert L. Morgan (Utah State University), Tyra P. Sellers (Utah State University), Sarah E. Pinkelman (Utah State University) |
Abstract: The Applied Behavior Analysis Specialization within the Disability Disciplines Doctoral program at Utah State University prepares graduates for careers in leadership positions within academic and clinical settings. The four year program is composed of doctoral coursework in both research methods as well as the theoretical, experimental, and applied branches of behavior analysis. Through mentored experiences with faculty, students learn how to conduct research, write grants, teach university-level courses, and provide clinical supervision. Funding is available through graduate assistantships in one of several clinical services operated by the department. The Utah State University campus is located in Logan, UT, a college town with many recreational opportunities available nearby. Graduates from the program have been successfully placed in prestigious post-doctoral fellowships, faculty positions, and senior clinical positions. Faculty from the Applied Behavior Analysis specialization in the Disability Disciplines doctoral program will be available to talk about the program and answer questions from potential students. |
|
35. Applied Behaviour Analysis at Western University, London Ontario |
NICOLE M. NEIL (University of Western Ontario), Eric Simard (University of Western Ontario) |
Abstract: Western University’s Faculty of Education offers a Master of Professional Education (MPEd) in Applied Behavior Analysis. The degree is a fully online degree designed for working professionals wishing to advance their skills in applied behaviour analysis. Combining theory with practical research, professional program students will address the challenges that currently face educators while striving to improve the quality of life for individuals, families, and their school communities. Students will learn from faculty whose research focuses on behavioral interventions for young children with autism, Down syndrome, and Fragile X syndrome. MPEd students complete one course a time (i.e. one course in the fall, winter, intersession, summer sessions) for two years. Upon completion of this course sequence, graduates will have learned about behavior principles, how they play a role in shaping new behavior, and how to reduce the frequency of existing behavior. Students will also learn about ethical decision making in the practice of ABA, research methodology, the application of behavior principles to a variety of settings, and assessment and treatment. The course sequence is approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB). |
|
36. Bachelor of Arts and Post-Baccalaureate Diploma Programs in Applied Behaviour Analysis - Autism at Capilano University, Canada |
RICHARD STOCK (Capilano University), Brenda Fossett (Capilano University), Miriam Elfert (Capilano University) |
Abstract: This poster will describe the Bachelor of Arts degree and Post-Baccalaureate Diploma program in Applied Behaviour Analysis at Capilano University. |
|
37. Behavior Analysis Graduate Programs at Long Island University - Post |
JOHN C. NEILL (Long Island University) |
Abstract: The Psychology department at LIU Post offers two graduate programs that focus on behavior analysis, a Master of Arts in Behavior Analysis and an Advanced Certificate Program in Applied Behavior Analysis. The programs, along with the hours of required supervised clinical experience, can qualify students to take the Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) examination. This national credential attests to an individuals' expertise in Applied Behavior Analysis. The Behavior Analyst Certification Board, Inc. has approved our course sequence as meeting the coursework requirements for eligibility to take the Board Certified Behavior Analyst Examination. Applicants will have to meet additional requirements to qualify. In addition to a Masters in Behavior Analysis, which is a two year program, including a thesis, we offer the ABA Certificate program, which requires the completion of only 18 credits, and is designed so that all requirements can be met within one calendar year (fall semester, spring semester, and summer session). The curriculum consists of 9 credits in basic courses in behavior analysis, 6 credits in advanced courses and 3 practicum credits. Our state-of-the-art laboratories permit students to obtain hands-on experience in both human and small animal laboratories, depending on student interest. We excel at helping students conduct and present their own research at ABAI, NYSABA, EPA and SfN. |
|
38. Behavior Analysis in Ireland. M.Sc./PhD Applied Behaviour Analysis, National University of Ireland, Galway |
HELENA LYDON (National University of Ireland Galway), Jennifer Holloway (National University of Ireland, Galway), Geraldine Leader (National University of Ireland) |
Abstract: The School of Psychology at NUI Galway offers postgraduate training in Applied Behavior Analysis at both Master's (MSc) and Doctorate level (Ph.D). Both courses provide approved course sequences by the internationally-recognized Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB). The MSc is a taught program that provides professional training in Applied Behavior Analysis. The program subscribes to the scientist-practitioner model, and provides students with thorough and integrated training in academic, practical, and research aspects of ABA. The Ph.D program is a structured four-year Ph.D program ofstudy. This qualification articulates within the existing MSc in ABA and therefore combines the Ph.D thesis with the taught academic components and supervised work experience of the existing MSc programme. Students of the programmes have had their research published in peer reviewed journals and this poster will provide an overview of the research output of the programs. Research streams include behavioral fluency, social skills intervention, investigation of co-morbidity in autism, early intensive behavioral education, sleep and feeding, behavioural interventions for challenging behavior and mental health issues. In addition, students of the programmes have a 87% pass rate on the BCBA exam. Students have access to excellent research facilities, and are supervised by academic staff with international reputations in behaviour analysis. Graduates are qualified to work in the full spectrum of applied (educational and clinical), research, and academic settings. |
|
39. Behavior Analysis Program at California State University, Sacramento |
MEGAN R. HEINICKE (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento), Becky Penrod (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: The program at Sacramento State prepares students to practice as M.A.-level board certified behavior analysts, as well as enter doctoral programs in Applied Behavior Analysis or Experimental Analysis of Behavior. Our program is known for its focus on training a small group of highly qualified scientist practitioners. Most of our graduate students publish their research in peer reviewed journals. Our facilities include human and animal (rats) operant laboratories, and a clinical suite for treatment research. Students obtain clinical experience at approved paid internship sites providing early intervention services to children with autism. Our coursework fulfills the requirements to sit for the national certification exam in Behavior Analysis (BCBA). |
|
40. Behavior Analysis Training Programs at Rowan University |
DENISE KERTH (Rowan University), Mary Louise E. Kerwin (Rowan University), Michelle Ennis Soreth Soreth (Rowan University), Bethany R. Raiff (Rowan University), Kimberly C. Kirby (Rowan University) |
Abstract: Rowan University is a rapidly growing public university located in southern New Jersey, approximately 20 miles southeast of Philadelphia. Rowan currently offers Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) approved undergraduate and graduate coursework sequences for the BCaBA and BCBA. The Master of Arts in Applied Behavior Analysis is a 45 credit hour program that fulfills the coursework requirements for the BCBA. The Certificate of Advanced Graduate Studies (CAGS) is an 18 credit hour program that fulfills coursework requirements for the BCBA for individuals who already possess a master's degree in an approved field. The post-baccalaureate in ABA and undergraduate Specialization in Behavioral Services satisfy coursework requirements for the BCaBA. The training provided in Rowan's on-campus undergraduate and graduate programs in behavior analysis are designed to provide students with a strong foundation in science of behavior and advanced skills in the broad and diverse applications of behavior analysis. Students are heavily involved in grant-supported faculty research and supervised fieldwork that represent a broad range of behavior analytic applications including pediatric feeding disorders, promotion of health behavior, drug & alcohol treatment, behavioral parent training, and the treatment of emotional/behavioral disorders, autism, and other developmental disabilities. |
|
41. Behaviour Analysis at the University of New England |
ELIZABETH KYONKA (University of New England), Lewis A. Bizo (University of New England), Andrew Talk (University of New England) |
Abstract: Australia is an emerging market for behaviour analysis. In the discipline of Psychology, School of Behavioural, Cognitive and Social Sciences at the University of New England (UNE), located in Armidale, New South Wales, we are developing a behaviour analysis curriculum that exploits UNE's distinctive strengths in animal science, rural medicine and sustainability studies. In particular, animal behaviour and the experimental analysis of human behaviour are expanding areas of research in Psychology at UNE. Current academic staff possess interests and expertise in quantitative and experimental analyses of choice, interval timing and stimulus control as well as translational and applied research in animal welfare, gambling and behaviour change strategies. In the coming years, UNE behaviour analysis students, researchers and affiliated service providers will have unique opportunities to define and shape the future of Australian behaviour analysis. We are seeking recent graduates and prospective masters and doctoral students who are interested in an Outback adventure--come talk to us about research opportunities at UNE and life in Armidale! |
|
43. California State University, Northridge (CSUN) Master’s of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis |
ELLIE KAZEMI (California State University, Northridge), Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge), Debra Berry Malmberg (California State University, Northridge) |
Abstract: The Applied Behavior Analysis Master’s program at California State University, Northridge (CSUN) provides high quality graduate education and practical training. We designed the curriculum to meet the needs of students who wish to become effective and professional scientist-practitioners and to make a positive difference in the lives of others. Our students receive two years of coursework in behavior analytic concepts, behavior measurement, intervention methods, as well as advanced coursework in human development, pathways to psychopathology, research methodology, and ethics. Our students complete a series of oral examinations as well as a culminating project prior to graduation. Our dedicated faculty supervise students through various community-based university practicum experiences and research projects. While we prepare our students to practice as Master’s level Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA), we also provide the research experience and foundations necessary for students who wish to pursue rigorous doctoral programs. |
|
44. Center for Applied Behavior Analysis (CABA) at The Sage Colleges |
CHERYL J. DAVIS (The Sage Colleges/SupervisorABA), Benjamin C. Mauro (The Sage Colleges, Center for Applied Behavior Analysis) |
Abstract: The Applied Behavior Analysis and Autism at The Sage Graduate Schools follows a scientist-practitioner model of training. This means that all instruction is grounded in the scientific approach towards studying behavior, as espoused by B. F. Skinner. Students learn about research design, the importance of empirical evidence, and the focus on experimentation to discern causes of behavior. This knowledge is coupled with a thorough training in the only therapeutic approach to the treatment of Autism Spectrum Disorders that has empirical research to support its effectiveness with this population. This program is delivered completely via distance learning, utilizing online delivery of classes, as well as optional clinical supervision delivered by geographically close BCBA supervisors or through distance supervision (e.g., webcam observation). The goals of the program are to prepare students to work with persons with autism and to provide each student with the educational and skill competence necessary to become a Board Certified Behavior Analyst. Lastly, The Sage Colleges wants to increase the number of professionals who have behavioral skills to provide services to those in need throughout the world. |
|
45. Clinical Health or Pediatric School Psychology Doctoral Program With ABA Specialization at East Carolina University |
JEANNIE A. GOLDEN (East Carolina University), Katy Scott (East Carolina University) |
Abstract: East Carolina University has pediatric school and clinical health psychology programs that lead to a Ph.D. in health psychology and eligibility for licensure in North Carolina as a Licensed Psychologist. Students are admitted to one of two concentrations within the program: Behavior Medicine or Pediatric School Psychology. Students can elect to specialize in Applied Behavior Analysis and take a series of courses that will make them eligible for certification as a nationally Board Certified Behavior Analyst. The program is a five-year, full-time, post-baccalaureate program. The 105 semester hour curriculum includes the following components: a core curriculum focusing on the biological, social, and cognitive-affective bases of behavior, health psychology and behavioral medicine, and research (statistics and research design); courses specific to the students chosen concentration, including courses on health assessment and intervention and applied behavior analysis; a series of research experiences culminating in an empirical dissertation and completion of a one-year pre-doctoral internship meeting the requirements of the APA and/or the Association of Psychology Pre-doctoral and Internship Centers. |
|
46. Graduate Education in Behavior Analysis at California State University, Stanislaus |
KATIE WISKOW (California State University, Stanislaus), William F. Potter (California State University, Stanislaus), Bruce E. Hesse (California State University, Stanislaus) |
Abstract: Stan State offers an MA and MS in Psychology with a concentration in Behavior Analysis. This concentration prepares students to be effective behavior analysts at the master’s level and provides them with the academic requirements to become Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA). It is a well-rounded program of instruction in behavioral principles, theory, research and application. It also provides BACB approved intensive practicum experience as part of the MA degree. |
|
47. Graduate Programs in Applied Behavior Analysis at Cambridge College |
JOSEPH M. VEDORA (Evergreen Center), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services), Robert F. Littleton Jr. Jr. (Evergreen Center) |
Abstract: This poster will describe the graduate programs located at Cambridge College in Massachusetts. Cambridge College’s main campus is located in Cambridge, Massachusetts with a second campus located in Springfield, Massachusetts. The Cambridge College program offers a Master's in Education with specialization in Autism Spectrum Disorders incorporating a BACB-approved course sequence and a behavior analyst post-master's certificate program. Cambridge College also offers a program with an initial teacher licensure in Moderate Disabilities in the state of Massachusetts combined with the approved BACB-approved sequence. The BACB-approved courses are delivered in a hybrid learning model that includes 15 hours of synchronous (live) instruction and 30 hours of online coursework. Cambridge College offers these programs in collaboration with the Evergreen Center and Beacon ABA Services. |
|
48. Graduate Training in Behavior Analysis and Behavior Therapy at Eastern Michigan University |
JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University), Caitlyn Sorensen (Eastern Michigan University), Ambreen Shahabuddin (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: Eastern Michigan University offers graduate education in clinical behavior analysis and behavior therapy at the master's level (2 years, thesis optional) and the doctoral level (APA accredited, 5 years with 4 years of tuition and stipend support) levels. The program is supported by seven behavioral faculty members with specialties in anxiety disorders, autism, basic behavior analysis, child and family therapy, sexual deviance treatment, and developmental disabilities. An on-campus psychology clinic and various basic and applied laboratory facilities are available. The graduate course of study prepares the graduate to be a BCBA and for licensure at the master's and doctoral levels. A master's in experimental psychology, including options for behavioral research is available (thesis required). |
|
49. Grand Valley State University’s Applied Behavior Analysis Graduate Certificate and School Psychology Graduate Program |
AMY L. MATTHEWS (Grand Valley State University), Amy Campbell (Grand Valley State University), Jamie S. Owen-DeSchryver (Grand Valley State University) |
Abstract: The GVSU psychology department has two programs leading to the Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Graduate Certificate. First, the online graduate certificate in ABA that will allow students to complete the coursework to pursue certification as a Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA). Second, the School Psychology Graduate Program at GVSU has the ABA course sequence embedded in the program, which leads to a master’s degree and psychological specialist degree along with the ABA certificate. Students in both programs will learn behavior analytic principles, concepts, and behavior change strategies with an emphasis on application in educational settings with children demonstrating a variety of learning, social, and behavior support needs. Students will complete six courses (18 credits) that meet the 4th Edition Task List coursework requirements of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB). All students will start the program in the fall semester. The poster will describe the program emphasis and provide information for those considering a career incorporating applied behavior analysis in a school setting. For more information, contact Amy Matthews at matthewa@gvsu.edu or go to www.gvsu.edu/grad/aba or http://www.gvsu.edu/grad/schoolpsy/. |
|
50. Master of Arts in Applied Behavior Analysis and Clinical Science at Rollins College |
APRIL MICHELE WILLIAMS (Rollins College), Sarah Slocum Freeman (Rollins College), Stephanie L. Kincaid (Rollins College) |
Abstract: The Applied Behavior Analysis and Clinical Science Master of Arts program at Rollins College endorses a holistic approach to graduate education by providing focused training in applied behavior analysis while including interdisciplinary coursework in clinical science. Program features include small class sizes, personalized attention, two- or three-year matriculation options, an intensive practicum experience, and a thesis or capstone project requirement. Classes are held in the evenings at Rollins' beautiful Winter Park campus just outside Orlando. Students begin the program as a cohort each fall semester; the final application deadline is July 1. |
|
51. Master of Arts in Applied Behavior Analysis at William James College |
RONALD LEE (William James College) |
Abstract: William James College (formerly the Massachusetts School of Professional Psychology) began offering a Master of Arts degree in Applied Behavior Analysis in January 2017. The degree requirements can be completed in one-year on a full-time basis or up to two-years on a part-time basis. Students will complete a BACB-approved course sequence that fulfills the coursework requirements to sit for the national BCBA-exam upon graduation. Additionally, William James College has partnered with several ABA-organizations who have agreed to serve as ABA-training sites for graduate students. Students will begin their fieldwork placement upon enrollment ensuring that they are concurrently exposed to coursework and real-world applications of behavior-analytic principles and procedures as quickly as possible. Graduate students will be supervised by a Board Certified Behavior Analyst at their field placement. Training experiences and supervisory meetings will be in accordance with the guidelines established by the BACB and William James College to meet the requirements for an intensive practicum. |
|
52. Michigan State University MA and Graduate Certificate Programs in Applied Behavior Analysis |
MATTHEW T. BRODHEAD (Michigan State University), Kate La Londe (Michigan State University), Summer Ferreri (Michigan State University), Marisa H Fisher (Michigan State University), Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: Michigan State University (MSU) offers two graduate programs in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) that prepare future leaders for certification from the Behavior Analyst Certification Board and for doctoral study in ABA or special education. Programs are hybrid (half of coursework completed on campus and the other half online) or fully online. With five faculty who specialize in applied behavior analysis, students receive hands-on training and supervision from leaders in behavior analysis and special education. Stop by to learn more about the program and how MSU can help you meet your academic and career goals. |
|
53. MS in Behavior Analysis at Salem State University |
DARLENE E. CRONE-TODD (Salem State University) |
Abstract: Why should you enroll in our Master of Science in behavior analysis program? We offer a flexible program that provides students the choice to focus their studies on experimental analysis of behavior (EAB) or applied behavior analysis (ABA), or a combination of both. Our expert faculty provide students with unique opportunities to conduct research work in laboratories focused on animal or human behavior. Our program includes a Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB) approved course sequence to meet coursework requirements for eligibility to apply to the BACB for examinations related to certification, as well as conceptual and experimental seminars in behavior analysis, and a master’s project or thesis. Housed in the Department of Psychology, this program requires a total of 42 - 43.5 credits, and students enrolled full-time can complete this program within two years. Students may also enroll part-time to complete this program in three or four years depending on the number of courses taken per semester. |
|
54. Munroe-Meyer Institute and University of Nebraska Omaha Applied Behavior Analysis Graduate Training Program |
CHRISTOPHER W ENGLER (University of Nebraska Omaha; Munroe-Meyer Institute), Erin Howard (University of Nebraska Omaha; Munroe-Meyer Institute), Mark D. Shriver (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: The UNO-MMI ABA Program is a collaborative program managed jointly through the University of Nebraska Omaha (UNO) School Psychology Program and the Psychology Department at the UNMC Munroe-Meyer Institute (MMI). The program has faculty with experience and expertise in the area of applied behavior analysis. The UNO-MMI ABA Program prepares students to be mental health practitioners with advanced knowledge and skills related to the provision of behavioral therapy for children. Students who graduate from the program will be eligible to sit for the examination administered by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) for certification as Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA). Coursework also addresses content areas required for licensure as a mental health practitioner in Nebraska. The MA-ABA Program typically takes two years of full time study to complete. The coursework consists of a combination of online and live courses as well as BACB approved practicum experience. The UNO-MMIABA Program mission is to graduate students who have met high levels of academic excellence relevant to the knowledge and skills of applied behavior analysis. |
|
55. Online Campus - Applied Behavior Analysis at The Chicago School of Professional Psychology |
ROBYN M. CATAGNUS (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Come stop by our poster and learn about Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Online at The Chicago School of Professional Psychology! We offer M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in ABA, as well as a Graduate Certificate Program. Our program includes a BACB-approved course sequence and distance practicum training opportunities. Our Ph.D. program prepares students to teach and conduct research in university settings, as well as become lead practitioners, consultants, and supervisors in the field. Our programs provide a solid foundation in the science and philosophy of behavior analysis. We have faculty with diverse interests and expertise, and we encourage our students to apply behavior analysis and analyze behavior in novel ways. Because of the convenience of The Chicago School's online programs, your life remains intact. Students can tailor their coursework to best suit their individual interests and career goals. The core faculty of the program are: Robyn Catagnus, Susan D. Flynn, Walter Chung, Yors A. Garcia, Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt, Annette Griffith, Jack Spear, Deirdre Fitzgerald, and Julie Fiebig. |
|
56. Pepperdine University M.S. in Behavioral Psychology |
ADEL C. NAJDOWSKI (Pepperdine University) |
Abstract: Pepperdine University's M.S. in Behavioral Psychology program (MSBP) provides academic and practical training in applied behavior analysis. The Behavior Analyst Certification Board, Inc. has approved Pepperdine's MSBP course sequence as meeting the coursework requirements for eligibility to take the Board Certified Behavior Analyst Examination. Applicants will have to meet additional requirements to qualify. In addition to rigorous theoretical study, we incorporate three semesters of practicum. This provides students with the opportunity to begin accruing the experience hours necessary for certification. The present poster provides an overview of Pepperdine's MSBP program. |
|
57. Saint Louis University Applied Behavior Analysis Program |
ALYSSA N. WILSON (Saint Louis University), Heather Lynn Lewis (Saint Louis University), Ashley Marie Lugo (Saint Louis University) |
Abstract: Saint Louis University (SLU) School of Social Work Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Programs began in 2011 as one of the first schools in Missouri to offer a Master’s degree in behavior analysis. Today, the ABA programs offer three degree options: a Masters of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis (M.S. ABA), a Masters of Social Work with a concentration in Applied Behavior Analysis (M.S.W. ABA), and a Post-Master’s Certificate in Applied Behavior Analysis. Students complete behavior analytic coursework, field practicum experience, research experience, and interdisciplinary practice. Students who attend SLU have the opportunity to engage in research and practice across a range of settings, from clinical out-patient to urban school settings. Similarly, students practice and refine their clinical skills across a range of populations; from children and adults with intellectual disabilities, to substance-use and similar mental health disparities. The expo poster will highlight why students should attend SLU, and provide students an opportunity to engage in conversation with the faculty within the program. |
|
58. Savannah State University |
KATHERINE STEWART (Savannah State University), Kimberly N. Frame (Savannah State Univeristy), Amanda Mahoney (Savannah State University), Sherry L. Serdikoff (Savannah State University) |
Abstract: Founded in 1890, Savannah State University is the oldest public historically black college in the State of Georgia. The university promotes engaged learning in an environment that celebrates the African American legacy while serving a diverse student body. Savannah State University offers graduate and undergraduate studies including nationally accredited programs in the liberal arts, the sciences and the professions. Among the more than 90 undergraduate programs, Savannah State has a dedicated program in behavior analysis. The behavior analysis program offers training to undergraduate students in the scientific study of human and animal behavior. It takes an interdisciplinary approach to teach the basic concepts and principles of behavior analysis. Students learn to analyze the way in which behavior changes as a function of its interaction with the surrounding environment. Working closely with program faculty, students get the opportunity to apply principles learned in the classroom in laboratory, community, and educational settings. |
|
59. Science, Skinner, and Surf: Behavior Analysis at the University of North Carolina Wilmington |
Connor Sheehan (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Caroline Mueller (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Elizabeth Gonzalez (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Erika Winnie (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Sydney Ball (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Kelsey Leigh Van Boxel (University of North Carolina Wilmington), CHRISTINE E. HUGHES (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Abstract: At the University of North Carolina Wilmington, we are dedicated to providing a well rounded educational experience in the experimental analysis of behavior whether your subjects are human or nonhuman, in the lab or in the natural setting, engage in excessive behavior or need behavior shaped. We have two tracks in our Master's program (ABA and Psychological Science) and a track (ABA) in our clinical PhD program in psychology in which students can study behavior analysis. All students take core courses in psychology, including statistics and research methods, and in behavior analysis, including learning, small-n design, applied behavior analysis, and conceptual foundations. Students in our applied behavior analysis tracts take additional courses in clinical psychology and complete ABA practica. After graduating, the ABA students are eligible to sit for both the BACB certification exam and the NC licensure as a psychological associate (MA) or as a psychologist (PhD). Students also participate in a weekly graduate seminar in advanced topics in behavior analysis, regional and state conferences, and in ABAI. |
|
60. Temple University Applied Behavior Analysis Graduate Training Programs |
Amanda Guld Fisher (Temple University), Matthew Tincani (Temple University), Donald A. Hantula (Temple University), Saul Axelrod (Temple University), PHILIP N. HINELINE (Temple University - Emeritus), Shana E. Hornstein (Temple University) |
Abstract: The program's mission is to enable its students to work proficiently with the coherent system of concepts and principles of behavior analysis, preparing them for professional careers in a variety of environments. The core principles and techniques of ABA are broadly applicable; hence, the interdisciplinary character of this program. Demand for individuals with applied behavior-analytic competencies is intense and growing, especially in social service agencies and educational institutions that serve individuals with autism or with developmental disabilities and functional deficits resulting from head injury. The program also provides competencies for diverse types of work, such as devising arrangements for more effective instruction and classroom management, teaching strategies for effective behavior management in home settings, and designing and improving performance, productivity, and safety in organizations. The program is anchored upon fundamentals of the behavior - analytic approach. These include direct and continuous measures of behavior both before and during interventions and graphical representation of outcomes, especially as applied to within-subject research designs. Complementing these is an emphasis upon the logic and style of scientific prose and upon principles of ethical practice. |
|
61. The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Los Angeles and Orange County |
ANNETTE GRIFFITH (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jennifer L. Beers (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Los Angeles), Eric L. Carlson (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Los Angeles), L. Fernando Guerrero (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Los Angeles), David Pyles (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Los Angeles), Henry D. Schlinger (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Los Angeles), Leslie A. Morrison (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Los Angeles & Orange County) |
Abstract: The Chicago School of Professional Psychology at the Los Angeles and Orange County campuses offer graduate programs that provide students with a solid understanding of the Science and Philosophy of Behavior Analysis as the foundation that informs Applied Behavior Analysis, the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, and Service Delivery domains to produce graduates who rely on the science of behavior to contribute to the betterment of society. The M.S. ABA program incorporates the content areas and practicum requirements to make graduates eligible for national board certification by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board in addition to providing a solid foundation in the philosophy, science, and application of behavior analysis. The Ph.D. Psychology, Behavior Analysis Specialization program expands upon the knowledge and skills learned in the M.S. ABA program by strengthening students research and clinical skills and their knowledge base, as well as training students to become university professors and high-level supervisors and consultants. In addition, graduates of the Ph.D. Psychology, Behavior Analysis Specialization program are eligible to seek licensure as a Licensed Psychologist in the state of California. |
|
62. The Ph.D. Program in Applied Behavior Analysis at Caldwell University |
APRIL N. KISAMORE (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Caldwell University, a private liberal arts university located in a quiet suburban New Jersey community near New York City, offers a 90-credit Ph.D. in applied behavior analysis degree program. The core of the program consists of Caldwell’s BAAB©-accredited 45-credit Master of Arts degree program in applied behavior analysis. Students in the Ph.D. program are required to complete a behavior analytic research dissertation mentored by a faculty member. The Ph.D. program prepares students to work in a variety of applied and academic settings. Caldwell University’s state-of-the-art Center for Autism and ABA provides a BACB-approved practicum experience, and both basic and applied research opportunities, while serving the community. New Jersey also boasts many successful private agencies and public school programs that work with Caldwell University to support training in behavior analysis and to provide additional practicum experience and employment opportunities. |
|
63. University of Massachusetts Lowell Master of Science in Autism Studies and Graduate Certificate Programs |
ROCIO ROSALES (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Richard W. Serna (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Rebecca A. Markovits (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Doreen Arcus (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Alice Frye (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Ashleigh Hillier (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Richard Siegel (University of Massachusetts-Lowell) |
Abstract: The Psychology Department at the University of Massachusetts Lowell offers three programs to help prepare students to work with individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) in the field of behavior analysis: the Master of Science in Autism Studies, the Graduate Certificate in Behavioral Intervention in Autism, and the Graduate Certificate in Behavioral Management in Autism. All three programs have approved coursework by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) that prepares students to sit for either the Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) or Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analyst (BCaBA) exam. The M.S. in Autism Studies is a 42-credit combination of online and face-to-face coursework and practical experiences designed to prepare students to work with individuals with ASD from a behavior analytic, developmental, and community perspective, thus enhancing their effectiveness as a professional and a practitioner. Students have ample opportunity to gain research experience during the two-year program, and are encouraged but not required to complete a thesis project. The two certificate programs are aimed at developing the students conceptual and practical knowledge of behavior analysis and its application to individuals with ASD; students seek practicum experience on their own. |
|
64. University of North Texas - Behavior Analysis Online |
SCOTT SOLOMON (University Of North Texas), Brook B. Wheetley (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Behavior Analysis Online (BAO) delivers high quality behavior analysis education, using advanced instructional technologies to help people and organizations across the globe. All our courses are online, self-paced and accessible 24/7. The Fast-Track program allows our students to advance through the material at an accelerated pace. BAO’s continuing education lectures and workshops have been curated by renowned behavior analysts, who have designed the activities with their students in mind, providing an interactive and original learning experience. |
|
65. Behaviour Analysis at the University of South Wales |
JENNIFER L. AUSTIN (University of South Wales), Ioannis Angelakis (University of South Wales), Aimee Giles (University of South Wales), Richard James May (University of South Wales), Aoife McTiernan (University of South Wales) |
Abstract: With close to 100 years of experience in higher education, the University of South Wales has played a significant role in the economic, social and cultural advancement of Wales. The university’s Centre for Behaviour Analysis, housed with the School of Psychology, includes undergraduate and postgraduate programmes, as well as our research-led Behaviour Analysis Clinic. Approved by the BACB, our academic programmes are designed to equip students with a solid foundation in cutting-edge behaviour analytic research and clinical skills, while our supervised practice programmes ensure students have opportunities to apply and refine their skills across a range of populations and settings. Our on-campus clinic provides a variety of services, including early intervention, parent training, behaviour therapy, and fluency-based academic intervention. In addition to the opportunities at our clinic, close linkages with local schools, charities, and the National Health Service ensure that students have ample settings for both research and clinical practice. Our faculty have a range of specialisations, helping students contact the scope of behaviour analytic science and applications. |
|
|
|
ABAI Boards and Committees |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall D |
66. ABAI Publication Board |
ANNA I. PETURSDOTTIR (Texas Christian University), Donald A. Hantula (Temple University), James E. Carr (Behavior Analyst Certification Board), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: ABAI publishes four scholarly journals in partnership with Springer: The Behavior Analyst, The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, Behavior Analysis in Practice, and The Psychological Record. Their publication is overseen by the Publication Board, which consists of the editors of the journals and a publication board coordinator. This poster contains information on the four journals that may be helpful for potential authors, such as information on categories of submissions. |
|
67. ABAI Science Board |
M. CHRISTOPHER NEWLAND (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Activities of the ABAI Science Board |
|
68. ABAI Student Committee Poster and Outreach Table |
CHRISTINA M. PETERS (University of Nevada, Reno), Lorraine A Becerra (Utah State University), Kenneth W. Jacobs (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The ABAI Expo at the annual convention is one of the most important events for students to network and learn about other programs. Each year dozens of graduate programs set up posters where faculty and staff are on hand to talk to potential applicants and welcome their incoming and returning students. If you are considering applying to graduate school or have recently been accepted, this event is a must attend! To make sure you can make the best of it, the Student Committee will be on hand with tips, guides, and face-to-face support. Be sure to make the Student Committee Outreach Table your first stop, and then visit the Student Committee's own poster!
Student members, composed of undergraduate and graduate level individuals, constitute a significant portion of the association's total membership. The ABAI Student Committee's mission is to provide organizational support for ABAI Student members in order to promote participation in ABAI, as well as professional growth, and to enable members to contribute to the science of behavior analysis. The ABAI Student Committee is organized by three elected Student Representatives who serve on the ABAI Executive Council for a 3-year term (current, past, elect). The Student Committee is comprised of three subcommittees made up of students representing their respective ABAI accredited behavior analysis university programs. Student program representatives serve on one of the three subcommittees 'the events subcommittee, dissemination subcommittee, or awards subcommittee. The purpose of this poster is to update students on current activities, facilitate conversation on professional development, and attract nominees for student committee and subcommittee positions. |
|
70. The Membership Board of The Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) |
WENDY DONLIN WASHINGTON WASHINGTON (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Abstract: The ABAI Membership Board includes two committees. The Application Review Committee ensures the qualifications of applicants for full membership. This poster will provide a summary of recent membership trends and criteria for different membership levels in ABAI. The Student Committee facilitates the involvement and professional development of the ABAI student membership, and a description of their initiatives will be provided, including: Outstanding Mentor Award, Presidential Scholar Essay Contest, student participation efforts, and the Professional Development Series. |
|
71. ABAI Affiliated Chapters Board |
STEVEN WOOLF (Beacon ABA Services) |
Abstract: This poster highlights the range and of ABAI affiliated chapters and the accomplishments of the board over the past year. |
|
|
|
Associate Chapters |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall D |
72. IABA - The Israeli Applied Behavior Analysis Associate Chapter |
EITAN ELDAR (Kibbutzim College, Israel), Michal Hirschmann (Kibbutzim College), Einav Cohen (IABA) |
Abstract: The Israeli Applied Behavior Analysis Chapter has been established in 2003 and held its 14th annual conference on January 2016, dealing with psychiatric and mental challenges. A leading psychiatrist spoke about meeting points and differences between psychiatry and Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). We discussed ethical and legal issues, collaboration between behavior analysts and other professionals, behavioral definition of mental health and the fixation of diagnosis. We hosted Dr. Neil Martin who introduced certification initiatives around the globe. Our upcoming conference will discuss the contribution of ABA to education, personal, social and global values. We have about 200 active members supporting ABA in various academic and clinical fields. We maintain the association's website (http://www.iabaonline.com) and a yearly newsletter in Hebrew, sharing projects and theoretical papers. The upcoming issue is devoted to ethical issues. We took an active part in translating the Certification Board Ethics code, Glossary, task list and exam. We encourage various sectors to join the professional community, supporting the dissemination of ABA among Israeli Arabs, and have invited a representative of the religious Charedic sector to join the board of directors. We have submitted a proposal to host the International conference, hoping to bring international scholars and participants to Israel for sharing knowledge and ideas. |
|
73. Illinois Association for Behavior Analysis IL-ABA |
Jordan Belisle (Southern Illinois University), AUTUMN N. MCKEEL (Aurora University) |
Abstract: Illinois Association of Behavior Analysis (IL-ABA) is a chapter whose purpose is to promote behavior analysis, primarily through an annual convention and also through the promotion of licensure in Illinois.The collaboration between Behavior Analysts across the state will allow mutual sharing and a relevant connection to continue effective strategies based on research. Also, by connecting University professionals, students, and practitioners, it will build foundations for contacts, resource management, research opportunities, and experience for students across the state. The IL-ABA annual convention will allow students, practitioners, and researchers to become heard, voice their concerns, and discuss ethical guidelines in practice. One of the major objectives of IL-ABA is to establish and encourage a licensure bill to be put into place in the state. This will happen with collaboration of active members of the organization in order to make sure that the bill is appropriately developed for Behavior Analysts of the state. The annual conference occurs in April. A website and a Facebook page serve as an innovative way to encourage interaction among professionals in Illinois. |
|
73a. Brazilian Association of Behavior Analysis (ACBr-Brazil) |
JOAO LUCAS BERNARDY CARDOSO (PUC Goiás), Roosevelt Riston Starling (Universidade Federal de Sao Joao del-Rei - UFSJ) |
Abstract: The Brazilian Association for Behavior Analysis (Associação Brasileira de Análise do Comportamento, ACBr) started in 2016 "to promote nationally the study and dissemination of the cultural matrix known as Behavior Analysis, in its contemporary verbal practices, as they are presented in journals published under the auspices of the national and international communities of behavior analysts". In 2016 and 2017 ACBr, ABAI's brazilian Associate Chapter, worked as an independent entity providing exclusive services and benefits for our members. Teaching and disseminating behavior analysis is a main issue for ACBr: we're investing in continued education agenda, providing online lectures and materials related to basic research and applied behavior analysis. One of the highlights of this agenda was an online lecture with Prof. Alan D. Poling, PhD. ACBr is planning for the next year an agenda full of different kinds of events. ACBr will also provide other modalities of online events, such as supervision for basic and applied researchers, debates about controversial topics inside behavior analysis. We're improving our communication with our members through our new website, in which members can log in to access exclusive content. As ACBr grows, it has to become more agile and less bureaucratic. So during the next months ACBr board will work along with our members to propose a new bylaw and improve both the internal work of our association and the relation with our members. In 2017, ACBr, in a partnership with the Brazilian Association of Psychology and Behavioral Medicine (ABPMC), will hold its first annual convention entitled Symposium I of Experimental Analysis of Behavior, that will take place at the state of São Paulo, in September 6th. A special issue of the Brazilian Journal of Behavior Analysis (REBAC) will be dedicated to presented papers at the symposium. |
|
|
|
Affiliated Chapters |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall D |
74. ABAI Delegation to India |
RAZIA ALI (Assocation for Behavior Analysis of India), Tasneem Hegde (ABA India), Vidushi Sharma (ABA India), Sridhar Aravamudhan (Behavior Momentum India), Smita Awasthi (ABA India) |
Abstract: Dissemination of behavior analysis in new regions took a step forward in 2016 with the ABA International Delegation visit to India, one of the largest democracies in the world. In September, 2016 a delegation led by ABAI CEO Dr. Maria Malott along with Dr. Martha Hubner, Dr. Linda Hayes and Dr. Ingunn Sandaker visited India to support the chapter activities and initiatives for the development of behavior analysis in the region. The Indian government which is yet to recognize the study and practice of the science of behavior received the delegation for presentations. The awareness on the scope of behavior analysis in developing a resource pool in young India (Currently 65% of India's population is below 35 years of age) and the career opportunities were discussed. The Chapter hopes to take this opportunity forward in the year ahead. |
|
75. Alabama Association for Behavior Analysis |
PAIGE M. MCKERCHAR (Jacksonville State University), Sacha T. Pence (Auburn University), April L. Rapp (The Learning Tree), Makenzie Williams Bayles (Jacksonville State University) |
Abstract: The Alabama Association for Behavior Analysis (ALABA) serves as a scientific and professional reference group that embraces the principles and practices of behavior analysis. ALABA's primary goals are to promote the profession of behavior analysis in the community, to disseminate information responsibly to our communities about best practices in the field of behavior analysis, and to provide the best continuing education opportunities to members. We will present on our annual accomplishments and events. In addition, we will announce our keynote speakers for our upcoming annual convention to be held in Birmingham, AL. Our membership draws from neighboring states, and we encourage anyone living in or moving to Alabama or a surrounding state to visit our poster to learn more about ALABA and how to become involved. |
|
76. Arkansas ABA |
Sheila Barnes (NASP), TIFFANY KRISTIN MRLA (Learning & Behavior Solutions, Inc.) |
Abstract: Arkansas parents and professionals have worked together to advocate for children with autism and other needs. We want to share our struggles and successes as well as our hopes for the future. |
|
77. Association for Behaviour Analysis Australia |
ALAYNA T. HABERLIN (Momentum Learning Services) |
Abstract: The Association for Behaviour Analysis Australia is a professional association that seeks to assist in the development and advancement of the field of behaviour analysis in Australia through research, education, and dissemination of information. Mission Statement: to promote the science and practical application of behaviour analysis within Australia and to serve as a platform for dissemination of current behaviour analytic research. |
|
78. Behavior Analysis Association of Michigan |
JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University), Ambreen Shahabuddin (Eastern Michigan University), Caitlyn Sorensen (Eastern Michigan University), Morgan Wright (Eastern Michigan University), Holly Haslam (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis Association of Michigan (BAAM) has been organized to support and promote scientific research on the basic principles of behavior and the extension of those principles to create demonstrably effective and humane outcome-based therapies with the primary goal of establishing and enhancing functional independent living skills.BAAM conducts an annual convention supporting all aspects of behavior analysis in Michigan and the surrounding region. BAAM's growing website offers a variety of resources for behavior analysts and all those interested in behavior analysis. |
|
79. Behavior Analysis Association of Mississippi (BAAMS) |
DANNELL ROBERTS (Will's Way, LLC), Neelima Duncan (Behavior Analysis Association of Mississippi) |
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis Association of Mississippi for in February 2014 in an effort to promote the science of behavior analysis and its associated technologies with the state of Mississippi. The organization serves as a scientific and professional reference group for those who embrace the principles and practices of behavior analysis, while also engaging in efforts to advise the political, legislative, and policy-making bodies with respect to all matters pertaining to behavior analysis in the state of Mississippi. |
|
80. British Columbia Association of Behaviour Analysis |
Emily J. Keats (British Columbia Association of Behavior Analysis), SARAH J. PASTRANA (University of British Columbia) |
Abstract: This poster will highlight the work the British Columbia Association of Behavior Analysis (BC-ABA) has been doing in the past year as a very active affiliate chapter of ABAI. Data will be presented on current and past membership levels, BC-ABA sponsored and co-sponsored events, annual conference attendance and presentation numbers, as well as new developments in behavior analysis in British Columbia. |
|
81. California Association for Behavior Analysis (CalABA) |
JENNIFER L. HARRIS (FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.) |
Abstract: CalABA continues to evolve and grow as does the practice of behavior analysis in California. Membership topped 2,000 for the first time in the organizations history. The 34th annual conference took place in Santa Clara and attendance was 2,106 which was a 15% increase from 2015. In order to provide improved communication and service to our membership, a new website and career center were launched. CalABA and APBA also hosted a series of joint Town Hall meetings which provided direct access to our members for Board members and staff of both organizations. CalABA continues to be active in the public policy arena and sponsored AB 1715 to license behavior analysts in 2016. The bill ultimately did not pass, but valuable lessons were learned which will be used moving forward. CalABA held the 3rd annual Science Retreat where professors at grounded California universities were invited to collaborate with Board members and staff on issues related to higher education. Topics included research opportunities and competitions, the development of Ph.D. program in California as well as the development of resources for practice-based research. All of these activities support the organizations mission to Advance, Promote, and Protect the science and practice of behavior analysis. |
|
82. Colorado Association for Behavior Analysis |
TRAVIS BLEVINS (Behavior Services of the Rockies), James E. Carr (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
Abstract: The Colorado Association for Behavior Analysis (COABA) is a nonprofit professional membership association devoted to serving the needs of behavior analysts in the state and disseminating information about behavior analysis to the public. |
|
83. Connecticut Association for Behavior Analysis (CTABA) |
KAITLIN CORMIER (BEACON Services of CT) |
Abstract: The Connecticut Association for Behavior Analysis (CTABA) is a non-profit trade association representing the interests of applied behavior analysts throughout the Connecticut. CTABA has over 400 active professional members and is an approved chapter of the Association of Behavior Analysis International (ABAI). |
|
84. Delaware Association for Behavior Analysis |
KAORI G. NEPO (Autism Life Support) |
Abstract: Delaware ABA chapter was founded in 2010 for clinicians, researchers, Board Certified Behavior Analysts, and stakeholders in the practice of behavior analysis in Delaware. The purpose of the organization is to promote the science, understanding, and practice of behavior analysis by: encouraging cooperation among local behavior analytic organizations; Advising political, legislative, and policy-making bodies with respect to all matters pertaining to behavior analysis in the state of Delaware; Arranging an annual meeting to discuss aspects of behavior analysis; maintaining a website containing information about the chapter and behavior analysis in Delaware and elsewhere (still in development); functioning as a contact for and affiliate of ABAI. |
|
85. Four Corners Association for Behavior Analysis |
MICHELE BISHOP (Devereux Arizona) |
Abstract: The Four Corners Association for Behavior Analysis (4-Corners ABA) is an independent, non-profit, professional organization affiliated with the Association for Behavior Analysis, an international organization dedicated to promoting the experimental, theoretical, and applied analyses of behavior. Our members reside, teach, conduct research and practice primarily in Arizona, Colorado, New Mexico and Utah. The purpose of 4-Corners ABA is to promote the science of behavior and evidence-based technologies derived from the basic science. The organization objectives are:
A. Serve as a scientific and professional reference group for all in the states of Arizona, Colorado, New Mexico and Utah who identify themselves as scientists or practitioners in disciplines and activities that utilizes the principles and practices of behavior analysis;
B. Promote basic and applied research that will advance understanding of human and other animal behavior;
C. Identify and promote the use of effective treatment procedures in the educational, therapeutic and habilitation needs of persons in Arizona, Colorado, New Mexico and Utah within the ethical guidelines set forth by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board®, Inc.;
D. Organize and sponsor an annual conference that will serve as a forum for presentation of scientific research, technological achievements and demonstrations of successful transfer of technologies. Presentations bridging animal and human research are particularly welcome.
E. Promote the development and expansion of education, training, and employment in the field of behavior analysis;
F. Support efforts of allied organizations in providing evidence-based behavior analytic services. |
|
86. Georgia Association for Behavior Analysis |
MINDY CHRISTINE SCHEITHAUER (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: The Georgia Association for Behavior Analysis (GABA) is dedicated to supporting behavior analysts in the state of Georgia. We have several goals dedicated to advancing behavior analysis in Georgia. First, we provide a professional network resource for behavior analysts in Georgia. Through this network, we promote collaboration, dissemination of recent research, sharing ideas, and discussing needs. Second, we promote the ethical and effective use of behavior analysis and encourage ethical practice through offering live continuing education in this domain during our annual conference as well as postings related to current information in the field. Third, we serve as a resource for caregivers and other individuals seeking ABA services in Georgia. Lastly, we host an annual regional ABA conference where we provide continuing education through presentations from leading researchers in the field of behavior analysis, as well as events to promote local networking. Professional and student behavior analysts in Georgia are encouraged to join GABA and gain access to valuable information and opportunities to promote professional development. |
|
87. Hawai'i Association for Behavior Analysis |
KRISTEN E. KOBA-BURDT (Hawaii Association for Behavior Analysis), Johanna Taylor (Hawai'i Association for Behavior Analysis), Kathleen Penland (Hawaii Association for Behavior Analysis) |
Abstract: Aloha! The Hawai'i Association for Behavior Analysis (HABA) is a professional organization dedicated to the practice, research, and dissemination of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). HABA’s mission is to expand behavioral knowledge, support service providers implementing behavioral interventions, and promote board certification in behavior analysis. HABA also sponsors an annual convention, workshops, and various trainings for professional development in behavior analysis. Come talk with the board of directors about career opportunities, public policy initiatives, sustainability research awards, and enjoy some local Hawai'i treats! |
|
88. Heartland Association for Behavior Analysis |
Amber R. Paden (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Med), William J. Higgins (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kevin C. Luczynski (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Jessica Niemeier (UNMC Munroe- Meyer Institute), Victoria Smith (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), AMANDA ZANGRILLO (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meye), Steven L. Taylor (Glenwood Resource Center) |
Abstract: The purpose of Heartland ABA (HLABA) is to promote the analytical science of behavior and its associated technologies within the Heartland area (Nebraska, Iowa, and the surrounding area). HLABA's objectives are to serve as a professional reference group for all in the Heartland whose work involves the principles and practices of behavior analysis; promote research that will advance the understanding of human behavior; identify and promote the use of effective treatment procedures in meeting the educational, therapeutic, and habilitative needs of persons in the Heartland within the ethical guidelines set forth by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board; organize and sponsor training events that serve as forums for presentation of technological achievements in behavior analysis; promote the development and expansion of education, training, and employment in the field of behavior analysis; and support efforts of allied organizations in providing behavior analytic services. |
|
89. ICEABA: Icelandic Association for Behavior Analysis 2004–2017 |
ASA INGIMARSDOTTIR (Klettaskóli), Hanna Steinunn Steingrimsdottir (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sc), Zuilma Gabriela Gabriela Sigurdardottir (University of Iceland), Berglind Sveinbjornsdottir (Reykjavik University), Holmfridur Osk Arnalds (Student), Kristín Arnaldsdóttir (ICEABA) |
Abstract: The Icelandic Association for Behavior Analysis (ICEABA) is now in its twelfth year. ICEABA is a young association with a diverse membership. Since the establishment of our organization we have grown in numbers and ambition. Our first conference was held in 2009 and we plan to hold a conference every other year with smaller events, such as workshops, in between. The Association places emphasis on informal meetings every month where members share information on research and work in the field. These meetings continue throughout the year. Our email list and facebook page have also been a great venue for lively discussions for members and these continue with verve. The members of ICEABA are excited for the future. We aim to continue working on promoting the science of behavior in Iceland and being a professional reference group for scientists and practitioners in the field of behavior analysis. |
|
90. Iowa ABA |
Maria G. Valdovinos (Drake University), Brenda J. Bassingthwaite (The University of Iowa Children's Hospital), JESSE LOGUE (Opportunity Village Children's Autism Center) |
Abstract: Iowa ABA is organized as a chapter of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) for professional, scientific, and education purposes. Specifically, the organization shall: Serve as a scientific and professional reference group for all in the State of Iowa who identify themselves as scientists or practitioners in disciplines that embrace the principles and practices of behavior analysis; Support the development of professional credentialing for the practice of behavior analysis within the State of Iowa; Support the development of standards of practice for behavior analysis within the state of Iowa; Identify and promote the use of effective and humane behavioral procedures in meeting the educational and habilitative needs of people with and without disabilities within the State of Iowa; Advise political, legislative, and policy-making bodies with respect to all matters pertaining to behavior analysis in the State of Iowa; Publish and distribute an official Bulletin devoted to dissemination of scientific and technological achievements within the scope of behavior analysis and to matters of interest to the membership; Promote and support the conduct of behavior analytic research within the State of Iowa; Serve as a resource for parents and service providers interested in research based practices in behavior analysis. |
|
91. Japanese Association for Behavior Analysis (Japanese ABA) |
KENJI OKUDA (Academy of Behavioral Coaching), Kazuchika Manabe (Nihon University), Naoki Yamagishi (Ryutsu Keizai University), Satoru Shimamune (Hosei University) |
Abstract: This poster describes the history and current status of the Japanese Association for Behavior Analysis. The Japanese ABA was established in 1983 as the primary membership organization to promote the science of behavior and its application. The membership reached 1007 as of September 2016. The Japanese ABA holds annual convention, publishes the Japanese Journal of Behavior Analysis twice a year and J-ABA Newsletters four times a year, provides a grant for students who attend ABAI/SQAB conventions, supports seminars and workshops on behavior analysis, and more. |
|
92. Kansas Association for Behavior Analysis |
EDWARD K. MORRIS (University of Kansas), Linda S. Heitzman-Powell (University of Kansas Medical Center), Jill M. Koertner (University of Kansas Medical Center), Jessica Foster Juanico (University of Kansas), Sarah C. Mead (University of Florida), Nanette L. Perrin (University of Kansas), Kelley L. Harrison (University of Kansas), Tyler Re (Partners in Behavioral Milestones) |
Abstract: This poster describes KansABA's continuing and new initiatives. Its mission is to disseminate the science and practice of behavior analysis; maintain disciplinary, professional, and ethical standards; and recruit and enhance interest in behavior analysis in Kansas and the Kansas City metropolitan area. KansABA welcomes new members (see www.KansABA.org). KansABA is governed by an Executive Committee (EC) consisting of a president and full member, affiliate, and student representatives, assisted by a secretary and a treasurer. KansABA has committees for BACB Certification, Legislative Affairs (e.g., KansABA meets with the Kansas Behavioral Science Regulatory Board on behalf of licensing), Membership, Professional Development, and its web site. KansABA's main activity is its April conferences, always on the theme of research-to-practice. This year's topic was "Behavior Problems in Children and Youth." The keynote speaker was Ray Milterberger (University of South Florida) who addressed child safety. The other invited speakers and their topics were Brian Greer (University of Nebraska Medical Center) on toilet training, Kevin Luzinski (University of Nebraska Medical Center) on sleep hygiene, Matt Normand (University of the Pacific) on exercise and health, and Mike Wasmer (Autism Speaks) on legislative updates on licensing. The conference also hosted a student poster session and a Career Fair. |
|
93. Kentucky Association for Behavior Analysis |
ERICK M. DUBUQUE (Behavior Analysis Accreditation Board), Brandon M Franklin (Clinical Behavior Analysis), Stephen Foreman (Lee Specialty Clinic) |
Abstract: KYABA has continued to grow in membership, organizational structure, and conference attendance. Over the last year, KYABA has put on a series of successful workshops and a conference drawing eager crowds from all over the nation to our events. These events have offered CEU's and professional networking opportunities to both Board Certified Behavior Analysts, as well as teachers, consultants, and parents who are interested in learning about ABA and service delivery. KYABA has been diligently working with state legislators, advocacy groups, state agencies and other organizations to increase the availability of behavior analysis services statewide. KYABA continues to grow and serve as the HUB of behavior analysis in the Bluegrass State and strive to make 2017 our best year to date. Please stop by our booth or find us online at http://www.kentuckyaba.org. |
|
94. Lone Star Association for Behavior Analysis |
Christie Enzinna (Therapy and Beyond, LLC), Gerald E. Harris (Texas Young Autism Project), JEFFREY E. DILLEN (Texana Center) |
Abstract: Lone Star Association for Behavior Analysis (LSABA) is a local ABAI affiliate, serving the Houston area in Texas. LSABA is proud to be a rapidly-growing membership of professionals and educators who are dedicated to promoting Applied Behavior Analysis, the importance of professional Board Certification, and to serving needs within the Houston area. LSABA has recently formed a Peer Support Committee in order to better support providers in the greater Houston area. In addition, LSABA provides professional discussion and development, opportunities for continuing education, professional networking, and collaboration with other local organizations to provide training and other services for professionals and consumers alike. LSABA welcomes new members across disciplines who utilize Applied Behavior Analysis in a variety of applications. |
|
95. Louisiana Behavior Analysis Association |
DEREK JACOB SHANMAN (Nicholls State University) |
Abstract: The Louisiana Behavior Analysis Association is the Louisiana affiliated chapter of the Association for Behavior Analysis International. The Louisiana Behavior Analysis Association is a nonprofit membership organization which shares the Association for Behavior Analysis International's mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice. The Louisiana Behavior Analysis Association also strives to promote access to responsible behavior analytic services by professionals sufficiently trained in the discipline of behavior analysis and and to promote compliance with relevant ethics standards. |
|
96. Manitoba Association for Behaviour Analysis |
MORENA MILJKOVIC (University of Manitoba), Karli Pedreira (University of Manitoba) |
Abstract: MABA's purpose and mission is to develop and disseminate knowledge about behaviour analysis as a science. MABA's interest lie in basic science focusing on principles governing human and nonhuman behavior (i.e., the experimental analysis of behaviour) as well as applied science focusing on application of those principles for improvement of socially important problems (i.e., the applied behaviour analysis), and disseminating this information to stimulate interest in, and correct misunderstandings of behaviour analysis. To achieve this, MABA is committed to ensuring opportunities to meet certification requirement within our province, providing information to our members and to the public about behaviour analysis, and hosting professional development opportunities including our annual conference and student poster competition. In 2016 MABA published a newsletter, hosted a journal seminar, and hosted our 11th annual conference with Dr. Patrick Friman as the keynote speaker. MABA continues to focus its efforts on licensing and certification for Behaviour Analysts in the province of Manitoba, increasing membership and participation of members, and disseminating information about behaviour analysis through various events, our website and Facebook page, and the distribution of brochures, postcards, and bi-annual newsletters. |
|
97. Massachusetts Association for Applied Behavior Analysis (MassABA) |
STEVEN WOOLF (Beacon ABA Services), Joseph M. Vedora (Evergreen Center) |
Abstract: The Massachusetts Association for Applied Behavior Analysis (MassABA) is a non-profit trade association representing the interests of applied behavior analysts throughout the Commonwealth. MassABA has over 800 active professional members and is an approved chapter of the Association of Behavior Analysis International (ABAI). |
|
98. Mexican Society for Behavior Analysis and Mexican Journal of Behavior Analysis |
ROGELIO ESCOBAR (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Rodrigo Benavides (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Katya Quiñones (National Autonomous University of Mexico) |
Abstract: This poster describes the mission of the Mexican Society for Behavior Analysis (SMAC) and the Mexican Journal of Behavior Analysis (MJBA). The mission is to advance, communicate, and disseminate behavior analysis in Mexico and internationally. With this mission, MJBA and SMAC were created in 1975. Ever since, a national conference is organized, initially every other year, and more recently every year. The last conferences in 2015 and 2016 were organized at Xalapa and Puerto Vallarta. Brief information about the 2017 conference will be provided. MJBA is a peer-reviewed journal that publishes papers in English and Spanish. It includes theoretical, experimental, and applied contributions relevant to behavior analysis. Three issues are published each year. Two regular issues in June and December, and a Special Issue in September. The Special Issue is devoted to a topic of contemporary interest for behavior analysts around the world. The last three special issues were dedicated to Behavior Analysis and Technology, Resurgence and response recurrence, and Psychological Laboratories and Instruments around the world. The Table of contents of the current issue will be shown. Contact information for SMAC and MJBA will be provided. |
|
99. Mid-American Association for Behavior Analysis (MABA) |
JULIE A. ACKERLUND BRANDT (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Carla H. Lagorio (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Andrew E. Brandt (Ohio Wesleyan University), Stephen F. Walker (Aurora University), SungWoo Kahng (University of Missouri), Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University), Alec Bernstein (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: A Midwest Association for Behavior Analysis was founded in 1974 and held its inaugural meeting in 1975 in Chicago. That organization quickly outgrew its regional roots and evolved into the Association for Behavior Analysis, now an international organization. Like the original MABA, we are a membership organization designed to promote scholarly exchange in behavior analysis, primarily through our annual convention. The new MABA took shape officially in 2001 and became an affiliate of the Association for Behavior Analysis during the same year. Since that time, our annual conference has been held in the Fall and membership is open to anyone with a scholarly interest in behavior analysis. The conference runs approximately 1.5 days on a single-speaker track, featuring talks that span a wide range of behavior analytic topics. This poster will present information about MABA membership, the annual conference, current officers, and the recent goals and objectives of the organization. |
|
100. Minnesota Northland Association for Behavior Analysis |
TRISTA LINN (Minnesota Northland Association for Behavior Analysis) |
Abstract: Minnesota Northland Association for Behavior Analysis (MNABA) is an affiliated chapter providing a professional network for Behavior Analysts in Minnesota and the Northland. MNABA hosts a regional conference annually, providing opportunities for members to earn CEUs and network with others in the Northland. This conference covers a wide variety of topics, ranging from autism to traumatic brain injury to adult skills training. MNABA also provides opportunities for students of Behavior Analysis by hosting a Data Blitz each year. The Data Blitz provides students with an opportunity to present their research in preparation for conferences and thesis defense. MNABA actively seeks participation and input across disciplines, geography, and levels of experience. The needs in the Northland are as diverse as the opportunities for our members to contribute locally and regionally. |
|
101. Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis |
JARED A. CHASE (Chrysalis, Inc.), Christy Fuller (Advanced Child Behavior Solutions, LLC), Shari Daisy (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Los Angeles), Alison Szarko (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis is an affiliate chapter of ABAI. Our mission is to promote intellectual exchange and professional development in the field of behavior analysis in all its facets to include: philosophical, theoretical, experimental, applied, and practice. Through participation in the Expo, the Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis will promote awareness of this affiliate chapter and the resources currently available to members through our interactive website. NABA will also provide information about its annual, single-track conference held in the Fall. The poster will present information on NABA including history, current activities and future goals. All are welcomed to attend and hear about behavior analysis growth and progress in Nevada. |
|
102. New Hampshire ABA (NHABA) |
KIM M. KELLY (The Institute of Professional Practice, Inc.), Le'Ann Milinder (The Institute of Professional Practice, Inc.), Jocelyn Hampoian (Windham Public Schools (NH)) |
Abstract: New Hampshire ABA (NHABA) was founded as a chapter of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) in 2013 to promote Applied Behavior Analysis within the state of New Hampshire. Our mission is to promote the ethical practice of Applied Behavior Analysis by supporting the development of state standards for practice, promoting research and public education, supporting professional development of behavior analysts and behavior technicians, and raising awareness of the association and it services. NHABA organized two regional conferences in 2016, which were both well attended and received. Our next is planned for the fall of 2017. During the past year, NHABA continued to carry out other aspects of its mission through a variety of activities, including ethics training, dissemination of news and information relevant to the practice of ABA, and the establishment of the chapter as a 501c(3) non-profit organization. |
|
103. New York State Association for Behavior Analysis (NYSABA) |
FRANK R. CICERO (Seton Hall University), Dana R. Reinecke (Long Island University Post) |
Abstract: As a State affiliate chapter of ABAI, NYSABA is the representative body of the profession of behavior analysis within the State of New York. Representatives of NYSABA will be present at the expo to provide information on NYSABA including history, current activities and future goals. All are welcomed to attend and hear about behavior analysis happening in New York State. |
|
104. North Carolina Association for Behavior Analysis |
WHITNEY LUFFMAN (Autism Society of NC), Melanie H. Bachmeyer (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Alleta Johnson (ABC of NC Child Development Center), Leigh Ann Strain (Carolina Center for ABA and Autism Treatment), Nancy Poteet (Private Practice Behavior Analyst), Erica Brown (Carolina Center for ABA), Chelsi Brosh (University of North Carolina Charlotte), R.M. Schell (J. Iverson Riddle Developmental Center) |
Abstract: The North Carolina Association for Behavior Analysis, NCABA, celebrated its 28th conference February 22-24, 2017, in Wrightsville Beach, NC. Melanie Bachmeyer, our NCABA President, coordinated an outstanding array of speakers including Travis Thompson, Kenneth Silverman, Pat Friman, Claire St. Peter, Carole Van Camp, Mark Galizio, Denny Reid and others. The NCABA conference featured over 20 presentations, a poster session and five workshops offered for both behavior analyst and psychologist continuing education credits. Attendees received over 1000 behavior analyst CEs for BCBAs and BCaBAs in NC and surrounding states. Visit our great NCABA website (www.nc-aba.com) for news about next year's 29th anniversary conference in February, 2018, and to view our NCABA newsletters and history of awards. Don't forget to "Catch someone doing good!" |
|
105. Norwegian ABA |
MONICA VANDBAKK (Norwegian Association for Behavior Analysis/Oslo and Akershus University College), Jon Arne Løkke (Ostfold University College), Erik Arntzen (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Abstract: Norwegian ABA is a registered non-profit organization. Membership is open to anyone interested in behavior analysis and its application. At present it has 900 members, and its steadily growing. The organization is run by a Board of nine members with full executive powers, chaired by a president. There are several regional affiliated chapters. The Board is elected at the annual General Assembly. The Norwegian Association is an affiliated chapter of ABA international. |
|
106. Ontario Association for Behaviour Analysis |
LOUIS PAUL ALEXANDER BUSCH (Centre for Addictions and Mental Health) |
Abstract: ONTABA, the Ontario Association for Behaviour Analysis, is an Affiliate Chapter of the Association for Behaviour Analysis International. ONTABA currently has members from professions such as education, nursing, health care and psychology.
Our Vision: Fostering a culture of excellence, integrity, and expertise for the advancement and promotion of the science of behaviour analysis.
Our Mission: To demonstrate leadership, knowledge, and innovation in education, training, and research for the ethical and effective application of behaviour analysis. |
|
107. Oregon Association for Behavior Analysis (ORABA) |
EMILY KEARNEY (ORABA), Alice A. Keyl Austin (AKA Consulting, LLC), Maria Lynn Kessler (Oregon Institute of Technology), Jennifer L. Bass (Oregon Association of Behavior Analysis), Sarah Cooper (ORABA; Victory Academy), Melissa J. Gard (Building Bridges; Oregon Association of Behavior Analysis), Jenny Fisher (Cascade Behavioral Intervention; Oregon Association for Behavior Analysis) |
Abstract: The Oregon Association for Behavior Analysis (ORABA) is an affiliated chapter of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI), an affiliate of the Association for Professional Behavior Analysts (APBA), and an approved CEU provider by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB).
ORABA encourages the understanding of all aspects of behavior analysis and serve as a professional resource group for those who embrace and practice behavior analytic interventions. We support the design and implementation of evidence based practice to improve the lives of Oregonians. |
|
108. Philadelphia Metropolitan Association for Behavior Analysis |
Amanda Guld Fisher (Temple University), Beth J. Rosenwasser (Philadelphia FIGHT JCHAI), Donald A. Hantula (Temple University), ARTHUR DOWDY (Temple University) |
Abstract: The Philadelphia Metropolitan Association for Behavior Analysis Chapter was created with the mission to to bring together new and established behavior analysts from the region. The Philadelphia Metropolitan region includes areas regionally surrounding Philadelphia in the states of Pennsylvania, New Jersey, Delaware, and Maryland. Specifically this includes but is not limited to areas such as: New Castle County, Delaware; Cecil County, Maryland; Burlington, Camden, Cumberland, Gloucester, Mercer, and Salem Counties in New Jersey, and Berks, Bucks, Chester, Delaware, Montgomery, and Philadelphia Counties in Pennsylvania. Our objective is to provide continuing education for behavior analysts in an informal setting that has the atmosphere of a social gathering. Another primary goal of the Philadelphia Metropolitan Association for Behavior Analysis is to increase cohesiveness among local behavior analysts who might otherwise be isolated as a result of working in diverse settings with service providers and researchers who are not behavior analytic, as many of our members are the only behavior analysts at their places of employment. Specifically, the organization shall: (a) Serve as a scientific and professional reference and networking group for its members. (b) Disseminate information to promote its mission to a wider audience. (c) Organize at least one annual business meeting to provide a forum for discussion of the affairs of the chapter. (d) Organize at least two CEU events per calendar year (e) Maintain a list serve or web page for postings, announcements, and events for members. |
|
109. Quebec Association for Behaviour Analysis |
MALENA ARGUMEDES (Université de Montréal), Marie-Michèle Dufour (Université de Montréal) |
Abstract: The Quebec Association for Behaviour Analysis (QcABA) is a non-profit organization founded in 2010 to promote the science of behaviour analysis in our province and its ethical and effective application to socially important behaviour. Currently, our main goals are to (a) disseminate accurate and updated information on the practice and science of behaviour analysis in both French and English, and (b) advocate for the recognition of appropriate credentials for the practice of behaviour analysis in Quebec. To this end, QcABA maintains a website, publishes a newsletter, organizes an annual conference, participates in events to promote the effective treatment of autism, and offers continuing education opportunities for practitioners in the field. The poster will provide information about our association such as its structure, board of directors, committees, membership, strategic plan, and ongoing activities. Members of the board of directors will be present to respond to questions about the association as well as to develop partnerships and collaborations with other organizations that share our vision. |
|
110. Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis |
SHERRY L. SERDIKOFF (Savannah State University), Christy A. Alligood (Disney's Animal Kingdom and Florida Institute of Technology), Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University), Kim Kimberly Epting (Elon University) |
Abstract: The Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis (SEABA) is a regional affiliate of the Association for Behavior Analysis (ABAI). Like its parent organization, SEABA seeks to promote scholarly discourse within and about Behavior Analysis. SEABA membership and convention registration are open to anyone with a scholarly interest in Behavior Analysis. Current members include both academic and professional people; psychologists and persons in related disciplines such as education, psychopharmacology, and social work. |
|
111. Swedish Association for Behavior Analysis |
DAG STROMBERG (Autism Center for Young Children, Stockholm) |
Abstract: The Swedish Association for Behavior Analysis (SWABA) is devoted to supporting behavior analysts in Sweden, as well as promoting the internationalization of behavior analysis. SWABA was founded in September 1996, and currently has about 200 members in Sweden and approximately 100 virtual members (members who support the association, and do not live or work in Sweden). SWABA is an affiliate chapter within the Association for Behavior Analysis International since 2001. Please visit our poster and become a virtual member, for free, or renew your membership from last year. As usual, bids are accepted on a unique SWABA T-shirt, the proceeds of which are donated to the SABA unrestricted fund. |
|
112. The Atlantic Provinces Association for Behaviour Analysis: Building Upward, Reaching Outward: A Unique Study in Collaboration and Dissemination |
SHELLEY MCLEAN (Atlantic Provinces Special Education Authority), Marlene Breitenbach (Private Consultant), Isabelle Cowan (New Brunswick Department of Education & Early Childhood Development), Sheri Gallant (New Brunswick Department of Education & Early Childhood Development), Juliana Mc Lean (Autism Intervention Services Inc.), Emily Forestell (New Brunswick Department of Education & Early Childhood Development), Tracy Miller (Prince Edward Island Department of Education, Early Learning & Culture) |
Abstract: The Atlantic Provinces Association for Behaviour Analysis (APABA) was established as an affiliated chapter of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) in 2014 through the determined efforts of a small group of behaviour analytic practitioners spread across the four eastern-most, and smallest, provinces of Canada. In spite of the challenges posed by geographical separation, diverse learning histories and experiences with Applied Behaviour Analysis, and few practitioners who would have called themselves behaviour analysts, APABA has survived and thrived in the three years since its inception. Membership in APABA doubled in 2015, and doubled again in 2016. The Atlantic Provinces Association for Behaviour Analysis presents a unique study within the ABAI community, as the chapter has been built upon three critical features: a partnership across four unique and diverse provinces; a mission to share the power of behavioural principles with every citizen of Atlantic Canada, regardless of profession, field, or learning history; and a strong and sincere sense of gratitude for a group of leaders in the field of ABA who have so graciously volunteered and donated their time and support to launch APABA on the road to making socially significant changes throughout Atlantic Canada. In this poster presentation, we intend to share the components that have contributed to the chapter’s growth and success, and the unique strategies we have employed to disseminate the power of ABA, not just to behavioural practitioners, but also to partner professionals and the general public across the Atlantic Region. |
|
113. Utah Association for Behavior Analysis |
JUSTIN NAYLOR (Utah Association for Behavior Analysis; Affinity), Shawnee D. Collins (Utah Association for Behavior Analysis; Chrysalis) |
Abstract: The Utah Association for Behavior Analysis (UtABA) is the affiliate chapter for ABAI in Utah. The Utah Association for Behavior Analysis is a member association, representing researchers, practitioners, and others interested in behavior analysis in Utah. The purposes of the association include supporting, facilitating, and advocating for the practice of behavior analysis; encouraging scientific activity related to behavior analysis in Utah; providing professional development and training related to behavior analysis; serving as a scientific and professional reference and networking group for members; and disseminating information to promote the mission of the association to a wider audience. As an affiliate of Association for Behavior Analysis International, the Utah Association for Behavior Analysis seeks to represent ABAI effectively, and to promote the activities of ABAI to people within Utah. The Utah Association for Behavior Analysis advocates for the effective and ethical practice of behavior analysis in Utah, represents practitioners on issues of public policy and service development, provides professional training through an annual conference and webinars, and promotes research and the bridging of research to practice in Utah through multiple initiatives. |
|
114. Virginia Association for Behavior Analysis |
AUTUMN KAUFMAN (Commonwealth Autism), Christine Evanko (Virginia Association for Behavior Analysis) |
Abstract: This poster presents information regarding the Virginia Association for Behavior Analysis affiliated chapter of the Association for Behavior Analysis International, including recent conference information as well as data representing Behavior Analysis in Virginia. The poster will display the organization's mission and goals and give information on how to join. |
|
115. WisABA Wisconsin Association for Behavior Analysis |
MATTHEW E. ANDRZEJEWSKI (University of Wisconsin-Whitewater) |
Abstract: The Wisconsin Association for Behavior Analysis (WisABA) is an affiliate chapter of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) serving professionals, teachers, clients and families throughout Wisconsin. WisABA was instrumental in advocating and developing licensure for profession Behavior Analysts in Wisconsin. In fact, we were the very first state in the US to offer licenses, based on the Behavior Analysis Certification Board's standards. We conduct a variety of events around the great state of Wisconsin, facilitating learning and networking opportunities for behavior analysts. Our annual conference is typically held over 3 days in August in Madison, on the campus of the University of Wisconsin-Madison. We offer continuing education units (CEs) for BCBAs (Board Certified Behavior Analysts) and others. The conference provides a unique opportunity for those living and working in our region, and is within easy driving distance of Chicago and Minneapolis. We look forward to meeting you and selling you on the benefits of living, working, and visiting our wonderful state. |
|
116. United Arab Emirates Association for Behavior Analysis (UAE-ABA) |
RASHA BARUNI (New England Center for Children - Abu Dhabi), Michelle P. Kelly (Emirates College for Advanced Education (ECAE)), Sharifa Yateem (New England Center for Children-Abu Dhabi), Linda S Bailey (New England Center for Children - Abu Dhabi), Nipa Bhuptani (Applied and Behavioral Training Institute) |
Abstract: United Arab Emirates Association for Behavior Analysis (UAE-ABA) became an affiliated chapter of the Association for Behavior Analysis International in 2013 and was recognized by the UAE Ministry of Social Affairs as a committee under the Emirates Autism Society in April 2015. UAE-ABA was created with the mission to disseminate behavior analysis across the seven emirates of the UAE; Abu Dhabi, Dubai, Sharjah, Ras Al Khaimah, Fujairah, Ajman and Umm al Quwain. The current poster outlines the background of each of the committee members and describes the numerous achievements of UAE-ABA since its creation. These accomplishments include the provision of English and Arabic workshops and guest lectures on the only BACB Approved Course Sequence in the UAE. Objectives for the upcoming year are also outlined, which includes the creation of a taskforce to translate pivotal behavior analytic literature into Standard Arabic. |
|
|
|
Special Interest Groups |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall D |
117. ABAI Crime and Delinquency Special Interest Group |
W. JOSEPH WYATT (Marshall University), Kelly McElrath (St. Joseph's University) |
Abstract: The SIG:s Mission: To ensure that those in the criminal justice fields have access to appropriate, evidence-based behavior analytic therapy to reduce crime and delinquency. SIG members have testified on behavioral intervention to reduce crime. Behavioral interventions can reduce crime by approximately 13-20% (Redondo-Illescas, Snchez-Meca, & Garrido-Genovs, 2001). Behavioral interventions can reduce prison misconduct (French & Gendreau, 2006). |
|
118. ABAI Health, Sports and Fitness Special Interest Group |
GABRIELLE TRAPENBERG TORRES (Behavior Basics LLC) |
Abstract: The mission of the Health, Sports & Fitness Special Interest Group (SIG) is to bring together and support behavior analysts with personal and/or professional interests in the areas of health, sports and fitness (HSF). The Health, Sports & Fitness SIG’s current activities and goals are (1) to bring together increasing numbers of behavior analysts with professional and/or personal interest in the areas of health, sports, and fitness, (2) to highlight behavioral research and application in the areas of health, sports and fitness, (3) to expand current methods of communicating with SIG members and other interested parties, (4) to provide incentives and support to student members conducting research in these areas, and (5) to provide activities and events that will strengthen collaborative efforts among members. Current members participate in research and practice in the areas of health and wellness training with individuals with and without disabilities, sports training and workplace wellness. SIG members have the opportunity to network for practice and research purposes, as well as learning ways to become more involved in the areas of health, sports and fitness as behavior analysts. |
|
119. Applied Animal Behavior Special Interest Group |
KATHRYN L. KALAFUT (Antioch College), Lindsay Renee Mehrkam (Oregon State University) |
Abstract: The Applied Animal Behavior Special Interest Group (AAB SIG) brings together individuals who specialize in or who have an interest in the application of behavior analysis to the appreciation, understanding, and management of animal behavior across species. The AAB SIG has three primary purposes: to (1) promote behavior analytic research and the exchange of scientific information in the area of animal behavior; (2) advocate for and promote high standards in the application of methods and techniques of behavior change with animals in applied settings; and (3) support in the application of methods and techniques of behavior change of animals in applied settings. Membership of the AAB SIG is diverse and includes academicians, researchers, and practitioners from a variety of disciplines dedicated to, affiliated with, or interested in animal behavior in applied settings. All interested parties are welcome to attend |
|
120. Behavior Analysis and Technology Special Interest Group |
ZACHARY H. MORFORD (Koan School), Cody Morris (Western Michigan University), Lisa M Stedman-Falls (University of Florida), Denice Rios (Western Michigan University), Melinda Sota (Freelance) |
Abstract: The behavior analysis and technology (BAT) SIG was formed to advance the science of behavior through the development, dissemination, and application of technology in basic and applied settings. Technology can refer to developments in behavioral science, as well as developments in computer science, information technology, and related fields. The organization will also serve as an outlet for open-source hardware and software technologies relevant to behavioral research and application. The goals of the BAT SIG are: 1) to serve as a scientific and professional reference and networking group for its members, 2) to disseminate information to inform its membership and promote its mission to a wider audience, and 3) to organize an annual meeting to provide a forum for discussion of the affairs of the SIG. |
|
121. Behavior Analysis for Sustainable Societies Special Interest Group |
JULIA H. FIEBIG (ABA Global Initiatives; Ball State University) |
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis for Sustainable Societies (BASS) Special Interest Group was established to advance applications of behavior analysis to environmental issues that contribute to the development of solutions to climate change, pollution, over-consumption of resources, imbalances of environmental sustainability. Information on BASS mission, events, membership, and other pertinent information will be presented in poster format. |
|
122. Behavioral Development Special Interest Group |
PATRICE MARIE MILLER (Salem State University) |
Abstract: Our DEV SIG promotes behavior analytic empirical and conceptual analyses of issues related to behavioral development, and it encourages examination of how methodological and theoretical positions outside behavior analysis approach these issues empirically and conceptually. These kinds of analyses have often dealt with many complex kinds of behavioral phenomena such as stimulus equivalence, relational frames, language, motivation, problem solving and autism, as well as normal and problematic behaviors and social interactions. In addition, our discussions have dealt with historical bases of behaviorism and behavior analysis as basic science and applied practice. The SIG has about 175 members, including faculty, students, and practitioners. Many are also members of other SIGs (e.g. autism, education) and are interested in our SIG's mission and Behavioral Development conference program and discussions. The presentation displays the activities of the Behavioral Development SIG and our plans for next year. |
|
123. Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group of ABAI |
GRETCHEN A. DITTRICH (Simmons College) |
Abstract: The Behavioral Medicine SIG of ABA-I focuses on the application of behavior analytic methodology to the prevention and treatment of behaviors associated with chronic illness and disease, and the promotion of behaviors associated with improved health and treatment adherence. The role of behavior analysis is important in the field of behavioral medicine. It is the mission of the SIG to encourage interdisciplinary research in the areas of behavioral health promotion, emphasizing the need for function-based and empirically validated treatments for chronic health disorders. The Behavioral Medicine SIG offers students, researchers, practitioners, and consumers opportunities to discuss issues related to public health promotion and disease prevention. All are welcome to join the Behavioral Medicine SIG. We hope that the SIG will help consumers and practitioners better understand the role of behavior analysis in the field of behavioral medicine, and provide an outlet for discussions of current and developing research within the field. |
|
124. Behaviorists for Social Responsibility (BFSR) |
RICHARD F. RAKOS (Cleveland State University; Behaviorists for Social Responsibility), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas; Behaviorists for Social), Kendra Combs (Great Lakes Center for Autism Treatment and Research; Behaviorists for Social Responsibility), Molli Luke (Behavior Analyst Certification Board; Behaviorists for Social Responsibility), Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of Illinois at Chicago; Behaviorists for Social Responsibility), Jomella Watson-Thompson (University of Kansas; Behaviorists for Social Responsibility) |
Abstract: Behaviorists for Social Responsibility, the oldest ABAI Special Interest Group, invites colleagues to learn how behavior analysis can promote progressive, systemic social change. BFSR members engage in theoretical, conceptual, and empirical analyses of significant social issues related to sustainability, economic and social justice, violence, health and wellness, political systems, behavioral systems analysis and cultures, among others. BFSR publishes the journal Behavior and Social Issues, maintains a visible presence at ABAI conventions with panels, symposia, and invited presentations, and provides leadership for generalizing behavior analytic and behavioral systems science from academia to the real world. In addition, BFSR maintains an active social media presence, encourages transnational analyses, supports BFSR efforts in state, local and university settings. A major current effort is the Matrix Project, which focuses on expanding preparation and opportunities for behavior analysts and behavioral systems analysts to engage more widely in social change efforts in collaboration with other groups. |
|
125. Behavioral Gerontology Special Interest Group |
TED ALLAIRE (Eastern Michigan University), Hanna Steinunn Steingrimsdottir (Oslo and Akershus University College), Christopher Walmsley (Humboldt State University), Allison A. Ilem (Spectrum Health Medical Group), Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: The Behavioral Gerontology SIG (https://bgsig.wordpress.com/) provides an open forum for students, practitioners, and researchers who have an interest in applying the science, practice, and philosophy of behavior analysis to problems encountered by adults in later life, typically referring to ages 65 and older. The goal is to promote the development, implementation, and evaluation of behavior analytic approaches to a wide variety of topics of high public health significance in this population, such as self-management for health promotion and disease prevention, and functional assessments of and interventions for behavioral changes commonly associated with neurocognitive disorders (e.g., due to Alzheimer's disease). The Expo poster orients ABAI members to the SIG, shares education about recommended competencies for working with older adults, and displays results of a recent SIG member survey. |
|
127. Clinical Special Interest Group |
THOMAS J. WALTZ (Eastern Michigan University), Emily Thomas Johnson (Behavior Attention and Developmental Disabilities Consultants, LLC) |
Abstract: Clinical Behavior Analysis (CBA) involves the application of behavior analytic principles to the full range of human problems, many of which have traditionally been considered “mental health” issues. Our members practice and do research in a wide range of areas including: anxiety disorders, behavioral gerontology, behavioral health/medicine, behavioral pediatrics, childhood disorders, cognitive rehabilitation, couples therapy, family therapy, depression, forensic psychology (assessment and treatment), habit disorders, intellectual and developmental disabilities, serious mental illness (e.g., Borderline Personality Disorder, Schizophrenia), substance abuse, trauma, and much more. In general, the range of interests reflects the scope of practice regulated to licensed clinical psychologists and Clinical SIG members can serve as a good resource for behavior analysts interested in such training.. Clinical behavior analysts use a functional analytic conceptual framework to identify problematic context-behavior relationships and work with clients to build the skills and supports they need to develop and maintain more effective behavior patterns. . The Clinical SIG is dedicated to facilitating collaboration between researchers and clinicians to further the field’s ability to apply our ever expanding knowledge base to community-based clinical populations and to facilitate the relevance of research to actual clinical practice. This group seeks to promote Clinical Behavior Analysis at ABAI and is interested in maintaining the longstanding relationship between basic research and clinical application. |
|
128. Dissemination of Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group |
MEGAN MILLER (FSU CARD/Navigation Behavioral Consulting), Melissa Engasser (The Bedrock Clinic & Research Center, Inc.), Ashley Fiorilli (Applied Behavior Consultants), Christine Evanko (Snowflakes ABA), Elizabeth G. Callahan (Caldwell University), Amanda N. Kelly (BEHAVIORBABE (Hawaii)) |
Abstract: If you are interested in the dissemination of our science of Behavior Analysis worldwide, this is the place for you. We're looking to take Behavior Analysis out of its pigeon-holes, and really publicize the potential to develop global solutions in all realms of life. We've demonstrated our efficacy in the Autism/DD world, and we're really good at proving that our interventions work...to ourselves. We are not as good at getting the word out to those who aren't aware of the science of behavior! This SIG should be of interest to every behavior analyst as without the support of the population, our science will never reach its potential. Every behavior analyst should be continually working to put forward a positive image about our science and its practitioners. Without this component, all of our work will never reach those who need it most. |
|
129. Ethics and Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group |
MATTHEW T. BRODHEAD (Michigan State University), Shawn P. Quigley (University of New Mexico Medical Group) |
Abstract: The mission of the Ethics and Behavior Analysis (EBA SIG) is to enhance the current state of and provide recommendations for ethical conduct for all individuals who use the title "behavior analyst." This is accomplished by engaging in analyses regarding what does ethical emission of behavior analytic activities look like as well as engaging in a behavioral analysis of ethical behavior. Stop by the poster to learn more about the EBA SIG. |
|
130. Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group |
J. ADAM BENNETT (Western Michigan University), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas), Kathryn M. Kestner (West Virginia University), Yusuke Hayashi (Penn State Hazleton) |
Abstract: The mission of the EAHB-SIG is to promote the experimental analysis of behavior with human subjects as a means of addressing important fundamental questions about human problems and human nature. In recent years, the energies of EAHB-SIG members have focused on three continuing projects: (1) The EAHB-SIG Distinguished Contributions Award: This award is designed to recognize substantive and sustained contributions to the EAHB literature. The award is presented at the annual convention; (2) The Student Paper Competition: This competition is designed to promote and recognize scholarly activity in the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior. Students are encouraged to submit original research that has not been reviewed elsewhere. Participants receive high quality reviews from experts in their respective areas of research; (3) The Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Bulletin: The SIG also maintains an online journal (ISSN 1938-7237) for the publication of empirical articles, technical reports, and other types of articles of interest to researchers engaged in the experimental analysis of human behavior. |
|
131. GSIG: Gambling Special Interest Group |
Mack S. Costello (Rider University), SETH W. WHITING (Central Michigan University) |
Abstract: The mission of the Gambling Special Interest Group (G-SIG) is to foster the growth of gambling research in behavior analysis through collaborative research efforts, the coordination of presentations, and the sharing of resources to the mutual benefit of the field, its adherents, and those who are impacted by such endeavors. Membership in the G-SIG is open to any ABAI member and all professionals interested in gambling. All members are encouraged to participate, give input, and contribute to the community of researchers and practitioners. This poster will serve as a means to disseminate information about G-SIG to conference attendees, including the availability of gambling research software, subscription to The Handle (a semi-annual newsletter), and other membership benefits. Further, the poster will serve as a means to recruit new members, to garner interest in students of behavior analysis, and to foster a greater interest the study and treatment of problem gambling and related behavioral addictions. |
|
132. History of Behavior Analysis |
EDWARD K. MORRIS (University of Kansas), Todd L. McKerchar (Jacksonville State University), Karen R. Wagner (Behavior Services of Brevard, Inc and TheBehaviorAnalyst.com), Pat Williams (University of Houston-Downtown) |
Abstract: This poster describes the Association for Behavior Analysis Internationals Special Interest Group for the History of Behavior Analysis (HoBA). Our purview is the fields long past, short history, and recent origins. Our vision is to advance and expand behavior analysis nationally and internationally through its history and historiography. Our mission is to cultivate and nurture, enrich and improve, and communicate and disseminate the fields history and historiography. Our strategies include maintaining a Listserv and a website, holding annual business meetings at the ABAI conventions, and implementing strategic initiatives. Our current initiatives include (a) teaching HoBA (e.g., developing a repository of course syllabi); (b) archiving the HoBA (e.g., creating a list of HoBA archives); (c) appointing historians (e.g., in ABAI SIG and affiliate chapters); (d) preparing bibliographies of published materials (e.g., articles) and electronic sources (e.g., videos); (e) expanding the HoBA (website historyofbehavioranalysis.org) (e.g., as a repository for materials and links to related websites); and (f) enhancing the SIGs ABA Expo Poster (e.g., identifying behavior analysts in old pictures). If you are interested in the SIGs vision, mission, and initiatives, please visit our poster (and meet B. F. Skinner). |
|
133. Multicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts |
ELIZABETH HUGHES FONG (Saint Joseph's University) |
Abstract: Come meet board members of Multicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts and learn more about our organization. Current initiatives include the United Nations, Diversity in Behavior Analysis (a subsection of the journal Behavior Analysis Research and Practice), and more! |
|
134. Neuroscience SIG: Your Brain on Behavior |
SUZANNE H. MITCHELL (Oregon Health & Science University) |
Abstract: We will highlight the main objective and the four missions of our SIG. That is, to bring together researchers, academics, clinicians, and students interested in the intersections of behavior analysis and neuroscience and to: (1) introduce behavior analytic research to the neurosciences and vice versa; (2) provide a meeting place and training environment for students and professionals alike interested in basic and applied neuroscience research; (3) provide a forum for collaborative relationships and the sharing best practices; and (4) advocate for and promote high standards in the application of behavior analytic treatments for individuals with neurological dysfunction. Those interested in contributing to our efforts in increasing the relevance and visibility of this SIG or with ideas for initiatives to do this are encouraged to visit the expo and speak to us. We are especially interested in ideas for content that would be helpful on our website. |
|
135. Organizational Behavior Management Network |
HEATHER M. MCGEE (Western Michigan University; Organizational Behavior Management Network), Manuel Rodriguez (ABA Technologies, Inc.) |
Abstract: Founded in 1982, the Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) Network exists to develop, enhance, and support the growth and vitality of Organizational Behavior Management through research, education, practice, and collaboration. The OBM Network is a Special Interest Group (SIG) of ABAI. We seek to promote the field of behavior analysis as it is applied to organizational performance improvement through our Chris Anderson Student Research Grant; the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management; our biannual conference, held in different cities across the nation; our newsletter, Network News, published three times annually; and online resources offered through our website, www.obmnetwork.com. |
|
136. Positive Behavior Support Special Interest Group |
ROSE IOVANNONE (University of South Florida/Florida Center for Inclusive Communities), Robert F. Putnam (May Institute) |
Abstract: Positive behavior support uses behavioral principles to redesign environmental contexts that enhance quality of life while decreasing problem behavior and increasing socially valid replacement behaviors. Behavior analysts involved in positive behavior support operate in various levels including direct child and/or interventionist level to broad systems level (e.g., schools or organizations). The Positive Behavior Support Special Interest Group provides a forum for behavior analysts and other professionals to engage in discourse about relevant issues in the field. The primary purpose of the positive behavior support special interest group is to disseminate accurate information about positive behavior support and its relation to applied behavior analysis. |
|
137. Practitioner Issues in Behavior Analysis |
MICHAEL WEINBERG (Orlando Behavior Health Services, LLC) |
Abstract: The Practitioner Issues in Behavior Analysis (PIBA) SIG is a special interest group that focuses on all areas of specialization for behavior analyst practitioners. This SIG developed a model licensing act for behavior analysts in 2007. This SIG has worked with members and other SIGs on legal and ethical issues pertaining to the practice of behavior analysis. We promote and support means of ensuring the continued ability for behavior analysts to practice independently. The SIG provides a means of communicating about current trends and concerns pertaining to the practice of behavior analysis and efforts to place barriers for such practice by outside organizations or individuals. We help support and promote the ability for behavior analysts to be on insurance panels to provide services to family members with autism and other areas of application of behavior analytic methods. In the past year, the SIG made an effort to coordinate with other relevant SIGs, and is working in coordination with the SIG Board to promote our mission and work collaboratively with all SIGs. Given the growth in the number of states with licensure bills in place and ongoing expansion of this process, our SIG can be a place for practitioners to share information and discuss opportunities and strategies to promote the practice of behavior analysis. |
|
138. Rehabilitation and Independent Living Special Interest Group |
CHRIS PERSEL (Centre for Neuro Skills) |
Abstract: The Rehabilitation and Independent Living (R.A.I.L.) Special Interest Group continues to support the need for expanding the impact of Behavior Analysis in the field of rehabilitation, neurorehabilitation and related areas. The R.A.I.L. SIG has welcomed members from such diverse backgrounds as physicians and brain injury professionals to students and concerned family members. The power of that diversity is evident in lively discussions and informative exchanges of information. Members are encouraged to share articles, program ideas and professional experiences.
There continues to be tremendous challenges for individuals and families of those in need of neurorehabilitation especially when it comes to addressing difficult behavior. Behavior Analysts remain an excellent resource for providing programming and training on behavior interventions. Dissemination of these principles to the treatment team and families contributes to greater maintenance and generalization of treatment goals.
Members of the R.A.I.L. SIG must be a part of the solution. Growth of the R.A.I.L. SIG has come from current members networking with their peers and having the courage to step up to significant challenges this treatment population presents. Opportunities to exchange research concepts, job openings, internships and thoughts on future SIG directions were enjoyed by all members. |
|
139. Sexual Behavior: Research and Practice Special Interest Group |
WORNER LELAND (Upswing Advocates), Roxanne Michel Bristol (ABC Group Hawai'i), Janani Vaidya (Garden Center Services) |
Abstract: The Sexual Behavior: Research and Practice Special Interest Group exists to help disseminate empirically verified information regarding sex education and sex research to behavior analysts working in applied settings. The Sexual Behavior SIG also supports basic and applied research on the emergence and maintenance of human sexual behavior in typically developing individuals, individuals with autism and developmental disabilities, and other populations. Members or this special interest group include professionals, teachers, direct service providers, parents, and consumers who are concerned with issues of sex therapy, sex education, and sex research. Sexual Behavior SIG was founded in 2007 as STEP SIG and has been providing a symposium at the annual convention of ABAI since its inception, sharing both conceptual and empirical presentations with conference attendees. |
|
140. Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis (SPABA) Special Interest Group |
NIKIA DOWER (Dower and Associates, Inc.), Tracie L. Lindblad (Monarch House), Barbara E. Esch (Esch Behavior Consultants, LLC), Landa L. Mark (Monarch House), Amber Valentino (Trumpet Behavioral Health - Monterey Bay), Lina M. Slim-Topdjian (ASAP-A Step Ahead Program, LLC), Heather Forbes (PaTTAN) |
Abstract: The Speech Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis (SPABA) SIG poster will provide information about the SIG’s mission, the composition of our membership, the treatment and research areas applicable to the members of our SIG, and finally, the various benefits of membership in and donation to our SIG. The SIG’s mission is to promote the dissemination of behaviorally-oriented speech and language research and the application of evidence-based practices relevant to the full range of services provided by speech and language professionals. Expo attendees to our poster will receive information about SIG membership and its benefits and the resources that are available on the SIG website and the SIG Facebook page. As well, opportunities for participation on various SIG committees will be highlighted. In addition, SIG Executive members will be available at the poster for informal discussions with visitors, to answer specific questions and, in general, to promote interest in the dissemination of behavioral interventions for speech and language disorders. |
|
141. Standard Celeration Society |
KENT JOHNSON (Morningside Academy) |
Abstract: Since 1990 the Standard Celeration Society (SCS) has comprised a collegial organization for all persons who use Standard Celeration Charts to monitor and change human behavior frequencies. The Society’s heritage lies greatly in Precision Teaching and its founder Ogden R. Lindsley. The SCS has been focusing its efforts on building a sustainable organization. With the committed work the Board of Directors and an incredible volunteer force of Co-Presidents, six Vice Presidents, Associate VPs and committee members we are making great strides towards that aim. The Society has always encouraged the development and growth of a science of human behavior and learning, and promoted using the Standard Celeration Chart to further that objective. Come learn about member benefits, special-interest tracks at our annual conference, and so much more. |
|
142. Teaching Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group |
KIRA AUSTIN (Whitworth University) |
Abstract: Teaching Behavior Analysis (TBA) is a special interest group of the Association for Behavior Analysis International. TBA's purpose is to improve the teaching and learning of the principles and applications of behavior analysis in any setting in which those activities occur. Founded in 1991, it is one of the oldest groups in ABAI as well as one of the largest. We boast an active listerv as well as several online resources. All behavior analysts teach others to change behavior—whether it's staff trainers, parent educators, university professors, or others. We maintain a diverse, international group; by nature we discuss things that are of universal interest to behavior analysts—intervention techniques, basic behavioral principles, and teaching others. |
|
143. The Military and ABA: Coming Full Circle |
ABIGAIL B. CALKIN (Calkin Consulting Center), Kent A. Corso (NCR Behavioral Health, LLC) |
Abstract: The medical, educational and training parts of the military continue to underappreciate and underutilize the benefits of applied behavior analysis (ABA). However, as noted by Lieutenant Colonel Dave Grossman in his books, military training relies on the use of respondent and operant conditioning. Placing these two at high noon and progressing clockwise, we come to Lindsley’s experiences in the Army Air Corps during World War II, including his time as a POW, and how he brought his military and educational experiences together to develop the standard celeration chart (SCC) in the mid-1960s. Also in the mid-1960s, Lackland Air Force Base implemented its first military dog training, the Military Working Dog, or K9, program, which continues today. Another program, Tricare Echo, enables military dependents to receive assistance, including ABA practices, for certain qualifying disabilities such as those in special education and with autism spectrum disorders. Bringing us back toward high noon, the most current work using ABA and the SCC is work by behavior analysts to assist the Air National Guard in suicide prevention with 10 Air National Guard units across the US. |
|
144. Theoretical, Philosophical, and Conceptual Issues SIG |
WILLIAM M. BAUM (University of California, Davis), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University), Todd A. Ward (bSci21 Media, LLC), Naomi Homayouni (California State University, Northridge) |
Abstract: The TPC-SIG was borne from a collaboration of today’s most influential thinkers in behavior analysis. There is no one fundamental theoretical orientation in the SIG, and we welcome and value any collaboration that works towards increased awareness and interest in our primary focus: theory, philosophy, and conceptual issues. We encourage anyone, member of ABAI or not, to consider membership in the SIG so that all members can benefit from each other’s unique perspectives. Of particular interest in our SIG are those members who are new or early-career. We believe firmly that all behavior analysts, regardless of profession, can only be their best with a firm understanding in theory, philosophy, and conceptual issues. It is our mission to develop this interest, support efforts related to TPC issues within behavior analysis, and to further our understanding of theoretical, philosophical, and conceptual issues. Our mission is not just focused on behavior analysis, but all behavioral sciences, and indeed science as an enterprise, as it relates to our subject matter. |
|
145. Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group |
JUDAH B. AXE (Simmons College), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine), Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Amber Valentino (Trumpet Behavioral Health - Monterey Bay), Amanda P. Laprime (Center for Children with Special Needs & Northeastern University) |
Abstract: The mission of the VB SIG is to disseminate theory, research, and practice to people around the world who are interested in Skinner's (1957) analysis of verbal behavior and a behavioral approach to language. The VB SIG has a dedicated group of elected council members who carry out the many functions of the VB SIG. VB News is the newsletter published twice annually with featured labs, interviews, and articles by both students and influential researchers. The VB SIG Student Group is a forum for students to discuss verbal behavior and write article summaries for our website and newsletter. Students can apply to two annual research awards: one for a completed research project in verbal behavior, and one for a grant proposal for a study in verbal behavior. These awards are presented at the annual business meeting at ABAI, as is the Jack Michael Award for enduring contributions to the study of verbal behavior. There are many ways to interact with others interested in verbal behavior, such as through our website, our listserve, Facebook, emails, and other outlets. The VB SIG Expo poster is a wonderful way for people to learn about the VB SIG and to get involved. |
|
|
|
Other Organizations |
Saturday, May 27, 2017 |
8:00 PM–10:00 PM |
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall D |
146. Association for Science in Autism Treatment |
DAVID A. CELIBERTI (Association for Science in Autism Treatment) |
Abstract: The vast array of "proposed treatments" for autism can be both overwhelming and confusing for consumers. Sadly, there is not a shared commitment to empirical validation, research, and data-based decision making amongst providers. The Association for Science and Autism Treatment (ASAT) strives to be an important resource for individuals with autism, family members, professionals, and paraprofessionals, in fact, for anyone interested in reliable, science-based and accurate information about autism and its treatments. Founded in 1998, the mission of the ASAT is to promote safe, effective, science-based treatments for individuals with autism by disseminating accurate, timely, and scientifically-sound information; advocating for the use of scientific methods to guide treatment; and, combating unsubstantiated, inaccurate and false information about autism and its treatment. For more information please visit ASAT's website at www.asatonline.org. To receive Science in Autism Treatment, ASAT's free quarterly newsletter, subscribe at www.asatonline.org/signup |
|
147. Autism Home Support Services |
ALEXANDRA K PETZ (Autism Home Support Services) |
Abstract: Autism Home Support Services (AHSS) provides individualized behavior therapy in center and home environments throughout the greater Chicago, Ann Arbor, and Denver areas. The AHSS culture is driven by our Core Values: Teamwork, Positivity and Energy, Empathy, and Getting Stuff Done for our clients. Utilizing the evidence-based practices of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA), a treatment scientifically proven to have the most effective results for helping children with autism, we make a meaningful difference in a child's overall development, skills for independence, and long-term success. Since opening their doors in 2009, AHSS has been striving towards clinical excellence by staying in touch and current with the changing landscape of service delivery, promoting, supporting, disseminating research, and by maintaining keen focus on clinical quality. Take the opportunity in Denver, to come learn about our model of service delivery and vast clinical distinctions, along with the growing accomplishments and next directions for AHSS. |
|
148. Autism Society of North Carolina: Career and Training Opportunities |
ERICA BROWN (Autism Society of North Carolina), Whitney Sukonick (Autism Society of NC), Louise B. Southern (North Carolina State University), Alexander Myers (Autism Society of North Carolina) |
Abstract: This poster will provide an overview of the various clinical and training opportunities available within the Autism Society of North Carolina. This submission is meant to as an exposition poster to inform viewers of employment and internship/training opportunities, as well as to provide an overview of services provided by the Autism Society of North Carolina. |
|
149. European Association for Behaviour Analysis |
ROBERT C. MELLON (Panteion University of Social and Political Sciences, Athens), Zuilma Gabriela Gabriela Sigurdardottir (University of Iceland), Karola Dillenburger (Queen's University Belfast), Christoph F. Boerdlein (University of Applied Sciences Wuerzburg), Torunn Lian (Oslo and Akershus University College), Christos Nikopoulos (Autism Consultancy Services, London) |
Abstract: The European Association for Behaviour Analysis (EABA) is an international organization that aims to promote the philosophy of radical behaviourism and its basic and applied sciences across Europe, and to provide an international forum within Europe for the study and discussion of matters relevant to behaviour analysis. One of the main functions of EABA is to organize conferences in conceptual, experimental and applied behaviour analysis. At present these are held every two years, with the next conference to be held in charming Wrzburg, Germany, September 19 - 22, 2018. Our 2016 conference in Enna, Sicily drew delegates from 37 countries across the globe. Our conferences are low-cost and provide an intimate, supportive atmosphere for scholarly exchange and collegial good will. The EABA also organizes a bi-annual summer seminar, with lectures and courses by accomplished scholars in conceptual, experimental and applied behaviour analysis. Our next summer seminar will occur in lovely Cdiz, on the southwestern coast of Spain, from July 5-8, 2017. The European Association for Behaviour Analysis is a Behavior Analysis Certification Board-Approved provider of continuing education credits. We encourage all behaviour analysts to contribute to, enjoy and profit from our ongoing scientific and educational events. |
|